Bal - 14626-02-02 LTM 1400-7.1

dummy
Mobile crane with telescopic boom
LTM 1400-7.1
LTM 1400-7-1-007
Operating instructions
BAL No.: 14626-02-02
Pages: 1647
Serial No.
Date
ORIGINAL OPERATING MANUAL
The operating manual is part of the crane!
It must always be available within reach!
The traffic regulations and those for crane operation must be ob-
served!
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH

Postfach 1361
D-89582 Ehingen / Donau
+49 (0) 7391 502–0
+49 (0) 7391 502–3399
info.lwe@liebherr.com
www.liebherr.com
028189-06
Preface
General
This crane was built according to the state of technology and recognized safety technical regulations.
Despite that, dangers to body and life for the user and / or third persons or damage to the crane and /
or other material assets can occur.
This crane may only be used:
– in impeccable technical condition.
– for destined use.
– by trained personnel, which acts in a safety and danger conscious way.
– when no safety relevant problems are present.
– when no modifications were made on the crane.
Any problems, which could affect safety must be fixed immediately.
Modifications on the crane may only be made with written approval by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
Data recording device
This crane is equipped with a data recording device. Among others, the following data is recorded:
– Date and time of day
– Entered configuration of the crane
– Actual load
– Percentage of utilization of the crane
– Working radius
– Main boom angle, luffing jib angle
– Total telescopic boom length, length of each telescopic section
– Every actuation of bypass devices
The recorded data can be read with a respective software.
Safety and warning notes
Safety and warning notes are directed to all persons who work with the crane.
The terms DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE used in the crane documentation are inten-
ded to point out certain rules of conduct to all persons working with the crane.
Warn- Signal Explanation

ing word
signs
DANGER Designates a dangerous situation which will lead to death or serious injury if
it is not prevented 1)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to death or serious injury if
it is not prevented. 1)
CAUTION Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to slight or medium-grade

injuries if it is not prevented. 1)
NOTICE Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to property damage if it is

not prevented.
1)
This could also result in property damage.
copyright by
2 LTM 1400-7-1-007
028189-06
Additional notes
The term Note is used in the crane documentation to make all persons working with the crane aware
of useful information and tips.
Sign Signal Explanation

word
Note Designates useful information and tips.
Crane documentation
The crane documentation is comprised of:

– all supplied documents on paper and in digital form.
– all supplied programs and applications.
– all subsequently supplied information, updates and addenda for the crane documentation.
The crane documentation:
– makes it possible for you to operate the crane safely.
– supports you to utilize the permissible application possibilities of the crane.
– provides you with information about the functionality of important components and systems.
Note
Terminology in the crane documentation.
Certain expressions are used in the crane documentation.
u In order to avoid misunderstandings, the same expressions should always be used.
Translations from the German version of the crane documentation: The crane documentation has
been translated to be best of one’s knowledge. Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH assumes no liability for
translation errors. The German version of the crane documentation is solely applicable for factual ac-
curacy. If you find any errors or if any misunderstandings arise when reading the crane documenta-
tion, please contact Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH immediately.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to incorrect operation of the crane!
Incorrect operation of the crane can lead to accidents!
Personnel can be killed or seriously injured!
This could result in property damage!
u Only authorized and trained expert personnel are permitted to work on the crane.
u The crane documentation is part of the crane and must be accessible on the crane.
u The crane documentation and on-site regulations and specifications (such as accident prevention
regulations) must be observed.
Using the crane documentation:

– makes it easier to become familiar with the crane.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– avoids problems due to improper operation.

Observing the crane documentation:
– increases reliability in use.
– extends the service life of the crane.
– minimizes repair costs and downtime.
Place the crane documentation accessible in the driverʼs cab or in the crane cab.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 3
028189-06
WARNING
Outdated version of crane documentation!
If subsequently supplied information, updates and addenda to the crane documentation are not obser-
ved and added, there is a danger of accidents!
u Observe and add all subsequently supplied information, updates and addenda for the crane docu-
mentation.
u Make sure that all affected persons always know and understand the latest version of the crane
documentation.
WARNING
Crane documentation is not understood!
If parts of the crane documentation are not understood and the tasks are carried out on or with the
crane, then there is a danger of accidents!
u Clear up open questions regarding the crane documentation with Liebherr Service before carrying
out the respective task.
This documentation may not be reproduced or duplicated, distributed or used for purposes of competi-
tion, neither in part nor in excerpts. All rights are expressly reserved in accordance with copyright laws.
All accident prevention guidelines, operating instructions, load charts etc. are based on destined use
of the crane.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
4 LTM 1400-7-1-007
028189-06
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.110001
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 5
028189-06
CE marking
The CE marking is a mark according to EU laws:

– Cranes with CE-marking according to the European machinery directive 2006/42/EC and the EN
13000! Data tag Crane with CE-marking, see illustration 1.
– Cranes which are operated outside the respective area of application do not require a CE marking.
Data tag Crane without CE marking, see illustration 2.
– It is prohibited to market and operate cranes without CE marking, which do not meet the product-
specific regulations valid in Europe, when a CE marking is specified for the country.
– It is prohibited to operate cranes with a tipping load utilization of 85 % which are programmed ac-
cording to ASME B30.5 within the European Union or in countries which permit a lower stationary
stability utilization (for example ISO 4305)! The national regulations apply. These cranes may not
have a CE marking!
Destined use
The destined use of the crane consists solely in vertical lifting and lowering of free and non-adhered
loads, whose weight and center of gravity are known.
To do so, a hook or hook block approved by Liebherr must be reeved on the hoist rope and it may only
be operated within the permissible crane configurations.
Driving with the crane, with or without an attached load is only permissible if a corresponding driving or
load chart is available. The set up configurations intended for it and the safety conditions must be ob-
served according to the corresponding crane documentation.
Any other use or any other exceeding utilization is not destined use.
Destined use also includes the adherence of the required safety guidelines, conditions, prerequisites,
set up conditions and working steps in the crane documentation (for example: Operating instructions,
load charts, erection and take down charts, job planner).
The manufacturer is not liable for damages, which are caused by non-destined use or improper use of
the crane. Any associated risk it is carried solely by the owner, the operator and the user of the crane.
Non-destined use
Non-destined use is:

– Working outside the permissible set up configurations according to the load chart.
– Working outside the permissible boom radii and slewing ranges according to the load chart.
– Selecting load charts, which do not correspond to the actual set up configuration.
– Selection of a set up configuration via code or via manual entry, which does not correspond to the
actual set up configuration.
– Working with bypassed / deactivated safety devices, for example bypassed load moment limitation
or with bypassed hoist limit switch.
– Increasing the radius of the lifted load after a LMB shut off, for example by diagonally pulling the
load.
– Using the support pressure display as a safety function against tipping over.
– Use of equipment parts which are not approved for the crane.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Using the crane at sports and recreational events, especially for "Bungee" jumps and / or "Dinner in
the sky".
– Driving on a public road in non-permissible driving condition (axle load, dimension).
– Driving with the equipment in place in a non-permissible driving condition.
– Pushing, pulling or lifting loads with the leveling regulation, the sliding beams or the support cylin-
ders.
– Pushing, pulling or lifting loads by actuating the slewing gear, the luffing gear or the telescoping
gear.
– Ripping stuck objects loose with the crane.
– Utilizing the crane for a longer period of time for material handling tasks.
– Releasing the crane suddenly (grapple or dumping operation).
copyright by
6 LTM 1400-7-1-007
028189-06
– Utilizing the crane when the weight of the load, which is suspended on the crane is changed, for
example by filling a container suspended on the load hook, except:
– • The load moment limiter was checked before for function with a known load.
• The crane cab is occupied.
• The crane is operational.
• The container size is selected in such a way that an overload of the crane with full load is elimi-
nated within the valid used load chart.
The crane may not be used for:
– Attaching a stuck load for which the weight and center of gravity are not known and which is rele-
ased only by flame cutting, for example.
– Letting persons drive along outside the driverʼs cab.
– Transporting personnel in the crane cab while driving.
– Transporting personnel with the lifting equipment and on the load.
– Transporting of persons with work baskets (cherry pickers), if the national regulations of the res-
ponsible work safety organization are not observed.
– Transporting loads on the chassis.
– Two hook operation without auxiliary equipment.
– Extended material handling operation.
– Crane operation on a barge if the conditions are not determined and the written release by
Liebherr Werk Ehingen GmbH is not present.
The crane documentation must be read and used by all persons who are involved in use, operation,
assembly and maintenance of the crane.
Safety systems
Special attention must be paid to the safety systems built into the crane. The safety systems must
constantly be checked for functionality. The crane may not be operated if the safety systems are not
working or not working correctly.
Note
Your motto must always be:
u Safety first!
The crane has been built in accordance with the applicable crane operation and driving regulations
and has been approved by the relevant authorities.
Equipment and spare parts
WARNING
Danger to life if original equipment parts are not used!
If the crane is operated with equipment parts, which are not original, then the crane can fail and cause
fatal accidents!
Crane components can be damaged!
u Operate the crane only with original equipment parts!
u Crane operation with equipment parts, which do not belong to the crane is prohibited!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u If there is any doubt about the origin of equipment parts, contact Liebherr Service!
WARNING
The crane permit and the manufacturerʼs warranty will become void!
If any original installed parts are modified, manipulated or replaced (e.g. removal of parts, installation
of non-original Liebherr parts), both the crane permit and the manufacturerʼs warranty will become
void.
u Leave installed original parts unchanged!
u Do not remove installed original parts!
u Use only Original Liebherr spare parts!
u If there is any doubt about the origin of spare parts, contact Liebherr Service!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 7
028189-06
For ordering equipment and spare parts, always keep the crane number handy and provide it.
Definition of directional data for mobile cranes
Driving forwards: Driving with the driverʼs cab on the front.

Driving in reverse: Driving with the taillights of the crane chassis on the front.
Front, rear, right, left in the driver’s cab refer to the crane chassis. The driver’s cab is always in the
front.
Front, rear, right, left in the crane operator’s cab refer to the superstructure. Front is always in di-
rection of the placed down boom.
Definition of directional data for crawler cranes
Driving forwards: Driving forward from the view of the crane operator seated in the crane cab. Turn-
table in 0° or 180° position.
Driving in reverse: Driving backward from the view of the crane operator seated in the crane cab.
Turntable in 0° or 180° position.
Front, rear, right, left always orient themselves on the crawler track from the position of the chain
tension devices. The chain tension devices on the crawler track are always on the front.
Front, rear, right, left refer to the direction of view of the crane operator seated in the crane cab.
Front is always in direction of the placed down boom.
Optional equipment and functions
The equipment marked with * and the functions are optionally available and are not part of the stan-
dard crane (optional equipment).
Conversion chart
Note
u If the crane is used in countries where US-units are customary, you can use the conversion factors
in this chart for conversion of metric measuring units into US-units!
Unit of Measure Multiply by To optain

Length millimeter (mm) 0.03937 inch (in)
millimeter (mm) 0.00328084 foot (ft)
meter (m) 39.37 inch (in)
meter (m) 3.28084 foot (ft)
meter (m) 1.09361 yard (yd)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
kilometer (km) 0.62137 mile (mi)

Area square centimeter (cm2) 0.155 square inch (in2)
square meter (m2) 10.7639 square foot (ft2)
square meter (m2) 1.196 square yard (yd2)
square kilometer (km2) 0.3861 square mile (mi2)
Volume cubic centimeter (cm3) 0.06102 cubic inch (in3)
cubic meter (m3) 35.3147 cubic foot (ft3)
cubic meter (m3) 1.308 cubic yard (yd3)
liter (L) 61.024 cubic inch (in3)
copyright by
8 LTM 1400-7-1-007
028189-06
Unit of Measure Multiply by To optain

liter (L) 0.035 cubic foot (ft3)
liter (L) 0.264 gallon (U.S.) (gal)
Weight gram (g) 0.03527 ounce (oz)
kilogram (kg) 2.20462 pound (lb)
metric ton (t) 2204.62262 pound (lb)
metric ton (t) 1.102 short tons (U.S.)
Mass divided kilogram per meter (kg/m) 0.055998 pound per inch (lb/in)
by length kilogram per meter (kg/m) 0.67197 pound per foot (lb/ft)
Force newton (N) 0.2248 pound-force (lbf)
kilonewton (kN) 224.809 pound-force (lbf)
kilonewton (kN) 0.2248 kip (1 kip = 1000 lbf)
Torque newton meter (N·m) 8.85075 pound-force inch (lbf·in)
newton meter (N·m) 0.73756 pound-force foot (lbf·in)
Power horsepower (metric) 0.73549 kilowatt (kW)
horsepower (metric) 0.98632 horsepower (U.K.)
kilowatt (kW) 1.34102 horsepower (U.K.)
Pressure kilopascal (kPa) 0.01 bar (bar)
kilopascal (kPa) 0.1450377 pound-force per square inch (psi)
bar (bar) 14.50377 pound-force per square inch (psi)
newton per square centimeter (N/cm²) 1.450377 pound-force per square inch (psi)
newton per square meter (N/m²) 0.0001450377 pound-force per square inch (psi)
Speed meter per second (m/s) 39.37 inch per second (in/s)
meter per second (m/s) 3.28084 foot per second (ft/s)
kilometer per hour (km/h) 0.62137 mile per hour (mi/h)
liter per minute (l/min) 0.26417 gallon per minute (gal/min)
Temperature degree Celsius (°C) ([°C] · 1.8) + 32 degree Fahrenheit (°F)
kelvin (K) ([K] · 1.8) - 459.67 degree Fahrenheit (°F)
Conversion chart version 1

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 9
028189-06
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
10 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Contents
Contents
1 Description of crane 23
1.01 Terminology 24
1 Short designation of boom systems 25
2 Component overview 31
1.02 Product description 38

1 Crane chassis 39
2 Crane superstructure 40
3 Additional equipment 42
1.03 Technical data 44

1 Dimensions 45
2 Tires 45
3 Weights 45
4 Workplace-related emission value 46
5 Vibrations 46
6 Speeds 46
7 Rope diameter 47
8 Lifting heights 47
2 Safety 55
2.01 Traffic regulations 56

1 Traffic regulations 57
2.01.10 General traffic regulations 58

1 General traffic regulations 59
2.01.20 National traffic regulations 62

1 National traffic regulations 63
2.02 Break-in instructions 64

1 First commissioning 65
2.03 Job planning 66

1 Job planning 67
2.04 General safety technical guidelines 68

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
1 General 69
2 Emergency exit 74
3 Checking the rigging and fastening points 76
4 Personal protective equipment 78
5 Use of single-stranded height safety equipment, illustration 1 82
6 Use of double-stranded height safety equipment, illustration 2 82
7 Securing the assembly personnel against falling 82
8 Rescuing the assembly personnel 84
9 Documentation 84
10 Identification 84
11 Crane operator responsibilities 85
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 11
Contents
12 Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3 87

13 Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5 91
14 Permissible ground pressures 93
15 Support 95
16 Aligning the crane 97
17 Checking the safety measures 98
18 Endangering air traffic 98
19 Grounding 99
20 Consideration of wind conditions 99
21 Working in the vicinity of transmitters 109
22 Joint lifting of a load with two cranes 111
23 Working ranges of several cranes overlap 112
24 Hand signals for guidance 112
25 Crane operation with a load 121
26 Lifting of personnel 124
27 Crane operation in case of thunderstorms 125
28 Safety notes for external power feed (100 V AC to 400 V AC) 126
29 Welding work on the load 126
30 Travel and crane operation 127
2.04.10 Ladders 132

1 Safety guidelines 133
2 Safety signs 133
3 Ladder inspection 137
4 User guidelines 137
5 Ladder access 138
2.05 Signs on the crane 148

1 Warning signs 149
2 Command and prohibition signs 153
3 Notice signs 157
2.06 Antifall guards on the crane 162

2 Ladder on telescopic boom 165
3 Railing 167
4 Fall protection equipment: Safety ropes 169
2.07 Access to the crane 172

1 Components on the crane 173
2 Ascent and descent on the crane chassis 177
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
3 Walking and stepping surfaces 185
3 Crane chassis operation 187
3.01 Operating and control instruments on the crane chassis 188

1 Operating and control instruments - Vehicle 189
3.02 Before starting to travel 220

1 General checks before starting to drive 221
2 Work station - Driver's cab 229
3.03 Axle suspension system 236
copyright by
12 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Contents
1 Axle suspension / axle locking system 237

2 Axle suspension system 239
3 Axle locking system 245
3.04 Travel operation 246

1 Crane driving conditions 247
2 Starting and stopping the engine 249
3 Driving 257
4 Differential locks 295
5 Steering 301
3.05 Crane at the job site 310

1 General 311
2 Support control unit 317
3 Before leaving the jobsite 329
3.07 Towing the crane 330

1 Safety notes for towing 331
2 Defective engine 331
3 Defective transmission 332
4 Defective distributor gear 332
5 Defective axle(s) 333
3.80 Transport of crane and crane components 334

1 Transporting the telescopic boom 335
2 Transporting the TY-guying 345
4 Operation of crane superstructure 349
4.01 Operating and control instruments on the crane superstructure 350

1 Operating and control instruments 351
4.02 LICCON computer system 370

1 General 371
2 LICCON computer system boot up 375
3 Operating mode preselection on the LICCON computer system 377
4 Operating elements of the LICCON computer system 379
5 „Set up“ program 381
6 The „Operation“ program 399
7 „Telescoping“ program 453
8 „Control parameter“ program 457
9 The „Working range limitation“ program* 465
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
10 The „Support“ program 467

11 The „Engine monitoring“ program 479
12 „Tele guying*“ program 489
13 LICCON computer system in stand-by mode 499
4.03 Crane start up and taking the crane out of service 502
1 Checks before start up 503
2 Work station - Crane operator's cab 507
3 Starting and stopping the superstructure engine 515
4 LICCON computer system after engine start 523
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 13
Contents
4.04 Safety equipment 526

1 General 527
2 Quick test Crane geometry 527
3 Quick test Overload protection 527
4 LICCON computer system 527
5 Safety devices on the crane 533
4.05 Crane operation 546

1 General 547
2 LICCON computer system 553
3 Luffing 555
4 Lifting / lowering 559
5 Turning 563
6 Telescoping 569
4.06 Rope reeving 582

1 Wire ropes and rope end connections 583
2 Reeving in the hoist rope with the assembly winch* 585
3 Movable back pulley* 589
4 Reeving the hook block in and out 591
5 Attaching and removing the load hook* 597
6 Attaching / removing the hoist limit switch weight 601
7 Assembling / disassembling the wedge lock 605
8 Crane operation with auxiliary block* on the telescopic boom 607
9 Rope reeving 607
4.07 Counterweight 608

1 General 609
2 Assembly 617
3 Telescoping 629
4 Disassembly 631
4.08 Working with a load 638

1 Safety technical instructions for working with a load 639
2 Checks before starting to work with the crane 639
3 Crane movement - Telescoping 640
4 Taking on a load 643
5 Crane operation 649
4.12 Two hook operation 652

1 Auxiliary boom 653
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
2 Hook operation 657

3 Two hook operation monitored / Two hook operation not monitored 659
5 Boom nose on telescopic boom 661
6 Auxiliary jib on telescopic boom 663
7 Folding jib 664
8 Fixed lattice jib 665
9 Boom nose on fixed lattice jib 667
10 Auxiliary jib on fixed lattice jib 668
11 Luffing lattice jib 669
12 Boom nose on luffing lattice jib 670
copyright by
14 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Contents
13 Auxiliary jib on luffing lattice jib 671

14 Lifting a joint load 673
4.15 Reeving plans 676

1 General 677
2 Reeving plans 679
4.20 Procedure for shut off of crane movements 724

1 General 725
2 Instructions for resuming crane movements for cranes with CE mark 729
3 Instructions for resuming crane movements for cranes without CE mark 767
5 Equipment 805
5.01 Safety technical notes for assembly and disassembly 806

1 Checking the retaining elements 807
2 Rope pulleys 807
3 Checking the ropes 807
4 Control measures 808
5 Dangerous conditions without shut off 811
6 Transporting components 811
7 Pneumatic springs for assembly support of components 811
8 Manual rope winches for assembly support of components 812
9 Weights 812
10 Guy rods 812
11 Auxiliary guying 813
12 Bypassing the overload protection 813
13 Bypassing the hoist top shut off 815
14 Assembly / disassembly 816
15 Erection / take down 860
5.03 Fixed lattice jib - TF 866

1 General 867
2 Assembly 877
3 Reeving the hoist rope 885
4 Angle assembly of lattice jib 887
5 Electrical connections 889
6 Erecting the boom 891
7 Crane operation - TF 891
8 Taking the boom down 893
9 Changing the lattice jib from 20°/40° to 0° 895
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
10 Unreeving the hoist rope 897

11 Disassembly 899
5.04 Luffing lattice jib - TN 906

1 General 907
2 Components of luffing lattice jib 909
3 Assembly 915
4 Assembling the lattice jib 923
5 Erection 935
7 Take down 947
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 15
Contents
8 Disassembly 955
5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed - TY 964

1 General 965
2 Assembly 969
4 Disassembly 995
5.06 Luffing lattice jib, guyed 1010

1 General 1011
2 Assembly 1013
4 Disassembly 1023
5.07 Fixed lattice jib, guyed 1030

1 General 1031
2 Assembly 1033
4 Disassembly 1039
5.10 Boom nose - telescopic boom 1042

1 Boom nose telescopic boom 1043
5.11 Winch 3 1056

1 General 1057
2 Assembling winch3* with adjusting cylinder 1057
3 Changing the adjusting cylinder position 1071
4 Dismantling winch3* 1077
5.14 Telescopic boom disassembly / assembly, luffing cylinder on the crane superstructure 1078
1 General 1079
2 Assembling / disassembling the straps 1079
3 Disassembly of telescopic boom 1081
4 Assembling the telescopic boom 1087
5 Retracting the luffing cylinder with removed telescopic boom 1093
5.15 Telescopic boom disassembly / assembly, luffing cylinder on the telescopic boom 1094
1 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly* 1095
2 Disassembly 1099
3 Assembly 1107
5.17 Sliding beam disassembly / assembly 1112

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
1 General 1113
2 Remove sliding beams with auxiliary crane 1115
3 Removing the sliding beams with own crane* 1117
4 Installing the sliding beams with the auxiliary crane 1123
5 Installing the sliding beams with own crane* 1125
5.18 Sliding beam box Disassembly / assembly 1128

1 Sliding beam box disassembly/assembly* 1129
2 Disassembling the sliding beam box 1131
3 Turning crane superstructure (360°) without rear support 1137
4 Assembling the sliding beam box 1141
copyright by
16 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Contents
5.19 Hook blocks 1148

1 Procedure in case of slack rope 1149
2 Hook block overview 1151
3 Installing a double hook block for single operation 1153
4 Installing a double hook block for parallel operation 1163
5 Single hook blocks 1175
5.21 Boom nose N head piece 1182

1 Boom nose N-end section 1183
5.27 Erection and take-down charts 1190

1 General 1191
2 Set-up and take-down chart for T operation 1191
3 Set-up and take-down chart for TY operation 1193
4 Set-up and take-down chart for TF operation 1195
5 Set-up and take-down chart for TYSF operation 1196
6 Set-up and take-down chart for TN operation 1197
7 Set-up and take-down chart for TYSN operation 1198
6 Additional equipment 1201
6.01 Heater / engine pre-heating 1202

1 Heating the driver's cab 1203
2 Heating the crane operator's cab 1223
6.04 Support beam monitoring / sliding beam monitoring 1236

1 General 1237
2 Support base 1237
3 Working with sliding beam monitoring 1239
4 Bypassing the sliding beam length monitoring 1243
6.05 Emergency take-down 1244

1 Emergency operation 1245
7 Service and maintenance 1249
7.01 Maintenance and service - General 1250

1 Technical safety instructions 1251
2 Warranty and coverage 1255
3 Liebherr Service 1255
4 Oil and lubricant analysis 1256
5 Cleaning 1257
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
6 Disposal 1258
7.02 Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 1260

1 Crane chassis maintenance and inspection schedule 1261
7.03 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure 1268

1 Crane superstructure maintenance and inspection schedule 1269
7.03.50 Maintenance intervals - Crane boom 1276

1 Crane boom maintenance and inspection schedule 1277
7.04 Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 1282
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 17
Contents
1 Diesel engine 1283

2 Automatic transmission with torque converter coupling 1289
3 Distributor gear 1297
4 Hydraulic system 1301
5 Air dryer compressed air and brake system, illustration 5 1309
6 Steering 1309
7 Tires 1310
8 Axles 1329
9 Tilting the driverʼs cab 1333
10 Electrical system 1333
11 Ladders 1338
7.05 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 1340

1 Crane engine 1341
2 Pump distributor gear 1349
3 Hydraulic system 1351
4 Central lubrication system 1357
5 Slewing ring connection 1365
6 Winch 1, 2 and 3, illustration 6 1367
7 Assembly winch, illustration 7 1369
8 Replacing hoist rope / control rope 1371
9 Guy winches 1373
10 Slewing gear 1375
11 Air dryer for Compressed air and brake system 1377
12 Hydraulic hose lines 1377
13 Electrical system 1377
14 Ladders 1377
7.05.50 Maintenance guidelines - Crane boom 1378

1 Telescopic boom 1379
2 TY-guying 1383
3 Rope pulleys and guide pulleys 1383
4 Crane ropes 1384
7.06 Fill quantities, lubrication schedule 1398

1 Fill quantities 1399
2 Lubrication schedule 1405
7.07 Service fluids and lubricants 1412

1 Specified service items and lubricants for Liebherr cranes 1413
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
7.15 Procedure in case of problems 1420

1 Procedure to follow in case of a problem 1421
2 Carry out error diagnostics 1427
3 Measures in clear problem cases 1433
4 Measures for defective components 1442
8 Inspections of cranes 1453
8.01 Periodic crane inspections 1454

1 General 1455
2 Inspection of carrying crane structures, especially steel structures 1456
3 Inspection of the rope feed mechanism in the telescopic boom 1530
copyright by
18 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Contents
4 Inspection of locking system of telescopic boom 1532

5 Inspection of safety ropes and anchor points 1534
6 Inspection of membrane accumulator 1536
7 Inspection of relapse cylinders 1536
8 Inspection of the safety controls on the relapse cylinders 1537
9 Inspection of rope pulleys 1537
10 Inspecting the function of the overload protection 1538
11 Inspecting the roller slewing ring connection 1538
12 Inspection of the mounting of the load bearing equipment 1538
13 Inspection of the tele extension with eccentric, illustration 1 1540
14 Inspection of change over pulleys, illustration 2 1540
15 Inspection of the oil and fuel reservoirs 1540
16 Inspection of the auxiliary reeving winch, recovery winch and spare wheel winch 1540
8.03 Inspecting the hoist and retracting winches 1542

1 Inspecting the hoist and retracting winches 1543
2 Checking the groove diameter 1543
3 Inspection intervals 1543
4 Checking the oil level 1543
5 Evaluating oil color 1544
6 Checking for solid foreign substances 1544
7 Visual inspection for leaks 1544
8 Inspecting the gear brakes 1544
9 Documenting the completed inspection 1545
10 Requirements for monitoring the winches 1545
8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes 1554

1 Importance of inspection 1555
3 Qualification Inspection personnel 1555
4 Unscheduled inspection 1555
5 Intervals 1555
6 Areas 1556
7 Documentation of inspection results 1557
8 Wire ropes and rope end connections 1557
9 Degree of severity 1559
10 Abbreviations Rope diameter 1559
11 Distortions and mechanical damage 1559
12 Removal criteria Overview 1559
13 Checking for broken strands 1560
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
14 Determining the number of broken wires 1561

15 Check rope diameter 1565
16 Checking for corrosion 1568
17 Corkscrew-like distortion 1570
18 Basket formation 1571
19 Protruding, distorted insert or strand 1571
20 Loop formation 1573
21 Flattenings 1573
22 Kinking or rope loops pulled closed 1575
23 Buckles 1576
24 Effects of heat, arcs 1576
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 19
Contents
25 Combined degree of severity 1576

26 Checking the control rope for distortions 1577
27 Current checklist 1578
8.05 Inspection of load hooks 1580

3 Inspecting and monitoring the load hook 1581
8.06 Inspection of hydraulic hose lines 1584

3 Checking the end of the service life 1585
4 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for damage 1586
5 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for leaks 1587
6 Documenting the inspection 1587
7 Replacing hydraulic hose lines 1587
8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum brakes 1590

1 General 1591
2 Visual inspection 1591
3 Operation and performance test 1591
4 Internal inspection of the wheel brakes 1592
8.12 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supports 1594

1 Function check of limit switch initiators at jib stop 1595
8.14 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder 1596

1 Checking jib stop cylinder pressure 1597
8.15 Inspection of guy rods 1598

1 General 1599
2 Repeat inspection of guy rods 1599
8.17 Inspection of ladders 1600

3 Inspecting ladders 1601
4 Inspection sheet and check list 1601
8.80 Weighing procedure for mobile cranes 1606

1 Weighing error 1607
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
2 Symbol 1607
3 Weighing the mobile crane 1607
8.90 Inspection chart for cranes 1614

1 Inspection chart for recurring inspections of Liebherr cranes 1615
90 Attachment 1625
90.01 Foreword to attachment 1626

1 Preface 1627
90.05 Update confirmation 1628
copyright by
20 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Contents
1 Update confirmation 1629

2 Customer information 1629
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 21
Contents
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
22 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1 Description of crane
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 23
025668-00 1.01 Terminology
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194769
copyright by
24 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.01 Terminology 025668-00
1 Short designation of boom systems

1.1 Telescopic boom
T = Telescopic boom
TY = Telescopic boom with Y stay ropes
1.1.1 Boom combination
T-boom combination
T = 15.40 m – 60.00 m
TY-boom combination
T = 30.80 m – 60.00 m
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 25
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194771
copyright by
26 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Telescopic boom with fixed lattice jib

TF = Telescopic boom with fixed lattice jib (0°/20°/40°)
TYSF = Telescopic boom with stay ropes, with fixed lattice jib and spacers (0°/20°/40°)
1.2.1 Boom combinations
TF-boom combination (0°)

T = 60.00 m
F = 56.00 m
T = 56.60 m
F = 7.00 m – 56.00 m

T = 56.60 m
F = 7.00 m – 49.00 m

T = 56.60 m
F = 7.00 m – 49.00 m
TYSF-boom combination(0°)
T = 60.00 m
F = 56.00 m
T = 56.60 m
F = 7.00 m – 56.00 m
TYSF-boom combination(20°)
T = 56.60 m
F = 7.00 m – 49.00 m
TYSF-boom combination (40°)

T = 56.60 m
F = 7.00 m – 49.00 m
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 27
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194772
copyright by
28 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Telescopic boom with luffing lattice jib

T = Telescopic boom
N = Luffing lattice jib
TN = Telescopic boom with luffing lattice jib
TYSN = Telescopic boom with Y stay ropes, luffing lattice jib and spacers
1.3.1 Boom combinations

1. T = 15.40 m – 25.70 m
N = 14.00 m – 84,00 m
2. T = 36,00 m
N = 21,00 m – 84,00 m
3. T = 46,30 m
N = 21.00 m – 77.00 m
4. T = 56.60 m
N = 21.00 m – 56.00 m
for TYSN operation the following boom combinations are also available:
T = 46.30 m
N = 84.00 m
T = 56.60 m
N = 63.00 m
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 29
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194775
copyright by
30 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Component overview
2.1 Crane chassis
1 7-axle chassis
2 Tyres - axles 1 - 7
3 Drive motor
4 Cab
5 Sliding beams
with support rams
6 Support pads
2.2 Revolving platform

10 Crane motor
11 Operator's cab
12 Counterweight
13 Telescopic boom adjustment - luffing cylinder
14 Hoist gear 1
for T – operation, TY – operation*, TF – operation*, TYSF – operation*, TN – opera-
tion*, TYSN – operation*
15 Hoist gear 3*
with hoisting cable and accessories for adjusting the luffing lattice jib
16 Hoist gear 2*
with hoisting cable and accessories* for 2–hook operation or for heavy loads on tele-
scopic boom at steep angle (with long cable)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 31
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194770
copyright by
32 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Telescopic boom

20 Articulated piece
21 Telescopic section 1
25 TY-stay ropes
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 33
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194774
copyright by
34 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Components for use with fixed lattice jib (TF, TYSF)
40 N-headpiece
3.00 m
41 NI-intermediate piece
7.00 m
14.00 m
43 NI-reduction piece
2.00 m
44 NA-intermediate piece
7.00 m
14.00 m
46 TF-adapter
2.00 m
47 TN/TF-adapter
1.99 m
60 Spacer
Note
Note
u For two 7.00 m intermediate pieces you can also fit one 14.00 m intermediate piece.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 35
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194773
copyright by
36 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Components for using with the luffing lattice jib (TN, TYSN)
40 N-headpiece
3.00 m
7.00 m
14.00 m
43 NI-reduction piece
2.00 m
7.00 m
14.00 m
47 TN/TF-adapter
1.99 m
2.6 N-assembly unit

50 N-articulated piece
9.00 m
51 TN-adapter
1.70 m
52 NA-frame I
with retainer
53 NA-frame II
54 Guy posts
56 Upper adjusting cylinder, lattice jib adjustment
57 Lower adjusting cylinder, lattice jib adjustment
60 Spacer
Note
Note
u For two 7.00 m intermediate pieces you can also fit one 14.00 m intermediate piece.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 37
026847-00 1.02 Product description
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195218
copyright by
38 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.02 Product description 026847-00
1 Crane chassis
1.1 Frame
In-house manufactured, distortion-resistant box structure made from high-strength, close-grained
structural steel.
1.2 Supports
4 hydraulically extending sliding beams with hydraulic support cylinders and detachable support pads.
The front sliding beam box is located between axles 2 and 3, and the rear support box is attached to
the rear of the chassis.
Support basis: 10 m long x 9.5 m wide.
1.3 Motor
8-cylinder diesel, manufactured by Liebherr, model D 9508 A7, water-cooled.
Performance: 450 kW at 1900 rpm
Maximum torque: 2840 Nm at 1100 - 1500 rpm
Exhaust emissions according to guidelines per 97/68/EC Stage 3 and EPA/CARB Tier 3.
Fuel tank: 580 l
1.4 Shift transmission

Automatic transmission system with torque converter transmission TC HD.
Manufactured by ZF, model TC-TRONIC HD with 12 forward gears and 2 reverse gears, transfer gear-
box with transfer differential.
1.5 Axles
Robust crane axles. All axles with steering.
Axles 1, 3, 5 and 6 (with 14x8 drive)* are driven planetary axles.
Axle 3 with longitudinal differential, axles 3, 5 and 6 (with 14x8 drive)* with transversal differential.
1.6 Drive shafts

All drive shafts with 70° cross-toothing.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
1.7 Suspension
All axles with hydro-pneumatic suspension, with automatic level control. Axle pressure compensation
between axles 1 and 2, axle 3, axles 4 and 5 and axles 6 and 7, which are interconnected as axle
pairs.
Hydraulically lockable suspension.
1.8 Tires
14 tires, all axles tired individually.
Tire size: 385 / 95 R 25 (14.00 R 25)
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 39
1.9 Steering
Axles 1 to 3 are mechanically interconnected and are assisted by hydraulic pumps and the ZF semi-
integral steering gear. Two engine-driven and one wheel-drive pump ensure that dual-circuit capability
is provided (three-pump system).
Axles 4 to 7 are designed for „active rear axle steering“, are preselected in accordance with fixed pro-
grams and have hydro-electric steering.
1.10 Brakes
Service brake: all-wheel power-assisted compressed air brake, dual-circuit system
Auxiliary brakes: Exhaust flap retention strap, retarder, attached to shift transmission, Telma eddy
current brake (optional)
Handbrake: spring-loaded brake acting on all wheels of the 3rd to 7th axle
1.11 Driver cab

Spacious cab made of steel with luxury equipment, elastomerically suspended.
Safety glass, operating and control instruments.
1.12 Electrical system

Modern data bus technology, 24 Volt DC, 2 batteries, each with 170 Ah.
Lighting system in accordance with German StVZO (Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards).
2 Crane superstructure
2.1 Frame
In-house manufactured, distortion-resistant welded structure made from high-strength, close-grained
structural steel. A 3-row roller slewing ring is used as the connecting element to the crane chassis,
providing unlimited rotation.
2.2 Crane engine

6-cylinder diesel, manufactured by Liebherr, model D 936L A6, water-cooled.
Performance: 240 kW at 1800 rpm
Maximum torque: 1525 Nm at 1500 rpm
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Exhaust emissions according to guidelines per 97/68/EC Stage 3 and EPA/CARB Tier 3.
Fuel tank: 275 l
2.3 Crane drive

Diesel-hydraulic with 4 axial piston adjusting pumps with servo control and power control in closed cir-
cuit for lifting, luffing, telescoping, rotating and adjusting the lattice jib.
copyright by
40 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Controls
Two 4–way manual control levers, self-centering. Foot switch for extending. Infinitely variable control
of all crane movements by adjusting the hydraulic pumps.
Additional speed control by adjusting the diesel engine speed.
2.5 Hoist gear

Axial piston adjusting motor.
Liebherr cable winch with built-in planetary gearbox and spring-loaded stop brake.
2.6 Luffing gear

Two differential cylinders with safety non-return valves.
2.7 Slewing gear

One slewing gear consisting of hydraulic motor, planetary gearbox, slewing gear pinion and spring-lo-
aded stop brake.
2.8 Crane cab

Luxury cab with safety glass, operating and control instruments.
Cab can be tilted backwards.
2.9 Safety equipment

LICCON overload system, hoist limit switch, safety valves to prevent pipe and hose breakage.
2.10 Ballast
Total ballast: 100 t consisting of base plate weighing 15 t , six parts weighing 10 t , and five parts weig-
hing 5 t .
2.11 Telescopic boom

1 articulated piece and 4 telescopic sections. All telescopes can be extended separately using the Te-
lematik rapid-cycle telescoping system.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Boom length: 15.40 m – 60 m
2.12 Electrical system

Modern data bus technology, 24 Volt DC, 2 batteries, each with 170 Ah.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 41
3 Additional equipment
3.1 Telescopic boom guying
Consisting of guy bracket with rope guying, hydraulically folding into transportation position.
3.2 Lattice jibs

Fixed lattice jib: 7.00 m – 56.00 m long.
Luffing lattice jib: 14.00 m – 84.00 m long.
3.3 Hoist gear 2

Axial piston adjusting motor, Liebherr cable winch with built-in planetary gearbox and spring-loaded
stop brake for 2-hook operation.
3.4 Hoist gear 3 with adjusting cylinder

Axial piston adjusting motor, Liebherr cable winch with built-in planetary gearbox and spring-loaded
stop brake for adjusting luffing lattice jib.
3.5 Tires
14 tires, all axles tired individually.
Tire size: 445 / 95 R 25 (16.00 R 25)
3.6 14 x 8 drive
The 6th axle is also driven.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
42 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 43
029168-01 1.03 Technical data
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194776
copyright by
44 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.03 Technical data 029168-01
1 Dimensions
Tire size 385/95 R 25 445/95 R 25* 525/80 R 25*
A 2612 mm 2552 mm 2702 mm
B 3000 mm 3000 mm 3230 mm
C 4000 mm 4000 mm 4000 mm
D 11° 11° 11°
E 19° 19° 19°
F 11° 11° 11°
2 Tires
2.1 Tires with „speed symbol E“
Tire size Wheel weight Tire pressure for driving on Tire pressure for driving
public roads with the equipment in place
385/95 R 25 260 kg 10 bar 10 bar
445/95 R 25* 320 kg / 300 kg 9 bar 10 bar
***
525/80 R 25* 375 kg 7 bar 8 bar

***
For one part rim
2.2 Tires with „speed symbol F“
Tire size Wheel weight Tire pressure for driving on Tire pressure for driving
public roads with the equipment in place
385/95 R 25 260 kg 9 bar 9 bar
445/95 R 25* 320 kg / 300 kg 9 bar 9 bar
***
525/80 R 25* 372 kg 7 bar 7 bar

***
For one part rim
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
3 Weights
3.1 Axle loads
Axle loads
For travel condition of the crane, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 45
3.2 Load handling equipment
Load capacity [t] Pulleys Strands Weight [t]

240 11 22 3.7
202 9 18 3.3
171.6 7 15 3.5
84.9 3 7 2.6
37.5 1 3 1.4
12.5 – 1 0.7
3.3 Support forces
Max. support force per support Front Rear

[kN]
With nominal load 1240 1760
4 Workplace-related emission value

Sound pressure level at 75 % of the nominal engine rpm Stationary noise LpA
Driverʼs cab, driverʼs side 74 db(A)
Driverʼs cab, passenger side 74 db(A)
Crane operator’s cab (2006/42/EC; EN 13000) 76 db(A)
5 Vibrations
Vibrations transferred to the operator Value
Total vibration value to which the upper body limbs are exposed Not more than 2.5 m/s2
Effective value of weighted acceleration to which the entire body is expo- Not more than 0.5 m/s2
sed to.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
6 Speeds
6.1 Driving speeds with 385/95 R 25 tires
Gear 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Speed 5.7 7.3 9.4 12.1 15.3 19.6 26.0 33.3
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
copyright by
46 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Gear 9 10 11 12 R1 R2 Max. gradient

Speed 43.1 55.2 69.9 80 km/h 6.1 7.9 46.6 %
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
6.2 Driving speeds with 445/95 R 25 and 525/80 R 25 tires
Gear 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Speed 6.2 7.9 10.3 13.1 16.7 21.4 28.2 36.2
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
Gear 9 10 11 12 R1 R2 Max. gradient

Speed 46.8 60.0 76.1 80 km/h 6.7 8.6 42.0%
km/h km/h km/h km/h km/h
6.3 Crane speeds
Drives Infinitely variable Rope / rope length

Hoist gear I 0 m/min – 130 m/min for single strand 25 mm / 470 m
Hoist gear II 0 m/min – 130 m/min for single strand 25 mm / 470 m
Hoist gear III 0 m/min – 150 m/min for single strand 25 mm / 775 m
Slewing gear 0 rpm – 1.5 rpm
Luffing gear approx. 70 sec., 1° to 82° boom position
Telescoping approx. 380 sec. for boom length 15.40 m – 60 m
7 Rope diameter
Component group Rope diameter Rope category number
RCN
Winch 1 25 mm See Rope certificate
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Assembly winch 8 mm See Rope certificate

Guy rope (Tele guying) 46 mm See Rope certificate
8 Lifting heights
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 47
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195002: Telescopic boom (T 82°)

copyright by
48 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195003: Guyed telescopic boom (TY 82°)

copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 49
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195004: Telescopic boom with fixed lattice jib (TF 82°)

copyright by
50 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195005: Guyed telescopic boom with fixed lattice jib (TYSF 82°)
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 51
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195006: Telescopic boom with luffing lattice jib (TN 82°)

copyright by
52 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195007: Guyed telescopic boom with luffing lattice jib (TYSN 82°)
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 53
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
54 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Safety
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 55
029007-00 2.01 Traffic regulations
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
56 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.01 Traffic regulations 029007-00
1 Traffic regulations
1.1 General regulations
The traffic regulations are a combination of the General traffic regulations and the National traffic
regulations.
WARNING
Danger of accident if traffic regulations are not adhered to!
u In the interest of road traffic safety and environmental protection, observe the specified traffic regu-
lations for the mobile crane when driving on-road!
– The General traffic regulations are specified by the crane vehicle manufacturer, see Crane ope-
rating instructions, chapter 2.01.10.
– The National traffic regulations are determined by the laws of the respective country, where the
crane is used, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.01.20.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 57
029008-01 2.01.10 General traffic regulations
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
58 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.01.10 General traffic regulations 029008-01
1 General traffic regulations

1.1 General safety instructions
The crane vehicle is approved for road travel when used in accordance with regional traffic regulati-
ons.
WARNING
Non-observance of general Safety instructions!
If the general safety instructions are not observed, there is a danger of accident!
u The crane cab may not be occupied by passengers while driving the crane!
u Make sure that the crane vehicle is brought to the respective permissible status as prescribed by
the traffic regulations before driving on public roads, paths and squares!
u Make sure that the weights, axle loads and dimensions are observed as stated in the permit!
u Make sure that the weights, axle loads and dimensions as stated in the permit are not exceeded by
added loads!
1.2 Axle loads

Axle loads must be differentiated between:
– the permissible axle loads according to traffic regulations.
– the axle loads which are technically possible.
WARNING
Exceeding the axle load and total weight increases the risk of accident!
Any increase in axle load and total weight reduces braking performance in direct proportion to the ex-
cess weight!
The wear on brake linings is increased and there is an increased danger of overheating the brakes.
This condition exceeds the specifications of the steering system, service and parking brakes and retar-
der and they therefore no longer meet the regulations!
It shortens the life of all components subjected to the increased axle load, such as brakes, tires, disk
wheels and axles, as well as the entire drive, suspension and steering components!
u Do not exceed the specified axle load or total weight!
u In countries with EEC regulations, axle loads exceeding 12 t are not allowed to be driven on the
roads!
u If the driver drives on-road with more than 12 t , then he bears the responsibility for the consequen-
ces!
Note
Driving with reduced axle loads!
For reduced axle loads the operating parameters of the crane change!
When the crane vehicle is driven for short distances without matching the axle loads, the driving beha-
vior can change, depending on the road conditions!
u If the axle load is reduced due to easier driving permits, then the minimum permissible axle loads
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
and total weights according to the permits part I and part II must be observed!
u When the crane vehicle is driven for longer distances with reduced axle loads, the pretension
pressures of the axle suspension and tire air pressure must be matched accordingly!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 59
029008-01 2.01.10 General traffic regulations
1.3 Hook block

WARNING
Danger of accident due to limited visibility!
u Make sure that the visibility of the driver is not limited by the hook block when driving the crane
vehicle on public roads!
Carry the hook block along only when the following prerequisites are met:
u Make sure that the hook block is permitted for the respective driving condition of the crane vehicle,
see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04!
u Make sure that the hook block has been reeved a maximum of four times!
u Make sure that the hook block is hooked and tightened with the intended eyehook on the fastening
points, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.02!
1.4 Boom nose*

WARNING
Danger of accident due to limited visibility!
u Make sure that the visibility of the driver is not limited by the boom nose* when driving the crane
vehicle on public roads!
Carry the boom nose* along only when the following prerequisites are met:
u Make sure that the boom nose* is permitted for the respective driving condition of the crane vehi-
cle, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04!
u Make sure that the boom nose* is swung from working position into transport position to avoid rest-
ricting the visibility!
u Make sure that the boom nose* is secured in transport position with pin and spring retainer!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
60 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.01.10 General traffic regulations 029008-01
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 61
029010-04 2.01.20 National traffic regulations
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
62 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.01.20 National traffic regulations 029010-04
1 National traffic regulations

1.1 Statutory regulations
Be sure to comply with all valid national traffic regulations when driving the crane!
In addition, the following regulations must be observed when driving on public roads:
– If applicable, any working floodlights that are present must be turned off.
– If travel condition with telescopic boom is permitted: The telescopic boom must be placed down
into the telescope position defined during vehicle acceptance and mechanically secured there to
prevent it from moving or twisting. Otherwise the telescopic boom must be removed.
– If applicable, any auxiliary equipment that is present (such as a folding jib, a hook block, auxiliary
ballast, a rope winch or the like) must be properly secured in the intended locations as specified in
the document assigned to the relevant vehicle or removed and transported separately.
– The sliding or swing beams must be mechanically secured in the intended position when driving on
public roads.
– If travel condition with installed support plates is permitted: The existing support plates must be
pushed into the intended position within the contour of the vehicle, where they must be mechani-
cally locked and secured. Otherwise the support plates must be removed.
– Moveable crane parts (for example: load hook, rope guides, ropes, brackets) must be secured to
prevent them from swinging back and forth and getting lost.
– For driving on public roads, the „Travel condition suspended“ for the axle suspension must be set
and the vehicle must be aligned via the level regulation.
– No persons may be in the crane operatorʼs cab while driving on public roads.
– The „on-road driving“ steering program must be engaged.
– The differential locks must be turned off.
– If travel condition with installed turntable is permitted: The turntable must be set into the position
determined at vehicle acceptance and mechanically secured to prevent turning. Otherwise the turn-
table must be removed.
– The vehicle must be switched to chassis operation.
– The crane cab must be set in transport position, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.02.
The notes in the Crane operating instructions for set up of the vehicle for driving on public roads must
be observed, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.02 and chapter 3.04.
At least 4 chocks of nominal size 66 in accordance with DIN 76051 Part 1 must be carried along.
Depending on the set up configuration, the part of the boom head or boom that protrudes at the front
must be marked at both sides with red and white hatching. If it is dark it must also be marked with
lights shining to the left and right sides (type approved side marker lights).
Warning paint or warning signs are to be attached according to the „guidelines for indication of exces-
sively wide and long vehicles as well as protruding loads“ due to excessive width on the outer left and
right front and rear side of the vehicle.
1.2 Travel conditions of the crane

When driving with the crane, the respective valid Travel condition of the crane must be observed,
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 63
021617-06 2.02 Break-in instructions
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
64 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.02 Break-in instructions 021617-06
1 First commissioning
1.1 Safety guidelines
This crane has been inspected before delivery in the manufacturing plant and is operational.
WARNING
Driving in case of a problem!
Death, severe injury, property damage.
u Monitor the temperature displays and the oil pressure displays constantly while driving.
When a problem is shown:
u Stop driving immediately.
WARNING
Overloaded brake system!
u Do not carry out unnecessary forced or continuous braking maneuvers.
1.2 Inspecting the crane vehicle

Perform the following maintenance work after the first 50 km:
WARNING
Loose wheels due to non-tightened lug nuts!
u Make sure that the tightening torque for the lug nuts is 600 Nm.
u Do not overtighten the lug nuts.
u Check the tightening torque of lug nuts.

Visual inspections:
u Check the tire condition and inflation.
u Check the coolant and hydraulic system for leaks.
u Check the engine, transmission and axles for leaks.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 65
021674-01 2.03 Job planning
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
66 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.03 Job planning 021674-01
1 Job planning
In addition to a perfectly working crane and a well-trained crew, the job planning is an important prin-
ciple for safe crane operation.
WARNING
Missing information increases the risk of accidents!
Personnel can be severely injured or killed.
This could result in property damage.
u Obtain all relevant information in time and adhere to it strictly.
Obtain the following information before operation and adhere to it, especially:
– type of crane operation
– national laws and regulations
– height and width clearance measurements
– exclusively for mobile cranes: job site (distance) and travel route
– space restrictions at the work site
– electrical transmission lines (including voltages)
– movement restrictions caused by buildings
– weight and dimensions of the load(s) to be hoisted
– geometric form and air resistance coefficient of the load(s) to be hoisted
– required hoisting height and boom projection
– ground bearing capacity at the work site
– required space for the assembly and disassembly of the crane
– weather data and weather forecast
Assemble the required equipment for crane application based on this data, especially:
– hook block / load hook
– auxiliary boom
– fastening equipment
– counterweight
– base materials for support plates
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 67
029826-03 2.04 General safety technical guidelines
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
68 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.04 General safety technical guidelines 029826-03
1 General
Note
u The illustrations in this chapter are only examples. The illustrations may differ depending on the
crane model.
1.1 Danger zone of crane

The danger zone of the crane is made up of the areas which are accessed during crane operation by
the load or by movements of the crane or the crane components.
WARNING
Do not stay in danger zone!
Personnel within the danger zone cane be hit by falling loads or components!
Personnel in the danger zone can be caught by moving crane components or loads!
Fatal or severe injuries can be the result!
u Warn any personnel within the danger zone with the warning device of the crane!
u After the warning is issued, wait and ensure that no personnel remains within the danger zone!
u If required, block off the danger zone with a safety distance!
1.2 Danger of crushing when closing the windows

WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Never close the windows carelessly or uncontrolled. Significant crushing injuries can occur!
u During closing, watch the windows as it moves up!
u Make sure that no personnel or objects are wedged in!
1.3 Exhaust systems and other crane components with high temperatu-
res
WARNING
Danger of burns!
You can get severely burnt on the surfaces of hot components!
This applies especially to exhaust systems, the engines and the respective gears in the crane chassis
and in the crane superstructure!
u Let the components cool off before touching them!
u Proceed with special caution near heated crane components!
1.4 Movement on the crane

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Danger of slipping and falling!
The traction of steps, walkways and hand rails changes due to effects of the weather, such as wet-
ness, ice, snow, frost and dirt!
Personnel can be severely injured or killed!
The crane can be damaged!
u Step on the walkways and steps only by taking the present conditions into account, such as icing in
winter or dirt!
u Step or place a load only on the approved walkways and steps!
u Observed the signage!
u Replace damaged safety signs (warning signs) immediately!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 69
1.5 Traffic endangerment and environmental damage

WARNING
Danger of slipping and skidding!
If the roadway becomes contaminated due to technical defects, open tank covers or leaking hydraulic
oil, then this would pose a severe traffic endangerment!
Fatal accidents can result!
u Remove oil immediately and thoroughly!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
70 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.6 Crane cab with retractable / extendable step

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121159: Example for crane cab with retractable / extendable step
1.6.1 Entering / exiting of crane superstructure alignment length axis crane chassis
See illustration 1
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 71
Before entering the crane cab or existing from the crane cab, the following prerequisites must be met:
– The crane superstructure is aligned in length axis of the crane chassis.
– The step under the crane cab is retracted.
– The crane cab with incline adjustment is in 0° position.
– All folding ladders are folded into the ascent and descent position.
Note
u When all folding ladders are folded into the ascent and descent position, then a safe descent is
possible from every position. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.07.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
If the crane superstructure is aligned in length axis of the crane chassis and the step can not be mo-
ved in, then there is a danger of falling when entering / exiting! See illustration 2.
u Set up a suitable access, such as a ladder or platform, to ensure safe entry into the crane cab!
u When exiting the crane cab in position crane superstructure in length axis crane chassis, always
move the step in completely!
1.6.2 Entering / exiting a swung crane superstructure

See illustration 3
Before entering the crane cab or existing from the crane cab, the following prerequisites must be met:
– The crane superstructure is swung to the point where a safe access to walkable surfaces of the
crane chassis is ensured.
– For the crane cab with incline adjustment, the crane is in 0° position.
– All folding ladders are folded into the ascent and descent position.
Note
u Use extendable step!
u The extended step allows comfortable entry into the crane cab as well as safe exit from the crane
to the crane chassis!
u When all folding ladders are folded into the ascent and descent position, then a safe descent is
possible from every position. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.07.
1.7 Crane cab with incline adjustment

WARNING
Danger of falling!
If the crane cab cannot be swung from an inclined position (for example 20° position) to the 0° posi-
tion, for example due to a problem, then utmost caution must be used when entering / exiting the
crane cab!
There is a danger of falling. Personnel can be severely injured or killed!
u For safety reasons, we recommend to take advantage of outside help!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u If necessary, have platforms or other suitable entry aids set up to ensure safe exit from the crane
cab!
WARNING
Danger of accident!
If the door of the crane cab is opened in inclined position, then the door can move back suddenly!
Hands can be crushed or injured!
u When the crane cab is in inclined position, open the door carefully!
copyright by
72 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.8 Safety bar
Fig.121158: Example for crane cab with safety bar
Note
u The safety bar 20 is installed to protect the crane operator from a danger of falling when the front
windshield is open.
u Do not use the safety bar 20 as a handle.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 73
2 Emergency exit
2.1 Emergency exit - driverʼs cab
Fig.120932: Example for emergency exit - driverʼs cab

The driverʼs cab can be exited through the „left driverʼs door“ or the „right passenger door“, see illust-
ration 1.
Note
u Exit the driverʼs cab through the „left driverʼs door“ or the „right passenger door“, see illustration 1:
Pull and open the door handle 10 on the „left driverʼs door“ or the „right passenger door“.
2.2 Emergency exist crane cab

WARNING
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Danger of falling!
If the crane driver cannot leave the crane cab through the door or if the crane cab is tilted, then there
is a danger of falling during the emergency exit!
Death or severe injuries.
u Exit carefully in an emergency.
During the emergency exit there is an increase danger of accidents:
u Accept third-party assistance.
copyright by
74 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.121111: Examples for emergency exit from the crane cab

If the emergency exit through the door is not possible, then the crane cab can be exited through additi-
onal openings.
The following openings are possible:
– 1 Front window
– 2 Roof window
2.2.1 Emergency exit through front window

– Unlock all turn handles.
– Open the front window 1.
– Leave the crane cab through the front window 1.
2.2.2 Emergency exit through the roof window

There are two ways to unlock the roof window 2 for the emergency exit:
– Unpin both pins 11.
– Release both thumbscrews 12.
– Unlock all turn handles.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Unlock the roof window 2 for the emergency exit.

– Open the roof window 2.
– Leave the crane cab through the roof window 2.
2.2.3 Emergency exit with EMERGENCY hammer*

Certain crane types carry an EMERGENCY hammer* in the crane cab.
– Knock the window out with the EMERGENCY hammer* or a suitable object.
– Leave the crane cab.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 75
3 Checking the rigging and fastening points
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121160: Examples for rigging and fastening points

The rigging and fastening points are marked as follows:
P1: Rigging points
P2: Fastening points
copyright by
76 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Before every operation and at regular intervals, check the rigging points P1 and the fastening
points P2 for cracks of the welding seam, significant corrosion, wear and distortion.
The inspection criteria are:
– Completeness of rigging points P1 and fastening points P2.
– Distortion of carrying parts.
– Mechanical damage such as severe nicks.
– Changes in diameter due to wear.
– Significant corrosion (pitting).
– Cracks on carrying parts.
– Cracks or other damage on the welding seam.
WARNING
Danger of accident!
When using rigging and fastening points which are not operationally safe, severe personal and pro-
perty damage can occur!
u Have rigging and fastening points, which are not operationally safe replaced with new rigging and
fastening points by authorized and trained expert personnel!
u When hooking and unhooking the rigging and fastening equipment, handle carefully to avoid cru-
shing, sheering, catch and impact points!
u Eliminate damage of rigging and fastening equipment due to sharp edged stress loads!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 77
4 Personal protective equipment
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121161: Examples for safety harness and height safety equipment
copyright by
78 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Danger of falling!
If personal protective equipment is not worn during assembly or maintenance work, then the assembly
personnel can be killed or severely injured!
u Observe and adhere the operating instructions and maintenance instructions of the manufacturer
for the personal protective equipment!
u Ensure through regular inspections that the product identification is not damaged!
u The crane operator must make personal protective equipment available for the assembly person-
nel!
u The crane operator must ensure that the personal protective equipment is worn by the assembly
personnel!
u The assembly personnel is obligated to carry the personal protective equipment and to wear it!
u Check personal protective equipment before use for damage and completeness!
u Replace defective or damaged personal protective equipment with functioning protective equip-
ment!
WARNING
Impermissible fall arrest system!
If a fall arrest system is used, which was not obtained via Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH, there is a
danger of falling! Another fall arrest system is NOT designed for the crane structure!
u Utilize exclusively fall arrest systems from Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH!
The personal protective equipment includes the following equipment:

– Supplied fall arrest systems (safety harness 1 and height rescue equipment 2).
– Head protection with chin strap: Protection from falling parts at assembly and disassembly. Hitting
the head during assembly and disassembly work
– Non-skid and slip resistance safety gloves
As a rule, when working with ropes, penetration safe safety gloves must be used.
– Safety shoes: Protection from falling parts at assembly and disassembly.
– Warning apparel
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury!
Even personal protective equipment does not provide 100 % protection!
A helmet can protect against small falling objects, but not against falling loads!
u Always remain alert!
u Always be safety conscious!
u Standing under suspended loads is prohibited!
WARNING
Danger of accident!
If the following measures are not carried out, personnel can be killed or severely injured!
u A plan for rescue actions, taking all possible emergencies into account, must be on hand!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u The following points can endanger the safe function of the personal protective equipment: For
example extreme temperatures, routing of connecting devices, routing over or around sharp edges,
chemical influences, electrical effects, cuts, abrasion, climatic influences or swing movements du-
ring falls!
u For that reason, safety preparations must be made!
WARNING
Important for the safety of the user!
u If the personal protective equipment is sold to another country, then the purchaser must make the
manufacturerʼs operating instructions as well as the inspection and maintenance documents avai-
lable in the language of the user country!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 79
4.1 Supplied fall arrest system (safety harness and height safety equip-
ment)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121161: Examples for safety harness and height safety equipment

The supplied fall arrest system, consisting of safety harness 1 and height safety device 2 must be
worn where no other fall protection equipment, such as railings, can be installed for technical reasons.
copyright by
80 LTM 1400-7-1-007
In these cases, marked fastening and hook points for the fall arrest systems are provided on the com-
ponents.
Height rescue system, see section "Saving the assembly personnel”.
Note
u For cranes, which do not include the fall arrest system and the height rescue system as part of the
scope of delivery can purchase the fall arrest system, consisting of safety harness 1 and height
rescue equipment 2 as well as the height rescue system at the Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
Part of the category „Aids for working aloft“ are, for example:
– Lifting platforms
– Scaffolding
– Auxiliary cranes
– Ladders
WARNING
Danger of falling!
If the fall arrest system is not worn during assembly or maintenance work, then the assembly person-
nel can fall down and be killed or severely injured!
u All work aloft, where there is a danger of falling must be carried out with suitable aids!
u If fall protection equipment is available, then the fall protection equipment must be used, see Crane
operating instructions, chapter 2.06!
u If aids are not available and work cannot be carried out from the ground, then the assembly per-
sonnel must secure themselves with the supplied fall arrest system to prevent falling!
u The supplied fall arrest system must be fastened on the fastening and hook points as well as on
the retaining ropes. For safety points, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06!
u The assembly personnel must be instructed in practice on how to wear the supplied fall arrest sys-
tem (safety harness 1 and height safety equipment 2)! Annual practice instructions and drills must
be carried out!
u The supplied fall arrest system must be used!
u The fall arrest system consists of a safety harness 1, approved according to EN 361 and a height
safety equipment 2, approved according to EN 360 (for horizontal application and sharp edges)!
u The supplied fall arrest system may not be changed in its configuration! Extending or shortening
the fall arrest rope is prohibited!
u The fall absorber is integrated in the height safety device 2. The utilization of an additional fall ab-
sorber is prohibited!
u The supplied fall arrest system is effective from a height of 2.5 m !
u The fall space must be free of obstacles!
u Solely the intended safety points designed for this purpose on the crane may be used!
u The operating instructions of the manufacturer for the supplied fall arrest systems (safety harnes-
ses 1 and height safety equipment 2) must be observed and adhered to!
u Only step on the aids, ladders and catwalks with clean shoes!
u Keep aids, ladders and catwalks free of heavy dirt!
u Keep aids, ladders and catwalks free of snow and ice!
u The safety harness 1 and the height safety equipment 2 must be inspected annually by authorized
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
and trained expert personnel and the results must be documented in the inspection log book!
u After every fall, the safety harness 1 and the height safety equipment 2 must be removed and in-
spected by an authorized and trained expert and the results must be documented in the inspection
log book!
u The results must be documented in the inspection log book!
u Only after written release by expert personnel may be fall arrest system be reused!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 81
5 Use of single-stranded height safety equipment, il-

lustration 1
Height safety equipment with a belt strap is intended for all cranes which have no catwalks with safety
ropes. Use the supplied height safety equipment with extendable belt strap and snap hook
(EN 362 Class A) with link.
6 Use of double-stranded height safety equipment, il-

lustration 2
Height safety equipment with two belt straps are intended for cranes with catwalks, which are equip-
ped with two ropes as fastening device on the left and right hand side of the catwalk. For example
lattice sections, lattice booms, possibly telescopic booms or assembly units. Use the supplied height
safety equipment with two extendable belt straps and snap hooks (EN 362 Class A) with links.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
u If two safety ropes are installed on the booms, lattice sections and other components, then the
height safety equipment with two belt straps must always be used and one belt strap per safety
rope must be hooked!
7 Securing the assembly personnel against falling

WARNING
Danger of falling!
u Wear the supplied fall arrest systems (safety harnesses and height safety equipment) correctly.
u When accessing a ladder, do not hold any objects in your hands.
u When accessing a ladder, adhere to the 3-point support. See Crane operating instructions, chapter
2.04.10.
7.1 Working on the telescopic boom head and / or auxiliary boom

Reeve the hoist rope in or out on the pulley head:
– For ladder work, use the supplied ladder. For fastening and hook points, see Crane operating in-
structions, chapter 2.06.
– For cranes, which carry a ladder along with hook device:
Use the hook device to secure the ladder.
– For cranes, which carry a ladder along without hook device:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Use the rigging belt to secure the ladder.

– When ascending, the assembly personnel must ensure a 3-point support.
– If there is a danger of falling, the assembly personnel must hook themselves with the snap hooks of
the fall arrest system on the fastening points and secure themselves against falling.
copyright by
82 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.2 Walking on the telescopic boom

WARNING
Danger of falling!
The assembly personnel can fall down by slipping on the telescopic boom and be killed or severely
injured!
u The telescopic boom may only be accessed if the assembly personnel is protected with suitable
safety measures to prevent them from falling!
u If safety ropes are present on the telescopic boom, then the assembly personnel must hook them-
selves with the supplied fall arrest system on the safety ropes of the telescopic boom on the left
and right with both snap hooks and secure themselves against falling!
u Without safety measures, it is strictly prohibited to step on the telescopic boom!
Assembly of the hoist rope or the TY-guying:

– During assembly, the assembly personnel must hook themselves on the fastening devices on the
left and right with both snap hooks of the fall arrest system and secure themselves against falling.
7.3 Access to lattice sections or booms

Climbing the ladder:
– When ascending, the assembly personnel must ensure a 3-point support.
Changing from ladder to catwalk without transition aid:
– From a transition height above 1.8 m: Before transitioning, the assembly personnel must hook at
least one snap hook of the fall arrest system on a safety rope and secure themselves against fal-
ling.
Changing from ladder to catwalk with transition aid:
– After transitioning, the assembly personnel must hook at least one snap hook of the fall arrest sys-
tem on a safety rope and secure themselves against falling.
7.4 Walking on lattice sections or booms

Walking on catwalks:
– When walking on catwalks, the assembly personnel must hook themselves on the safety ropes on
the left and right with both snap hooks of the fall arrest system and secure themselves against fal-
ling.
– When changing the fall arrest system over to a new lattice section, the assembly personnel must
be hooked with at least one snap hook of the fall arrest system one safety device.
7.5 Working on lattice sections or booms

Pinning, unpinning the lattice sections of pull rods:
– During pinning, unpinning of lattice sections or pull rods, the assembly personnel must hook them-
selves on the safety ropes on the left and right with both snap hooks of the fall arrest system and
secure themselves against falling.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Attaching the lattice sections:

– When attaching the lattice sections, the assembly personnel must hook themselves on the safety
ropes on the left and right with both snap hooks of the fall arrest system and secure themselves
against falling.
7.6 Descending from lattice sections or booms

Accessing the ladder without transition aid:
– From a transition height above 1.8 m: Before stepping on the ladder, the assembly personnel must
hook at least one snap hook of the fall arrest system on a safety rope and secure themselves
against falling.
– When stepping on the ladder, the assembly personnel must ensure a 3-point support.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 83
– The snap hook of the fall arrest system may only be unhooked after standing safely on the ladder
(3-point support).
Accessing the ladder with transition aid:
– When stepping on the ladder, the assembly personnel must ensure a 3-point support.
Climbing down the ladder:
– When descending, the assembly personnel must ensure a 3-point support.
8 Rescuing the assembly personnel

The height rescue system, consisting of the rappelling rescue device, is an evacuation and rescue de-
vice. It is used to lift the fallen person to be able to unhook him from the height safety equipment and
to lower him by rope.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
u The assembly personnel must be instructed and trained properly in the correct handling of the
height rescue system! Annual practice instructions and drills must be carried out!
u The supplied height rescue system must be kept available!
u The operating instructions of the manufacturer for the height rescue system must be observed and
adhered to!
u The height rescue system must be inspected annually by authorized and trained expert personnel
and documented in the inspection log book!
8.1 First aid measures after rescue

WARNING
u After the rescue, the patient must be positioned with the upper body raised (in seated or squatting
position)!
u Immediate flat position or even shock position can be fatal!
9 Documentation
Note
u The documentation of the fall arrest systems (safety harnesses and height safety equipment) and
the height rescue system must be carried out according to the operating instructions of the respec-
tive manufacturer.
u The crane operator, who employs the user, is responsible for the creation of documentation and
entry of the required data.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
10 Identification
Every personal protective equipment or other equipment must be marked clearly and permanently in
the language of the user country.
If the identification is no longer legible, then the personal protective equipment must be handed to an
expert for inspection.
copyright by
84 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11 Crane operator responsibilities

11.1 General
The crane operatorʼs primary responsibility is to use and operate the crane in a manner that is safe for
both himself and others.
The following important safety guidelines will help you achieve this.
Many crane accidents are caused by incorrect crane operation.
WARNING
Danger due to operating error!
u In your interest and in the interest of others, make sure that you know your crane. Also learn to
recognize all dangers connected with the work to be carried out.
Operating errors, which are made again and again while operating or driving a crane, are careless-
ness while working in particular.
– For example:
• Slewing too quickly
• Stopping the load too quickly
• Angular pulling
• Slack rope formation
– Overloading
– Driving too fast with a load and / or equipment on an uneven roadway
– Attaching the load incorrectly
– Unsuitable operation; especially angular pulling, breaking away stuck loads
– Wind action on suspended loads
– Mistakes when driving on a road, for example:
– • Overspeeding the engine when driving downhill
• Driving with turned on differential lock
– Crashing into bridges, roofs or high voltage wires due to insufficient headroom
– Inadequate support; support base, support under the support plates
– Mistakes during assembly or disassembly of booms
In many cases, crane damage is caused by improper maintenance:
– Insufficient oil, grease or antifreeze
– Contamination
– Broken cable wires, defective tires, worn parts
– Emergency limit switch or load torque limiter (LMB) not operating properly
– Brake and clutch failure
– Hydraulic defects; for example cracked hoses
– Loose bolts
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 85
11.2 Working on the crane superstructure or boom

WARNING
Danger of falling!
When working on the crane superstructure or boom, personnel must be secured with appropriate sa-
fety measures to prevent them from falling! If this is not observed, working personnel can fall and be
killed or severely injured!
u For all work on the crane where there is a danger of falling, suitable safety measures must be ta-
ken!
u The crane superstructure or the boom may not be accessed without suitable aids!
u Suitable aids are, for example: Lifting platforms, scaffoldings, ladders, assembly platforms, auxiliary
crane.
u If railing are present on the crane superstructure, then they must be swung into operating position
and secured for all work, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06!
u Only step on such aids with clean shoes!
u Keep aids clean and free of snow and ice!
u If the work cannot be carried out with such aids nor from the ground, then the assembly personnel
must secure themselves with supplied fall arrest systems to avoid falling, see section „Personal
protective equipment“!
u It is prohibited to step on the driverʼs cab or crane cab roof and specially marked surfaces, see
Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.05!
11.3 Obligations of the crane operator

1. Before starting to work, the crane operator must check the brake function and the emergency shut
off devices. He must monitor the condition of the crane for obvious defects. On wireless controlled
cranes, he must check the assignment of control unit and crane.
2. The crane operator must cease crane operation in case of problems endangering the safety.
3. The crane operator must report all defects on the crane to the appropriate supervisor, also to his
replacement in case of crane change.
4. The crane operator must make sure that:
• All control devices are set to neutral or idle position before release of the energy supply to the
drive components.
• The control devices are set to neutral or idle position and the energy supply is shut off before
leaving the control platform.
• When taking down the control unit for wireless control, the control unit is secured to prevent
unauthorized operation.
5. The crane operator must ensure that cranes subjected to wind are not operated past the limits
which were set by the crane manufacturer, and that the boom is taken down at least when the
critical wind speeds for the crane are reached and at the end of the work.
6. The crane operator must monitor the load during all crane movements or the load handling equip-
ment when moving the crane without a load, if they could cause a dangerous situation. If observa-
tion is not possible, then the crane operator may move the crane only with the aid of a guide.
7. The crane operator must give warning signs when necessary.
8. The crane operator may not move loads over personnel.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
9. Any loads attached by hand may only be moved by the crane operator after he received a clear
sign from the person who attached the load, the guide or any other responsible party which was
assigned to that task by the contractor. If signals must be used to communicate with the crane
operator, then these signals must be agreed upon before use between the responsible party and
the crane operator. If the crane operator determines that the loads are not properly attached, then
he may not move these loads.
10. As long as a load is suspended on the crane, the crane operator must keep the control devices
within reach. This does not apply for towing of vehicles with towing cranes.
11. The crane operator may not run up to end positions operationally, if they are limited by the emer-
gency limit switches.
12. After a load moment limiter was triggered, the crane operator may not take on an overload by pul-
ling in / raising the boom.
copyright by
86 LTM 1400-7-1-007
13. The crane operator may not bypass the overload protection to increase the hoisting power of the
crane.
12 Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121166: Example for crawler crane with telescopic boom
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 87
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121167: Example for crawler crane with lattice mast boom
copyright by
88 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.121168: Example for mobile cranes

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
It is very important to choose an appropriate location for operation in order to minimize safety risks.
DANGER
Danger of accidents due to ground with insufficient load bearing capacity!
If the crane is supported or driven on ground with insufficient load bearing capacity, then the crane
can topple over and kill personnel!
u Only support or drive the crane on ground with the required load-bearing capacity!
u Act responsibly when planning and selecting the crane location and route.
u Note the following points!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 89
Sign When selecting the placement location for the crane, observe and adhere
to the following:
P1 Select the placement location in such a way that crane movements can be
carried out without collision and that the supports can be extended to the sup-
port base specified in the load charts.
Make sure that no personnel is injured or killed!
Always keep a safety distance of 0.5 m. If this is not possible, block the danger
zone off.
P2 When crane support is required:
Support the crane correctly and support the support plates large enough ac-
cording to the load bearing capacity of the ground and the placement location.
P3 Keep a safety distance to basements or similar.
P4 Keep a safety distance to slopes or similar.
P5 Keep the radius to as low as possible.
P6 Select the correct boom length to the load case.
P7 Angular pull is prohibited!
P8 Select the correct reeving of the hoist rope to the load case.
P9 Bear in mind the weight and the wind exposure surface of the load.
P10 Select fastening equipment according to the weight of the load, the type of at-
tachment and the incline angle.
P11 Keep sufficient distance to electrical overhead wiring.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
90 LTM 1400-7-1-007
13 Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121162: Example for crawler cranes
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 91
Fig.121163: Example for mobile cranes

The crane may not be set up too close to slopes or excavations. Maintain adequate safety distance A
and safety distance B in accordance with the type of soil.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
The crane can topple over!
The edge of the slope or excavation can break in if safety distance A or safety distance B is too small.
If the edge of the slope or excavation breaks in, the crane can topple over and kill personnel!
u Always maintain the required safety distance A and safety distance B!
Sign Description
A Distance to bottom of excavation
B Distance to excavation
copyright by
92 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14 Permissible ground pressures

Permissible ground pressures
Soil type [N/cm2]
1. Organic ground:
Peat, sludge, muck 0
2. Uncompacted fill:
Construction debris 0 to 10
3. Non-cohesive ground:
Sand, gravel, rocks and mix 20
4. Cohesive soil:
a) Clayed silt, mixed with topsoil 12
b) Silt, consisting of poor clay and coarse clay 13
c) Plastic clay, consisting of potterʼs clay and fill
Stiff 9
Semi-solid 14
Solid 20
d) Mixed granular ground, clay to sand, gravel and rocky areas
Stiff 15
Semi-solid 22
Solid 33
5. Rock in evenly solid condition:
a) Brittle, with traces of decomposition 150
b) Not brittle 400
If there is any doubt about the load bearing capability of the ground at the site, soil tests should be
carried out by specialists using, for example, a penetrometer.
Note
u Consider that the support force, due to the counterweight, can be higher without a load than with
a load.
14.1 Permitted ground pressure for crawler cranes

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
In crane operation, significant forces are transferred to the ground. The ground must be able to safely
withstand the pressure. If the crawler area is inadequate, then the crawlers must be supported from
below according to the load bearing capacity of the ground.
WARNING
If the crane is not properly supported, the crane can topple over and fatally injure personnel!
u The foundation support must be large enough for the ground conditions and constructed from solid
materials, such as wood or steel plates!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 93
14.2 Permitted ground pressure for mobile cranes

When the crane is supported, the support cylinders transmit significant forces to the ground.
In any case, the ground must be able to safely withstand this pressure. If the support pad area is ina-
dequate, the support pads must be supported from below according to the load bearing capacity of the
ground.
The required support area can be calculated from the load bearing capability of the ground and the
crane support force.
WARNING
If the crane is not properly supported, the crane can topple over and fatally injure personnel!
u Only strong materials may be used for the support pad bases; for example properly dimensioned
wooden timbers!
u In order to ensure that pressure is evenly distributed over the base surface, the support plates must
be positioned in the center of the support base!
Note
u The following are general calculation examples. The values are used only to explain the calculation
steps. The crane specific values are in chapter 1.03 of the crane operating instructions.
Example: Calculation of specific support pressure

Maximum support force according to crane operating instructions, chap-
720000 N
ter 1.03 for example: 720 kN
Surface of square support plate with 550 mm side length according to
3025 cm2
chapter 1.03, for example: 302500 mm2
80 % as carrying surface of support plate: 302500 mm2 x 0.8 = 242000
2420 cm2
mm2
720000 N / 2420 cm2 =
Specific support pressure = Support force / surface support plate
297.52 N/cm2
Specific support pressure: 298 N/cm2
The value of the specific support pressure is far higher than the permissible ground pressure for all
types of granular soil. If this crane is utilized on bedrock, type of ground gravel, permissible ground
pressure 20 N/cm2 , then the support surface must be increased.
Example: Calculation of required support surface

Maximum support force according to crane operating instructions, chap-
720000 N
ter 1.03 for example: 720 kN
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Permissible ground pressure, for example: 20 N/cm2 20 N/cm2

720000 N / 20 N/cm2 =
Required support surface = Support force / permissible ground pressure
36000 cm2
Required support surface: 36000 cm2 = 3.6 m2
The surface of the support for each support plate must be at least 3.6 m2.
The height of the support must be selected depending on the load distribution angle.
Note
u The corresponding support forces can be determined with the crane job planner.
copyright by
94 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.3 LICCON job planner

The calculation of support forces and ground pressures of tracks with the LICCON job planner are ba-
sed on idealized assumptions.
Side deformations of the boom system due to wind, inclined position and elastic compliancy of the
steel structure are not taken into account in the LICCON job planner.
These influences can lead to an increase of support forces or increase of ground pressures of the
tracks.
15 Support
15.1 Supporting the crane
DANGER
When actuating the supports with attached load and / or at loaded derrick ballast guying, the incline
and the force conditions of the entire boom system change!
There is no shut off by the LICCON overload system!
u When a load is suspended, it is prohibited to actuate the support!
u When the derrick ballast guying is loaded, it is prohibited to actuate the support!
It is absolutely essential that the crane be supported exactly in accordance with the load charts to en-
sure safe crane operation.
The match of the sliding beams placement surfaces must be observed to ensure proper force transfer
between the sliding beams.
The crane may only be supported in these extension conditions.
WARNING
If only the sliding beams on the load side are extended, then the crane can topple over and kill person-
nel.
u Move all 4 sliding beams and support cylinders out according to the data in the load chart and pin.
u In intermediate positions between the support bases, do not support.
u Pin the sliding beams to support base according to the load chart!
u Fully insert and secure the pins!
WARNING
Risk of toppling the crane due to incorrect extension of the sliding beams!
The load suspended on the hook causes tension and deformation of the hoist rope and telescopic
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
boom. The same applies for operation with lattice jib and guy ropes. If the load is dropped from the
fastening ropes or if the fastening or hoist rope breaks in this situation, a sudden relief occurs. The
boom snaps back quickly. This can cause the crane to topple over.
Despite previous assumption, it might become necessary to swing the load to the opposite side. This
can cause the crane to topple over.
The boom and / or counterweight momentum may cause the crane to topple when slewing from the
longitudinal vehicle direction.
u Move all 4 sliding beams and support cylinders out according to the data in the load chart!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 95
15.2 Supporting the crane with variable support

When supporting the crane with variable support special measures are required. These measures are
described in detail in the Crane operating instructions, chapter 6.26.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
96 LTM 1400-7-1-007
16 Aligning the crane

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121164: Example for non-permissible incline position

In addition to the proper foundation for the supports, the horizontal alignment of the crane is of utmost
importance for safe crane operation.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 97
DANGER
The crane can topple over due to the incline position!
If the crane is positioned at an incline and if the boom is turned towards the slope, then the boom ra-
dius is increased as a result!
It is possible that the slewing gear can no longer hold the crane superstructure and, in extreme cases,
the crane can topple over!
u Align the crane horizontally before starting crane operation!
If the horizontal alignment of the crane has to be readjusted:
u Set the load down on the ground before readjusting the crane!
For cranes on crawlers, readjustment is not possible:
u If possible, use load charts for limited terrain incline!
Example: At a boom length of 50 m , an incline of the crane by only 5° at a radius of 10 m causes an

increase of the radius of a = 4 m.
17 Checking the safety measures

– The placement location has been selected in such a way that the crane can be operated with the
least possible boom radius.
– The load bearing capacity of the ground is adequate.
– There is sufficient distance to excavations and slopes.
– There are no live transmission wires within the working range of the crane.
– There are no obstacles that will hinder required crane movements.
– The crane is horizontally aligned.
– When crane support is required:
– • All four sliding beams and support cylinders have been extended according to the support base
given in the load chart.
• The sliding beams have been secured with pins to prevent them from moving.
• The support plates are pinned and secured in the operating position.
– On mobile cranes:
– • The axle suspension is blocked.
• The axles are relieved, which means the tires do not touch the ground.
18 Endangering air traffic

When working with crane, heights are reached which could endanger air traffic. This applies especially
to areas near airports.
WARNING
Endangering air traffic!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If no protective measures are taken, this can result in endangerment to air traffic!
u Get the approval from agency responsible for air traffic!
u Assemble the airplane warning light on the boom head and turn it on!
u If the airplane warning lights is operated for a longer period of time, with the engine turned off, then
the battery can be discharged and as the result the airplane warning light turns off. To prevent the
battery from discharging, an external electrical power supply must be established!
copyright by
98 LTM 1400-7-1-007
19 Grounding
19.1 Grounding the crane
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to electric shock!
There is a danger of electrical shock, if the crane is not properly grounded.
u Properly ground the crane!
u Make sure that there is a potential equalization between the crane and the ground!
The crane must be grounded before operation:

– Near transmitters (radio and TV transmitters, radio stations, etc.).
– Near high frequency switching stations
– In case of severe possibility of thunderstorms or potential thunderstorms
The crane can become electrostatically charged, especially if the crane is equipped with synthetic sup-
port mats or if the support mats are placed on insulating materials (such as wooden planks).
19.2 Grounding the load

WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to electric shock!
There is a danger of electrical shock, if the load is not properly grounded!
u Properly ground the load!
u Make sure that there is a potential equalization between the load and the ground!
The load must be grounded before operation:

– Near transmitters (radio and TV transmitters, radio stations, etc.).
– Near high frequency switching stations
– In case of severe possibility of thunderstorms or potential thunderstorms
The load can become electrostatically charged, even if the crane is grounded. This applies in particu-
lar if a hook block with pulleys made of synthetic material and non-conductive fastening equipment (for
example plastic or manila ropes) are used.
20 Consideration of wind conditions

Note
u The wind speeds are valid for a 360° wind direction for a 3-second wind gust at the highest point of
the crane!
WARNING
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Disregard of permissible wind speeds!

If the permissible wind speeds are disregarded, the crane can topple over! Personnel can be severely
injured or killed!
u It is prohibited to erect the crane to measure the wind speed!
u Observe the permissible wind speeds depending on the assembly / crane conditions and act accor-
dingly, see following chart!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 99
Assembly / crane conditions Reference for permissible wind speed

Erection and take down of various boom configu- Wind speed charts and / or Erection and take
rations down charts.
Crane operation Load chart manual
When the permissible wind speed according to Wind speed charts
the load charts is exceeded in crane operation,
then crane operation is prohibited!
Interruption of crane operation when crane re- Wind speed charts
mains equipped
Crane out of operation, when crane remains Wind speed charts
equipped
Note
No wind speed charts available!
For a set up configuration for which no wind speed charts are available:
u Observe and adhere the maximum wind speeds of the load charts.
WARNING
Increase of support force and exceedance of permissible ground pressure!
The wind load on the crane boom has not been taken into account for the planning of crane operation
with the LICCON job planner!
As a result, the actual values of the support forces and the ground pressure can be significantly higher
than the values determined with the LICCON job planner!
The wind affecting the crane and the load, the elastic distortion of the crane structure, incline position
as well as wind exposure surface (AW) per ton of hoist load larger than 1.2 m2/t can significantly inc-
rease the support force!
The ground pressure is increased!
u Do not exceed the permissible ground pressure!
Note
u The determining factor for all crane work in the actual wind speed at the job site of the crane!
u The current wind speed can be checked at the nearest weather bureau!
u Be aware that the wind speed on the boom jib is higher than near the ground!
u Always observe the national valid regulations!
20.1 Wind speed charts for variable support

For variable support: Observe and adhere to the wind speed charts according to the support base for
the smallest extension length of the sliding beams.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
100 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.121577: Example for the selection of wind speed charts for variable support
Example for the selection of wind speed charts for variable support
– The crane is supported with variable support according to illustration 1.
– Select wind speed charts according to the support base in illustration 2.
Note
No wind speed charts available!
If the smallest extension length of a sliding beam is less than those of the wind speed charts on hand:
u Observe and adhere the maximum wind speeds of the load charts.
20.2 Wind speed, wind gust speed and wind direction

The depiction of the wind is made by statement of wind speed (wind force), wind gust speed and wind
direction.
High above the ground, the wind is less influenced by the surface condition of the ground. In the lower
layers of the atmosphere, the wind speed is reduced by the ground friction. One differentiates between
roughness of terrain, influence of obstacles and influence of terrain contours. Vegetation, buildings etc
have great influence on the wind speed, wind gust speed and wind direction.
The site selection is thus especially important for wind measurement.
The wind speed, wind gust speed and wind direction are subject to significant time and local fluctuati-
ons. For that reason it is important to have reliable information regarding the expected wind speed,
wind gust speed and wind direction during a load lift and to carry out exact wind measurements.
For mobile cranes, always assume a wind load of 360°. The determining factor is the „3 second gust
speed“ on the highest point of the boom.
20.3 Measurement of wind speed

The anemometer installed on the crane boom measures the wind speed on the tip of the boom and
shows the current wind speed in the crane cab.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
The function of the anemometer must be checked every time before erection of the boom by manually
actuating the shell start for easy movement and proper function.
Before lifting a load, especially with large wind exposure surface, the wind speed and the wind direc-
tion expected during the lift must be known. Information can be obtained for example at the local wea-
ther bureau. The determining factor is the „3 second gust speed“ on the highest point of the boom.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 101
WARNING
Overload of crane!
The acoustic wind warning is only issued if the standard wind exposure surface in the load chart is
exceeded (wind surface per ton load: 1 m2 , drag: 1.2) given wind speed!
If the permissible wind speed must be reduced for loads due to large wind exposure surfaces, no
acoustic wind warning is issued!
There is no shut off of crane movement!
u The wind exposure surface and the wind resistance coefficient for the load to be lifted must be
known!
u The maximum permissible wind speed specified in the load chart must be reduced for large wind
exposure surfaces as described in the load chart manual chapter „Wind influences during crane
operation“!
For safe determination of wind speed, the crane must be turned before application by 360°. The hig-
hest measured value while doing so must be compared with the „maximum permissible wind speed“
for the load according to the load chart. Thus the possibility that the result of the measurement is dis-
torted due to nearby buildings, cranes or components is eliminated.
In gusty wind conditions, the probability of sudden high wind speed increases. In gusty wind conditions
no large surface loads may be lifted.
Note
u If in doubt and in case of questions for further information and / or training in the area of „Wind in-
fluences in crane operation“ please contact the Customer Service at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen
GmbH!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
102 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.106876
1 Wind speeds 2 Dynamic pressure 3 Wind velocity
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 103
20.4 Conversion chart for wind speed and dynamic pressure

Note
u The wind scales for the following conversion charts are in the adjacent graphic!
Wind speed Dynamic pressure

[m/s] [km/h] [kn] [ft/s] [mi/h] [N/m2] [kp/m2] [lb/ft2]
2 7,2 3,9 6,6 4,5 2,5 0,25 0,05
4 14,4 7,8 13,1 8,9 9,8 1,00 0,20
6 21,6 11,7 19,7 13,4 22,1 2,25 0,46
8 28,8 15,6 26,2 17,9 39,2 4,00 0,82
10 36,0 19,4 32,8 22,4 61,3 6,25 1,28
12 43,2 23,3 39,4 26,8 88,3 9,00 1,84
14 50,4 27,2 45,9 31,3 120,2 12,25 2,51
16 57,6 31,1 52,5 35,8 157,0 16,00 3,28
18 64,8 35,0 59,1 40,3 198,7 20,25 4,15
20 72,0 38,9 65,6 44,7 245,3 25,00 5,12
22 79,2 42,8 72,2 49,2 296,8 30,25 6,20
24 86,4 46,7 78,7 53,7 353,2 36,00 7,37
26 93,6 50,5 85,3 58,2 414,5 42,25 8,65
28 100,8 54,4 91,9 62,6 480,7 49,00 10,04
30 108,0 58,3 98,4 67,1 551,8 56,25 11,52
32 115,2 62,2 105,0 71,6 627,8 64,00 13,11
20.5 Conversion chart for wind force

Note
u The influence of the wind onto the surrounding is described clearly in the Beaufort wind chart below
to provide an orientation for the crane operator!
Wind force Wind speed Effect of the wind

Beau- Description [m/s] [km/h]
Inland
fort
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
0 Calm 0 to 0.2 1 Calm, smoke rises vertically

1 Slight air move- 0.3 to 1.5 1 to 5 Wind direction is shown only by obser-
ment (draft) ving the trail of smoke, not by the wind
sock
2 Light breeze 1.6 to 3.3 6 to 11 Wind can be felt on the face, the leaves
rustle, wind sock moves slightly
3 Gentle breeze 3.4 to 5.4 12 to 19 Leaves and small twigs in constant mo-
tion Wind extends a flag
4 Moderate breeze 5.5 to 7.9 20 to 28 Swirls up dust and loose paper, moves
twigs and thin branches
copyright by
104 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Wind force Wind speed Effect of the wind

Beau- Description [m/s] [km/h]
Inland
fort
5 Fresh breeze 8.0 to 10.7 29 to 38 Small deciduous trees begin to sway,
whitecaps form at sea
6 Strong breeze 10.8 to 13.8 39 to 49 Thicker branches move; telephone lines
begin to whistle, umbrellas are difficult
to use
7 Near gale 13.9 to 17.1 50 to 61 Entire trees swaying; difficult to walk
into wind
8 Gale force wind 17.2 to 20.7 62 to 74 Breaks branches off trees, impedes
walking in open areas considerably
9 Gale 20.8 to 24.4 75 to 88 Minor damage to property (chimney
caps and roofing tile are blown off)
10 Severe storm 24.5 to 28.4 89 to 102 Trees are uprooted, significant damage
to property
11 Violent storm 28.5 to 32.6 103 to 117 Extensive, widespread storm damage
12 Hurricane 32.7 and more 118 and more Major destruction
20.6 Height dependent wind speeds according to EN 13000:2010

Note
u The maximum permissible wind speed (vmax) and the maximum permissible wind speed according
to the load chart (vmax_TAB) always refers to the 3 second wind gust speed, which is present in the
maximum hoist height.
u Instead of the 3 second wind gust speed, weather information services often report a wind speed
(vm), which is averaged within a time period of 10 minutes (so-called 10 minute average). It refers to
the wind force on the Beaufort scale, normally to the medium value of the wind speed, which is de-
termined within a time from of 10 minutes at a height of 10 m above ground or above sea level.
u The determining factor for the calculation of the 3 second wind gust speed in maximum height is
significantly higher than the medium value of the wind speed, which is determined over a time of 10
minutes at a height of 10 m above ground!
u The following chart shows the 3 second wind gust speed depending on the medium wind speed
according to the Beaufort Scale and the height!
3 second wind gust speed depending on the medium wind speed according to the Beaufort
Scale and the height
Beaufort
3 4 5a 5 6 7a 7 8 9 10
number
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
vm [m/sb] 5,4 7,9 10,1 10,7 13,8 14,3 17,1 20,7 24,4 28,4
z [m] v(z) [m/s]
10 7,6 11,1 14,1 15,0 19,3 20,0 23,9 29,0 34,2 39,8
20 8,1 11,9 15,2 16,1 20,7 21,5 25,7 31,1 36,6 42,7
30 8,5 12,4 15,8 16,8 21,6 22,4 26,8 32,4 38,2 44,5
40 8,7 12,8 16,3 17,3 22,3 23,1 27,6 33,4 39,4 45,8
50 8,9 13,1 16,7 17,7 22,8 23,6 28,3 34,2 40,3 46,9
60 9,1 13,3 17,0 18,0 23,3 24,1 28,8 34,9 41,1 47,9
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 105
Beaufort
3 4 5a 5 6 7a 7 8 9 10
number
70 9,3 13,5 17,3 18,3 23,6 24,5 29,3 35,5 41,8 48,7
80 9,4 13,7 17,6 18,6 24,0 24,8 29,7 36,0 42,4 49,4
90 9,5 13,9 17,8 18,8 24,3 25,1 30,1 36,4 42,9 50,0
100 9,6 14,1 18,0 19,1 24,6 25,4 30,4 36,9 43,4 50,6
110 9,7 14,2 18,2 19,2 24,8 25,7 30,8 37,2 43,9 51,1
120 9,8 14,3 18,3 19,4 25,1 25,9 31,1 37,6 44,3 51,6
130 9,9 14,5 18,5 19,6 25,3 26,2 31,3 37,9 44,7 52,0
140 10,0 14,6 18,7 19,8 25,5 26,4 31,6 38,2 45,1 52,5
150 10,0 14,7 18,8 19,9 25,7 26,6 31,8 38,5 45,4 52,9
160 10,1 14,8 18,9 20,1 25,9 26,8 32,1 38,8 45,7 53,2
170 10,2 14,9 19,1 20,2 26,0 27,0 32,3 39,1 46,0 53,6
180 10,3 15,0 19,2 20,3 26,2 27,1 32,5 39,3 46,3 53,9
190 10,3 15,1 19,3 20,4 26,4 27,3 32,7 39,5 46,6 54,2
200 10,4 15,2 19,4 20,6 26,5 27,4 32,8 39,8 46,9 54,6
a
Wind stages for the crane in operation:
1 light vm = 10.1 m/s at z = 10 m v(z) = 14.1 m/s q(z) = 125 N/m2
2 normal vm = 14.3 m/s at z = 10 m v(z) = 20.0 m/s q(z) = 250 N/m2
b
Upper limit of Beaufort scale
Sign [Unit] Definition

vm [m/s] Wind speed determined over 10 minutes at a height of 10 m (Upper limit of
Beaufort Scale)
z [m] Height above level ground
v(z) [m/s] Speed effective at height z, decisive for the calculation of a 3 second gust
q(z) [N/m2] At a height z effective quasi-static back pressure, determined from v(z)
20.7 Wind influences during erection and take down

WARNING
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If a boom or a boom system is erected or taken down and the expected wind speeds are larger than
the maximum permissible wind speeds according to the wind speed chart, then the crane can topple
over and fatally injure personnel!
u If wind speeds are expected which are larger than the maximum permissible wind speeds for erec-
tion, then erection of the boom or erection of the boom system is prohibited!
u If wind speeds are expected, which are larger than the maximum permissible wind speeds for take
down, then the boom or the boom system must be taken down immediately!
copyright by
106 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Wind speed higher than permissible!
When the permissible wind speed for „Crane out of operation“ is higher than the permissible wind
speed for take down: Take down of the boom is not permissible in case of unexpected increase of
wind speed.
Toppling crane. Death, severe injury, property damage.
u If wind speeds are expected which are higher than the maximum permissible wind speeds for
"Crane out of operation", then take the equipment and the boom down.
u Always take the boom down for safety reasons if weather conditions are unclear, see Erection and
take down charts.
u Observe the permissible wind speeds for take down.
20.8 Wind influences in crane operation

WARNING
Unforeseeable factors, such as sudden gusts of wind onto the crane and the load cannot be consi-
dered exactly in advance!
u The size and shape of the load has a signifiant influence on the permissible wind speed during
crane operation!
u Carry out a professional job planning with authorized and trained expert personnel! All environmen-
tal conditions, such as weather forecast and wind speeds must be taken into account!
u The authorized and trained expert personnel must have sufficient knowledge in the area of „Wind
influences in crane operation“!
Note
u Calculation examples are included in the load charts. If you need further information, contact
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
Depending on crane application, for example:

1. Lifting of large surfaced loads.
2. Working with long boom combinations.
3. Erection and take down of boom combinations.
The crane operator must check with appropriate information sources about the expected wind speeds,
at:
1. The start of crane operation.
2. Interruption of crane operation.
3. Resumption of crane operation
WARNING
If the crane is operated at wind speeds which are larger than the maximum permissible wind speeds
according to the load chart, then the crane can topple over and kill personnel!
u If wind speeds are expected which are larger than the maximum permissible wind speeds for the
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
equipped crane, then the attachments and the boom must be taken down!
u If wind speeds are expected which are larger than the maximum permissible winds speeds for
crane operation, then it is prohibited to lift a load!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 107
20.9 Wind influences for „Crane out of operation“

WARNING
Toppling crane. Death, severe injury, property damage!
If the crane is taken out of operation in set up condition and the expected wind speeds are higher than
the maximum permissible wind speeds according to the wind chart, then the crane can topple over
and fatally injure personnel!
u If wind speeds are expected which are higher than the maximum permissible wind speeds for
„Crane out of operation“, then take the equipment and the boom down.
u Always take the boom down for safety reasons if weather conditions are unclear, see Erection and
take down charts!
u Observe the permissible wind speeds for take down.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
108 LTM 1400-7-1-007
21 Working in the vicinity of transmitters

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121165: Example for electrostatic charge

Strong electromagnetic fields are likely to be present if the construction site is close to a transmitter.
These electromagnetic fields can pose direct or indirect danger to persons or objects, for example:
– Effect on human organs due to temperature increase.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 109
– Danger of burns or inflammation due to temperature increase

– Spark or electric arc formation
DANGER
Danger due to electromagnetic fields!
u Before operating a crane in the vicinity of transmitters, be sure to consult with Liebherr-Werk Ehin-
gen GmbH!
u Also consult a high frequency specialist!
High frequency (HF) radiation from a transmitter requires supplementary work safety protection and
special environmental specifications for crane operators and personnel:
1. Each crane must be „fully“ grounded. Check visually or with a simple continuity tester to ensure
that ladder, crane cab and rope pulleys are grounded.
2. All personnel working on the crane or with large metal objects must protect themselves from
burns by wearing non-conductive synthetic gloves and suitable clothing while working.
3. There is no need to panic if you feel your hand warm up. Always work under the assumption that
the respective workpiece, structural steel member or support is „hot“.
4. The temperature of objects affected by high frequency radiation depends on their „size“. Cranes,
carriers and coverings, for example, are „hotter“.
5. Contact with other crane loads is not permitted when operating the crane (arcing). Since defects
caused by burns considerably reduce rope carrying capacity, any such occurrences must be re-
ported immediately to the foreman so that the ropes can be inspected.
6. An insulator 1 is required at all times between the crane load hook and fastening equipment. It is
strictly prohibited to remove this insulator 1.
7. Do not touch the ropes above the insulator 1.
8. Loads that are attached to the crane may not be touched by any unprotected parts of the body
after the load has been lifted or set down.
9. Do not work with a bare upper torso or in short pants, this is prohibited.
10. To minimize absorption of high-frequency radiation, larger loads should be transported horizon-
tally if possible.
11. Loads must be grounded, or additional insulation used (rubber material between the object and
gloves) when manual work is required.
12. Use a suitable measuring instrument to check the „temperature“ of the workpiece.
For example, if 500 V can be measured on a workpiece at a distance of 1 cm to 2 cm , then the
workpiece may not be touched with bare hands.
The greater the distance, the higher is the voltage on the object:
At 10 cm distance, approx. 600 V are present, at 30 cm distance approx. 2000 V are present.
13. When refueling the crane, it must be ensured that no sparks are created within a radius of 6 m ,
neither by handling larger metallic parts nor by other work.
14. To avoid secondary accidents, use personal protective equipment when working on components
that are high off the ground.
15. Any accidents and unexpected events must immediately be reported to the local construction su-
pervisor and the safety engineer.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
110 LTM 1400-7-1-007
22 Joint lifting of a load with two cranes

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111731
L1= Load on crane 1 α = Angle of incline position S2 = Center of gravity of load
at incline position
L2= Load on crane 2 S1 = Center of gravity of load
Before lifting a load jointly with two cranes, the operator of the cranes or a representative of the opera-
tor must determine the work sequence and assign a responsible supervisory person for the operation.
The responsible supervisory person must monitor the operation.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 111
Note
u The total weight and the center of gravity of the load must be known exactly!
u Carry out the job planning in detail and with care!
When the operational conditions or the work to be carried out require:
u Set up an assembly plan and operating instructions for the operation!
WARNING
Danger of tipping and overload of load carrying components!
If the load is not lifted or lowered exactly evenly by both cranes, then the center of gravity changes.
One of the two cranes can be overloaded and topple over!
u Make sure that the cranes are horizontally aligned.
u Observe the national valid standards, regulations and accident prevention guidelines!
u Determine the utilization degree of the cranes in operation, depending on the complexity of the load
lift!
u Plan for sufficient safety reserves!
u Utilize the load values given in the load chart manual for the used crane configuration to no more
than the utilization degree of maximum 80 %!
In drawing is shown how the center of gravity for the load changes if the load is lifted or lowered un-
evenly. Already a slight incline of the load can cause the crane to be overloaded!
If the load on crane 1 (L1) is lowered, the load on crane 2 (L2) increases. As a result, crane 2 can be
overloaded as a result of the load reduction of crane 1, without any action of its own!
23 Working ranges of several cranes overlap

WARNING
Danger of collision!
If the working ranges of several cranes overlap, there is a danger of collision!
Personnel can be injured or killed!
Significant property damage can result!
u The contractor or his representative must determine the work sequence in detail in advance!
u The contractor or his representative must ensure flawless communication between crane opera-
tors!
u The crane operators must ensure through calm operating mode, that no collisions occur due to un-
controlled movements! The crane operators must have been trained and instructed accordingly.
If the communication between the crane operators is not ensured by sound or visual connection, then
suitable measures must be taken, such as using radio communication, guides or similar.
Note
u If guides are used, then the signals must be agreed upon between them and the crane operators,
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
see section „Hand signals for guidance“!
24 Hand signals for guidance

For all crane movements, the crane operator must always keep the load as well as the crane hook or
load handling equipment when the crane is not loaded, in his field of vision.
copyright by
112 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Danger of accident if standing under suspended loads!
u Always keep loads in sight!
If this is not possible, the crane operator may only operate the crane if he is signed by an assigned
guide.
The operator may be guided by hand signals or a two-way radio. It must be ensured that there are no
misunderstandings.
WARNING
Danger of accident caused by misunderstood hand signals!
u Hand signals must be mutually agreed upon and clearly executed!
u In any case, national regulations must be observed!
24.1 Hand signs
24.1.1 Start operation, follow my instructions
Fig.111700: Start operation, follow my instructions

Both arms stretched out horizontally with hands open and palms directed to the front.
24.1.2 Stop (normal stop)

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111701: Stop (normal stop)

Lift one arm overhead with open hand and palm directed to the front.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 113
24.1.3 Emergency stop (quick stop)
Fig.111702: Emergency stop (quick stop)

Lift both arms overhead with open hands and palms directed to the front.
24.1.4 End operation, no longer follow my instructions
Fig.111703: End operation, no longer follow my instructions

Fold hands together at chest height in front of body.
24.1.5 Inching gear or very slow movement
Fig.111704: Inching gear or very slow movement

Rub palms together in circular motion. After this sign, all other applicable hand signals apply.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
114 LTM 1400-7-1-007
24.2 Vertical movements
24.2.1 Show the vertical distance
Fig.121364: Show the vertical distance

Both arms stretched out in front of the body one on top of the other, with opposing palms.
24.2.2 Lifting / lowering a load with even speed
Fig.111706: Lift / lower a load with even speed

Lift one arm overhead with closed hand and index finger pointing upward, with small horizontal circular
movements with forearm.
24.2.3 Lift slowly

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121365: Lift slowly

Give lift signal with one hand, the other palm is not moving and positioned over the hand, which gives
the signal.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 115
24.2.4 Lower the load while stationary
Fig.111708: Lower the load while stationary

Point one arm away from the body, downward, with hand closed and index finger pointing down. Make
small circular movements with forearm.
24.2.5 Lower slowly
Fig.121366: Lower slowly

Give lowering signal with one hand, do not move the other palm and hold it under the hand, pointing to
the hand which gives the signal.
24.3 Horizontal movements
24.3.1 Moving / swinging in specified direction
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111710: Move / swing in specified direction

Hold stretched out arm horizontally into the desired direction, with the hand open and the palm poin-
ting down.
copyright by
116 LTM 1400-7-1-007
24.3.2 Move away from me
Fig.111711: Move away from me

Stretch out both arms simultaneously with forearms in front, with both hands open and the palms poin-
ting down. Move the forearms repeatedly between the horizontal and vertical position up and down.
24.3.3 Move toward me
Fig.111712: Move toward me

Stretch out both arms simultaneously with forearms vertically, with both hands open and the palms
pointing to the rear. Move the forearms repeatedly up and down.
24.3.4 Move both track chains

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121367: Move both track chains

Turn both fists around each other in front of the body in direction of the movement (forward or re-
verse).
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 117
24.3.5 Move one track chain
Fig.111714: Move one track chain

Lift one fist to show blockage of chain on one side. Turn the other fist vertically in front of the body to
signal movement of the opposite chain.
24.3.6 Show the horizontal distance
Fig.121380: Show the horizontal distance

Keep both arms stretched out horizontally in front of the body with the palms opposite each other.
24.3.7 Transfer (between two cranes or two hooks)
Fig.121368: Transfer (between two cranes or two hooks)

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Hold both arms stretched out to the front, parallel and horizontally and turn by 90° in direction of the
transfer.
WARNING
Danger of toppling the crane!
u Make sure that the load carrying capacity of the individual crane and hook is sufficient even if the
transfer of the load is suddenly asymmetric!
copyright by
118 LTM 1400-7-1-007
24.4 Machine related movements
24.4.1 Lift with main winch
Fig.111719: Lift with main winch

Place on hand on your head and hold the other arm on the side of the body.
After this signal all other hand signals apply only for the main winch.
Note
u If two or more main winches are present, then the signaller can show the number of the crane by
pointing to it or signal with one finger.
24.4.2 Lift with auxiliary winch
Fig.111720: Lift with auxiliary winch

Hold one forearm vertically with closed hand and touch the elbow of this arm with the other hand.
After this signal all other hand signals apply only for the auxiliary winch.
24.4.3 Lift the boom

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111721: Lift the boom

Hold one arm horizontally with thumb directed upward.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 119
24.4.4 Lower the boom
Fig.111722: Lower the boom

Hold one arm horizontally with thumb directed downward.
24.4.5 Extend the boom
Fig.111723: Extend the boom

Hold both hands (with closed fists) stretched out to the front, with both thumbs directed away from
each other.
24.4.6 Retract the boom
Fig.111724: Retract the boom

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Hold both hands (with closed fists) stretched out to the front, with both thumbs directed toward each
other.
copyright by
120 LTM 1400-7-1-007
24.4.7 Lift the boom and lower the load at the same time
Fig.111725: Lift the boom and lower the load at the same time
Hold one arm stretched out horizontally with thumb directed upward and stretch the other arm down-
ward and away from the body, make small flat circles with the forearm.
24.4.8 Lower the boom and lift the load at the same time
Fig.111726: Lower the boom and lift the load at the same time
Hold one arm stretched out with thumb pointing down, stretch the other forearm upward and make
small flat circles.
25 Crane operation with a load

WARNING
If the crane is in condition which is not operationally safe, the crane can topple over or crane compo-
nents can fall down!
u Before starting to work, the crane operator must ensure that the crane is in operationally safe con-
dition!
u If safe crane operation cannot be ensured by the crane operator, then crane operation is prohibited
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
until an operationally safe condition for the crane is established!

u Safety devices, for example: Load moment limiter, hoist limit switch, brakes must be fully functio-
ning, otherwise crane operation is prohibited!
Make sure that the following prerequisites are met:

– The load moment limiter must be set according to the current crane configuration.
– The loads given in the load chart may not be exceeded.
– The crane may never be subjected with a load which exceeds those specified in the load charts.
– The weight, center of gravity and dimensions of the load to be lifted must be known.
– Load carriers, lifting equipment and tackle must be in accordance with specified requirements.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 121
Note
u Make sure that the weight of the hook block and the weight of the fastening equipment is subtrac-
ted from the load given in the load chart, see the following chart!
Example:
Maximum permissible load according to chart 30.000 t
Weight of the hook block 350 kg - 0.350 t
Weight of the fastening rope 50 kg - 0.050 t
Actual load capacity of the crane = 29.600 t
The weight of the load to be lifted, in this example, may not exceed 29.6 t.
25.1 Counterweight and / or ballast

The type of counterweight and / or ballast required depends on the weight of the load to be lifted and
the radius required for crane operation. The deciding factor for the selection of the counterweight and /
or ballast is the data in the corresponding load chart.
WARNING
If the counterweight and / or ballast is not installed according to the load chart, then the crane can top-
ple over and fatally injure personnel!
u Install the counterweight and / or ballast as specified on the respective load chart!
25.2 Hoist gear, hoist rope

The lifting capability of the crane depends on the pull force of the hoist gear and the number of pos-
sible hoist rope reevings. When using a single strand, the crane can only lift a load that is pulled by the
hoist gear.
If the load to be lifted is heavier than the pull force if the hoist gear, then the hoist rope must be reeved
as needed according to the principle of a pulley between the pulley head on the boom and the hook
block.
When reeving, carefully observe the load chart specifications and the operating instructions.
WARNING
Hoist rope failure!
If the maximum pull force of the hoist gear is exceeded, the hoist rope can break or the hoist gear can
be damaged!
The load can fall and kill personnel!
u Observe the maximum tensile force of the hoist gear!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
25.3 Crane operation

DANGER
There is a high risk of accidents should the following points not be observed!
u Observe the following points.
Great danger of accidents exists if:

1. The load torque limiter is not set in accordance with the current crane configuration and is there-
fore not able to provide proper protection.
2. The load torque limiter is defective or taken out of operation.
3. The hoist limit switches are defective or not functioning.
copyright by
122 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4. For crawler cranes and mobile cranes with luffing lattice jib:
The angle sensor and the force test brackets are not functioning.
5. For mobile cranes and crawler cranes with support:
The sliding beams of the hydraulic supports are not extended to the dimensions specified in the
load chart.
6. On crawler cranes:
The crawlers are not supported with stable base material sufficiently large for the ground conditi-
ons.
7. For mobile cranes and crawler cranes with support:
The support plates are not supported with stable base materials sufficiently large for the ground
conditions.
8. If the load is pulled at an angle.
Angular pulling to the side is particularly dangerous, because the boom has only minimal lateral
resistance momentum.
Angular pull is prohibited.
9. Load attached during disassembly is too heavy and is freely suspended on the crane after re-
lease.
10. The load hook is used to break away stuck loads.
Even if the weight of a stuck load does not exceed the permissible load capacity, the crane can
topple over backwards if the load is suddenly released due to the tension of the boom, which can
cause it to jerk back violently.
11. When working when the wind is excessively strong.
Comply with the load chart specifications.
12. The crane is not aligned horizontally and the load is swung toward the slope.
13. If improper crane movements cause the suspended load to swing like a pendulum.
14. The loads and radii specified in the load charts are exceeded.
15. When working in the vicinity of electricity transmission lines:
• The electricity transmission lines were not turned off by expert electricians
• or the danger zone was not covered or blocked off.
WARNING
Danger of current transfer!
If electricity transmission lines are not shut off nor covered nor blocked off, then there is an increased
danger due to current transfer!
u Adhere to the safety distance according to the following chart!
If the crane becomes electrified despite having taken all necessary precautions, proceed as follows:
u Remain calm!
u Do not leave the crane cab!
u Warn people outside: Stay in place and do not touch the crane!
u Move the crane away from the danger area!
Nominal voltage Safety clearance

Up to 50 kV 4m 10 ft
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
More than 50 kV to 200 kV 5m 15 ft

More than 500 kV to 750 kV 11 m 35 ft
More than 750 kV to 1000 kV 14 m 45 ft
More than 1000 kV Determination by power Determination by power
supplier or authorized supplier or authorized
electrician electrician
Safety distance to electrical power lines depending on the nominal voltage
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 123
26 Lifting of personnel
26.1 Destined use
– The destined use of the crane is lifting of loads!
– Lifting of personnel is not considered to be destined use of the crane!
Note
u These instructions do not apply for work platforms, which are attached on the crane boom and are
used to lift personnel. This subject is governed by international standards for mobile aerial work
platforms!
WARNING
Non-designated use of the crane!
u The crane is not intended to lift personnel!
u The crane may not be used for recreational purposes and exhibitions, such as lifting personnel for
shows, bungee jumping or Dinner in the sky!
u The crane may not be used for lifting of devices with personnel on them or under the device, such
as lifting of tents!
u Exception: If lifting of personnel for special work situations is the least dangerous possibility to carry
out the work, then personnel may be lifted or brought into a suspended position when using lift ca-
ges (cherry pickers)!
26.2 Prerequisites for lifting of personnel

– Lifting personnel with cranes is permissible by national and local laws in the country where this
crane application is carried out.
DANGER
Lifting of personnel!
Accidents which occur when lifting personnel often result in severe injuries or even death!
u This exceptional application is within the scope of responsibility of the user and is only permitted if
the requirements and instructions in the next sections are observed and adhered to!
u The company, the supervisor, the crane operator and auxiliary personnel must proceed especially
carefully and safety conscious!
u Before the lifting procedure, a meeting must be held with all associated personnel!
u The following warning notes and safety regulations must be strictly observed!
26.2.1 Legal prerequisites

– Special arrangements were made for the use of the lifting cage (cherry picker) according to the re-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
quirements of national laws!

– If required by national laws: The use of the crane to lift personnel was reported to the state agency
for occupational health and safety. The lifting procedure may possibly require a special permit!
– Before the implementation of the lifting procedure with the aid of a work-specific risk analysis for
the possibility of rescuing personnel in emergencies was defined!
– To rescue personnel in emergencies, precautionary measures must be present on the crane, if
they are required by national laws!
– The measures for safe operation near power lines, depending on the conditions on the job site and
the national laws / national regulations were observed and adhered to!
copyright by
124 LTM 1400-7-1-007
26.2.2 Prerequisites for crane equipment and accessories

– The hoist gear to lift personnel must also be able to be moved in emergency operation!
– Before lifting personnel, the crane was inspected. No damage was found!
– The lifting cage (cherry picker) is utilized according to national laws and / or standards and accor-
ding to intended purpose!
– Before lifting personnel, the lifting cage (cherry picker) was carefully inspected. No damage was
found!
– Every emergency rescue device was inspected and its operational readiness was determined, if re-
quired by national laws!
– Any hooks in use must be equipped with a latch, which prevents the hook mouth to open. Accor-
ding to national laws, the latch must be manually closable or lockable or must automatically close
via a spring!
26.2.3 Inspection before operation

Make sure that the following inspections are made before use of the lifting cage (cherry picker):
– On every new construction site and after every modification or repair: To ensure the operating sa-
fety of the lifting cage (cherry picker) and the lifting equipment, a test with 125 % of the nominal
load carrying capacity of the lifting cage (cherry picker) without personnel must be carried out! Du-
ring the test, the lifting cage (cherry picker) may only be lifted just above the ground!
– A test lift with loaded lifting cage (cherry picker) without personnel must be carried out! The weight
in the lifting cage (cherry picker) for the test lift must be at least as large as the weight of the per-
sonnel and the weight with the work equipment carried along! For this test lift, the course of all
planned movements of the lifting procedure must be simulated!
– This test lift must be carried out for every location on a construction site, where personnel must be
carried!
26.2.4 Prerequisites for operation with lifting cage (cherry picker)

Make sure that the following prerequisites are met for operation with lifting cage (cherry picker):
– The personnel and technical prerequisites for safe use and operation of the emergency control of
the crane are present!
– The emergency control for emergency rescue of the person in the lifting cage is functioning!
– The rope pull is limited to 50 % of the maximum rope pull!
– The crane is utilized only to 50 % of its maximum load capacity of the valid load chart!
27 Crane operation in case of thunderstorms

In weather conditions, which can include lightning:
– Stop work on the crane.
– If possible, place the load down.
– If possible, telescope the boom in or put it down and bring it into a safe condition.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If this is not possible, the crane cab must remain occupied by the crane operator to keep the crane
and the load always under control.
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to lightning strikes!
u Make sure that there are no persons near the immediate area of the crane.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 125
28 Safety notes for external power feed (100 V AC to

400 V AC)
Fig.197720
A potential hazard exists when supplying a crane with an external power supply from a low voltage
distribution system (100 V AC to 400 V AC).
A special electrical hazard it present when a protective conductor is interrupted (caused by the mecha-
nical stress on flexible supply lines or the service connection), loose terminal connections, high wire or
contact resistance, mixed up conductors, defective or missing protective equipment (FI / fault interrup-
ters) in combination with a body contact on the crane.
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury if the body conducts current!
Water and / or defective devices can cause hazardous stray voltages when touched. The person tou-
ching the crane is subject to lethal currents.
u The external supply cable must be in good working order!
Make sure that the external flexible supply cable is in good working order.
Where applicable, we recommend the use of a power isolating transformer.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
29 Welding work on the load

Note
u The load must also be grounded.
In case of welding work on the load, the screw clamp of the welding unit must be attached on the work
piece to avoid current flow via hoist rope, crane superstructure or crane chassis.
copyright by
126 LTM 1400-7-1-007
30 Travel and crane operation

30.1 Before starting to work
Before driving the crane and before starting to work with the crane:
u Close all doors!
u Keep the doors closed during travel and crane operation!
30.2 Interrupting crane operation

WARNING
Crane is not supervised!
Situations during interruption of crane operation may occur which could cause the crane to become
unsafe if left unsupervised!
The crane can topple over, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
u Always watch the crane and keep it under control!
If the crane is in set up condition:
u Do not leave the crane!
If the crane can not be constantly kept under control:
u Take the equipment and the boom down!
If crane operation with a set up crane is interrupted:
u Make sure measures are initiated in time by trained, qualified personnel to bring the crane into a
safe condition if anything happens!
When wind conditions are present, which are above the permissible values of the wind speed chart
and the boom can no longer be taken down:
u Make sure that there is no danger for persons, crane and surrounding area. Secure the crane and
surrounding area of the crane far enough against access. Warn persons in the surrounding area
and bring them in safety.
If the existing or predicted wind speeds are above the permissible value:
u Bring the boom and equipment in time into a permissible condition, depending on the existing or
predicted wind speed, or place it all the way on the ground! See Crane operating instructions, wind
speed charts and Erection and take down charts!
If an erroneous function of a crane movement is recognized during crane operation:
u Then the boom must be placed down completely, find the source of the problem and remedy it!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 127
WARNING
Set up crane is not supervised!
If the set up crane is left during interruption of crane operation, situations may occur which could
cause the crane to become unsafe!
The crane can topple over, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
If the construction site has limited space:
u The decision not to take the boom down while the crane is unsupervised can only be made by an
authorized and qualified crane operator, who is familiar with the construction site!
u Make sure that no danger can occur for persons, crane and its surroundings should something un-
foreseen happen!
u Make sure that the predicted wind speeds do not exceed the permissible values, depending on the
set up configuration, during the time the crane operation is interrupted! See Crane operating instru-
ctions, wind speed charts and Erection and take down charts!
u The boom on the crane may only be placed down if the predicted wind speeds according to the
wind speed charts are less than the maximum permissible wind speeds during assembly and di-
sassembly!
If the predicted wind speeds are above the permissible values:
u Bring the boom and equipment in time into a permissible condition before impermissible wind
speeds occur, depending on the predicted wind speed, or place it completely on the ground! See
Crane operating instructions, wind speed charts and Erection and take down charts!
u Telescope the telescopic boom in and luff down to 0°. Position the boom and auxiliary boom, see
Crane operating instructions, wind speed charts and Erection and take down charts!
u Place the load completely on the ground and unhook from the crane hook!
u Remove the fastening ropes from the hook!
When the hook block remains installed:
u Lift the hook block into the highest position!
u Make sure that all measures were taken to keep the crane in a safe condition if something hap-
pens!
u Make sure that access to the crane and operation for unauthorized personnel is excluded: Lock the
driverʼs cab and the crane!
Incidents are for example:

– The ground giving way due to severe rain.
– Melting ice under the supports.
– Storm and thunderstorm.
– Storm and wind.
– Lightning.
– Flooding.
– Landslides.
– Washouts.
– For mobile cranes and crawler cranes with support:
Slippage of support cylinders (leakage, temperature changes).
– On cranes with telescopic booms:
Slippage of luffing cylinders (leakage, temperature changes).
– Vandalism.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

– There is no load on the hook.
– The fastening ropes on the hook were removed.
– The hook block is in the highest position.
– The driverʼs cab and the crane cab are locked.
– The predicted wind speeds during the time frame of the interruption of crane operation are within
the permissible range.
– The crane poses no traffic obstacle.
copyright by
128 LTM 1400-7-1-007
30.3 Resuming crane operation

When resuming crane operation, the crane operator is required to check the condition of the crane
and the safety devices.
WARNING
Danger of accident!
u If the crane operator leaves the cab, even for a short time, the operating mode setting must be che-
cked and reset, if necessary, before resuming crane operation.
u Check operating mode settings and reset, if necessary.
30.4 Ending crane operation

Before the crane operator may leave the crane, the following prerequisites must be met:
u Place the load fully on the ground and unhook from the crane hook.
On cranes with telescopic booms:
u Telescope the telescopic boom all the way in and place the boom down.
On cranes with lattice mast booms:
u Set down the lattice mast boom and disassemble if necessary.
u Bring the control lever (master switch) to 0-position.
u Apply the parking brake on the crane chassis.
u Turn the engine off and pull the ignition key.
u Lock the crane cab.
u Secure the crane to prevent unauthorized use.
On mobile cranes:
u Make sure that the driverʼs cab is not occupied. Lock the driverʼs cab. Secure the crane to prevent
it from rolling off unintentionally, see section „Parking the vehicle“.
30.5 Turning / driving in reverse

WARNING
Danger of accidents when turning or driving in reverse!
When turning or driving in reverse, personnel can be overlooked or killed!
Objects can be severely damaged!
u When turning or driving in reverse, the driver must act in such a way that he does not endanger
other traffic participants!
u The driver may drive only in reverse or move back when it is ensured that persons or equipment
are not endangered! If this cannot be ensured, then he must use a guide.
u An acoustical back up warning device will never replace the guide!
u Make sure that there are no persons or objects behind the vehicle when driving in reverse!
u Make sure that no personnel is injured or killed!
u Make sure that no objects are damaged!
u Driving in reverse is only permissible at slow driving speed (maneuvering speed)!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Adhere to the national regulations!
30.6 Parking the vehicle

Note
u The „Parking the vehicle“ section is only to be observed for mobile cranes!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 129
WARNING
Danger of accidents if the vehicle rolls off!
If the following points are disregarded by the crane driver, then personnel can be fatally injured.
u It is prohibited to park the vehicle on a slope or an incline of more than 18 %.
u The parking brake must always be applied when parking the vehicle.
u The ground on which the vehicle is parked must be sound and have adequate load-bearing capa-
city.

– The vehicle is standing on level ground with sufficient load bearing capacity.
– The parking brake is applied.
WARNING
The vehicle can roll off uncontrollably!
Under the following conditions, the vehicle must be secured against rolling away by using the specified
number of wheel chocks or wedges, in addition to the parking brake:
u The vehicle is parked on a slope or an incline!
u The vehicle is defective, particularly when the brake system is defective!
u If all the specified wheel chocks are not placed directly behind the corresponding wheel, the vehicle
may roll off uncontrollably and personnel can be fatally injured.
u All specified wheel chocks must be placed in such a way that they act against the downdrift force!
u Place all specified wheel chocks tightly directly under the wheel so that they have an immediate
braking action and keep the vehicle in parking position!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
130 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 131
029827-01 2.04.10 Ladders
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
132 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.04.10 Ladders 029827-01
1 Safety guidelines
The ladders have been built according to the present level of technology and recognized safety techni-
cal regulations. Despite that, during their use dangers to life and physical condition of the user and / or
third parties can occur.
The ladders may exclusively be used in a flawless technical condition and according to their missions
as well as with constant awareness of safety and dangers.
Changes on the structure may exclusively be made with written approval of the manufacturer.
The ladders are exclusively designated for the entry and exit of personnel.
Any other use is not as intended and therefore prohibited.
The manufacturer is not liable for damages, which are caused by unintended use or improper usage.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
If the following safety guidelines are not observed, personnel can fall down and be killed or severely
injured.
u Observe and adhere to the installation and safety guidelines for ladders.
u Observe and adhere to the safety signs on the ladders.
u Install and secure the ladders properly.
u Use ladders exclusively if you are healthy enough to do this.
u Climb up / down the ladder with the 3-point support.
u Use the rungs as handles.
u Step into the rungs deep enough.
u Do not use damaged ladders and replace them immediately.
u Repair the ladder exclusively through authorized service facilities.
2 Safety signs
Note
u All safety signs on the ladders must be complete and always legible.
u Observe and adhere to the manufacturerʼs operating instructions.
Sign Explanation
Read the operating instructions.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Maximum number of users on one ladder.
Correct set up angle 65° to 75°.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 133
029827-01 2.04.10 Ladders
Sign Explanation
Before use: Engage the lift out safety.
Ladder overhang above the exit level.
Secure the upper / lower end of the ladder.
Before use: Tension the safety struts on stepladders.
Before use: Engage the locking pin joints and pull pin locks.
To open / close the tank cover and to ascent / descent: Insert the nozzle into the
retainer.
Fold the platform out before setting up the ladder.
Before use: Check the ladder for damage.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Check the legs of the ladder.
Maximum load.
copyright by
134 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.04.10 Ladders 029827-01
Sign Explanation
Do not use the three uppermost rungs of an extension ladders as rungs to stand
on.
Do not use the four uppermost rungs / steps of a stepladder without a platform to
stand on.
Do not use the two uppermost rungs of a stepladder with integrated extension
ladder as rungs to stand on.
If hinged ladders are used as stepladders: Spread the ladder legs to the stop.
Place the upper placement angle flat. Hold the belt on tension.
Hook the hook on the platform of the refueling ladder on the vehicle.
Tighten the star knob on the beam extension tightly.
Do not use a damaged ladder.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Preclude any contaminants on the ground.
Make sure the upper end of the ladder is placed correctly. Place the ladder only
on safe surfaces.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 135
029827-01 2.04.10 Ladders
Sign Explanation
Only one person may climb up / down on any accessible leg of the ladder.
Avoid leaning out to the side. The bodyʼs center of gravity should be between the
ladder beams.
Face the ladder when climbing up / down the ladder.
Use the ladder only with suitable shoes.
Do not use a stepladder as a leaning (extension) ladder.
Do not use the inner section of multi-part hinged ladders without outer sections
as a stepladder.
Crushing danger.
Set the ladder up on horizontal and solid ground.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Set the ladder up on solid ground.
Use the ladder in the correct set up direction.
copyright by
136 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.04.10 Ladders 029827-01
Sign Explanation
Do not carry along bulky objects or objects over 10 kg.
It is not permitted to step off the ladder to the side.
During transport, pay attention to danger due to power lines.
Do not use the ladder as a walkway.
Do not transport snow and ice shovels over the ladder. Use hooks!
Danger due to shearing point.
3 Ladder inspection
Make sure that the following conditions are met:
– All ladders are inspected at lease every 12 months. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.17.
– The inspection may be made exclusively by authorized and trained expert personnel.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4 User guidelines
Make sure that the following prerequisites are met before using the ladder:
– A risk evaluation had been made.
The national legal regulations have been taken into account.
– Use are able to use a ladder as far as your health is concerned.
– The ladder is suited for the respective application.
– The ladder is complete and not damaged (visual inspection).
– The ladder is free of contaminants, such as:
• Ice
• Snow
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 137
029827-01 2.04.10 Ladders
• Frost
• Wet paint
• Lubricants
– The legs of the ladders are not worn.
– Screws and connections have been checked for tight seating.
– The base is:
• Level
• Horizontal
• Slip-resistant
• Unmoveable
Before setting the ladder up:
– Secure the locking devices of the ladder.
– Tension the spreaders of the stepladder.
– Do not set up the ladder from above.
– Do not set the ladder on braces or steps.
When using the ladder:
– Make sure that no children are playing on the ladders.
– Set the ladder up in the correct set up angle.
– Subject the ladder with no more than maximum 150 kg.
– Use the ladder exclusively as described in section „Ladder access“.
– Do not use the ladder outside in strong wind.
– Do not subject the ladder excessively to loads in side assembly work.
– Face the ladder when climbing up or down the ladder.
– Step on the ladder with suitable shoes.
– Do not use the ladder as a walkway.
– Secure the ladder to prevent it from being knocked over inadvertently.
– For leaning (extension) ladders: Do not step on the uppermost three steps / rungs, in reference to
the ladder placement point.
– For stepladders: Do not step on the uppermost two steps / rungs.
– For working on a ladder: Grip with one hand.
If this is not possible: Take additional safety measures, such as: Use a WORK POSITIO-
NING SYSTEM (WPS).
For repair, maintenance and storage of a ladder:
– Have repairs and maintenance made by expert personnel according to the manufacturerʼs instructi-
ons.
– Store the ladders according to the manufacturerʼs instructions.
Before transporting the ladders:
– Lock and secure the ladders in their provided transport retainers.
5 Ladder access
Wearing the personal protection equipment to prevent falling and the ladder safeguard depend on the
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
type of work, among others.
5.1 Ladder safeguards

The ladder can be secured to prevent it from sliding away to the side by:
– Restraint device, for example: Tether or side stops on structure
– Friction lock, for example: Rubber caps or plastic caps on the end of the ladder beam at direct
placement on a surface
The ladder can be secured to prevent it from tipping to the rear by:
– the correct placement angle
copyright by
138 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.04.10 Ladders 029827-01
5.2 3-point support

A 3-point support is ensured when:
– Two hands have a safe hold and one leg is standing safely.
– Two legs are standing safely and one hand has a safe hold.
– Two legs are standing safely in straddle position on a stepladder which can be accessed from both
sides, on the third respective rungs / steps from the top. The user locks the ladder with the knees.
– Two legs are standing safely and at the same time, the body is leaned on higher rungs / steps of
the leaning (extension) ladder. The center of gravity of the body must always be between the two
ladder beams.
– A WORK POSITIONING SYSTEM (WPS) is used.
5.3 Light and / or heavy work

The following lists various light and heavy work
Examples for light work:
– Installing / removing retaining pins or spring retainers
– Fastening components, disengaging fastening equipment
– Pushing the transition aid out / in
– Establishing / disconnecting electrical or hydraulic connection between components
– Actuating the hand pump for the folding jib
– Reeving the auxiliary winch in / out
– Setting up / taking down foldable railings
– Carrying out maintenance and inspection work
– Refueling the crane chassis and / or crane superstructure
Examples for heavy work:
– Knocking the connector pins in / out
– Installing / removing the wind warning
– Reeving the hoist rope in / out
– Installing / removing the connector pin with assembly aid (hydraulic cylinder or mechanical as-
sembly tool)
– Installing / removing the rope lock
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 139
029827-01 2.04.10 Ladders
5.4 Types of ladders
5.4.1 Stepladder
Fig.121175: Examples for stepladders
WARNING
Danger of falling when transitioning from a stepladder 1 to other components!
Personnel can fall down and be killed or severely injured.
u Do not transition from a stepladder 1 to other components.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
u When using stepladders 1, adhere to the 3-point support.
u Adhere to the prerequisites and conditions for the use of stepladders 1.
Prerequisites for the use of stepladders 1:

– Make sure that the weight of the tool carried along is not more than 10 kg.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Access Work
Maximum rise to the third rung / step from the top Maximum rise to the third rung / step from the top
3-point support required 3-point support required
Rise to 1 m:
Personal protective equipment to prevent falling
not required
copyright by
140 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.04.10 Ladders 029827-01
Access Work
Rise above 1 m to 7 m
Light work:
not required
Heavy work:
required
Conditions for access and work on stepladders 1
5.4.2 Leaning (extension) ladder

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121176: Example for leaning (extension) ladders
WARNING
Danger of falling!
u When using leaning (extension) ladders 2, adhere to the 3-point support.
u Adhere to the prerequisites and conditions for the use of leaning (extension) ladders 2.
Prerequisites for the use of leaning (extension) ladders 2:

– Make sure that the leaning (extension) ladder 2 is positioned onto a level placement surface.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 141
029827-01 2.04.10 Ladders
– Make sure that the leaning (extension) ladder 2 is placed in an incline angle of 65° to 75° (approx.
1:4) to the horizontal.
– Make sure that the ladder overhang when leaning it on components is selected in such a way that
the leaning (extension) ladder 2 is safely placed when subjected to a load / flex due to ascending
persons.
Access Work
Maximum rise to the fourth rung / step from the Maximum rise to the fourth rung / step from the
top, in reference to the placement point top, in reference to the placement point
Rise to 1 m:
Ladder safeguard not required
not required
Light work:
Ladder safeguard required
not required
Heavy work:
Ladder safeguard and protection to prevent it
from tipping to the rear required
required
Conditions for access and work on leaning (extension) ladders 2
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
142 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.04.10 Ladders 029827-01
5.4.3 Leaning (extension) ladder with transition
Fig.121177: Examples for leaning (extension) ladders with transition
WARNING
Danger of falling!
u When transitioning, adhere to the 3-point support.
u Adhere to the prerequisites and conditions for the use of leaning (extension) ladders with transi-
tion 3.
Prerequisites for the use of leaning (extension) ladders with transition 3:

– Make sure that the leaning (extension) ladder with transition 3 is positioned onto a level placement
surface.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Make sure that the leaning (extension) ladder with transition 3 is placed in an incline angle of 65° to
75° (approx. 1:4) to the horizontal.
– Make sure, for transitioning to higher work locations, when no other safehold possibilities are avai-
lable, that the ladders beams of the leaning (extension) ladder go past the placement location by at
least 1 m.
– Make sure that the transition area is slip-resistant.
– Make sure that the ladder position can be recognized from above.
– Make sure that the ladder overhang when leaning it on components is selected in such a way that
the leaning (extension) ladder is safely placed when subjected to a load / flex due to ascending
persons.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 143
029827-01 2.04.10 Ladders
Access Transition
Maximum rise to a rung / step below the place- Maximum rise to a rung / step below the place-
ment edge ment edge
Personal protective equipment to prevent falling Personal protective equipment to prevent falling
not required not required
Rise to 1 m:
Ladder safeguard not required
Ladder safeguard required
Conditions for access and transition to leaning (extension) ladders with transition 3
5.4.4 Vertical ladder with transition aid
Fig.121178: Example for vertical ladder with transition aid

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Danger of falling!
When using vertical ladders with transition aid 4:
u Adhere to the 3-point support.
Before transitioning:
u Hook the personal protective equipment to prevent falling on a suitable location (for example: up-
permost rung, safety rope or separate hook point).
u Adhere to the prerequisites and conditions for the use of vertical ladders with transition aid 4.
copyright by
144 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.04.10 Ladders 029827-01
Prerequisites for the use of vertical ladders with transition aid 4:

– Make sure, a centered grip reachable from the transition edge and a possibility to support oneself
with the second hand is present for transitioning.
– Make sure that the transition area is slip-resistant.
– Make sure that the ladder position can be recognized from above.
Access Work
If necessary: use a WORK POSITIONING SYS- If necessary: use a WORK POSITIONING SYS-
TEM (WPS) in a suitable hook point TEM (WPS) in a suitable hook point
Conditions for access and work on vertical ladders with transition aid 4
Access Transition
Rise to 5 m: Rise to 1.8 m:
Personal protective equipment to prevent falling without transition aid: Personal protective equip-
not required ment to prevent falling not required
Rise above 5 m: Rise above 1.8 m:
Fall arrest system with moving along fall arrest without transition aid: Personal protective equip-
device or back protection required ment to prevent falling required
Conditions for access and transition to vertical ladders with / without transition aid 4
5.4.5 Platform ladder

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121179: Example for platform ladder
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 145
029827-01 2.04.10 Ladders
WARNING
Danger of falling when transitioning from a platform ladder 5 to other components!
u Do not transition from a platform ladder 5 to other components.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
For use of platform ladders 5:
u Adhere to the 3-point support.
u Adhere to the prerequisite and conditions for the use of platform ladders 5.
Prerequisite for the use of platform ladders 5:

Access Working on the ladder Working on the platform

Maximum rise to platform height Maximum rise to platform height Maximum height: Platform height
3-point support required 3-point support required 3-point support required
Rise to 1 m:
Personal protective equipment to
prevent falling not required
Rise above 1 m to 7 m Platform height
Light work: Light work:
Personal protective equipment to Personal protective equipment to
prevent falling not required prevent falling not required
Rise above 1 m to 7 m Platform height
Heavy work: Heavy work:
Personal protective equipment to Personal protective equipment to
prevent falling required prevent falling required
Conditions for access and work on platform ladders 5
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
146 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.04.10 Ladders 029827-01
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 147
029174-00 2.05 Signs on the crane
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.115116
copyright by
148 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.05 Signs on the crane 029174-00
1 Warning signs
Note
u Warning signs are safety signs, which warn of a risk or danger.
u For that reason, all warning signs on the crane must be complete and always legible.
u Replace damaged warning signs immediately.
1.1 Warning of suspended load (position 11)
Fig.106026
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury under suspended load!
u Keep away from the working range of the machine!
1.2 Warning of crushing danger (position 14)
Fig.106027
DANGER
u It is prohibited for anyone to remain in areas, where there is a crushing danger!
u Keep away from the working range of the machine!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
1.3 Danger of burns (position 29)
Fig.106028
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 149
WARNING
Danger of burns!
u Do not touch hot surfaces!
1.4 Warning of rotating parts (position 31)
Fig.106029
WARNING
Rotating parts!
Rotating parts can cause finger and hand injuries.
u Do not place any body parts into the danger zone!
1.5 Warning of crushing danger for hands (position 32)
Fig.106030
WARNING
Crushing danger for hands!
Hands can be caught or crushed.
u Keep hands away!
1.6 Warning of fatal electric shock (position 33)

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.106814
copyright by
150 LTM 1400-7-1-007
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to electrical shock!
If the boom or the hoist rope is under electric current, then death or severe injuries can occur if anyone
touches the crane, the vehicle or the load!
u Keep away from the crane and the load!
1.7 Warning of high voltage (position 40)
Fig.106031
Note
u Only for certain countries!
1.8 Slewing range (position 41)
Fig.106032
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Note
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 151
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.115117
copyright by
152 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Command and prohibition signs

2.1 Command signs
Note
u Command signs are safety signs, which dictate a certain behavior.
u For that reason, all command signs on the crane must be complete and always legible.
u Replace damaged command signs immediately.
2.1.1 Limitation of maximum driving speed (position 21)
Fig.106034
Note
2.1.2 Limitation of maximum driving speed (position 42)
Fig.106035
Note
2.1.3 Use personal protective equipment (position 63)

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.106036
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 153
DANGER
Danger of falling!
u Use a personal protective equipment!
2.1.4 Safety harness warranted for a maximum of two persons (position 65)
Fig.115119
DANGER
Danger of accidents due to overloaded retaining ropes!
If retaining ropes are used by more than two persons, then the retaining ropes can be overloaded and
fail in case of an accident!
u Safety ropes are designed to secure a maximum of two persons against falling, one on the right
and one on the left!
2.2 Prohibition signs

Note
u Prohibition signs are safety signs, which prohibit a behavior, which could result in danger.
u For that reason, all prohibition signs on the crane must be complete and always legible.
u Replace damaged prohibition signs immediately.
2.2.1 Access for unauthorized personnel prohibited (position 12)
Fig.106037
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
DANGER
If the crane is accessed by unauthorized personnel, life threatening injuries can occur!
u Access is strictly prohibited during crane operation!
copyright by
154 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2.2 Access prohibited (position 66)
Fig.106039
WARNING
Danger of falling!
If the crane is accessed by unauthorized personnel, life threatening injuries can occur.
u Do not climb on the crane!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 155
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.115118
copyright by
156 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Notice signs
Note
u Notice signs are signs, which provide additional information in text and symbol form.
u For that reason, all notice signs on the crane must be complete and always legible.
u Replace damaged notice signs immediately.
3.1 Warning mark „left“ (position 3)
Fig.106043
3.2 Warning mark „right“ (position 4)
Fig.106044
3.3 Operating instructions for cranes (position 13)

Note
u Only for certain countries.
u Read and observe the operating instructions before operating the crane!
3.4 Operating instructions chassis (position 16)

Note
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 157
3.5 Notice sign for vehicle height (position 19)
Fig.107756
Note
u Only for certain countries.
u Vehicle height 4.2 m (13.8 ft)
3.6 Operating instructions for maneuvering mode (position 22)

Note
3.7 Operating instructions Superstructure cab (position 23)

Note
3.8 The vehicle swings out (position 27)
Fig.106893
WARNING
Danger of accident!
u It is prohibited to remain in the swing range of the vehicle!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
3.9 Read the operating instructions (position 35)
Fig.106048
copyright by
158 LTM 1400-7-1-007
CAUTION
Read and observe the operating instructions!
u Avoid unsafe operation and dangerous maintenance!
u The crane may only be operated if the contents of the operating instructions have been read and
understood!
u If the operating instructions are lost, request a new manual from your nearest dealer!
3.10 Notice sign for refueling (position 49)
Fig.113766
WARNING
Danger of fire and explosion!
u Turn the auxiliary heater* off approx. 3 min before refueling the fuel tank!
u Before refueling the fuel tank, turn the engine off!
NOTICE
Property damage to the engine!
If incorrect fuel is added, the engine can be severely damaged.
u Refuel with fuel according to the Engine manufacturer's operating instructions!
3.11 Note for speed limiter (position 50)

Note
u Read and observe the operating instructions before operation!
3.12 Notice sign for hydraulic oil change (position 62)

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113827
CAUTION
Property damage through oil change!
If the oil specified in the operating instructions is not used during the oil change, it can lead to damage!
u See Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.07!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 159
3.13 Warranted maximum sound output level (position 78)
Fig.106816
3.14 Warning mark „left“ (position 98)
Fig.106043
Note
3.15 Warning mark „right“ (position 99)
Fig.106044
Note
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
160 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.16 Notice sign for data logger
Fig.113815
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 161
029020-01 2.06 Antifall guards on the crane
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112104
copyright by
162 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.06 Antifall guards on the crane 029020-01

WARNING
Danger of falling!
During assembly / disassembly, inspection and maintenance work, personnel must be secured with
appropriate aids to prevent them from falling! If this is not observed, assembly personnel could fall and
suffer life-threatening or fatal injuries!
u The assembly personnel must always move carefully and anticipatory on the crane, the crane com-
ponents or lattice sections!
u All work aloft, where there is a danger of falling must be carried out with suitable aids!
u If fall protection equipment is available, then it must be used!
sonnel must secure themselves with the supplied fall arrest system to prevent falling, see Crane
operating instructions, chapter 2.04!
u The supplied fall arrest system must be attached on the fastening and attachment points!
u Only step on the aids, ladders and catwalks with clean shoes!
u Keep aids, ladders and catwalks free of heavy dirt, snow and ice!
Note
u The sign 3 marks the fastening points, where assembly personnel must hook in the supplied fall
arrest system to secure themselves against falling!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 163
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122132
copyright by
164 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Ladder on telescopic boom

2.1 Securing assembly personnel
To secure assembly personnel from falling, hook point P1 is installed on the telescopic boom.
u Place the ladder 10 on the retainer 4.
u Secure the ladder 10 with rigging belt 11 on retainer 4.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
Death or severe injuries.
u Hook assembly personnel with the fall arrest system on the hook point P1 and secure them to pre-
vent them from falling.
u Carry out work.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 165
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198214
copyright by
166 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Railing
3.1 General
WARNING
Danger of falling!
During assembly / disassembly, inspection and maintenance work, assembly personnel must be secu-
red with appropriate aids to prevent them from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel
could fall and suffer life-threatening or fatal injuries.
u All assembly work must be carried out using suitable aids (ladders, lifting platforms, scaffolding, au-
xiliary crane, etc.)!
u If work cannot be carried out on the ground or using such aids, then assembly personnel must be
secured with the personal fall arrest system (see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.04) to pro-
tect against falling! The personal protective equipment must be hooked into the appropriate fasten-
ing points on the crane.
u If railings are present for the crane, then they must be brought into the corresponding position and
secured for assembly / disassembly, inspection and maintenance work.
CAUTION
Danger of crushed limbs!
u Avoid crushing any limbs when turning the railing 2!
3.2 Moving the railing in position for assembly / disassembly, illustra-

tion 1
u Release the clamping levers 1 on both sides.
u Swing the railing 2 in position for assembly / disassembly.
u Secure the railing 2 in position for assembly / disassembly: Close the clamping levers 1 on both
sides.
3.3 Moving the railing into transport position, illustration 2

u Release the clamping levers 1 on both sides.
u Swing the railing 2 into transport position.
u Secure the railings 2 in transport position: Close the clamping levers 1 on both sides.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 167
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.114492
copyright by
168 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Fall protection equipment: Safety ropes

4.1 Safety ropes on the telescopic boom
On the left and right hand side on the telescopic boom are safety ropes 1 installed as fall protection
equipment.
NOTICE
Danger of damage!
u Never hang loads or objects on the safety ropes 1!
WARNING
Danger of falling!
During assembly and disassembly, assembly personnel must be secured with appropriate aids to pre-
vent them from falling. If this is not observed, assembly personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening
or fatal injuries!
u Any work, where there is a danger of falling, must be carried out with suitable aids (for example:
lifting platforms, scaffoldings, ladders, auxiliary crane)!
u If the work cannot be carried out with such aids nor from the ground, then the assembly personnel
must secure themselves with approved fall arrest systems 4 to avoid falling, see Crane operating
instructions, chapter 2.04!
u The assembly personnel must hook themselves for all assembly / disassembly work, maintenance
and inspection work on the boom with approved fall arrest systems 4 on the retaining ropes 1 on
the left and right hand side with both snap hooks 2 and secure themselves to prevent them from
falling. (For example: Fall arrester with self-actuating blocking function and an automatic tension
and pull in device for the connectors)!
u The connector must be set to a length as short as possible so that is it impossible to hit the ground
in case of a fall!
u Fall absorbers may not be used, because they stretch too much in case of a fall!
u On the safety ropes 1 on the left and right hand side, no more than maximum two persons may
hook themselves with the snap hooks 2 and secure themselves to prevent falls, see sign 5!
u Transferring the snap hooks 2 is only permissible on the connection points!
u When transferring the snap hook 2, one snap hook 2 must always be hooked on one safety rope 1!
u Never release both snap hooks 2 simultaneously from the safety ropes 1!
u Before any assembly / disassembly work, maintenance and inspection work it must be ensured that
all obstacles below have been removed from the work place and that there is sufficient clearance in
case of a fall!
u During all assembly / disassembly work, maintenance work and inspections, travel or crane opera-
tion is prohibited!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 169
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.114492
copyright by
170 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Replacing safety ropes subjected by a fall

WARNING
Danger of accidents due to fall subjected safety ropes!
If fall subjected safety ropes 1 are not replaced after a fall, then the safety ropes can fail in case of
another fall! The assembly personnel can be killed or severely injured!
u Expert personnel must immediately replace any retaining ropes 1 which were subjected in a fall
and inspect the respective anchor points 3 for damage!
u If the anchor points 3 are damaged, then they must be replaced immediately by expert personnel!
4.3 Inspections of retaining ropes and anchor points

For detailed description of "Inspection of safety ropes and anchor points" refer to the Crane operating
instructions, chapter 8.01.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 171
029175-00 2.07 Access to the crane
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.115445
copyright by
172 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.07 Access to the crane 029175-00
1 Components on the crane

1.1 Adding service fluids
1.1.1 Refueling
The fuel tanks are installed on both sides on the crane chassis at position P1.
u Refueling, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
1.1.2 Adding Urea solution

The urea tank is installed on the crane chassis at position P2.
u Adding urea solution, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
1.1.3 Refueling fuel*

The fuel tank is installed on the crane chassis at position P3.
u Refueling fuel, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
1.2 Checking components on the crane chassis
1.2.1 Checking the engine oil level
Note
u The oil level on the Diesel engine can be checked comfortably on the display unit in the driver's
cab. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
The dipstick for the Diesel engine is at position P4.

u Check the oil level on the diesel engine, see Crane operator's instructions, chapter 7.04 and sepa-
rate operating instructions of the engine manufacturer.
1.2.2 Checking the coolant level in the expansion tank

The expansion tank is installed on the crane chassis at position P5.
u Check the coolant level, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
1.2.3 Checking the oil level and filter on the hydraulic oil tank
The hydraulic oil tank with the filters is installed on the crane chassis at position P6.
u Check the oil level and filter, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
1.2.4 Checking the fuel preliminary filter

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
The fuel preliminary filter is installed on the crane chassis at position P7.
u Check the fuel preliminary filter, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 173
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.115445
copyright by
174 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Additional components
1.3.1 Tire inflation connection

The tire inflation connection is installed on the crane chassis at position P8.
1.3.2 Emergency stop switch

The emergency stop switch is installed on the driver's cab at position P9.
u For the description of the emergency stop switch, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.
1.3.3 Chocks
The chocks are installed on the crane chassis at position P10.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 175
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.114558
copyright by
176 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Ascent and descent on the crane chassis

WARNING
Danger of falling!
If the following guidelines are not observed, assembly personnel can fall down and be killed or sever-
ely injured!
u Ladders, walking and stepping surfaces are free of objects and obstacles!
u Step on ladders, walking and stepping surfaces only with sufficiently clear height!
u Step on ladders, walking and stepping surfaces only with clean shoes!
u Keep ladders, walking and stepping surfaces free of heavy dirt, snow and ice!
u The danger zone is free of personnel and objects during folding and swinging of the folding ladder!
u Stepping on ladders, catwalks and steps by persons, including tools and equipment, weighing more
than 150 kg is prohibited!
u Do not use handles as rigging points!
u Subject the handles with no more than maximum 100 kg !
u Do not step on damaged ladders, walking and stepping surfaces and replace them immediately!

– The assembly personnel is wearing the personal protective equipment.
– The crane vehicle is supported on level ground and aligned in horizontal position.
The distance between tires and the ground is 50 mm.
Note
u The access height from the ground to the first step may not be more than maximum 600 mm.
u When the access height is more than 600 mm , then the crane operator must ensure safe ascent
and descent, for example by using a step.
2.1 Bringing the folding ladder to ascent and descent position

All folding ladders 1 must be set to operating position before ascent.
CAUTION
Danger of crushing!
During assembly and disassembly of the folding ladder 1 fingers and hands can be crushed!
u Do not reach into the retainer 3 or the hinge area!
u Fold the folding ladder 1 out only from the ground!
u Release the retainer 3: Pull the bar 2, swing it to the right by 90° and place the bar 2 down on the
plate.
u Lift the folding ladder 1 and swing it outward by 90°.
u Fold the folding ladder 1 downward and place into the retainer 9.
Result:
– As soon as the folding ladder 1 is folded down, the relapse retainer 4 engages.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Check if the relapse retainer 4 is correctly engaged.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 177
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.114559
copyright by
178 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Ascent and descent via the ladder

WARNING
Danger of falling!
While climbing up and down via a ladder, the assembly personnel can fall down and be injured sever-
ely!
u When ascending and descending, the assembly personnel must ensure a 3-point support!
u When ascending and descending, use rungs and ladder beams as handles!
u The assembly personnel must step into the rungs sufficiently deep!
u When changing from the ladder to the walking surface, the assembly personnel must secure them-
selves with the attached handle 11 to prevent falling!
u When changing from the ladder to the walking surface, the assembly personnel must secure them-
selves with the attached handle 11 to prevent falling!

– two legs are standing safely and one hand has a safe hold.
– two hands have a safe hold and one leg is standing safely.
u Climb up or down via the ladder.
2.3 Securing the folding ladder in transport position

All folding ladders 1 must be set to transport position before driving.
CAUTION
Danger of crushing!
During assembly and disassembly of the folding ladder 1 fingers and hands can be crushed!
u Do not reach into the retainer 3 or the hinge area!
u Fold the folding ladder 1 out only from the ground!
u Lift the relapse retainer 4 and then lift the folding ladder 1.
u Swing the folding ladder 1 to the inside by 90°.
u Place the folding ladder 1 in the retainer 3.
u Secure the folding ladder 1: Pull the bar 2, swing it to the left until the bar 2 engages again.
u Check if the bar 2 is correctly engaged.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 179
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.115462
copyright by
180 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Bringing the rung ladder to ascent and descent position

– The mobile crane is leveled for on road driving.
– The ground is level and of sufficient load bearing capacity.
CAUTION
Danger of crushing!
During assembly and disassembly of the rung ladder 5 fingers and hands can be crushed!
u Do not reach into the retainer 7, retainer 8 or the hinge area!
u Install the rung ladder 5 only from the ground!
u Step on the rung ladder 5 only when the rung ladder 5 is secured in ascent and descent position!
u Observe the national regulations and standards regarding the use of rung ladders 5!
u Remove the pad lock 6.

u Take the rung ladder 5 from the retainer 7 and the retainer 8.
u Bring the rung ladder 5 into the ascent and descent position according to the manufacturer's instru-
ctions.
u Check if the ladder is set up correctly and all retainers are engaged.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
While climbing up and down via a ladder, the assembly personnel can fall down and be injured sever-
ely!
u When ascending and descending, the assembly personnel must ensure a 3-point support!
u When ascending and descending, use rungs and ladder beams as handles!
u The assembly personnel must step into the rungs sufficiently deep!

– two legs are standing safely and one hand has a safe hold.
– two hands have a safe hold and one leg is standing safely.
u Adding service fluids, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 181
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.115463
copyright by
182 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Securing the refueling ladder in transport position

– The mobile crane is leveled for on road driving.
– The ground is level and of sufficient load bearing capacity.
CAUTION
Danger of crushing!
During assembly and disassembly of the rung ladder 5 fingers and hands can be crushed!
u Do not reach into the retainer 7, retainer 8 or the hinge area!
u Remove the rung ladder 5 only from the ground!
u Slide the rung ladder 5 in and secure according to the manufacturer's instructions.
u Fold the rung ladder 5 together and secure according to the manufacturer's instructions.
u Attach the rung ladder 5 in the retainer 7 and the retainer 8.
u Secure rung ladder 5 with a pad lock 6.
u Check if the rung ladder 5 is secured in the transport position.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 183
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.115444
copyright by
184 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Walking and stepping surfaces

WARNING
Danger of falling!
If the following guidelines are not observed, assembly personnel can fall down and be killed or sever-
ely injured!
u Ladders, walking and stepping surfaces are free of objects and obstacles!
u Step on ladders, walking and stepping surfaces only with sufficiently clear height!
u Do not trip over attachment parts!
u Step on ladders, walking and stepping surfaces only with clean shoes!
u Keep ladders, walking and stepping surfaces free of heavy dirt, snow and ice!
u Step on the engine cover only when the boom is luffed up and the engine is cold!
u Used only by persons, observe the maximum point load of 1500 N on the walking and stepping sur-
faces!
u It is prohibited to step on the roof of the driver's cab!
u Stepping on counterweight plates is prohibited!
3.1 Accessible walking and stepping surfaces
Fig.114701
Note
u The accessible walking and stepping surfaces are marked with these cross hatches.
3.2 Non-accessible walking and stepping surfaces

WARNING
Danger of falling!
If the walking and stepping surfaces are accessed, which are not approved for access, personnel can
slip and fall down! Personnel can be killed or injured!
When accessing the walking and stepping surfaces, which are not approved for access, crane compo-
nents can be damaged!
u Only step on accessible walking and stepping surfaces!
u Access to walking and stepping surfaces, which are not approved for access is prohibited!
u Stepping on surfaces with an incline of more than 20° is prohibited!
Fig.114702
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Note
u The walking and stepping surfaces which are not approved for access are marked with these cross
hatches.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 185
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
186 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Crane chassis operation
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 187
027198-01 3.01 Operating and control instruments on the crane chassis
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194457
copyright by
188 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.01 Operating and control instruments on the crane chassis 027198-01
1 Operating and control instruments - Vehicle

1.1 General operating elements
1 Service brake
2 Engine regulation
3 Parking brake
4 Tachograph
• Speedometer
• Odometer
• Clock
5 Steering wheel
6 Left steering column switch
• Switch from low beam to high beam
• Operate the headlight flasher
• Operate the blinker (left / right)
• Operate the windshield wiper (0, intermittent, I, II)
• Operate the windshield washer system
• Operate the horn
7 Right steering column switch
• Retarder:
Switch position 0 -1
Switch position 2 -5* (with Eddy current brake*)
• Tempomat
• Temposet
• Manual throttle
• Shift 1 gear up or down with manual transmission
8 Foot button
• Pneumatic steering wheel angle and height adjustment
10 Driver's seat
Note:
For description „Adjusting the driver's seat“ see Crane operating instructions, chapter
3.02 Before starting to drive.
14 Battery box
15 Battery master switch
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 189
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.104124
copyright by
190 LTM 1400-7-1-007
17 Display unit
18 Keyboard
• Function indicator on the button lights up: Function has been selected and carried
out.
• The function indicator on the button blinks: Function has been selected but not
carried out.
• Acoustic signal (beep) sounds when button is pressed: Impermissible function
has been selected.
19 Arm. Center console
20 Switch, button
• Switch: Switch between right / left outside mirror.
• Button: Electric mirror adjustment.
26 Switch*
• Battery charger, change between superstructure (OW) / chassis (UW)
27 Switch*
• Dolly mode
30 Switch*
• Camera cleaning
31 Ignition switch
• Position: P/0/I/II
32 Operating hour meter
33 Integrated socket 24 V
34 Cigarette lighter
36 Axle pressure indicator
• Axles 1 and 2, left side
Axles 1 to 3, left side with axle pressure compensation
• Axles 1 and 2, right side
Axles 1 to 3, right side with axle pressure compensation
• Axles 6 and 7, left side
Axles 4 to 7, left side with axle pressure compensation
• Axles 6 and 7, right side
Axles 4 to 7, right side with axle pressure compensation
41 Ashtray
42 Reservoir
• Windshield washer fluid
43 Interior lighting
44 Outlet nozzles
• For heat / ventilation / Climate control system*
45 Switch
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• Left power window

46 Switch
• Right power window
47 Switch
• Right power window
48 Trip recorder
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 191
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.104055
copyright by
192 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Control elements DTCO trip recorder*

80 Display
81 Key field, driver-1
• Activity button for driver-1
• Discharge button card slot-1
82 Card slot-1
83 Download interface / calibrate interface
84 Key field, driver-2
• Activity button for driver-2
• Discharge button card slot-2
85 Card slot-2
86 Release button printer drawer
87 Tear-off edge
88 Menu keys
Note
u For detailed description of the DTCO trip recorder, refer to the supplied manufacturer's operating
instructions.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 193
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103486
copyright by
194 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Operating elements on camera-monitor*

61 Button
• On / Off
62 Remote control sensor
63 Brightness sensor
• Automatic brightness regulation
64 Camera selection button
65 Menu button
• The following functions can be selected in the menu:
• Scale
• KA 1 (mirror)
• Automatic time
• Color
• Brightness
• Contrast
• Tint (only for NTSC)
66 Button
• Increase volume
67 Button
• Decrease volume
68 Switch
• Day / night switch
69 Button
• Shift channel up
70 Button
• Shift channel down
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 195
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113814
copyright by
196 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.4 Keyboard
100 Driving range switch
• Reverse „R“
• Neutral „N“
• Drive forward „D“
104 Button
• Shift, automatic / manual shift mode
Function indicator does not light up: Automatic shift mode.
Function indicator lights up: Manual shift mode.
105 Button
• Shift up 1 gear in manual shift mode
107 Button
• Adding the maneuvering mode
Function indicator lights up: Maneuvering mode is added.
Function indicator does not light up: Maneuvering mode is turned off.
108 Button
• Shift down 1 gear in manual shift mode
109 Display
• Function code
110 Button
• Information button (diagnostics) system error in LICCON Error Code (LEC) on display
unit
112 2-hand button
• Vehicle level, raise left front
113 2-hand button
• Vehicle level, raise right front
114 Display
• Heater level, brightness level
115 Button
• Display and keyboard brightness adjustment
116 Button
• Diagnostics
117 Button
• Independent rear axle steering, steering deflection to the right
118 Button
• Independent rear axle steering, steering deflection to the left
119 2-hand button
• Vehicle level, lower left front
120 2-hand button
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• Vehicle level, lower right front

121 2-hand button
• Add „On road driving“ steering program
122 2-hand button
• Add „All-wheel steering“ steering program
123 2-hand button
• Add „Crabwalk steering“ steering program
124 2-hand button
• Add „Reduced sheer out dimension“ steering program
125 2-hand button
• Add „Independent steering“ steering program
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 197
127 2-hand button

• Vehicle level, raise left rear
128 2-hand button
• Vehicle level, raise right rear
129 2-hand button
• Automatic level regulation for on road driving
130 2-hand button
• Blocking the axle suspension
135 2-hand button
• Vehicle level, lower left rear
136 2-hand button
• Vehicle level, lower right rear
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
198 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 199
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113814
copyright by
200 LTM 1400-7-1-007
138 2-hand button

• Add longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox + longitudinal differential lock axle
3 + axle 6 (with 14x8 drive*)
139 2-hand button
• Add transversal differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 6 (with 14x8 drive*)
142 2-hand button
• Axle pressure compensation, axles 1 -3 / 4 -7
143 2-hand button
• Confirmation for 2-hand operation
Note:
The „2-hand button“ must be operated for:
Vehicle level regulation.
Blocking the axle suspension
Add steering programs.
Enabling differential locks.
144 Button*
• Auxiliary heating ON / OFF
145 Button
• Driver's cab heat warmer
146 Button
• Driver's cab heat cooler
147 Button
• Fan speed (blower), faster
148 Button
• Fan speed (blower), slower
150 Button
• Headlight
151 Button*
• Fog lights
152 Button*
• Climate control system
153 Button
• Recirculating air
154 Button
• Fresh air
155 Button
• Air supply floorboard area
156 Button
• Air supply front windshield
158 Button
• Parking lights
159 Button
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• Rear fog light

160 Button*
• Outside mirror heater
164 Button
• Sliding beam illumination, turn on / off manually
Note:
Sliding beam illumination, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.05.
165 Button
• Rotating beacons
166 Button
• Hazard warning system
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 201
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198094
copyright by
202 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.5 Display unit

180 Indicator light*
• Auxiliary heater ON
Blinks: In case of a problem.
181 Indicator light
• Steering
Lights up: Steering operational.
Blinks fast: Error in steering system, with error code display.
Blinks slowly: LSB bus connection defective.
182 Warning light
• Engine coolant level too low
183 Indicator light
• Air filter is dirty
184 Indicator light
• Diesel engine preglow system
185 Warning light
• Steering circuit I (steering pump)
186 Warning light
• Steering circuit II (auxiliary steering pump)
187 Warning light
• Speed limiter
188 Indicator light
• Torque converter clutch open
Lights up: Torque converter clutch open.
Off: Torque converter clutch closed.
Blinks: CAN bus connection defective or oil temperature in the torque converter
clutch is too high.
189 Warning light
• Transmission error
• Release for Dolly mode*
Blinks: When driving with Dolly* and switch 27 on, the hydraulic oil pressure for clea-
ring the slewing gear brake / lowering brake of the luffing cylinder drops below a per-
mitted limit.
• Automatic brake force reduction
195 Indicator light
• High beam
196 Indicator light
• Low beam
197 Indicator light
• Rear fog light
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

• Rotating beacon
• Rotating beacon
200 Indicator light
• Engine brake active
201 Indicator light
• Parking brake closed
• Eddy current brake active
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 203

• Brake lining wear
• ABS on trailer
ABS Antilock Brake System
Lights up: ABS error.
Blinks: Communication error between ABS vehicle electronics.
At a driving speed in trailer mode of more than approx. 10 km/h , this warning light
must turn off.
208 Indicator light
• CAN bus/ABS fault
210 Display
• Travel direction vehicle left / right
211 Display*
• Travel direction of trailer left / right
212 Warning light
• Hazard warning system
213 Indicator light
• Rotating beacon
214 Indicator light
• Rotating beacon
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
204 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 205
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198095
copyright by
206 LTM 1400-7-1-007
220 Indicator light

• Tempomat or Temposet active
221 Display
• Engine speed [rpm]
222 Display
• Transmission in neutral „N“
223 Display
• Gear indicator
Note:
Brief display of Tempomat and Temposet speed settings.
224 Warning light
• Blinks: Active system error or service note.
Pressing the „i-key“ 110 causes the system error or service note to appear on the dis-
play 225.
• Lights up: Active operating error.
Operating error appears automatically on display 225.
225 Display
• LICCON Error Code (LEC) with pressed „i-key“.
226 Bar graph
• Gear oil temperature [deg], 50 °C – 140 °C
227 Warning light
• Gear oil temperature too high
228 Bar graph
• Fuel reserve [%], 0 to 100 %
229 Warning light
• Fuel reserve <10 %
230 Bar graph
• Engine coolant temperature [deg], 30 °C – 120 °C
231 Warning light
• Engine coolant temperature or charge air temperature too high or engine error
232 Bar graph
• Engine oil pressure [bar], 0 bar – 10 bar
233 Warning light
• Oil pressure too low / oil temperature too high
234 Bar graph
• Battery voltage [V], 21 V – 30 V
235 Warning light
• Charge monitoring
236 Bar graph
• Compressed air supply I [bar], 0 bar – 10 bar
237 Warning light
• Compressed air supply I < 5.5 bar
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
238 Bar graph

• Compressed air supply II [bar], 0 bar – 10 bar
239 Warning light
• Compressed air supply II < 5.5 bar
240 Bar graph
• Compressed air supply III [bar], 0 bar – 10 bar
241 Warning light
• Compressed air supply III < 5.5 bar
242 Bar graph
• Current brake pressure with actuated brake circuit I [bar], 0 bar – 10 bar
243 Warning light
• Blinks: Brake pressure sensor in circuit I defective.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 207
244 Bar graph

• Current brake pressure with actuated brake circuit II [bar], 0 bar – 10 bar
245 Warning light
• Blinks: Brake pressure sensor in circuit II defective.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
208 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 209
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194447
copyright by
210 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.6 Support control unit

Left support control unit:
250 Button
• Retract right front support cylinder
251 Button
• Extend right front support cylinder
252 Button
• Retract right rear support cylinder
253 Button
• Extend right rear support cylinder
254 Button
• Extend left front sliding beam
255 Button
• Retract left front sliding beam
256 Button
• Extend left rear sliding beam
257 Button
• Retract left rear sliding beam
258 Button
• Retract left front support cylinder
259 Button
• Extend left front support cylinder
260 Button
• Retract left rear support cylinder
261 Button
• Extend left rear support cylinder
262 Display
• Right front support force display
263 Display
• Right rear support force display
264 Display
• Left front support force display
265 Display
• Left rear support force display
266 Display
• Incline indicator
267 LED 1°
268 LED 5°
269 Button
• Support control unit release
Note:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Before the support cylinders or the sliding beams can be moved, first the support con-
trol unit release 269 must be operated.
271 Button
• Retract all support cylinders and align horizontally
272 Button
• Extend all support cylinders and align horizontally
273 Button
• Engine off
274 Button
• Engine on
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 211
275 Button
• Reduce engine speed
276 Button
• Increase engine rpm
277 LED
• Lights up when support control unit is released
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
212 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 213
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194447
copyright by
214 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Right support control unit:

266 Display
• Incline indicator
267 LED 1°
268 LED 5°
269 Button
• Support control unit release
Note:
Before the support cylinders or the sliding beams can be moved, first the support con-
trol unit release 269 must be operated.
271 Button
• Retract all support cylinders and align horizontally
272 Button
• Extend all support cylinders and align horizontally
273 Button
• Engine off
274 Button
• Engine on
275 Button
• Reduce engine speed
276 Button
• Increase engine rpm
277 LED
• Lights up when support control unit is released
280 Button
• Retract right front support cylinder
281 Button
• Extend right front support cylinder
282 Button
• Retract right rear support cylinder
283 Button
• Extend right rear support cylinder
284 Button
• Extend right front sliding beam
285 Button
• Retract right front sliding beam
286 Button
• Extend right rear sliding beam
287 Button
• Retract right rear sliding beam
288 Button
• Retract left front support cylinder
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
289 Button
• Extend left front support cylinder
290 Button
• Retract left rear support cylinder
291 Button
• Extend left rear support cylinder
292 Display
• Right front support force display
293 Display
• Right rear support force display
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 215
294 Display
• Left front support force display
295 Display
• Left rear support force display
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
216 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 217
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102558
copyright by
218 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.7 Grounding the mobile crane

300 Pin
• Ground connection
Note:
In order that the mobile crane can be grounded, the pin 300 for the ground connection
is installed. To ground the mobile crane, see Crane operating instructions, chap-
ter 2.04.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 219
025673-03 3.02 Before starting to travel
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
220 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.02 Before starting to travel 025673-03
1 General checks before starting to drive

Various checks must be performed every time before operating the crane.
If an item is low or lacking during an inspection, then it must be refilled or brought to normal status
before operating the mobile crane.
If the inspection shows a very dirty filter, then it must be replaced before operating the mobile crane.
Note
u For detailed description of fill quantities, service items and lubricants, see chapter 7.06 and chapter
7.07 in the Crane operating instructions!
WARNING
Heated crane components!
When the engine is running, crane components can heat up significantly! This applies especially to ex-
haust systems, the engines, the coolant circuit and the respective gears in the crane chassis and in
the crane superstructure!
Touching heated crane components can cause severe injuries!
u Carry out the checks before starting the mobile crane, when the crane components are cold!
u Let already heated components cool off before checking!
u Proceed with special caution near heated components!
1.1 Checking the coolant level

WARNING
Danger of injury due to scalding of the skin!
u Never open the cap on the coolant reservoir as long as the engine is warm! The cooling system is
under pressure!
u To protect face, hands and arms from hot steam of hot coolant, cover the cap with a large rag
when opening!
u Check the coolant level.

If the coolant level is too low:
u Add coolant, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04.
1.2 Checking the oil level and filters

u Check the oil level in the vehicle engine.
u Check the oil level in the automatic transmission and transfer gear box.
u Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir for steering, support and axle suspension.
u Check the filter on the hydraulic oil tank.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 221
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
222 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Checking the window cleaning fluid

NOTICE
Frozen window cleaning fluid!
If the window cleaning fluid is not frost resistant, then the windshield washer system can freeze during
the cold time of the year!
Failure of the windshield washer system is the result!
The windshield washer system can be damaged!
u Change the window cleaning fluid in time to a frost resistant type!
Before the start of the cold season:

u Empty the container for the window cleaning fluid and refill it with a commercially available, frost
resistant window cleaning fluid.
1.4 Checking the fuel level

WARNING
Note
If the fuel tank has been run dry, then the fuel system must be bled.
u Do not run the fuel tank dry.
u Check the fuel supply at the fuel gauge in the driver's cab.
1.5 Checking the tires

While doing this, also check the spare tire*.
Note
u See Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.01.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 223
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194739
copyright by
224 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.6 Checking the general transport condition

Note
Transport on public highways:
u For transport on public highways the driving conditions of the crane as described in the Crane ope-
rating instructions, chapter 3.04 must be adhered to to retain the maximum axle load of 12 t.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to improper transport condition!
u Locking mechanisms, cotter pins and retaining pins must be installed and attached in such a way,
that they cannot loosen up by themselves during travel and cause damage.
u The safety measures, locking measures and checks described in paragraph „General transport
condition“ must be performed!
To be in a suitable condition for transport, all loose parts on the mobile crane must be fastened and
secured.
u Set the axle suspension / axle locking system to the level for „suspended“ on-road driving (see
Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.03).
u Place the steering program „On-road travel“.
u Do not fit the wind gauge to the telescopic boom while driving.
u Point crane superstructure in direction of travel and mechanically lock to prevent twisting.
u The telescopic boom must be fully telescoped in and placed down on the boom receptacle.
u Secure the telescopic boom to prevent it from extending by itself.
u Close windows and doors of crane driver's cab.
u Place and secure the folding ladders on vehicle frame 1.
u Individually secure the four sliding beams of the hydraulic supports with pins 3 to prevent them
from extending unintentionally. Secure the four pins 2 in the respective transportation retainers.
u Move the four support plates to the transport position and secure them with pins 4 to prevent them
from extending unintentionally.
u Take the four chocks 5 and secure them in their holders.
u Secure the spare wheel mount* to prevent it from swinging out unintentionally.
u Check that spare wheel* is firmly seated.
u Lock the switch boxes 6 for the left and right support control units.
u Close the engine cover panels 7.
u Attach the hoist rope on the front trailer coupling and tighten.
u Secure all locks on tool boxes, cabinet doors and cover panels on the chassis 9 and on the crane
superstructure 8.
u Check the pins and cotter pins on the support plate receptacle device 4, the pins and cotter pins on
the sliding beam locking pins 2 and the pins and cotter pins on the tow coupling as hoist rope retai-
ner 10 are firmly seated.
u Check that all locking pins used only for crane operation are present and secure them for transport.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 225
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194740
copyright by
226 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.7 Checking the lights

Make sure that the battery master switch and the ignition are turned on.
DANGER
Risk of accident if lighting is defective!
u Have any defective lights repaired by an expert before starting to travel!
Crane lighting:
– 1 Low beam
– 2 High beam
– 3 Front and rear parking lights
– 4 Fog lights*
– 5 Turn signals
– 6 Tail light
– 7 Brake lights
– 8 Back up light
– 9 Rotating beacons
– 11 Red reflector
– 12 License plate illumination
– 13 Side marking lights
– 14 Course holding light
– 15 Outline lights
– 16 Rear fog light
u Check all lights before starting to travel.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 227
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.191514
copyright by
228 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Work station - Driver's cab

DANGER
Risk of accident due to incorrect mirror and / or steering wheel adjustment!
u Move driver's seat, mirrors and steering wheel to required positions before setting off.
u Never adjust driver seat, mirror or steering wheel whilst driving.
2.1 Adjusting the driver's seat

The pneumatically suspended driver's seat 10 can be adjusted to suit every body size.
If desired, the driver's seat can be equipped with IPS* (Integrated Pneumatic System). IPS* provides
additional side lumbar support.
u The suspension rigidity is adjusted automatically.
u Block the horizontal suspension 1.
u Infinitely variable height adjustment with „Memory function“ 7.
u Adjust the horizontal setting 2.
u Adjust the backrest 8.
u Adjust the seat cushion incline 6.
u Adjust the seat cushion depth 4.
u Lower the oscillation system 5.
u Adjust the cushioning 9 (infinitely variable).
u Adjust the seat heater* 3.
u Backrest, adjust the lower section (LWS*) 10.
u Backrest, adjust the upper section (LWS*) 11.
u Adjust the side cushion guide (IPS*) 12.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 229
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194744
copyright by
230 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Adjusting the mirrors

The mirror adjustment is made electrically via the
u Clean outside mirrors before starting to drive and adjust to suit the driver's field of view.
u Actuate the switch 20 on the center console 19.
Result:
– You can switch between the left and right outside mirrors.
– Mirror is adjusted.
2.3 Adjusting the steering wheel

The steering wheel is adjusted pneumatically.
u Press the button 8.
Result:
– The angle and height of the steering wheel are adjusted.
2.4 Turning the heater / ventilation on

The driver's cab can be heated or ventilated to the desired temperature.
For a detailed description, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 6.01 „Heater“.
u To adjust the heater or ventilation, press button 18.
2.5 Checking the fuses

WARNING
Risk of damage to electrical lines!
u Only use fuses for the same amperage!
u Open the cover of the center console and tilt up.

u Remove the cover of the fuse box.
u Check the fuses.
If fuses are defective,
u replace them.
2.6 Fastening the seatbelt

DANGER
Risk of fatal injury if seatbelt is not worn!
u Before driving the crane and while driving, all occupants must wear the seatbelt.
u Fasten the seatbelt.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 231
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.104055
copyright by
232 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.7 DTCO trip recorder*

CAUTION
Data loss on DTCO trip recorder!
If the buffer battery is not replaced within two years by a service location of the manufacturer (Sie-
mens-VDO), then a power failure can lead to a loss of all data! In this case, the trip recorder is defec-
tive and the maximum travel speed for cranes with active rear axle steering is limited to 40 km/h.
u Make sure to have the buffer battery replaced in time.
Note
u For detailed description of the DTCO trip recorder, refer to the supplied manufacturer's operating
instructions.
2.7.1 Initial calibration
Note
u After delivery of the crane, the calibration of the DTCO trip recorder should be carried out by one of
the manufacturer's service locations (Siemens-VDO).
2.7.2 Company / driver card

The company / driver card(s) must be requested by the crane operator / driver at the respective autho-
rity in the member state.
Company card
The company card identifies a company.
Note
u After the initial calibration, the company must register with the company card on the DTCO trip re-
corder.
u The main memory data of the DTCO trip recorder must be downloaded and secured every 3
months with the company card.
Driver card
The driver card is personal and in possession of the driver. The activities of the driver (steering and
resting times) are saved on the driver card. Before starting to travel, the driver card must be inserted in
the card slot 82 or card slot 85.
Note
u The data of the driver card(s) must be saved every 28 days!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 233
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194745
copyright by
234 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.8 Checking the important operating instruments

DANGER
Risk of fatal injury due to defective operating instruments!
u Arrange to have any defective functions repaired by an expert before starting to drive.
Make sure that the battery master switch 15 is turned on. Otherwise the controls cannot be checked.
For some checks, the ignition must also be turned on.
2.8.1 Checks with the ignition turned off

u Hazard warning system: Press button 166 with function control and check.
u Rotating beacons: Press button 165 with function control and check.
u Parking lights: Press button 158 with function control and check.
2.8.2 Check with ignition switched on (ignition switch at position „1“)

u Headlight: Press the button 150 with function control, check indicator light 195 and indicator
light 196.
u Fog lights* (only with head light or parking light turned on): Press button 151 with function control
and check.
u Rear fog light* (only with head light or parking light turned on): Press button 159 with function con-
trol and check indicator light 197.
u Heater: To increase temperature, press button 145 with function control and check.
u Heater: To reduce temperature, press button 146 with function control and check.
u Auxiliary heater*: Press button 144 with function control and check indicator light 180.
u Fan: Press button 147 and button 148 with function control and check.
u Windshield wiper / washer system: Check the steering column switch 6 with reservoir for wind-
shield washer system.
u Check the horn 6.
u Turn signals: Operate steering column switch 6 with indicator light 210 and check.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 235
027200-00 3.03 Axle suspension system
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194746
copyright by
236 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.03 Axle suspension system 027200-00
1 Axle suspension / axle locking system

1.1 Description
All axles are guided by longitudinal and cross control arms. The axles are hydro-pneumatically sprung
via maintenance-free hydraulic cylinders, the height can be adjusted and they can be hydraulically
locked. Depending on the driving condition the axles can be interconnected via axle pressure compen-
sation.
1.2 Axles sprung
1.2.1 Driving condition 1, Fig. 1

For driving on roads. All axles are sprung. Spring travel ±150 mm. In order to improve fording capabi-
lity the entire chassis can be raised by 150 mm. In order to reduce height to clear low obstacles the
entire chassis can be lowered by 150 mm. On a slope the entire chassis can be tilted ±9 ° to the side.
The side stability of the vehicle when cornering is safeguarded by the hydraulic axle suspension.
1.3 Axles locked

For supporting the crane. All axles are locked.
Axle pressure compensation occurs between the two axles within axle pairs 1 and 2, 3, 4 and 5 and 6
and 7.
In this condition only manual levelling is possible, not automatic levelling.

For driving with equipment on level ground. All axles are locked.
Axle pressure compensation occurs between axles 1 to 3 and 4 to 7.
In this condition only manual levelling is possible, not automatic levelling.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 237
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102007
copyright by
238 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Axle suspension system

DANGER
Risk of injury when operating axle suspension/axle locking system!
u Ensure that no persons are present in the crane vehicle danger zone!
2.1 Road driving / off-road driving

u For transit journeys on roads, motorways and for off-road driving, switch button 130 off.
Result:
– The function control on button 130 does not light up.
– All axles are sprung in this position.
– The level of the crane vehicle can be controlled.
2.2 Levelling the crane vehicle

Level control can be manual or automatic.
Ensure that the following prerequisites are met:
– the vehicle is on a level surface
– the engine is running
– the axle suspension is sprung
– the transmission is in neutral „N“
CAUTION
Danger of damage!
u Do not perform level control unless the vehicle is stationary!
u Perform level control on a level and load-bearing surface.
u Never raise or lower the vehicle fully when driving on an uneven road surface.
The function control on button 129 must be on during the level control procedure.
– If the function control does not light up, stop the procedure immediately!
– Arrange to have fault remedied by an expert.
When the level control procedure is complete the function control on the button 129 must go off.
Note
u If the function control on the button 129 does not turn off, have problem remedied by trained per-
sonnel.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 239
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102007
copyright by
240 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2.1 Levelling the crane vehicle automatically

Button 143 and button 129 operate the automatic level control. The crane vehicle is automatically mo-
ved to a level position (driving height for road driving) by the level switches attached to the suspension
cylinders.
u Press button 143 and button 129 simultaneously until the function control on the button 129 fla-
shes.
Result:
– The function control on the button 129 lights up during automatic level control and flashes when the
end position is reached.
– The function controls for manual level control (buttons 112, 113, 119, 120, 127, 128, 135 and 136)
flash when the corresponding suspension cylinders have reached the level position for road driving.
2.2.2 Levelling the crane vehicle manually

The level position is adjusted manually by pressing the 2-handed button 143 for manual level control.
The suspension cylinders are filled or emptied.
WARNING
Danger!
Performing manual level control on public highways is only permitted in order to adapt the crane vehi-
cle to special situations such as lowering the crane to reduce the height in order to drive under a
bridge.
u Level control must only be performed in special situations and with the vehicle stationary!
Raising vehicle
u Press and hold down button 143 and then press button 112.
Result:
– The left front vehicle level is raised.
Result:
– The right front vehicle level is raised.
Result:
– The left rear vehicle level is raised.
Result:
– The right rear vehicle level is raised.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Raising entire vehicle

u Press and hold down button 143 and then press button 112, button 113, button 127, button 128.
Result:
– The vehicle level is fully raised.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 241
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102007
copyright by
242 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Lowering vehicle
Result:
– The left front vehicle level is lowered.
Result:
– The right front vehicle level is lowered.
Result:
– The left rear vehicle level is lowered.
Result:
– The right rear vehicle level is lowered.
Lowering entire vehicle

u Press and hold down button 143 and then press button 119, button 120, button 135, button 136.
Result:
– The vehicle level is fully lowered.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 243
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102007
copyright by
244 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Axle locking system

3.1 General
All axles are to be locked in the following circumstances:
1. Supporting the crane
2. Driving with the equipment in place
3.2 Switching on axle locking

Ensure that the surface on which the vehicle is parked is level and has adequate load-bearing capa-
city.
u Press button 130 and button 143.
Result:
– The function control on button 130 lights up.
– The hydro-pneumatic suspension on all axles is locked.
3.3 Supporting the crane

For a detailed description see Chapter 3.05.
3.4 Driving with the equipment in place

For a detailed description see Chapter 15.01.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 245
025675-05 3.04 Travel operation
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194759
copyright by
246 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.04 Travel operation 025675-05
1 Crane driving conditions

Before the crane can be driven on public roads, the telescopic boom must be fully telescoped in and
placed on the receptacle frame.
Note
Driving on public highways.
u Observe national regulations at all times!

– The telescopic boom is fully retracted and correctly positioned.
– The hoist rope is hung up and tightened on the front trailer coupling.
– The axle suspension system has been set to „suspended“.
– The vehicle is at the level setting for road driving.
1.1 Axle loads up to 12 t , illustration 1

Before the crane can be driven on public roads or highways, in order to comply with the axle load limit
of 12 t per axle a counterweight must be carried as shown in the illustration and the chart according to
the StVZO (Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards).
Axle
1-4 5-7
With: 1 driver
14 x 8 drive
Without: Hook block / load hook
Counterweight: No counterweight
Axle loads: Total: 84.0 t 4 x 12.0 3 x 12.0
1.2 Axle loads above 12 t

DANGER
Increased danger of accidents!
The braking distance is longer due to the higher overall weight!
The wear on brake linings is increased and there is an increased danger of overheating the brakes.
The steering system, service brake, parking brake and retarder no longer meet the regulations!
The service life of all components affected by the increased axle load such as: Brakes, tires, wheel
rims, axles and all drive, suspension and steering components is reduced.
u Check the affected parts more frequently!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 247
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194458
copyright by
248 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Starting and stopping the engine

The engine can only be subjected to a full load after the operating temperature has been reached.
2.1 Starting the engine

– the main battery switch 15 is switched on,
– the parking brake 3 is locked on,
– the transmission is in neutral position „N“.
2.1.1 If the coolant temperature is above 20 °C or the engine is at operating tempera-

ture
u Turn the ignition switch 31 to position „1“.
Result:
– The indicator light 184 blinks.
– The charge indicator light 235 lights up.
– The engine is ready to start.
u Turn the ignition starter switch 31 to position „2“ and start the engine.
Problem remedy
If the engine does not start after a maximum of 10 seconds:
u Wait for 1 minute. The starter can be operated three times for 10 seconds per attempt with a one
minute break in between.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 249
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194458
copyright by
250 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.1.2 With flame start system at coolant temperature of less than 20 °C

To improve the cold start process and the warm-up phase, the engine is equipped with a flame start
system. The flame start system turns on automatically at a coolant temperatures below 20 °C.
The flame start system turns off automatically if:
– The engine is not started when it is ready.
– The engine is started while the indicator light 184 lights up.
– The coolant temperature reaches 20 °C while the engine is running.
Note
Functionality of the battery in the cold season.
The starting capacity of the battery is considerably reduced in cold temperatures: For example, at
-10 °C temperature it is only at 66 % of normal capacity.
u After the engine has been turned off, store batteries in a heated room, if possible.
u Turn the ignition switch 31 to position „1“.

Result:
– The indicator light 184 lights up first and then starts to blink after a short time.
– The charge indicator light 235 lights up.
– The engine is ready to start.
u Turn the ignition starter switch 31 to position „2“ and start the engine.
Problem remedy
Is the indicator light 184 blinking quickly?
The flame start control unit has identified a problem on the flame start system. An interruption in the
flame glow plug heating coil, missing supply voltage on terminal 30 or a defective fuse of the flame
start control unit will be identified as a problem.
u Remedy the problem.
2.1.3 At ambient temperatures of less than -20 °C *

Special measures are required at ambient temperatures of less than -20 °C. These measures are spe-
cific to each customer and are described in the separate additional chapter 6.05 „Preheating the crane
for use at low temperatures“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 251
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194458
copyright by
252 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Checking the instruments after starting the engine

The following indicator lights must turn off when the engine is running:
u Check the indicator light for the engine oil pressure 233.
Problem remedy
Does the engine oil pressure indicator light 233 still light up or is no oil pressure displayed?
There is a danger of engine damage.
u Turn the engine off immediately!
u Check the preheat indicator light 184.

u Check the charge indicator light 235.
u Check the indicator light for the gear oil temperature 227.
u Check the indicator light for steering circuit I 185.
The indicator light for steering circuit II 186 only turns off at a speed of approx. 10 km/h.
u Check the indicator light for steering circuit II 186.
u Check the indicator light for air pressure circuit I 237.
u Check the indicator light for air pressure circuit II 239.
u Check the indicator light for air pressure circuit III 241.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 253
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194459
copyright by
254 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Turning the engine off
2.3.1 Parking
See also section „Stopping the vehicle (Parking)“.
– the parking brake 3 is locked on,
– the transmission is in neutral position „N“.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the engine!
u Turn off the engine immediately in the event of dropping or sharply fluctuating oil pressure, reduced
performance and speed without a change in engine regulation, the appearance of large amounts of
smoke, increasing coolant temperatures or suddenly occurring abnormal engine noises!
u Turn the ignition switch 31 back to the stop.

u Pull the ignition switch 31 off and store it.
2.3.2 Turning off the engine in case of danger

In case of danger, the engine can be turned off immediately by pressing the emergency off
switch* 250.
CAUTION
Operating the emergency-off switch* 250.
u Only use the emergency off switch* 250 in the event of a clear emergency. Use of the emergency
off switch* 250 for normal operation is not permitted!
u Press the emergency off switch* 250.

Result:
– The engine is turned off immediately.
To turn off the emergency-off switch* 250 once it has been activated:
u Unlock with the ignition key.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 255
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103491
copyright by
256 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Driving
3.1 Changing the idling speed
The idling speed increase will be automatically reduced after preselecting the drive range switch „D“ or
„R“.
3.1.1 Changing the idling speed with the steering column switch
If required, the idling speed can be changed with the steering column switch 7 when the vehicle is at a
standstill and the transmission is in neutral position „N“.
After the engine is started, the idling speed will be automatically regulated, depending on the coolant
temperature.
u Hold the steering column switch 7 in position 8.
Result:
– The idling speed increases cyclically by approx. 50 rpm.
u Tap the steering column switch 7 in position 8.

Result:
– The idling speed increases by approx. 50 rpm.
u Release the steering column switch 7.

Result:
– The engine runs at the attained rpm.

Result:
– The idling speed reduces cyclically by approx. 50 rpm.

Result:
– The idling speed reduces by approx. 50 rpm.
u Release the steering column switch 7.

Result:
– The engine runs at the attained rpm.

Result:
– The idling speed increase is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
3.1.2 Changing the idling speed with the engine regulation

u Set the idling speed with the engine regulation 2.
u Press button 7.
Result:
– Engine runs at the set rpm.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 257
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103492
copyright by
258 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2 Parking brake
3.2.1 Applying
DANGER
If the hand lever 3 is not correctly engaged when the parking brake is applied, then the vehicle can roll
off uncontrollably and fatally injure personnel.
u It is imperative to ensure that the hand lever 3 is correctly locked into place. The hand lever 3 may
not be permitted to be pushed forward (without being pulled out first).
u Pull the hand lever 3 back until it engages.

Result:
– The indicator light 201 lights up.
3.2.2 Releasing
Ensure that the required brake release pressure is present in brake circuit III.
DANGER
When the parking brake is released, the crane can start to move immediately and fatally injure person-
nel.
u When the parking brake is released, brake crane with service brake or accelerate with engine con-
trol.
u Pull the hand lever 3 out to the stop in the leverʼs longitudinal direction and push forward.
Result:
– The parking brake is released.
– The indicator light 201 turns off.
Problem remedy
The parking brake does not release, even though the manual lever 3 has been pushed forward?
The required brake release pressure is not present in brake circuit III. The warning light 241 lights up.
u Pull the hand lever 3 back again.
u Fill brake circuit III until the warning light 241 turns off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 259
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103492
copyright by
260 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.3 Service brake

DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to defective service brake!
u Carry out a test braking procedure immediately after starting to drive.
u Depress the pedal 1 and check the service brake.

Result:
– The displays on bargraph 242 and on bargraph 244 must move proportional to the pedal path of
the service brake.
3.4 Retarder
The retarder consists of the engine brake, the hydraulic Intarder and the eddy current brake.
3.4.1 Operating conditions

The retarder can only be operated with the engine turned on. If the retarder is being actuated, it is not
possible to accelerate.
Sensible use of the retarder by anticipating travel modes reduces wear on the service brake and the-
reby reduces operating costs.
DANGER
Utmost caution should be used when operating the retarder!
u Switch through the individual stages one by one while constantly observing the vehicle handling
characteristics.
On long downhill slopes

On long downhill slopes, select a shift that leaves further shift stages available for additional braking
procedures, which may be required.
If the braking effect is not sufficient, slow down the vehicle with the service brake and shift down.
On snow, ice and dirty road surfaces
DANGER
u In the event that the wheels lock when operating the retarder, select a lower shift stage!
Careful use of the retarder will ensure safe and sure deceleration even under bad road surface conditi-
ons.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 261
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103492
copyright by
262 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.4.2 Actuation
The retarder is operated using the 6-stage steering column switch 7. Five switch settings are avai-
lable.
Change the steering column switch 7 stage by stage and not jerkily in order to avoid any overbraking.
u Actuate the steering column switch 7.
Result:
– In switch position 1, the Intarder is active. The last travelled speed is retained.
– In switch position 2 to 5, the Intarder, the engine brake and the eddy current brake are active.
If the road surface is wet:

u Engage briefly in each shift position to avoid locking the wheels.
WARNING
Danger of overheating!
u As soon as the vehicle is at a standstill or no more deceleration is required, turn the retarder off.
The steering column switch 7 may be reset with one pull without pauses between the stages.
u Reset the steering column switch 7 to stage 0.
Result:
– The retarder is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 263
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103493
copyright by
264 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5 Automatic transmission
3.5.1 General
The automatic transmission can be used in automatic or in manual shift operation. The transmission
has 12 forward gears and 2 reverse gears. The current gear positions will be indicated on the dis-
play 223.
3.5.2 Switching between automatic and manual shift operation

When the ignition is turned on, the automatic operation is activated automatically. In the neutral „N“
and reverse „R“ travel range, the manual operation is always activated.
u Press button 104 to change between automatic and manual shift operation.
Result:
– The indicator light on button 104 does not light up: Automatic operation
– The indicator light on button 104 lights up: Manual shift operation
3.5.3 Starting to drive
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to rolling crane!
When the parking brake 3 is released, the vehicle starts to roll immediately.
u When the parking brake 3 is released, brake the crane with the service brake 1 or accelerate with
the engine regulation 2.
The starting gear is automatically set by the transmission according to the preceding travel resistance.
It can be manually corrected upwards as far as 4th gear or downwards as far as 1st gear. To do so,
change to manual shift operation. Thereafter it is possible to change immediately back to automatic
operation.
In starting mode, the dry clutch is open in case of non-activated throttle. The dry clutch will close if the
throttle is lightly opened. The vehicle obtains a propulsive thrust from the converter which becomes
greater, the lower the selected starting gear is.
– The crane is at a standstill.
– The transmission is in neutral position „N“.
– The parking brake 3 has been applied.
u Apply the service brake 1 gently.
u Select the travel range using button R 100 for reverse or button D 102 for forward.
If necessary:
u Correct the starting gear.
u Release the service brake 1.
u Activate the engine regulation 2 gently.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Result:
– The dry clutch closes. This is indicated by a slight jerk.
u Release the parking brake 3 and activate engine regulation 2 as required.

Result:
– The vehicle begins to roll.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 265
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103494
copyright by
266 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5.4 Uphill or downhill driving

If the engine regulation 2 is brought back to the 0 position due to the traffic situation on ascending and
descending gradients, the transmission initially switches back to the starting gear. Shortly before the
vehicle comes to a stop in this gear, the dry clutch is released and the tractive power or brake force is
interrupted. This can result in the vehicle suddenly rolling back or accelerating. Operating the engine
regulation 2 again will not immediately provide tractive power, since the dry clutch must be closed first.
On uphill slopes:
u Apply the service brake 1 after releasing the dry clutch.
On a descending gradient, expect a reduction in braking effort when opening the dry clutch:
u Apply the service brake 1 more firmly.
3.5.5 Driving downhill with an ascending gradient following on shortly afterwards

In the event of driving downhill with an ascending gradient following on shortly afterwards, the automa-
tic transmission does not immediately recognize that the vehicle is located on an ascending gradient.
Result:
– The manual shift mode is engaged.
u Shift down using the steering column switch 7.

or
Shift down using button 108.
u Select the gear according to the slope.
Result:
– The automatic mode will be engaged.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 267
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103493
copyright by
268 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5.6 Selecting the travel direction

Make sure that the vehicle is at a standstill.
Reverse travel direction „R“

This setting is used to move the vehicle backwards.
Result:
– The indicator light on button 100 lights up.
Neutral position „N“

This setting is used to start the engine and for idling operation.
Use the neutral position also if the vehicle is not occupied and the engine is running.
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to rolling crane!
u In the event that the driver is required to leave the crane while the engine is running, ensure that
the parking brake is locked on correctly and that the wheels are chocked.

Result:
Driving direction forward „D“

This travel range is selected for general driving in a forward direction.
Result:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 269
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103495
copyright by
270 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5.7 Automatic operation

In automatic operation, the driver operates only the engine regulation or the brake. Gear shifts are car-
ried out automatically by the system depending on travel condition and usage. Depending on the pre-
set travel direction, the transmission automatically selects a starting gear. It can be manually adjusted
to the travel conditions.
Apply the service brake before switching from neutral „N“ to a travel range. If this is not done, an
acoustic warning signal sounds and an operating instruction appears on the display unit 225.
Fig.197532
The display 223 contains the following information:
– A Automatic operation:
– B Not assigned:
– C Gear engaged:
– D Gear engaged:
3.5.8 Manual shift operation

In manual shift operation the gears are selected by the driver using the steering column switch 7 or the
button 105 and the button 108.
Apply the service brake before switching from neutral „N“ to a travel range. If this is not done, an
acoustic warning signal sounds and an operating instruction appears on the display unit 225.
In manual shift operation, it is not possible to drive with the Tempomat or Temposet.
If an attempt is made to shift up in the 12th forward gear or an attempt is made to shift down in the 1st
forward gear or the 1st reverse gear, an acoustic signal is heard and an operating instruction appears
on the display unit 225.
In the event that an attempt is made to shift down further than the gear permitted by the transmission,
an acoustic signal will sound and a notice will appear on the display unit 225.
Fig.197533
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– A Gear selected:
– B Gear selected:
– C Gear engaged:
– D Gear engaged:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 271
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103498
copyright by
272 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Selecting the gear with the steering column switch

The steering column switch can be used to shift through one or more gears simultaneously. The stee-
ring column switch returns to the initial setting after each operation.
Shifting up
u Push the hand lever 7 briefly upward.

Result:
– Shift up by one gear.
u Push the hand lever 7 up and hold.

Result:
– The gears are shifted up cyclically in 1/2 second intervals.
Shifting down
u Push the hand lever 7 briefly downward.

Result:
– Shift down by one gear.
u Push the hand lever 7 downward and hold.

Result:
– The gears are shifted down cyclically in 1/2 second intervals.
Selecting the gear with the buttons

With button 105 and button 108, can be one or more gears shifted up or down simultaneously.
Shifting up
u Press the button 105 briefly.

Result:
– Shift up by one gear.
u Press and hold button 105.

Result:
– The gears are shifted up cyclically in 1/2 second intervals.
Shifting down
u Press the button 108 briefly.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Result:
– Shift down by one gear.
u Press and hold button 108.

Result:
– The gears are shifted down cyclically in 1/2 second intervals.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 273
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103495
copyright by
274 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5.9 Warning display
Transmission error
The transmission carries out a self-check as soon as the ignition is turned on. If there is a transmission
error, the error message „CH“ will appear on the display 223 either immediately or soon after the en-
gine has been turned on.
Fig.197535
– A Transmission error:
– B Transmission error:
– C Gear engaged:
– D Gear engaged:
u Turn the engine off and remedy the transmission error.
Loss of air pressure

In the event of loss of air pressure, the transmission may no longer be able to shift.
This is shown via the display 223 „AL“.
The engine will stall if the clutch does not open due to insufficient air pressure when stopping.
Fig.197536
– A Loss of air pressure:
– B Loss of air pressure:
– C Gear engaged:
– D Gear engaged:
u Start to drive only if there is sufficient air pressure.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 275
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103496
copyright by
276 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.6 Maneuvering mode

The maneuvering mode is only designed to be used in the following driving situations:
– Slow driving (maneuvering) in restricted spaces.
– Slowly backing in and out of a parking space.
– For driving with the equipment in place, see Chapter 4.09.
CAUTION
Damage to transmission!
If the maneuvering mode is added when the vehicle is stuck, the transmission can be damaged.
u Maneuvering mode with a stuck crane vehicle is prohibited!
u Only select the maneuvering mode when absolutely necessary.
3.6.1 Enabling the maneuvering mode

When the maneuvering mode is selected, the 3rd gear is automatically placed. The gears V4, V2 and
V1 and R1 or R2 can be manually selected as required.
In maneuvering mode, the dry clutch closes independently of the accelerator pedal position after the
relevant gear has been placed.
– The crane is stationary.
– The parking brake 3 is applied.
u Apply the service brake 1 gently and hold down.
u Actuate the button 100 for reverse driving or the button 102 for forward driving.
Result:
– The maneuvering mode is added.
– The transmission automatically selects 3rd gear and the clutch engages. This is indicated by a
slight jerk.
Fig.103497
– A Maneuvering mode:
– B Gear selected:
– C Not assigned:
– D Gear engaged:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 277
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103496
copyright by
278 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Release the parking brake 3.

u Release the service brake 1.
Result:
– The vehicle begins to move.
The lower the gear, the higher the acceleration.
If the vehicle is to be driven at higher speeds and under conditions of higher driving resistances (loose
subsoil and / or an ascending gradient):
u Activate the engine regulation 2.
If necessary:
u Actuate the steering column switch 7 or button 105 or button 108 and place another gear.
Note
Driving in torque converter mode
Driving in torque converter mode creates heat which is dissipated via the torque converter oil.
u When driving under conditions of high travel resistance, such as on loose ground and / or steep
ascending gradients, monitor the temperature of the torque converter oil.
If the temperature of the torque converter oil is too high:

u Let the torque converter oil cool off with the gear in neutral position and at increased engine rpm.
3.6.2 Turning off

Result:
– The maneuvering mode is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 279
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194462
copyright by
280 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.7 Important indicator instruments while driving
3.7.1 Checking the steering circuit II

At a driving speed of approximately 10 km/h the warning light 186 for hydraulic steering circuit II turns
off.
u Check the warning light 186.
Problem remedy
Are warning light 185 and warning light 186 blinking?
A sensor error is present.
u Remedy the cause of the error.
Problem remedy
The warning light 186 does not turn off?
Steering circuit II is not operative.
u Immediately bring the crane to a standstill and remedy the cause of the problem.
3.7.2 Checking the engine oil pressure

Engine oil pressure display on bargraph 232 of 0 bar – 10 bar.
u Check the warning light 233 and the bargraph 232.
Problem remedy
Does the oil pressure drop while driving and not increase even when increasing the rpm?
The engine is not lubricated if there is insufficient or no oil pressure. This causes engine damage.
u Bring the crane to a standstill immediately and turn the engine off.
3.7.3 Checking compressed air supply I, II and III

The warning lights 237, 239, 241 do not light up.
u Check the warning lights 237, 239, 241.
Problem remedy
All or one of the warning lights 237, 239, 241 light up?
The brake system is not operational.
u Immediately bring the crane to a standstill and remedy the cause of the problem.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 281
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194462
copyright by
282 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.7.4 Checking the fuel reserve

Do not drive until the fuel tank is empty, otherwise the fuel system will have to be bled.
Fuel quantity displayed on bargraph 228 in percent (%), 0 to 100 %
If the fuel reserve is below 10 % (approx. 34 l) the yellow indicator light 229 lights up.
u Check the indicator light 229.
If the yellow indicator light 229 lights up:
u Add fuel to the fuel tank.
Problem remedy
The indicator light 229 blinks.
u Remedy the error.
3.7.5 Checking the coolant temperature

Display of coolant temperature on bargraph 230 from 30 °C – 120 °C.
u Check the warning light 231 and the bargraph 230.
If the coolant temperature is too high while driving:
u First try to reduce the temperature to the permissible range of between 85 °C – 90 °C first by load
reduction and engine rpm increase.
Problem remedy
Does the warning light 231 light up while driving?
Excessive coolant temperature causes excessive engine temperature. This causes engine damage.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 283
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194462
copyright by
284 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.7.6 Checking the gear oil temperature

Display of gear oil temperature on bar graph 226 from 50 °C – 140 °C.
The temperature display on bargraph 226 must be within the approved range for normal travel opera-
tion.
u Check the warning light 227 and bargraph 226.
Problem remedy
Does the warning light 227 blink?
u Remedy the error.
Problem remedy
Does the warning light 227 light up while driving?
Problem remedy
Does the display on bargraph 226 reach the red zone?
u Immediately bring the crane to a standstill.
u Shift the transmission into neutral position „N“.
u Allow engine to run at approx. 1500 rpm.
If the oil temperature does not drop into the approved temperature range within a short time:
u Turn the engine off completely.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 285
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103500
copyright by
286 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.8 Tempomat
A travel speed of more than 20 km/h can be stored using the Tempomat. The Tempomat is operated
with the steering column switch 7. When the Tempomat is activated, the indicator light 220 lights up
and the speed setting will be indicated for a brief period on the display 223.
Use the Tempomat only when traffic conditions permit a steady speed. It may not be possible to main-
tain the speed on ascending or descending gradients.
Take the foot off the gas pedal when the Tempomat is turned on.
DANGER
Danger of skidding on slippery road surfaces!
u Do not use Tempomat on slippery road surfaces!

– The automatic operation is turned on.
– The travel speed is greater than 20 km/h.
– The service brake and the retarder are not activated.
3.8.1 Saving the Tempomat speed

Ensure that Tempomat is not activated.
u Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
u Operate the steering column switch 7 in direction 8 or direction 9.
Result:
– The stored speed will be briefly indicated on the display 223.
3.8.2 Displaying the current Tempomat speed

Ensure that Tempomat is activated. The indicator light 220 lights up.
u Operate the steering column switch 7 in direction 8 or direction 9.
Result:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 287
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103500
copyright by
288 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.8.3 Changing the current Tempomat speed

u Operate the steering column switch 7 in direction 8 and again within 10 seconds in direction 8.
Result:
– The speed is increased by 2 km/h.

Result:
– The speed is continuously increased by 2 km/h.
u Operate the steering column switch 7 in direction 9 and again within 10 seconds in direction 9.
Result:
– The speed is reduced by 2 km/h.

Result:
– The speed is continuously reduced by 2 km/h.
3.8.4 Turning the Tempomat off

u Accelerate the engine regulation for more than 10 sec.
If the engine regulation is used to accelerate for less than 10 sec. , the crane will brake back to the
speed stored in the Tempomat when the engine regulation is released.
The stored travel speed is deleted when the ignition switch is turned back to position „0“.
u Move the steering column switch 7 in direction 6.
u Apply the service brake or retarder.
u The speed drops below 10 km/h.
3.8.5 Resuming the old Tempomat speed

If the Tempomat has been turned off but the ignition switch has not been turned back to „0“, the pre-
vious travel speed can be resumed.
u Move the steering column switch 7 in direction 9.
Result:
– The speed will blink on the display 223.
u Move the steering column switch 7 again in direction 9 within 2 seconds.

Result:
– The displayed speed will be resumed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 289
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103501
copyright by
290 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.9 Temposet
With the Temposet, the travel speed can be limited from a speed of 10 km/h. The Temposet is opera-
ted with the steering column switch 7. When the Temposet is activated, the indicator light 220 lights up
and the speed setting will be indicated for a brief period on the display 223.
– The automatic operation is turned on.
– The travel speed is greater than 10 km/h.
3.9.1 Saving the Temposet speed

Ensure that Temposet is not activated.
u Accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed.
Result:
3.9.2 Displaying the current Temposet speed

Ensure that Temposet is activated. The indicator light 220 lights up.
Result:
3.9.3 Changing the current Temposet speed

u Press the button 7 and move the steering column switch 7 in direction 8. Within 10 seconds, push it
in direction 8 again.
Result:
– The speed is increased by 2 km/h.
u Press the button 7 and hold the steering column switch 7 in position 8.
Result:
– The speed is continuously increased by 2 km/h.
u Press the button 7 and move the steering column switch 7 in direction 9. Within 10 seconds, push it
in direction 9 again.
Result:
– The speed is reduced by 2 km/h.
u Press the button 7 and hold the steering column switch 7 in position 9.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Result:
– The speed is continuously reduced by 2 km/h.
3.9.4 Turning the Temposet off

The Temposet speed is deleted at ignition switch position „0“ and the vehicle-specific speed is activa-
ted.
u Push the steering column switch 7 for more than 3 seconds in direction 6.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 291
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103502
copyright by
292 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.10 Ending travel
3.10.1 Stopping
u Slow down the crane until it comes to a standstill.
u The selected travel range can remain turned on.
For longer stops (more than 1 minute), use the button 101 to shift the transmission into neutral posi-
tion „N“. This will reduce clutch wear and increase the service life of the clutch.
u Use the service or parking brake to ensure that the crane does not roll away.
3.10.2 Interrupting travel with the engine running

u Press the button 101 and shift the transmission into neutral „N“.
u Apply the parking brake 3.
Result:
3.10.3 Parking the vehicle when the engine is running

u Apply the parking brake 3.
Result:
If the crane has been operated at full engine output or if the coolant temperature is above 95 °C:
u Allow the engine to run without a load at idling speed for 1-2 minutes.
If special functions (parking light, rotating beacons, hazard warning lights, auxiliary heater*) are turned
on:
u Turn the special functions off.
u Turn off the ignition 31 and pull out the ignition key.
u Turn off the battery master switch 15 and remove the trip cam.
u Lock the driverʼs cab.
u Secure the vehicle with chocks against uncontrolled rolling away.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 293
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194748
copyright by
294 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Differential locks
This vehicle is equipped with differential locks, which can be enabled for off-road travel, on unpaved
roadways and in wintery conditions.
With the differential locks enabled, a speed restriction of up to 40 km/h is active.
The differential locks may only be added when the vehicle is at a standstill and in the following se-
quence:
1. Longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox + addition of axle 1 (with 10x8 drive)*
2. Longitudinal differential lock axle 4 + transversal differential lock axle 4 + axle 5
3. Transverse differential lock axle 1 (with 10x8 drive)* + axle 2
CAUTION
Danger of damage to drive axles!
u Turn the differential locks on and off only when the vehicle is at a standstill!
u Never turn the differential locks on when the drive wheels are turning!
u Drive carefully, do not start jerkily, do not drive at full throttle!
u Drive only straight away and not around corners!
u Only drive on difficult terrain (e.g. sand, slush, loose or slippery subsoil etc.) with differential locks.
4.1 Addition of longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox + longi-

tudinal differential lock axle 3 + axle 6 (with 14x8 drive)*
– The vehicle is stationary.
Result:
– Function indicator on the button 138 lights up.
– Longitudinal differential lock in transfer gearbox + longitudinal differential lock axle 3 + axle 6 (with
14x8 drive)* is added.
Problem remedy
The function control on the button 138 blinks.
The gears of the differential are in a tooth-on-tooth position.
u Place the gear and start to drive carefully.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 295
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194748
copyright by
296 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Adding transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 6 (with

14x8 drive)*
CAUTION
Risk of destruction of steered driving axles!
The transverse differential locks may only be added when the relevant steering axles are in straight
forward position. In order to bring this critical operating condition to the attention of the driver, an
acoustic warning signal sounds when the transversal differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 6 (with
14x8 drive)* and the relevant steering program is selected.
u Transversal differential locks must only be enabled if the relevant steering axles are in the straight-
ahead position.

14x8 drive)* is added.
– The relevant steering axles are positioned in a straight line.
Result:
– Transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 6 (with 14x8 drive)* is added.
Problem remedy
The function control on the button 139 blinks.
The gears of the differential are in a tooth-on-tooth position.
u Place the gear and start to drive carefully.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 297
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194748
copyright by
298 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.3 Turning the differential locks off

CAUTION
Danger of damage to drive axles as well as the entire drive train!
Considerable damage can be caused by driving on solid, non-slippery ground with added differential
lock.
u Turn the differential locks off again as soon as possible.

Turning off the longitudinal differential locks automatically turns off any transverse differential locks
that are active.
Result:
– Function check on button 138 turns off.
14x8 drive)* is turned off.

Result:
– Function check on button 139 turns off.
– Transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + axle 6 (with 14x8 drive)* is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 299
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102559
copyright by
300 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Steering
There are 6 operating modes for steering the crane:
1. Road driving, illustration 1
2. All-wheel steering, illustration 2
3. Crab steering, illustration 3
4. Reduced sheer out rate, illustration 4
5. Independent steering, illustration 5
Note
On public roads!
u Only drive in „on-road driving“ mode on public roads.
5.1 General
DANGER
Danger of crushing!
u Ensure no one is between the wheels when the engine is started and a gear is placed.
Approval to shift between the individual operating modes is checked each time by the system. If a shift
is not permitted, an acoustic signal will sound and an operating error message (LEC) will be shown on
the display unit 225.
A change in operating mode is only possible up to a speed of 18 km/h. The operating mode can only
be activated if the wheels are in a position which permits a direct transition to the selected operating
mode.
When the power supply is turned on, the last selected operating mode is activated.
If the steering deflection of the wheels correspond to the selected operating mode, then the selected
operating mode is activated.
If the steering deflection of the wheels does not correspond to the last selected operating mode, then
the function check on the button for the last selected operating mode will blink. Operating mode „Inde-
pendent steering“ will be set. This means that the respective operating mode can be selected indi-
rectly.
From a temperature of -20 °C operate steering several times before driving off to allow the oil in the
steering cylinders to get warm.
Note
Steering at standstill!
To ensure steering of the electrically steered rear axles at a speed of less than 5 km/h , a hydro accu-
mulator is actuated and charged with pressurized fluid from the steering circuit II every time the engine
is started and subsequently periodically after every steering request. This can cause a short term,
slight increase of force on the steering wheel.
u This procedure has no influence on the safety of the steering system, the steering system conti-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
nues to be fully functioning!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 301
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198114
copyright by
302 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.1.1 Limiting the speed in the event of defects in the active rear axle steering
If an error occurs in the steering, the maximum travel speed is limited to 40 km/h unless a restriction of
less than 40 km/h is already in effect and the vehicle is not moving at a speed of up to 40 km/h .
If an error occurs while driving and the travel speed is greater than 40 km/h , the maximum speed is
reduced to the current travel speed. This means that the driver will be able to continue to drive at the
current speed until the speed is reduced. However, he can no longer accelerate. If a speed of 40
km/h or less is reached the limit remains at 40 km/h . This is designed to ensure that the vehicle does
not suddenly lose power and therefore is suddenly slowed down.
5.1.2 Function controls

u Function indicator on the button lights up.
Result:
– Operating mode is activated.
u Function control on button does not light up.

Result:
– Operating mode is not activated.
u Function control on the button blinks slowly.

Result:
– Operating mode has been selected, but has not yet been accepted by the control.
– The function control will continue to blink until it is possible to transfer to the operating mode.
Problem remedy
The function control on the button for the active operating mode lights up, but the function control on
the button for the selected operating mode blinks slowly?
The selected operating mode does not correspond to the active operating mode because the control
system has not (yet) approved the shift change.
u Move the wheels into a position that will permit a change.
u Or select operating mode indirectly.
Problem remedy
The function control on the button blinks fast?
There is a defect in the steering system. The operation of the button will be suppressed and an acous-
tic signal or an error message will be indicated on the display unit 225 if necessary.
u Remedy the error.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 303
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198114
copyright by
304 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.1.3 Indicator lights

The indicator light 181 shows the condition of the steering:
– The indicator light 181 lights up: Steering ok.
– The indicator light 181 blinks fast: Error in steering system with error code.
– The indicator light 181 blinks slowly: Error in the LSB bus connection.
DANGER
Danger of accident!
An error in the steering will be indicated by the blinking indicator light 181 and fast blinking of all 6
buttons for the steering operating modes. An acoustic warning signal also sounds every 3 seconds.
The rear steering axles automatically return centered to the 0° position. If the vehicle is cornering at
this time, this action will only take place when the crane changes direction. The turning radius of the
crane will be greater due to the 0° position of the rear steering axles.
u Changing operating modes is no longer possible.
u Ensure that only a short distance is travelled at a reduced speed and bring the vehicle to a stop as
quickly as possible.
u Have problems remedied immediately by authorized, trained expert personnel!
u Set the ignition to „ON“.

Result:
– A bulb test will be carried out on the display unit and the keyboard.
– The indicator light 181 „Steering“ will be off for a short period.
Note
u If no defect in the „active rear axle steering“ is signalled at the keyboard or display unit, then the
crane may be driven.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 305
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.199856
copyright by
306 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2 Changing between operating modes
5.2.1 Direct selection

Select the desired operating mode using the button 143 and the operating mode button. Turn the stee-
ring wheel until the wheels of the front axles go through the 0° position. The wheels of the rear axle
will be automatically aligned. When the desired operating mode has been obtained, the indicator light
on the operating mode button lights up continuously.
5.2.2 Indirect selection using the operating mode „Independent steering“

The operating mode can also be changed without changing the current steering effort of the wheels on
the front axle. To do this, first select the operating mode „Independent steering“. When the „Indepen-
dent steering“ operating mode has been accepted, the button 143 and the desired operating mode
button must both be pressed until the wheels of the rear axles have achieved their specified position.
When the desired operating mode has been obtained, the indicator light on the operating mode button
lights up continuously.
5.3 On-road driving
Fig.102569
The „on-road driving“ operating mode is the default setting. In this mode, the rear steering axles are
steered depending on the steering deflection of the front axles. The steering angle reduces as the ve-
hicle accelerates. Steering axles 4 and 5 are moved back to the 0º position when the speed reaches
30 km/h. Steering axles 6 and 7 are moved back to the 0º position when the speed reaches 60 km/h.
Fig.197512
5.4 All-wheel steering

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102570
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 307
In the „All-wheel steering“ operating mode, the rear steering axles are steered dependent on the stee-
ring effort of the front axles so that the vehicle attains as small a turn as possible.
The maximum travel speed is limited to 20 km/h.
Fig.197514
5.5 Crab steering
Fig.102571
In the „Crab steering“ operating mode, the rear steering axles are steered in the same direction as the
front axles. The maximum steering effort of the rear steering axles is restricted by the maximum stee-
ring effort of the first rear steering axle.
The wheels could grind if the front axles are locked harder than the maximum possible angle of the
rear steering axles. This is also dependent on the weight distribution of the crane.
Fig.197516
5.6 Reduced sheer out rate

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102572
In the „Reduced sheer out rate“ operating mode, the rear steering axles are locked depending on the
front axles so that the sheer out rate of the rear of the vehicle is reduced to a minimum. This operating
mode would typically be selected when driving away from the edge of a group of houses.
copyright by
308 LTM 1400-7-1-007

Only restricted turns are possible in this operating mode.
Fig.197518
5.7 Independent steering
Fig.102573
Fig.197523
In the „Independent steering“ operating mode, the rear steering axles are steered independent of the
steering effort of the front axles using the key 117 and the key 118. The rear steering axles lock in
parallel if the front axles and the rear steering axles all lock in the same direction. For deflection in the
opposite direction, the steering axles are proportioned as for cornering. The „Independent steering“
operating mode can be enabled in all wheel positions.
Fig.197520
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 309
025676-01 3.05 Crane at the job site
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194754
copyright by
310 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.05 Crane at the job site 025676-01
1 General
1.1 Selecting the location
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u Chapter 2.04, „Technical safety instructions“ must be observed and complied with.
Reduced support base: 10.00 m x 6.23 m

Wide support base: 10.00 m x 9.50 m
u Select the operating location for the crane in such a way that the supports can be extended to the
support base specified in the load charts and the crane can be aligned horizontally.
1.2 Changing from driving operation to crane operation

– The crane is on a level and load-bearing surface.
– The engine is running.
1.2.1 Blocking the axle suspension

The axle suspension must be blocked before the crane is supported.
Result:
– The axle suspension is blocked.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 311
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.187743
copyright by
312 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Bringing the support plates from transport position (illustration 1)

into operating position (illustration 2)
u Remove the cotter pin 5 of the locking pin 3.
u Pull the locking pin 3 from the bore 2.
u Pull the support plate outward by the handle until the locking pin 4 meets ball head of the support
cylinder.
u Insert the locking pin 3 into the bore 1 and secure with the cotter pin 5.
1.4 Bringing the support plates from operating position (illustration 2)

into transport position (illustration 1)
u Remove the cotter pin 5 from the locking pin 3.
u Pull the locking pin 3 from the bore 1.
u Use handle to push the support plate in until it meets ball head of the support cylinder.
u Insert the locking pin 3 into the bore 2 and secure it with the cotter pin 5.
1.5 Support plates (illustration 3)

Observe the safety instructions and permissible ground pressures (see chapter 2.04, „Safety technical
notes“).
Support plate area = 4900 cm2
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u Use only suitable materials for support.
u Place the supports in the center under the support plates.
u Place stable materials such as wood, steel plates or concrete slabs of a suitable size under the
support plates, depending on the ground conditions.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 313
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194754
copyright by
314 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.6 Changing from crane operation to travel mode

– The crane is supported and level.
– The wheels are not in contact with the ground.
– The telescopic boom is fully telescoped in.
– The travel range switch is in neutral position „N“.
– The ignition is turned off.
– The main battery switch is turned on.
– The telescopic boom is placed on the front in the boom receptacle.
1.6.1 Turning the axle blocking off
WARNING
Danger of damage to axle suspension!
u Do not turn axle blocking off until all wheels are in contact with the ground.
u Retract support cylinders until all wheels are in contact with the ground.
Result:
– The function indicator on the button 130 turns off.
– The axle suspension is active.
u Move the support cylinders and the sliding beams completely in.
1.6.2 Placing down the telescopic boom

u Place the telescopic boom completely into the receptacle frame.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 315
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194755
copyright by
316 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Support control unit

2.1 General
A support control unit (switch box) with buttons is attached to both sides of the vehicle for operating
the support.
DANGER
u The crane operator must set the LICCON overload protection according to the load chart for the
respective support width.
u The support cylinders must be properly supported from below.
u Turn the ignition on.

The engine can be started using the button 274 or turned off using the button 273. The engine rpm
can be varied during the supporting procedure using the button 276 and the button 275.
u Press support control unit release 269.
Result:
– All buttons and the green LED 277 „support control unit release“ illuminate.
– The support control unit is activated.
– The release turns off if no other button is pressed within 120 seconds or if the support control unit
release 269 is pressed again.
– Deactivation of the support control unit is indicated by the blinking button and the green LED 277
turning off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 317
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.192931
copyright by
318 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Extending the sliding beams with the support control unit
The sliding beams on the left side of the vehicle can only be operated using the support control unit
attached at this side.
The sliding beams on the right side of the vehicle can only be operated using the support control unit
attached at this side.
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury when extending and retracting the sliding beams!
u The operator must monitor the extending and retracting of the sliding beams.
u Ensure that no persons or objects are within the danger zone when the sliding beams are extended
and retracted.
u Remove the retaining pins B from the four sliding beams.

Extend sliding beams to the support basis specified in the load chart.
u Left support control unit: Press button 254 and button 256.
u Right support control unit: Press button 284 and button 286.
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u The sliding beams must be pinned to prevent movement of the bearing surfaces after positioning!
u Pin in and lock all retaining pins.
u Do not support in intermediate positions!
u Secure and lock all 4 sliding beams with retaining pins A and retaining pins B.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 319
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194756
copyright by
320 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Extending the support cylinders with support control unit

DANGER
Danger of accident when supporting!
u Ensure that there are no persons or objects within the danger zone when the support cylinders are
extended and retracted.
u Raise the crane until the wheels are no longer touching the ground.
u Do not extend the support cylinders all the way during crane operation (up to stop position)! If the
support cylinders have been moved out all the way, retract them again by at least 10 mm!
Ensure that the crane has been lifted sufficiently so that the wheels are no longer touching the ground.
2.3.1 Supporting manually
Supporting the crane

Extend the individual support cylinders evenly by pressing the corresponding button and support the
crane.
The support cylinders initially move at minimum speed and accelerate to maximum speed after 2.5 se-
conds.
u Left support control unit: Press button 251, button 253, button 259 and button 261.
u Right support control unit: Press button 281, button 283, button 289 and button 291.
Aligning the crane horizontally
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u Ensure that the crane is aligned in horizontal direction.
The maximum permitted deviation from the horizontal position is ±0.5 % (±0.3 °).
u Extend and retract individual support cylinders.
Result:
– The innermost diode illuminates.
– The crane is horizontal.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 321
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194756
copyright by
322 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3.2 Supporting automatically
DANGER
Danger of accident!
When the automatic support is operated the crane is levelled automatically.
u Make sure that the alignment is within the permissible tolerance and that all four support plates are
touching the ground.
As long as the chassis is at an incline (5° range) the support cylinders are actuated at a speed of ap-
proximately 75 %. When reaching the 1° range, the speed is reduced to 50 %.
Result:
– All support cylinders are extended.
– The crane is aligned horizontally.
2.3.3 Checking the supports

In order to minimize the danger of an accident, the extension conditions and the following safety regu-
lations must be adhered to.
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury due to toppling crane!
The load suspended on the hook causes tension and deformation of the hoist rope and telescopic
boom (also applies to auxiliary boom and guy ropes during operation). If the load drops from the fas-
tening ropes in this situation, or if the fastening equipment or hoist rope breaks, a sudden relief occurs.
The boom snaps back quickly. If only the sliding beams on the load side are extended, the crane could
topple over.
Despite previous assumption, it may become necessary to swing the load to the opposite side. If only
the sliding beams on the load side are extended, the crane could topple over.
When rotating out of the longitudinal vehicle direction, the boom or counterweight force could tip over
the crane unless all four sliding beams are extended.
u Always extend all 4 sliding support beams, i.e. also on the side opposite the load.
u Check the extension conditions.

u Make sure that all four sliding support beams have been extended.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 323
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194757
copyright by
324 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Retracting the support cylinders with the support control unit
DANGER
Danger of injury when extending and retracting the support cylinders.
u Ensure that there are no persons or objects in the danger zone.
u Start the engine.

Evenly retract the support cylinders by pressing the corresponding buttons until the wheels are tou-
ching the ground.
u Left support control unit: Press button 250, button 252, button 258 and button 260.
u Right support control unit: Press button 280, button 282, button 288 and button 290.
or
If all support cylinders are to be retracted together:
Press button 271 until all wheels are in contact with the ground.
WARNING
Danger of damage to axle suspensions.
u Do not turn axle blocking off until all wheels are in contact with the ground.
u Press button 130 and button 143 and turn off axle locking.
u Retract all four support cylinders all the way.
2.5 Retracting the sliding beams with the support control unit
The sliding beams on the left side of the vehicle can only be operated using the left support control
unit.
The sliding beams on the right side of the vehicle can only be operated using the right support control
unit.
DANGER
Danger of injury when extending and retracting the sliding beams.
u Only operate the sliding beams that you can see.
u Ensure that there are no persons or objects in the danger zone.
u Unpin retaining pin A and retaining pin B.

u Place retaining pins A in the relevant deposit locations.
u Left support control unit: Press button 255 and button 257.
Result:
– The sliding beams at the left side of the vehicle are retracted individually.
u Right support control unit: Press button 285 and button 287.
Result:
– The sliding beams at the right side of the vehicle are retracted individually.
u Secure all sliding beams with the four retaining pins B and lock.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
2.6 Bringing the support plates to transport position and securing them
u Move the support plates into transport position and secure them.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 325
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194758
copyright by
326 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.7 Turning the sliding beam illumination on

At a speed of more than 3 km/h , the sliding beam illumination is blocked.
The sliding beam illumination is also turned off and blocked if the engine is turned off. However, the
„Automatic sliding beam illumination active / inactive“ status is noted.
2.7.1 Manual
– The engine is ON.
u Press button 164 on the keyboard.
Result:
– Sliding beam illumination is turned off or on.
2.7.2 Automatic
– The vehicle is in support mode (transmission in neutral „N“ and button pressed on the support con-
trol unit).
– The engine is ON.
u Press any button on the support control unit.
Result:
– The sliding beam illumination is turned on.
Problem remedy
Can sliding beam illumination not be turned on automatically?
If sliding beam illumination has been automatically turned on and then turned off in the chassis using
the button 164 on the keyboard, automatic sliding beam illumination has been deactivated.
u Turn sliding beam illumination on again using the button 164 on the keyboard. The automatic sli-
ding beam illumination is active again.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 327
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194739
copyright by
328 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Before leaving the jobsite

3.1 Checks to be performed
All the checks described in Chapter 3.02 „Before starting to drive“ must be performed after spending a
long period on construction site.
DANGER
Danger!
u Locks, cotter pins and retaining pins must be installed and secured in such a way that they do not
loosen up by themselves during travel and thereby cause damage.
Perform the following checks before leaving the jobsite:

u Check that the axle suspension is turned on.
u Check if the support cylinders are fully retracted.
u Check if the support plates are in transport position and have been secured 4.
u Check if the sliding beams are fully retracted and pinned 3.
u Check if the retaining pins have been secured in their retainers 2.
u Check if the chocks are in their retainers 5.
u Check if the switch boxes for the left and right support control units are closed 6.
u Check if the telescopic boom has been telescoped in and placed in the support frame.
u Check if the superstructure is locked to the chassis.
u Check if the covers on the turntable are closed 8.
u Check if the doors and window of the crane operatorʼs cab are closed.
u Check if the ladder is in transport position and has been secured 1.
u Check if the spare wheel* has been properly secured.
u Check if the hoist rope is hung and tightened on the front trailer coupling.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 329
029873-00 3.07 Towing the crane
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
330 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.07 Towing the crane 029873-00
1 Safety notes for towing

For towing, special expert knowledge is assumed, which cannot be provided in these Operating instru-
ctions.
Note
u Have the crane vehicle towed exclusively by authorized and trained expert personnel.
Observe the following safety notes:

– To tow the crane vehicle:
Use the maneuvering coupling on the front
– Tow solely with the towing rod
– Before towing:
Agree on clear communication signs with the driver of the towing vehicle
– Turn the emergency blinker system on
– Before towing:
Release the parking brake
– Adjust the driving style to the difficult conditions
2 Defective engine
Observe the following towing instructions in case of a defective engine:
– Towing speed: maximum 20 km/h
– Towing distance: maximum 100 km
WARNING
Death due to limited steering behavior!
In case of a defective engine, the crane vehicle can only be steered from a speed of 5 km/h to
10 km/h.
u Allow for the limited steering behaviour when starting to drive.
2.1 Measures in case of a defective engine

If the engine is defective, a pressure supply must be established from the towing vehicle to the mobile
crane. For the pressure supply of the crane vehicle to be towed, a coupling head is installed on the
front under the bumper.
WARNING
Insufficient braking power!
Death, severe injuries, property damage
u Make sure that the pressure supply from the towing vehicle is at least 6 bar.
u Establish the pressure supply from the towing vehicle to the crane vehicle.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120838: Button 101 for neutral position of transmission

copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 331
029873-00 3.07 Towing the crane
3 Defective transmission
Observe the following towing instructions in case of a defective transmission:
– Towing distance: unlimited
For towing with a defective transmission, two variations are differentiated:
– Transmission can be shifted into neutral position
– Transmission can not be shifted into neutral position
3.1 Transmission can be shifted into neutral position

u Remove the gear shaft between the transmission and the distributor gear.

u Start the engine and let it run at low idle.
3.2 Transmission can not be shifted into neutral position

u Remove the gear shaft between the transmission and the distributor gear.
NOTICE
Severe damage of transmission!
If the transmission can not be shifted into neutral position:
u Do not tow the crane vehicle with the crane engine running.
If the vehicle can not be towed with the crane engine running, then a pressure supply must be estab-
lished from the towing vehicle to the mobile crane. For the pressure supply of the crane vehicle to be
towed, a coupling head is installed on the front under the bumper.
WARNING
Insufficient braking power!
Death, severe injuries, property damage
u Make sure that the pressure supply from the towing vehicle is at least 6 bar.
u Establish the pressure supply from the towing vehicle to the crane vehicle.
u Observe and adhere to the notes and danger notes in section „Defective engine“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4 Defective distributor gear

Observe the following towing instructions in case of a defective distributor gear:
– Towing distance: unlimited
4.1 Measures in case of a defective distributor gear

u Remove the gear shafts from the distributor gear to the axles.
copyright by
332 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.07 Towing the crane 029873-00

u Start the engine and let it run at low idle.
5 Defective axle(s)
5.1 Measures in case of defective axle(s)
Solely authorized and trained expert personnel can carry out the measures in case of defective axles.
u Assign authorized and trained expert personnel.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 333
028177-02 3.80 Transport of crane and crane components
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121691
copyright by
334 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.80 Transport of crane and crane components 028177-02
1 Transporting the telescopic boom

1.1 Transport variations Telescopic boom
Note
u Flatbed trailer length approx. 16000 mm.
1.1.1 Transport variation Telescope expansion 50m
Component Weight
Receptacle frame (2x) Approx. 0.8 t
Telescopic boom 50 m Approx. 7.0 t
1.1.2 Transport variation Telescope expansion 84 m
Component Weight
Receptacle frame (2x) Approx. 0.8 t
Telescopic boom 84 m Approx. 20.0 t
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 335
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121692
copyright by
336 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Transporting the 50 m telescopic boom
1.2.1 Installing the receptacle frames

– On the flatbed trailer are 6 rigging eyehooks per vehicle side.
– The rigging eyehooks must have a load capacity of at least 10000 daN.
Note
u The rigging points are marked with the sign 23!
WARNING
Danger of fatal accidents due to falling load!
If the maximum suspended load is exceeded, the load can fall down and kill personnel.
u Observe the maximum permissible suspended load.
u Attach the receptacle frames 30 on the auxiliary crane at points P2.

u Place the receptacle frames 30 with the auxiliary crane on the flatbed trailer.
WARNING
Danger of accidents if incorrectly or insufficiently attached!
If the receptacle frames 30 are incorrectly or insufficiently secured for transport, they can loosen up
and cause severe accidents.
u Fasten the receptacle frames 30 with 4 x rigging equipment 31 (rigging chains or rigging belts) on
the flatbed trailer.
u The rigging equipment 31 must have a load capacity of at least 10000 daN !
u Secure the receptacle frames 30 with rigging equipment 31.
1.2.2 Removing the receptacle frames

u Remove the rigging equipment 31 on the receptacle frames 30.
WARNING
u Attach the receptacle frames 30 on the auxiliary crane at points P2.

u Remove the receptacle frames 30 with the auxiliary crane.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 337
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121692
copyright by
338 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2.3 Transporting the telescopic boom with a transport device

Make sure that the following prerequisite is met:
– The receptacle frames are secured on the flatbed trailer.
Note
u The rigging points are marked with the sign 23.
WARNING
If the receptacle frames and the telescopic boom are incorrectly or insufficiently secured for transport,
they can loosen up and cause severe accidents!
u Fasten the telescopic boom 25 with 2 rigging equipment 31 on each side of the vehicle, 1x in travel
direction and 1x against the travel direction.
u Make sure that the telescopic boom 25 is fastened correctly and sufficiently!
u Place the telescopic boom down.

u Secure the telescopic boom 25 with rigging equipment 31.
u Secure the telescopic boom 25 with the lashing belts 24.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 339
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121693
copyright by
340 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Transporting the 84 m telescopic boom
1.3.1 Installing the receptacle frames

– On the flatbed trailer are 7 rigging eyehooks per vehicle side.
– The rigging eyehooks must have a load capacity of at least 10000 daN.
Note
u The rigging points are marked with the sign 23!
WARNING
u Fasten the receptacle frames 30 of the auxiliary cane at points P2, see illustration 8.
u Place the receptacle frames 30 with the auxiliary crane on the flatbed trailer, see illustration.
WARNING
If the receptacle frames 30 are incorrectly or insufficiently secured for transport, they can loosen up
and cause severe accidents.
u Fasten the receptacle frames 30 with 4 x rigging equipment 31 (rigging chains or rigging belts) on
the flatbed trailer.
u Secure the receptacle frames 30 with rigging equipment 31.
1.3.2 Removing the receptacle frames

u Remove the rigging equipment 31 on the receptacle frames 30.
WARNING
u Fasten the receptacle frames 30 of the auxiliary cane at points P2, see illustration 8.
u Remove the receptacle frames 30 with the auxiliary crane.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 341
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121693
copyright by
342 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3.3 Transporting the telescopic boom with a transport device

– The receptacle frames are secured on the flatbed trailer.
Note
u The rigging points are marked with the sign 23.
WARNING
If the receptacle frames and the telescopic boom are incorrectly or insufficiently secured for transport,
they can loosen up and cause severe accidents.
u Fasten the telescopic boom 25 with 3 rigging equipment 31 on each side of the vehicle, 2x in travel
direction and 1x against the travel direction.
u Make sure that the telescopic boom 25 is fastened correctly and sufficiently!
u Place the telescopic boom down.

u Secure the telescopic boom 25 with rigging equipment 31.
u Secure the telescopic boom 25 with the lashing belts 24.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 343
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.109986
copyright by
344 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Transporting the TY-guying

Note
u Refer to chapter 5.05 in the Crane operating instructions for the stop points.
2.1 Installing the TY-frames on the transport device

u Remove the turnbuckle 22 on position P1: Release and unpin the pin 20.
u Remove the bracket 25 on position P2: Release and unpin the pins 26 on both sides.
u Attach the right TY-frame 1 on the fastening points and lift.
u Place the right TY-frame 1 in the right centering 24 of the transport device 15.
u Attach the left TY-frame 2 on the fastening points and lift.
u Place the left TY-frame 2 in the left centering 24 of the transport device 15.
u Hang the rigging belt 23 on the left and right on the transport device 15.
CAUTION
Hands can get trapped!
Risk of trapping hands when tightening the rigging belt 23!
u Be especially careful!
u Tension the rigging belt 23 with the ratchet.

u Pin the bracket 25 with the right TY-frame 1: Insert the pin 26 and secure with spring retainer 27.
u Pin the bracket 25 with the left TY-frame 2: Insert the pin 26 and secure with spring retainer 27.
u Connect the right TY-frame 1 and the left TY-frame 2 with the turnbuckle 22: Insert the pins 20 and
secure with spring retainers 21.
2.2 Removing the TY-frames on the transport device

– The tension belts are removed on the transport device and on the TY-frames.
u Removing the turnbuckle 22. Release and unpin the pin 20.
u Release the bracket 25 on the right TY-frame 1: Release and unpin the pin 26.
u Release the bracket 25 on the left TY-frame 2: Release and unpin the pin 26.
u Open and remove the rigging belt 23 with the ratchet.
u Attach the right TY-frame 1 on the fastening points and lift.
u Place the right TY-frame 1 in the right receptacle on the crane superstructure.
u Attach the left TY-frame 2 on the fastening points and lift.
u Place the left TY-frame 2 in the left receptacle on the crane superstructure.
u Install the turnbuckle 22 on position P1: Insert the pins 20 and secure with spring retainers 21.
u Install the bracket 25 on position P2: Insert the pins 26 on both sides and secure with spring retai-
ners 27.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 345
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111504
copyright by
346 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Transporting the TY-frames with transport device

– The TY-frames are placed and secured on the transport device 15.
WARNING
If the TY-frames or the transport device 15 are incorrectly or insufficiently secured for transport, they
can loosen up and cause severe accidents!
u Attach the TY-guying and the transport device 15 properly and sufficiently!
u To prevent the TY-frames from slipping during transport, place a slip resistant mat 28 under the
placement surface of the TY-frames!
u Place a slip resistant mat 28 on the transport vehicle.
Note
u On the fastening points, which are marked with the sign 29, neither the TY-frames nor the transport
device 15 may be lifted.
u If the TY-frames are placed in the transport device 15 and secured, then the TY-frames can be rai-
sed with the transport device 15. In this case, attach only on the outer attachment hooks, posi-
tion P1.
u Place the TY-frames on the transport vehicle in such a way that the placement surface of the TY-
frames is adhered on the slip resistant mat 28. See illustration on the left.
u Secure the transport device 15 with tension belts as shown in the illustration.
u Secure the TY-frames with tension belts as shown in the illustration.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 347
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
348 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Operation of crane superstructure
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 349
028385-01 4.01 Operating and control instruments on the crane superstructure
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194448
copyright by
350 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.01 Operating and control instruments on the crane superstructure 028385-01
1 Operating and control instruments

1.1 General operating elements
300 Armrest
300.1 Set screw
• Adjustment of armrest incline
300.2 Locking lever
• Armrest height adjustment
301 Seat contact switch
302 Hand lever
• Adjustment of seat cushion incline
303 Button
• Lumbar support in lower part of backrest
304 Button
• Lumbar support in upper part of backrest
305 Hand lever
• Lock for horizontal seat adjustment
306 Hand lever
• Backrest incline adjustment
307 Lock screw
• Adjustment of the control platform in lengthwise direction
308 Rotary switch
• Switching between fresh air / recirculated air
309 Rotary switch
• Blower 3-stage
310 Regulator knob
• Temperature
311 Socket 24 V
312 Cab lighting
313 Latch
• Step retainer
Pull handle and hold: Step unlocked.
Release and engage the handle: Step locked.
314 Reservoir
• Windshield washer fluid
315 Charge indicator light
• Superstructure engine
316 Indicator light
• Superstructure engine preheating
317 Button with indicator light
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• Stand-by mode
Note:
Pressing the button 317 will turn off the superstructure engine, but the LICCON will re-
main turned on.
319 Starter switch
• Superstructure engine
320 Emergency off switch
321 Thermostat*
• Auxiliary heater
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 351
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113813
copyright by
352 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Operating elements switch cabinet

S82 Key switch
• LMB emergency operation
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 353
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194449
copyright by
354 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Control elements Roof console

340 Indicator light
• Central lubrication of turntable
341 Operating hour meter - Superstructure
• Air conditioning system is turned on
343 Indicator light
• Tele pinning
Note:
The indicator light 343 tele pinning is only needed when the telescopic boom must be
manually pinned.
344 Switch
• Instrument panel illumination
345 Switch*
• Seat heater
346 Switch
• Camera illumination
347 Switch*
• Aircraft warning light, on the boom head or luffing lattice jib / fixed lattice jib
348 Button*
• Height adjustment working floodlight, boom pivot section
349 Switch*
• Working floodlight on the boom pivot section
350 Switch*
• Working floodlight on the boom pivot section or the boom head
351 Switch*
• Working floodlight, cab roof
352 Switch
• Working floodlight for hoist winch and mirror heater
353 Switch
• Working floodlight on cab front, turntable right
354 Switch*
• Climate control system
• Auxiliary heater turned on
356 Switch*
• Auxiliary heater
357 Sign
• Function of 2 positions of switch 358 in emergency operation
358 Button
• For emergency operation, with 2 switch positions
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• Position 2 (actuated on top):

• Hoist up
• Turn left
• Luff the boom up
• Position 0 (center position):
• Off
• Position 1 (actuated on the bottom):
• Hoist down
• Turn right
• Luff the boom down
359 Button
• Superstructure locking system
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 355
360 Switch
• Telescoping
• Unpin the telescope in manual operation
• Pin the telescopic boom or telescoping cylinder for manual operation
• Automatic telescoping
• Unpin the telescoping cylinder in manual operation
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
356 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 357
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194449
copyright by
358 LTM 1400-7-1-007
361 Sign
• Function of 3 positions of switch 360
• Retracting the luffing cylinder with removed telescopic boom
• Pressure supply telescopic boom disassembly
364 Switch*
• Pressure supply for telescopic boom disassembly
• Retract luffing cylinder / pressure supply unpin telescopic boom
• Off
• Pressure supply unpin turntable
365 Button
• Windshield washer system front window
366 Switch
• Windshield wiper - front window, 2 stages: 1 intermittent, 2 wipe.
367 Button
• Windshield washer system - roof window
368 Switch
• Windshield wiper - roof window, 2 stages: 1 intermittent, 2 wipe.
369 Button
• Telescope disassembly, raise luffing cylinder
• Retract cylinder: Luffing cylinder will be raised
• Off
• Extend cylinder: Luffing cylinder will be lowered
370 Indicator light
• Central lubrication winch 2 / winch 3
371 Button with indicator light
• With removed telescopic boom: Turn off „release retract luffing cylinder“
Note:
The indicator light 371 lights up when the key button 373 is actuated.
372 Timer for auxiliary heater*
With the following displays:
• Time and day of the week
• Fault in auxiliary heater
• Air temperature
• Preselection of heater operation
373 Key button
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• With removed telescopic boom: „Release retract the luffing cylinder“

Note:
By actuating the key button 373 momentarily, the retraction of the luffing cylinder, with
the telescopic boom removed, is released.
374 Foot rocker
• Telescoping gear
375 Pedal
• Slewing gear brake
376 Foot button
• Coasting slewing gear
377 Pedal
• Engine regulation, superstructure engine
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 359
378 LICCON monitor

379 Buzzer
• Counterweight up / down
380 Indicator light
• Problem in central lubrication system for winch 2 / winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
360 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 361
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102574
copyright by
362 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.4 Operating elements on camera - monitor

381 Button
• On / Off
382 Button
• Menu switches in sequence:
• Contrast (value between 0 to 15)
• Brightness (value between 0 to 15)
• Color saturation (value between 0 to 15)
• Color clarity, only in NTSC standard (value between 0 to 15)
• Background illumination (value between 0 to 2)
• Reset to standard values (reset)
• Mirror view horizontally (top / bottom, for overhead installation)
• Mirror view vertically (right / left, for back area monitoring)
• Change over signal source (1 = Video input, 2 = Tuner)
383 Button
• „Plus“ selection
384 Button
• „Minus“ selection
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 363
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102291
copyright by
364 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.5 Operating elements Control panel

Control console, left:
400 Master switch left (MS 2)
Hoist gear 2: Rotary switch 437 in left position:
Move the master switch 400 in direction Y+ (forward): The hoist gear 2 spools out and
the load is lowered.
Move the master switch 400 in direction Y- (backward): Hoist gear 2 spools up and the
load is lifted.
Hoist gear 3:Rotary switch 437 in right position:
load is lifted.
Slewing gear:
Move the master switch 400 in direction X+ (to the right): The slewing gear turns to the
right.
Move the master switch 400 in direction X- (to the left): The slewing gear turns to the
left.
401 Button
• Bypass of the seat contact switch or if the seat contact switch is actuated: Addition of
the vibration sensor 403.
402 Button
• Fast mode Switch on the hoist gear(s) and raise
403 Vibration sensor
• Winch turn sensor, (vibrator) winch 2 or winch 3 or turn sensor, (vibrator) slewing gear
404 Button
• Lock the engine regulation of superstructure engine
Note:
Pressing the button 404 will lock the engine regulation in its current position.
405 Button
• Horn
411 Button
• Exceedance of overload protection, used to luff in with suspended load.
DANGER
The exceedance may only be carried out if the overload was caused by luffing
down at freely suspended load and the crane operator is absolutely certain that
luffing up the load will take it out of the overload range.
413 Button
• Swing the crane cab up
414 Button
• Spool the assembly winch up
415 Button
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• Spool the assembly winch out

416 Button
• Swing the crane cab down
417 Indicator light
• Slewing gear blocking activated
418 Switch
• Turn the slewing gear parking brake off / on
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 365
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102291
copyright by
366 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Control console, right:

420 Master switch - right (MS 1)
Hoist gear 1:
load is lifted.
Luffing gear - telescopic boom: Rotary switch 436 in left position:
Move the master switch 420 in direction X+ (to the right): The telescopic boom is luf-
fed down.
Move the master switch 420 in direction X- (to the left): The telescopic boom is luffed
up.
Luffing jib in T(Y)N operation: Rotary switch 436 in right position:
Move the master switch 420 in direction X+ (to the right): The jib is luffed down.
Move the master switch 420 in direction X- (to the left): The jib is luffed up.
421 Vibration sensor
• Winch turn sensor, (vibrator) winch 1
422 Button
• Adding rapid mode for the hoist gear(s) and luffing up
423 Button
• Horn
424 Button
• Bypass of the seat contact switch or if the seat contact switch is actuated: Addition of
the vibration sensor 421.
425 Button
• Lock the engine regulation of superstructure engine
Note:
Pressing the button 425 will lock the engine regulation in its current position.
430 Button
• Retract the ballasting cylinder: Counterweight is raised.
431 Button
• Extend shift cylinder: Counterweight is extended.
432 Button
• Retract shift cylinder: Counterweight is retracted.
434 Button
• Extend the step
435 Button
• Retract the step
436 Rotary switch
• Operating mode preselection for master switch 420
Left position: Luffing the telescopic boom
Right position: Luffing the jib
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
437 Rotary switch

• Operating mode preselection for master switch 400
Left position: Winch 2
Right position: Winch 3
438 Button
• Turn the acoustic warning (bell on turntable) off
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 367
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194455
copyright by
368 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.6 Operating elements on the operating panel for the counterweight

frame
450 Button
• Retract the ballasting cylinder: Counterweight frame is lowered.
451 Button
• Extend the ballasting cylinder: Counterweight frame is raised.
452 Button
• Retract shift cylinder: Counterweight frame retracts.
453 Button
• Extend shift cylinder: Counterweight frame extends.
454 Button
• Block ballasting cylinder left (A)
455 Button
• Block ballasting cylinder right (B)
456 Button
• Turn engine on
457 Button
• Turn engine off
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 369
028386-01 4.02 LICCON computer system
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
370 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.02 LICCON computer system 028386-01
1 General
Note
Note
u The monitor illustrations in this chapter are only examples. The numerical values in the individual
icons and charts do not have to necessarily match the crane exactly. In addition, many of the illust-
rations show the maximum configuration of the LICCON monitor with icons. In normal crane opera-
tion, an identical display will not appear on the LICCON monitor.
The LICCON computer system is a computer system for controlling and monitoring mobile cranes. In
addition to the overload protection (Load moment limitation = LMB) there are a number of application
programs that can be used for controlling and monitoring the crane movements.
Currently the LICCON computer system includes the following application programs:
– „Set up“ program
– „Operation“ program
– „Telescoping“ program
– „Control parameter“ program
– „Working range limitation“ program*
– „Support“ program (Option)
– „Test system“ program
– „Engine monitoring“ program
– „Tele guying“ program
The electrical and electronic components in the chassis and the superstructure are linked via
data bus transmission technology (Liebherr System Bus = LSB).
1.1 Overload protection (LMB)

The overload protection is implemented in microprocessor CPU 0 of base assembly 0. The LICCON
computer system works on the principle of comparing the current / actual load with the maximum per-
missible load according to the load chart and reeving.
1.1.1 Actual load

The current load is determined by recording variable values.
The load on the crane results from the load momentum and the boom momentum together. It exerts
a force in the boom luffing cylinder, which is measured by pressure sensors.
The boom momentum is calculated with data from the angle sensors (boom angle), the length sen-
sors (boom length) and from crane data (boom weights) for the set operating mode.
The boom radius is calculated with data from the angle sensors (boom angle), the length sensors
(boom length) and from geometry data for the set operating mode. This also takes into account the
boom flexation due to its own weight and the weight of the load.
The actual load is calculated from the total load, the boom momentum and the boom radius.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
1.1.2 Maximum load according to load chart and reeving

Crane data such as load charts, boom weights and geometry data are stored in the central data me-
mory of the LICCON computer system.
The „maximum load according to the load chart and reeving“ is constantly determined for the set crane
configuration, for the set reeving and for the calculated radius, based on the load charts.
1.1.3 Comparison
The actual load and the „maximum load according to the loading chart and reeving“ are compared.
When they approach the specified limit, an advance warning is issued. If this limit is exceeded, the
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 371
overload stop is triggered and any crane movements which increase the load momentum are turned
off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
372 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 373
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194859
copyright by
374 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 LICCON computer system boot up

After it is turned on, the LICCON computer system performs a self test.
First, the connections from the microprocessor CPU (CPU 0) to the monitor are checked. If no error is
found during the test, the monitor shows this image:
Fig.195145
If the test finds no connection problems, there is a system test of all the microprocessor CPUs (CPU).
The incremental sequence of the self test can be monitored on the 7 segment displays of the CPUs. If
no errors are found during the system test, the monitor shows this image:
Fig.195146
Subsequently the general initialization screen appears on the monitor momentarily:
Fig.195147
Note
Errors during the boot up procedure of the LICCON computer system.
If an advance warning, warning or STOP event occurs in the engine monitoring section while the LIC-
CON computer system boots up, the system switches automatically to the „Engine monitoring“ pro-
gram.
u Refer to section „Engine monitoring program“ for additional information.
If the start procedure has run successfully, it switches automatically to the „Set up“ program.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 375
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198728
copyright by
376 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Operating mode preselection on the LICCON compu-

ter system
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u Only select the operating mode corresponding to the actual crane setup condition.
The operating mode preselection screen will appear on the monitor for approximately 3 s after comple-
tion of the start up procedure and successful self-test of the LICCON computer system.
Note
Note
u The operating mode preselection screen is skipped if the crane only has one level (for example:
only tele operation) - without optional equipment. In this case, the system changes directly into the
set up screen for the only possible level.
u If the memory loses its data (for example as a result of a cold start) the previous operating mode is
„rejected“ and the first operating mode in the operating mode selection menu is activated. In this
case, the corresponding set up screen appears.
When the operating mode preselection screen appears, press function key „F1“ or „F2“ within 3 s.
Result:
– The operating mode selection screen is retained until the settings are confirmed by pressing either
„F8“ or „ENTER“.
Note
Note
u If the crane operator does not press one of the two function keys „F1“ or „F2“ within 3 s , then the
system selects the operating mode which was active before the LICCON computer system was tur-
ned off and the corresponding set up screen appears automatically.
Press function key „F1“ (cursor down) or „F2“ (cursor up) to select the required crane operating
mode.
Note
Note
u The selected operating mode is highlighted in black on the operating mode preselection screen.
Press „F8“ or „ENTER“.

Result:
– The selected operating mode is accepted by the LICCON computer system and the corresponding
configuration screen is displayed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 377
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194861
copyright by
378 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Operating elements of the LICCON computer system

The functions of the individual monitor operating elements are program-dependent and can differ, de-
pending on the LICCON program which is currently running. This will be described in more detail in
the description of the individual LICCON programs.
A Keypad
P Program keys
• Selection of the individual LICCON programs
P0 Set up
• SHIFT and P0: Engine monitoring.
P1 Operation
P2 Crane acceptance
• Correction coefficients (for LIEBHERR personnel only)
P3 Support
P4 Telescoping
P5 Telescopic guying
P6 Control parameter
P7 Working range limitation*
P8 Test system
C Input key „ENTER“
• Confirmation of changes
D Set up key
• Zero position (not actuated):
Normal operation.
• Touching:
Function „Exceedance of shut off limits of LICCON overload protection“ is released
and / or the hoist limit switch is bypassed.
E Special function keys
• Monitor brightness adjustment
• E3 and E1: Turn background illumination on / off.
• E3 and E2: Brightness adjustment in three stages.
• Additional functions of the special function keys are program-dependent and are fur-
ther explained in the descriptions of the individual LICCON programs
F Function keys
• The function keys should always be viewed in conjunction with the function key icon
line displayed on the monitor
G Monitor
• Display of the individual programs (example: „Operation“ program)
H SHIFT key
• Second-level key assignments, for example „Supervisory function“
I LED displays
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• I1 LED, red
= Monitor error
• I2 LED yellow
= Power supply for monitor available
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 379
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194860
copyright by
380 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 „Set up“ program

After turning the LICCON computer system on and after successful boot up, the „Set up“ program ap-
pears automatically.
Note
Adjustment and display of set up configuration and reeving.
u Normally, the most recently run set up configuration and the reeving used at that time will be auto-
matically set and displayed. Only when the computer system is started for the first time, or after a
loss of data occurred in the memory, for example due to a cold boot (change of battery or CPU,
etc.), will the first valid set up configuration with the first valid operating mode and the reeving num-
ber „0“ appear on set up screen.
Using the „Set up“ program, the crane operator can set the current operating mode, the current confi-
guration state of the crane and the reeving number of the hoist rope.
In addition, in the „Set up“ program he can also see all the load chart programmed into LICCON.
5.1 Setting the operating mode and set up configuration

The crane operator can select the operating mode and the set up configuration using the function keys
or by entering a 4-digit short code.
Using the function keys:

The function keys are explained in the section „Function key line“ in this chapter.
u Select the respective function keys.
u Press Enter key to confirm and accept the settings.
Result:
– The data of the selected load chart can be viewed.
Using a 4-digit short code:

u Enter a 4-digit short code using the keypad on the LICCON monitor.
u Press Enter key to confirm and accept the settings.
Result:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 381
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194862
copyright by
382 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2 „Set up“ program areas

The monitor is divided into three areas in the „Set up“ program:
– 1 General information line
– 2 Display area of load chart values
– 3 Function key line
Note
Note
icons and charts do not have to necessarily match the crane exactly. The programmed load charts
for the crane are binding.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 383
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194863
copyright by
384 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2.1 General information line

1 „Telescopic boom length“ icon
• The icon is identical for all operating modes
2 Abbreviations
• For the programmed length units (LE) and weight units (GE)
Possible length units are [m] and [ft]
Possible weight units are [t] and [lbs]
3 4-digit short code
• It is located next to the text „CODE“ inside angled brackets
• Each short code uniquely identifies a crane configuration. The valid set up configura-
tion and their associated short code numbers for the crane can be found in the load
chart manual of the crane.
4 Organization number
• For internal Liebherr load chart administration
5 Page number
• Relates to the currently displayed part of the load chart
• Separated from the organization number with „.“
• The total number of pages in this load chart is in parentheses
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 385
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194864
copyright by
386 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2.2 Display area of load chart values

1 Telescopic boom lengths
• In [m] or [ft]
Maximum of 7 columns per display page
• Displayed as the horizontal axis of the load value field
2 „Boom radius“ icon
• Operating mode dependent
• In [m] or [ft]
• Maximum 10 lines of radius values
• Vertical axis of load value field
3 Load value field
• Columns under the telescopic boom lengths and in the lines to the right of the radius
values
• Load values depending on boom length and radius
4 Reeving number of hoist rope
• *n*
n = reeving number of the hoist rope between the boom head and hook block, in order
to be able to lift the maximum load in the corresponding load chart column.
Note:
If a load value in the column exceeds that of a load that can be lifted with the maxi-
mum possible reeving, then there is an exclamation mark beside the reeving number
(„!“). This exclamation mark indicates that special equipment is needed to lift this load.
5 Line for special displays
• If a load chart consists of more than 7 columns, it cannot be fully displayed due to the
size of the monitor. In that case, marking arrows in the first or the seventh field in this
line indicate that there are additional chart columns to the left or right of the displayed
chart. They can be shown by pressing the key E1 or the key E2.
As supporting information, the currently selected column number and the number of
columns in the chart are shown, for example 1(63) means the first of 63 columns.
• Note:
Using the key combination SHIFT and E1 or SHIFT and E2, you can, where possible,
scroll left or right by seven load chart columns (corresponds to 1 page). The marking
for selecting a telescope target is placed in the center.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 387
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194864
copyright by
388 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6 Extension condition of telescopic sections

• In percent [%]
• The first column contains the „Boom length“ icon [%].
Next to that are 5 lines for the extension condition of the telescopic sections. The num-
ber in the icon column describes the corresponding telescopic section (highest num-
ber = outermost telescopic section). The value in the boom length column displays the
extension condition of the telescope in percentages, which must be maintained for the
corresponding boom length.
The status indicator „+“ next to the percentage boom status value means that the cor-
responding telescopic section must be pinned.
The status indicator „-“ next to the percentage boom status value means that the cor-
responding telescopic section can be telescoped up as far as the percentage value of
the boom status under load (as in the load chart).
7 Mark for selecting telescope target
• The special function key E1 or the special function key E2 can be used to move the
mark to the left or right (See chapter 4.05, „Crane operation - Automatic telescoping“).
8 Main boom angle*
• In [°]
• In the line „xx“ the main boom angles are listed, which must be set in order to be able
to lift the load values in the corresponding load chart column
Note:
This line appears only for operating mode TN / TYSN. The number of lines for the ra-
dius values is thereby reduced to a maximum of 9 lines. See also section, „Main boom
angle interpolation“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 389
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194865
copyright by
390 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2.3 The function key line

The function key line consists of function keys F1 to F8 and the function key icon bar above it. The
function keys correspond to the various function key icons above them.
Various functions are indicated by the function key icons, or they may refer to changes of:
– Operating mode and
– set up configuration.
Not all function keys have to be assigned icons on the LICCON monitor. This depends on the program
selection.
Pressing a function key changes the appearance of the icon above, its meaning, or its textual content.
F1 Vertical paging
• Depending on the size of the monitor, up to 10 load chart lines can be displayed at
once. If a chart consists of more than 10 lines, then the display is spread over several
pages. When pressing a key, the next page of the load chart will be displayed, and the
number of the current page in the „general information line“ will be counted up by 1.
When the last page is reached, page 1 will appear again after pressing the function
key F1.
F2 Main geometry status
• Options for setting the different main boom operating modes of the crane (if available).
The types are described by abbreviations and length data in the icon.
• Example:
T for Telescopic boom
or
TY for Telescopic boom with Y-guying
SHIFT and F2
• Previous main boom (if present)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 391
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194865
copyright by
392 LTM 1400-7-1-007
F3 Accessories
• Options for selecting the different accessory types of the crane (if available). The ty-
pes are described using abbreviations, angle and length data in the icon.
• Example:
TF for Crane operation with fixed lattice jib
or
TN for Crane operation with luffing lattice jib
• Note:
Pressing the function key F2 and / or the function key F3 deletes all data related to the
operating mode and set up status from the monitor and sets the short code in the ge-
neral information line to „CODE >????<“.
• Operating mode dependent data:
• Telescopic boom length icon for the general information line
• Length units and weight units
• Load chart organization number
• Boom radius icon
• Telescopic boom lengths
• Telescopic boom length icon in area „Extension condition of telescopic section in
percentages [%]“
• Extension condition of telescopic section with status indicator in percentages
• Set up dependent data:
• Numbering of current page number and total number of pages in load chart
• Radius values in length units
• Load values in weight units
SHIFT and F3
• Previous accessory status
F4 Counterweight
• Adjustment option for the current counterweight, which must be on the superstructure
in order to achieve the values in the current chart. When pressing a key, the following
icon appears with additional text in the counterweight icon.
• Example:
„ 120.0 t “ = total counterweight of 120.0 t
F5 Support base
• Adjustment option for support base. The supports must be extended and pinned to the
dimensions shown in the icon in order to work with the current load chart.
• Example:
„ 10.0 m x 9.5 m “ = wide support base (= length x width)
„ 10.0 m x 6.23 m “ = reduced support base (= length x width)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 393
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194865
copyright by
394 LTM 1400-7-1-007
F6 Counterweight radius
1.Adjustment possibility of counterweight radius
2.Counterweight radius (extended): 6.6 m
3.Counterweight radius (retracted): 5.6 m
F7 Hoist rope reeving
• Adjustment possibility for the number of hoist rope strands in order to reach a particu-
lar load capacity.
The displayed number of hoist rope strands (reeving) in the icon will be increased with
every keystroke by one counter, up to a fixed maximum value for the respective ope-
rating mode. After that the counter restarts from a fixed minimum value.
If the set value is still within the minimum and maximum values when switching to ano-
ther operating mode within that range, it remains valid. Otherwise it will be set to the
minimum value for the new operating mode.
• After a „cold start“ (for example, loss of data in the memory), the display of the hoist
rope reeving is at „0“
SHIFT and F7
• Reduce the reeving number by 1
F8 Function key
• Confirmation of selected set up configuration
Prerequisites:
The configuration mode setting must be completed, i.e. a valid short code is displayed
and load capacity values are in the chart field.
The external conditions for this configuration state, if specified, must be fulfilled (e.g.
locking the superstructure).
The crane may not be utilized by more than 20 % in the previous set up configuration
and the load suspended on the hook may not be heavier than 0.5 t. Switching to the
„Operation“ program can otherwise only be done via the program key P1. In that case,
the newly entered set up configuration is not accepted.
If the crane is equipped with sliding beam monitoring*, the sliding beams must be ex-
tended to the support base specified in the selected load chart.
If these preconditions are fulfilled, then the „O.K.“ key confirms the correctness of the
chosen configuration state and the selected reeving, and transfers the parameters to
the „Operation“ program.
Note:
Make sure that after switching to the operating screen, the chosen set up configuration
(short code) and the hoist rope reeving(s) have been accepted.
• Display of operating errors from the „Set up“ program.
Operating errors which are created in the „Set up“ program are displayed in the icon
above the function key F8 and in the error stack for about 5 seconds. If the function
key F8 is pressed within 5 seconds, the program will switch automatically to the error
determination screen in the test system and the error is displayed in documentary
form. The operating error will not be saved.
Operating errors are always shown on top in the error stack.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 395
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194866
copyright by
396 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2.4 Other operating elements

A Keypad
• Pressing the keypad deletes all operating mode and set up configuration dependent
data from the monitor
The keys 0 to 9 on the keypad can be used to enter the short code directly into the
LICCON monitor.
The key P and the key . have no function in the „Set up“ program.
P Program keys
• Selection among the individual programs. The settings in the set up program are dis-
carded and the set up configuration and reeving most recently confirmed with the O.K.
key will continue to be used.
A program currently running cannot be called again using its program key.
C Input key „ENTER“
• Confirmation of input both for short codes as well as for any change in the set up con-
figuration via the function keys
• ENTER after entering the short code, the code is searched for in all stored load charts.
If the matching load chart has been programmed, it will be displayed in full. Otherwise
there is an error message in the form of „????“ in the second part of the organization
number and the acoustic signal „Horn“ sounds.
• ENTER after a changing the operating mode using the Function key F2 and the func-
tion key F3 searches for this operating mode. If successful, sets its first set up configu-
ration and displays the load chart and its short code. In case of an error, the short
code display remains at „CODE ????“, the organization number is displayed as
„axxx???“, and the acoustic signal „Horn“ sounds.
• ENTER after a change in the equipment configuration using the function key F4, the
function key F5 and the function key F6, displays the load chart (if the chart exists)
plus the short code on the LICCON monitor. In case of an error, the short code display
remains at „CODE ????“ and the acoustic signal „Horn“ sounds.
D Set up key
• Has no function in the „Set up“ program
E Horizontal paging
• The E1 and E2 keys only have a function if this is indicated in the „Special displays
line“.
If a load chart consists of more than 7 columns, the first display of the set up configu-
ration only shows columns 1 to 7
The double arrow at the right edge of the line points to additional columns in either di-
rection. If the cursor touches an edge with arrows, the next movement in this direction
will display the next three chart columns. The cursor will then be automatically retur-
ned to the center.
H SHIFT key
• For example Supervisory function
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 397
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194867
copyright by
398 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6 The „Operation“ program

The LICCON program „Operation“ assists the crane driver by displaying clearly on the monitor the
data needed for operating the crane. An acoustic signal accompanies all critical displays. Depending
on the equipment, a range of other icons may also be turned on as additional displays, either as re-
quired by the crane operator or automatically in the event of a problem.
It also alerts the crane operator to imminent overload conditions. In the event of overload and many
error conditions, which could be hazardous, the system shuts off.
In the „Operations“ program, the monitor is divided into six sections:
– 6.1 Crane geometry and load information
– 6.2 Alarm functions
– 6.3 Special functions
– 6.4 Monitored auxiliary functions
– 6.5 Winch display
– 6.6 Function key line
Note
Note
icons and charts do not have to necessarily match the crane exactly. The configuration of the LIC-
CON monitor with icons is only descriptive.
u An identical icon display will not appear during crane operation!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 399
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194868
copyright by
400 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.1 Crane geometry and load information

1 „Maximum load“ icon
• In [t] or [lbs]
1.1 Reeving number of hoist rope
• n = reeving number of hoist rope that is reeved at the pulley head selected via the
load chart (previously selected in the „Configuration“ program).
1.2 Maximum load according to load chart and reeving
• In [t] or [lbs]
• It depends on:
• The selected operating mode
• The selected set up configuration (load chart)
• The boom radius
• The hoist rope reeving
• The radius or extension condition of the counterweight
• Note:
„? ? ? . ?“ if a value in the load chart cannot be accessed, for example because the
crane is not within the load chart range, or one or more sensors are missing or so
defective, so that the radius cannot be calculated.
2 „Current load“ icon
• In [t] or [lbs]
2.1 Current load
• Actual load display = load in [t] or [lbs] that is currently suspended from the crane
hook.
• Display of the calculated total load including the weights of the load carrying, the lifting
and / or the fastening equipment.
By using the function „Tare“ (see description of function key F7 in section „Function
key icon line“) the display can be changed over to display the net load. In addition, the
word „net“ appears in the icon, the unit of weight is then shown directly next to the
load icon.
• Note:
„? ? ? . ?“ is displayed if one or more sensors are missing or so defective that the cur-
rent load cannot be calculated.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 401
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194868
copyright by
402 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 „Dynamic utilization bar display“ icon

3.1 8-digit organization number
• Identifies the type of load chart that has been selected and the operating mode
3.2 Short code
• Identifies the selected set up configuration
3.3 Utilization scale
• Marking from 90 % utilization: Advance warning.
• Marking at 100 % utilization: STOP shut-off.
3.4 Utilization bar of crane
• According to load chart and reeving
3.5 Engine speed
• In [rpm]
• Note:
„????“ is displayed for an invalid rpm value (for approximately 10 seconds). A fixed
rpm is set in the event of a problem. The digital display blinks, and an error message
is displayed.
3.5.1 Engine rpm lock
• The engine rpm can be locked on the master switch. If the engine rpm has been
locked, the icon „+“ appears behind the rpm display.
4.1 Radius
• In [m] or [ft]
Identifies the horizontal center of gravity distance of the load (on the load hook selec-
ted by the operating mode) from the center of rotation of the superstructure, measured
on the ground. This also takes into account the boom flexation due to its own weight
and the suspended weight of the load.
• Note:
„? ? ? . ?“ is displayed, if geometrical data or sensor values are missing, so that the
radius cannot be calculated.
4.2 Main boom angle to the horizontal
• In [°]
• Note:
„? ? ? . ?“ is displayed, when the geometrical data or the sensor values are missing,
so that the main boom angle cannot be calculated.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 403
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194868
copyright by
404 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 „Main boom length“ icon

5.1 Length of main boom
• In [m] or [ft]
5.2 Extension condition of individual telescopic sections
• In [%]
Sequence: Telescope 1 to telescope 4 from left to right.
5.3 TELEMATIC
• Special functions in „Operation“ program.
Note:
In the „Main boom length“ icon all the information required is displayed to enable an
experienced crane operator to telescope the telescopic boom to a desired length wi-
thout switching to the „Telescoping“ program.
5.3.1 Preselected telescoping target reached
5.3.2 Nominal deflection direction of master switch
• Request: Telescope in = down arrow
• Request: Telescope out = arrow up
5.3.3 Error in system
6 „Pulley head height“ icon
6.1 Pulley head height
• In [m] or [ft]
• Identifies the vertical distance from the crane base to the selected pulley head axle,
for which the displayed maximum load applies.
• Note:
„? ? ? . ?“ is displayed, when the geometric data or the sensor values are missing, so
that the pulley head height cannot be calculated.
6.2 Angle of luffing lattice jib (TN) to the horizontal*
• In [°]
• Note:
„? ? ? . ?“ is displayed, if the geometry data or the sensor values are missing, so that
the angle of the luffing lattice jib cannot be calculated.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 405
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194869
copyright by
406 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.2 Alarm functions

The limit ranges of the crane movements are monitored. The crane operator is alerted that the limits
have been reached when the following blinking icons are shown.
2 „Boom limitation“ icon
• The luffing range of the boom is limited upward as well as downward. The icon ap-
pears if, while luffing the boom, the end position is reached as set by the selected load
chart.
2.1 Arrow pointing up
• The arrow shows that the main boom was shut off by triggering the upper limit.
Note:
Luffing down the main boom is still possible.
2.2 Arrow pointing down
• The arrow shows that the shut off of the main boom was due to triggering the lower
limit.
Note:
Luffing up the main boom is still possible.
2.3 Two arrows directed upward (one below the other)
• The arrows show that „luffing up the jib*“ was shut off by triggering the upper limit
(load chart end).
Note:
Luffing down the jib* remains possible.
2.4 Two arrows directed downward (one below the other)
• The arrows show that „luffing down the jib*“ was shut off by triggering the lower limit
(load chart end).
Note:
Luffing up the jib* remains possible.
2.5 Two arrows directed upward (one next to the other)
• The arrows show that „luffing up the jib*“ has been shut off unbypassably by running
against a block limit switch („jib on top block“, „jib on top flap“ or „flap not in position“).
Note:
2.6 Two arrows directed downward (one next to the other)
• The arrows show that „luffing down the jib*“ was shut off unbypassably by running
against the limit switch „jib bottom“.
Note:
2.7 Three arrows pointing up
• The arrows show that „luffing up the jib*“ was shut off by triggering the upper limit
(load chart end). Luffing up was continued with „Assembly“ until luffing up was shut off
unbypassably by triggering a block limit switch („Jib on top block“, „Jib top flap“ or
„Flap not in position“).
Note:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
2.8 Three arrows pointing down

• The arrows show that „luffing down the jib*“ was shut off by triggering the lower limit
(load chart end). Luffing down was continued with „Assembly“ until unbypassably shut
off by triggering the „Jib bottom“ limit switch.
Note:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 407
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194869
copyright by
408 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.9 Two exclamation marks

• The exclamation marks show that one or both of the double limit switches (right and
left) or angle sensor (top and bottom) of the jib* are not reported on the bus or are de-
fective.
Note:
If both limit switches are defective, the corresponding luffing movement is shut off and
cannot be bypassed and an operating error message is issued when the master
switch is deflected. If only one of the double limit switches or angle sensor is not ok,
then the crane can continue to be operated with „normal function“. However, the crane
must be driven with increased caution, since only one of the limit switches is functio-
ning. For that reason, the error must be remedied immediately. Along with the excla-
mation mark, a system error message is issued, which shows the defective limit switch
or angle sensor.
2.10 Two exclamation marks and arrows pointed upward
• This icon shows that one or both of the double limit switches (right and left) or angle
sensors (top and bottom) of the jib* are not reporting on the bus or are defective, and
in addition, „luffing up the jib“ has been shut off by triggering the upper limit (load chart
end). If „Luffing up the jib“ is also not possible with turned on „Assembly“, then luffing
up is shut off unbypassably by triggering a block limit switch („Jib top block“, „Jib top
flap“ or „Flap not in position“). This is shown by issuance of an operating error when
the master switch is deflected.
Note:
or angle sensor.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 409
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194869
copyright by
410 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.11 Two exclamation marks and two arrows pointed downward

sensors (top and bottom) of the jib* are not reporting on the bus or are defective, and
in addition, „luffing down the jib“ has been shut off by triggering the lower limit (load
chart end). If „Luffing down the jib“ is not possible even with turned on „Assembly“,
then luffing down has been shut off unbypassably by triggering the block limit switch
„Jib bottom“. This is shown by issuance of an operating error when the master switch
is deflected.
Note:
or angle sensor.
2.12 Two exclamation marks and one arrow pointed upward
sensors (top and bottom) of the jib* do not report on the bus or are defective, and that
luffing up the jib has been shut off unbypassably by running against the block switch
(„jib on top block“, „jib top flap“ or „flap not in position“).
Note:
2.13 Two exclamation marks and one arrow pointed downward
sensors (top and bottom) of the jib* do not report on the bus or are defective, and in
addition, luffing down the jib has been shut off unbypassably by triggering the „jib bot-
tom“ limit switch.
Note:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 411
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111016
copyright by
412 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 „Hoist top on HES1 / HES2*“ icons

• In order to prevent the crane from being operated without hoist limit switches (HES),
the minimum hoist limit switch configuration is continuously monitored. If a hoist limit
switch required for a particular operating mode is not plugged in, therefore not active
on the LSB bus system, an LMB STOP is triggered and an operating error report is
also issued. Four hoist limit switches are possible.
3.1 HES1
• Installation location: Telescopic boom head, right.
Bus address: 28
Switch: -S930
• The icon appears if:
• The hook block moves against the HES1 on the right of the telescopic boom head.
• HES1 is not active, although it must be present on the bus.
• HES1 has an internal error.
• Note:
The crane movements spool up hoist winch, luff down telescopic boom and luffing lat-
tice jib, telescope the telescopic boom out at T and TY as well as telescope the tele-
scopic boom in or out at TN and TYSN are shut off.
3.2 HES2*
• Installation location: Luffing jib*
Bus address: 27
Switch: -S960
• The hook block runs against the HES2 on the luffing jib*.
• Note:
tice jib and telescope the telescopic boom out at T and TY as well as telescope the
telescopic boom in or out at TN and TYSN are shut off.
The HES2 must be plugged in in the „luffing jib“ operating mode. If this is not the case,
an „LMB STOP“ is triggered and an operating error message is also issued.
3.3 HES1 and HES2*
• The icon appears when icon HES1 3.1 and HES2 3.2 appear simultaneously.
3.4 „Hoist top on boom bypassed“ icon
• The icon appears when the „Hoist top shut off“ is bypassed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 413
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111016
copyright by
414 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 „Hoist top on HES3* / HES4*“ icons

• In order to prevent the crane from being operated without hoist limit switches (HES),
the minimum hoist limit switch configuration is continuously monitored. If a hoist limit
switch required for a particular operating mode is not plugged in, therefore not active
on the LSB bus system, an LMB STOP is triggered and an operating error report is
also issued.
4.1 HES3
• Installation location: Accessories on luffing jib - boom nose*
Bus address: 26
Switch: -S961
• The hook block runs against the HES3 at the boom nose.
• Note:
The crane movements spool up hoist winch, luff down telescopic boom and telescope
out the telescopic boom are shut off.
The HES3 must be plugged in in operation mode „Boom nose“. If this is not the case,
4.2 HES4*
• Installation location: Telescopic boom head, left* or boom nose* on telescopic boom
Bus address: 24
Switch: -S931
• The hook block moves against the HES4 on the left telescopic boom head or the
boom nose.
• Note:
tice jib and telescope the telescopic boom out at T and TY as well as telescope the
telescopic boom in or out at TN and TYSN are shut off.
The HES4 must be plugged in in operation mode „Boom nose“. If this is not the case,
4.3 HES3 and HES4*
• The icon appears when icon HES3 4.1 and HES4 4.2 appear simultaneously.
4.4 „Hoist top on boom bypassed“ icon
• The icon appears when the „Hoist top shut off“ is bypassed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 415
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194871
copyright by
416 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 „Advance warning“ icon

5.1 Load chart utilization
• The current load chart utilization is calculated from the „current load“ and the „maxi-
mum load according to the load chart and the reeving“. The „Advance warning“ icon
appears, if the current load chart utilization exceeds the 90 % limit programmed in for
advance warning.
5.2 Engine monitoring
• If a warning event occurs in the engine monitoring system, the „Engine monitoring
advance warning“ icon is displayed on the LICCON monitor.
6 „STOP“ icon
6.1 Load carrying capacity exceeded
• The „STOP“ icon is displayed if the load chart load utilization („current load“ > „maxi-
mum load according to the load chart and the reeving“) exceeds the 100 % mark.
• Note:
All crane movements that increase the load momentum are shut off.
6.2 Engine monitoring
• If a STOP event occurs in the engine monitoring system, an automatic switch-over
(from the program „Operation“, „Support“ or „Telescoping“) is activated into the pro-
gram „Engine monitoring“.
6.3 Working range limitation*
• If a programmed working range limit* is reached, this condition is indicated by the
STOP icon Working range limitation* 6.3 instead of the standard icon „LMB-STOP“ 6.1
is displayed.
Note:
If an LMB-STOP occurs simultaneously, the STOP Working range limitation* 6.3 icon
continues to be displayed. The LMB-STOP is identifiable if the utilization bar exceeds
100 % or if a maximum load carrying capacity of 0 t is permitted.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 417
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194872
copyright by
418 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7 „Horn“ icon
• Acoustic signal
• Sounds in addition to the optical display (for example, E:1TMS) of detected operatio-
nal errors, leading to interruption of a movement, and application errors with error
number (such as sensor errors, which occurred due to insufficient sensor signals or
due to defective sensors).
„Horn“ is a beeping sound of a duration of approximately 0.5 seconds, which is repea-
ted in one second rhythm.
• Operational errors are:
• Overload
• Boom outside the angle range of the load chart
• Boom outside radius range of the load chart
• Extension condition of telescopic sections not in accordance with the load chart
• The following sensors are monitored:
• Hoist limit switch
• Length sensors
• Angle sensors
• Pressure sensors
• Wind sensor
• Battery voltage
• Inductive sensors
„Short horn“
• Sounds in addition to the visual display of error messages without an error number
and which do not lead directly to crane movement shut off by the LICCON overload
protection.
„Short horn“ is a beeping sound that lasts for approximately 0.1 seconds and is repea-
ted in one second rhythm.
• The following errors are monitored:
• Maximum permissible wind speed exceeded (only for activated wind sensor*).
• Maximum or minimum support force exceeded (only with active support force moni-
toring*).
• Crane utilization value for „Advance warning“ (90 %) reached.
Priority and „Horn off“
• The „Horn“ alarm has higher priority than the „Short horn“ alarm, i.e. „Horn“ takes pre-
ference over „Short horn“.
• The „horn“ as well as the „short horn“ of the monitor may be turned off by function key
F8.
• Pressing the function key F8 again automatically changes the error definition display
of the test system. The error is displayed there in documentary form.
• Note:
The „Horn“, as well as the „Short horn“ immediately become active again if an error
recurs.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 419
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113812
copyright by
420 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.3 Special functions

Note
Double function set up key!
If the crane has no CE-mark (EN13000:2010 not active), when actuating the set up key D, the release
for the „Emergency operation LICCON overload protection“ is automatically engaged!
u Take into account, when actuating the set up key D, that the „Emergency operation LICCON over-
load protection“ is automatically released!
Note
u The various icons 1 are shown on the same position in the LICCON monitor, depending on the
operating mode. Two icons 1 cannot appear simultaneously.
u For operation and specifications for using the set up key D, see Crane operating instructions, chap-
ter 4.04, chapter 4.20 and chapter 7.15.
6.3.1 Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection
1.1 Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection
• The icon appears:
• When the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection are bypassed via the set
up key D.
• Note:
As long as the set up key D is actuated, the crane operation program is locked,
which means no other program can be turned on via the program keys.
6.3.2 No load chart is available

1.2 No load chart is available
• When the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection are bypassed via the set
up key D and no load chart is available.
• Note:
By actuating the set up key D, all erection / take down procedures can be carried out
within the erection / take down charts, for which no load charts are available!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 421
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113812
copyright by
422 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.3.3 Emergency operation LICCON overload protection (according to

EN 13000:2010)
1.3 LMB emergency operation activated
• when the emergency operation LICCON overload protection (LMB emergency ope-
ration) is activated via the keyed button S82.
• Note:
The Crane operation program is locked, meaning, no other program can be turned
on via the program keys.
6.3.4 Emergency operation LICCON overload protection (crane without CE mark)
Note
If the crane has no CE mark, then the functions of the „Emergency operation of the LICCON overload
protection“ are engaged by the set up key D!
u Only crane without CE-mark: If the emergency operation LICCON overload protection is needed,
press the set up key D!
1.3 LMB emergency operation activated

• Icon appears:
• When the LMB emergency operation is activated via the set up key D.
• Note:
Depending on the reason for the LMB emergency operation, the icon for no load
chart available 1.2 can also appear.
• Note:
The Crane operation program is locked, meaning, no other program can be turned
on via the program keys.
6.3.5 Additional emergency operating modes
WARNING
Erroneous operation of the crane!
If one of the icons for additional emergency operating modes 1.4 appears, then there is a risk of acci-
dents due to erroneous operation of the crane!
Personnel can be killed or injured!
u Deactivate additional operating modes 1.4 again or contact Liebherr Service and coordinate further
procedure.
1.4 Additional emergency operating modes

• Appear if additional emergency operating modes were activated
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 423
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113812
copyright by
424 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.3.6 Bypass „Hoist top“

2 Bypass „Hoist top“
• When the shut off „hoist top“ is bypassed via the set up key D
• Note:
As long as the set up key D is actuated, the crane operation program is locked,
which means no other program can be turned on via the program keys.
6.3.7 Fast mode (Rapid gear)

3 „Rapid gear“ 3 icon
• The icon appears if the rapid gear is enabled during a crane movement
• This is possible for the following crane movements:
• Lift / lower hoist gears
• Luff the boom up / down
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 425
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113811
copyright by
426 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.4 Monitored auxiliary functions for crane operation

There are several monitored auxiliary functions, which can be displayed when needed or automati-
cally.
The monitoring of all auxiliary functions is always active, only the icons can be faded out. The icons of
the monitored auxiliary functions have their fixed place on the LICCON monitor.
Using the function key F3, you can show the icons for the monitored auxiliary functions. Since not all
icons of the auxiliary functions fit on one page (at maximum assignment), they are split over two pa-
ges. The icons on page 2 (if available) can be shown with the function key F4.
Page 1:
1 Crane incline
2 Wind speed
3 Support force display
4 Turning range
5 Telescopable load
The display changed depending if the monitored auxiliary functions are turned on or off.
Monitored auxiliary functions turned off:
– No error:
Icons are not shown.
– Error in one function:
Icon with error message is shown.
Monitored auxiliary functions turned on:
– Optional icons (customer request) are displayed permanently.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 427
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194875
copyright by
428 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1 „Incline“ icon
• Display of the incline of the superstructure to the horizontal in longitudinal and lateral
direction. The display is graphic as well as numeric.
1.1 Graphic part
• The graphic display is in the form of a spirit level, with a moving dot (small square)
representing the air bubble. The center of the dot shows the precise incline value.
1.2 Numeric part
1.2.1 Incline range
• Value either 1° or 5°
This value describes the resolution of the graphic illustration and can only assume the
two values „1°“ or „5°“. If the incline is less than 1° in lateral direction and in longitudi-
nal direction, the level moves within the 1° range. If at least one value exceeds the 1°
limit, it switches to the 5° range.
The range change is automatic.
1.2.2 Crane incline
• In [°] in lateral direction
• The double arrow shows the direction of incline:
• Double arrow to left = Crane is inclined to the left.
• Double arrow to right = Crane is inclined to the right.
1.2.3 Crane incline
• In [°] in longitudinal direction
• The arrow shows the direction of incline:
• Up arrow = Crane is inclined to the rear.
• Down arrow = Crane is inclined to the front.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 429
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194876
copyright by
430 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 „Wind speed“ icon

• The wind speeds are displayed in [m/sec.] or [ft/sec.] depending on the units of mea-
surement shown in the load chart
2.1 „Wind speed“ icon
• In [m/s] or [ft/s]
2.2 Current wind speed on wind sensor (WG) 1
• Wind sensor 1 present:
Current wind speed is shown
• Wind sensor 1 not present:
„???“ is statically displayed
2.3 Maximum permissible wind speed
• With icon text „max:“
• The value depends on the operating mode and the set up configuration
Note:
If access to a load chart is not possible, then the maximum value starts to blink and
the acoustic alarm „Short horn“ sounds.
If the current wind speed value exceeds the displayed maximum value, the maximum
value starts to blink and the acoustic alarm „Short horn“ sounds.
The crane movements will not be shut off!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 431
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194877
copyright by
432 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 „Support force display“* icon

• The LICCON support force monitoring system continuously records the current hyd-
raulic pressure present in all 4 support cylinders during crane operation using a press-
ure sensor, and converts this into a support force [t] value for each support.
The „Support force display“ icon * 3 may be displayed in the „Operation“ program, if
required, or the icon appears automatically with the alarm signal „short horn“ when a
critical situation occurs, when a support has reached or exceeded the maximum force
or has reached or fallen below the minimum force. The corresponding value is shown
by a blinking display.
Note:
The same maximum support force and a common minimum support force is pro-
grammed for each support at the factory. These 5 values may be changed in the „Sup-
port“ program, depending on the situation. (refer to section „Changing the minimum
and maximum support force monitoring“).
Independent of the programmed minimum / maximum values monitoring is conti-
nuous, if the total of the two lowest support forces is less than 15 % of the total sup-
port forces. If this limit is fallen below, the two supports with the lowest forces are
shown.
DANGER
Danger!
u When reaching the programmed minimum / maximum support forces, no automatic shut off of the
crane movements occurs!
DANGER
Danger of tipping over!
u When the two supports with the lowest forces are in the direction of the boom, telescoping in is
shut off.
3.1 Display of current support force

• Display of support force for each support
DANGER
Danger due to erroneous support force display!
The support force display may in some circumstances be defective or inaccurate.
u Also refer to hazard warnings in section „Support / Comments“.
3.2 Weight unit of support force

• In [t] or [lbs]
3.3 Display of support base
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 433
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194878
copyright by
434 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 „Turning range“ icon

4.1 Maximum rotation speed
• V: [%]
• Identifies the current (selected) „maximum rotation speed“ of the slewing gear with a
fully deflected master switch, relating to the maximum attainable rotation speed of the
slewing gear at a preselected speed of 100 %.
This value may be selected in fixed percentage stages in the LICCON program „Con-
trol parameter“.
DANGER
Danger of accidents in case of excessive rotation speed!
u Make the preselection according to the specifications in the load chart.
4.2 Current superstructure position*

• In relation to the main working direction „to the rear“ (0 [°])
Increases clockwise to a maximum value of 180°.
4.2.1 Direction of deviation
The arrow in front of the value indicates the direction of the deviation.
• Arrow to the right: Turn to the right.
• Arrow to the left: Turn to the left.
4.3 Status of lock between superstructure and chassis
4.3.1 Lock is static
• Locking pin on top: Superstructure unpinned.
4.3.2 Lock is blinking
• Locking pin in intermediate position: Error.
4.3.3 Lock is static
• Locking pin down, ±5° toward the rear: Superstructure pinned to the rear.
4.3.4 Lock is blinking
• Locking pin down, ±5° not toward the rear: Superstructure pinned.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 435
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194879
copyright by
436 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 „Telescopable load“ icon

• This icon is automatically shown if „telescoping“ crane movement has been selected
and the telescopic boom is still pinned.
The weight unit [t] or [lbs] defined in the load chart is displayed in the icon, under
which the selected telescopic section can still be unpinned and then telescoped
• The displayed value begins to flash and the acoustic alarm „short horn“ sounds, if the
load on the hook is greater or if the displayed value is „0“.
• If the telescopic boom is not pinned, the „Maximum load“ icon 1 shows the same value
as the „Telescopable load“ icon 5 and the „Telescopable load“ icon 5 no longer ap-
pears automatically, but only after pressing the function key F3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 437
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194880
copyright by
438 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.5 „Winch display“ icon

1 Icon „Winch2“ / „Winch3“
• The meanings for the icons for winch1, winch2* and winch3* are the same and are ex-
plained at the „winch1“ icon 2.
The icon for winch2* or winch3*appears on the LICCON monitor, depending on the
switch position of rotary switch 437 - „Operating mode preselection for master switch
400“ - on master switch 1 (MS1) (see chapter 4.01, „Operating and control instru-
ments“).
2 „Winch 1“ icon
2.1 Travelled distance
• In [m] or [ft]
From a zero point to be determined
• For single operation with the reeving setting made in the „Set up“ program: Completed
hook path.
For parallel operation: Distance completed by hook block.
• The positions before the decimal point are displayed with a maximum of 3 large digits.
The digits after the decimal point are displayed with small digits. (Also refer to the
description of the function key F1 and function key F2.)
• A prerequisite for a correct display is that the value entered equals the actual number
of rope strands between the boom head and the hook block.
If the set reeving does not correspond with the reeving of the appropriate winch (for
example, winch on the boom nose at a set load chart for the main boom), the correct
hook path can be calculated from the displayed hook path as follows:
Fig.195148
Legend:
• sHk = correct hook path
• sHa = displayed hook path
• ne = selected reeving
• nt = actual reeving
• The hook path calculation only works accurately if the load is suspended freely and is
not luffed during the lifting procedure. Not taken into account are flexation and rope
expansion.
• Note:
The length display (hook path display) is only accurate and the layer sheer is only ta-
ken into account correctly if the winch has been calibrated and no interruptions of the
CPU power supply have occurred (cold start). The hook path display is calibrated by
spooling the rope up or out until the calibration switch reacts.
2.2 Direction of hook movement
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
The arrows on the length value show the direction of the hook movement in relation to
the zero point:
• Arrow pointing up: Hook has moved upward from the zero point.
• Arrow pointing down: Hook has moved down from the zero point.
2.3 Length unit for hook path display
• In [m] or [ft]
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 439
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194880
copyright by
440 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Winch status display

• There are five winch status icons (all blinking):
2.4.1 Spool out
2.4.2 Spool up
2.4.3 Spooled out
• Spooling out is blocked
2.4.4 Spooled up
• Spooling up is blocked
• Note for winch3*:
„Spooled up“ or „Jib pulley block on block“.
In operating mode TN / TYSN, the icon „spooled up“ shows a non-active, i.e. unplug-
ged or defective limit switch „jib pulley block on block“.
In any case, spooling up is blocked.
2.4.5 Winch is deactivated or unplugged
• Spooling up and spooling out are blocked (via „Control parameter“ program).
• Note:
If no winch status icon appears, the activated winch is inactive and is neither spooled
up nor spooled out.
2.5 Winch icon
• (with rope end for winch status icon)
2.6 Winch number with master switch number and master switch operating direction
• Example: 1 : 1 Y.
First digit: Winch number.
Second digit: Master switch number.
Letter: Master switch operating direction.
Fig.195422
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 441
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194881
copyright by
442 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.6 The function key line

The function key line consists of function keys F1 to F8 and the function key icon bar above it. The
function keys correspond to the various function key icons above them.
The function key icons may trigger a function or they change their appearance upon the push of a key
(function keys) and thereby their definition.
Not all function keys have icons assigned to them. This depends on the „active“ program selection.
Pressing a function key changes the appearance of the icon above, its meaning, or its textual content.
F1 Function key
• Zero point for hook travel display winch2* or winch3*
• Pressing the function key F1 causes the „Set winch display to zero“ icon to appear, i.e.
the winch2* or winch3* hook path display in the winch icon above is set to „000.00“
when the key is pressed. The path measurement begins here.
F2 Function key
• Zero point for hook travel display winch 1
• Pressing the function key F2 causes the „Set winch display to zero“ icon to appear, i.e.
the winch1 hook path display in the winch icon above is set to „000.00“ when the key
is pressed. The path measurement begins here.
F3 Function key
• Turn monitoring icons on / off
• The function key F3 can be used to turn all the monitored auxiliary functions in the
crane on or off
• The appearance of the icon changes according to the status:
„Thick border“ = auxiliary function icons turned off
„Thin border“ = auxiliary function icons turned on
• Note:
The monitoring system of all auxiliary functions is always active; only the icons can be
faded out. If a monitored limit has been exceeded, an acoustic warning (horn) sounds
and the corresponding icon is displayed, even if the monitoring icons have been hid-
den.
F4 Function key
• Change monitoring page (if present)
See also section „Monitored auxiliary functions“
F5 Function key
• Not assigned
F6 Function key
• Not assigned
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 443
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194881
copyright by
444 LTM 1400-7-1-007
F7 Function key
• Taring
• When the function key F7 is pressed, the actual load display is set to „zero“. At the
same time, the word „net“ appears in the icon of the actual load display. This function,
for example, makes it possible to eliminate the weights of the hoist rope, load carriers,
lifting and fastening equipment and only display the weight of the load that must be
lifted (net load).
If the taring is cancelled, the word „net“ disappears from the icon „Actual load display“
and the gross load value is displayed.
• The taring is cancelled by one of the following three actions:
1.By pressing the function key F7 again.
2.By telescoping the boom by more than 3 LE (dm or 1/10 ft.).
3.By luffing by more than ±4°.
F8 Function key
1.Turn the horn off / error diagnostics
2.Turn off the acoustic warning
The „Horn“ and „Short horn“ acoustic warnings can be turned off by pressing the func-
tion key F8.
A new error turns the acoustic warning on again.
3.Error message in „Horn“ icon.
If a system, application or operating error occurs, an error message appears in the
„Horn“ icon (refer to illustration 1).
Example: E:0EAM1.
By pressing the function key F8 twice, the acoustic warning is turned off and the „Test
system“ program switches to the error determination screen where the error is docu-
mented (see Diagnostics).
4.Special function „Horn“ icon
A special program is available for crane acceptance in the LICCON computer system.
This program is blocked after completion of crane acceptance. If an additional marking
is displayed in the „Horn“ icon (talons along the upper margin, see illustration 2), this
means that the acceptance program is not yet blocked. Contact LIEBHERR Service
immediately.
In order to prevent error functions, access to the special program is only permit-
ted for trained LIEBHERR personnel.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 445
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105208
copyright by
446 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.7 Other operating elements

The following functions are assigned to the other operating elements of the display and operating unit
of the LICCON computer system in program „Crane operation“.
A Keypad
Keys „0“ to „9“ and „P“ have no function in the „Crane operation“ program.
„SHIFT“ and „.“ keys
Using key „.“, the so-called test pattern function is turned on and off, meaning that all
available symbols appear on the LICCON monitor with an incorrect display value.
Note:
The monitored auxiliary functions, however, must be opened in the desired page if
they are to appear in the test screen. The test screen display may be held by pressing
the „SHIFT“ key and „.“, otherwise the normal operating screen will appear after 10 se-
conds or after pressing the key „.“ again.
P Program keys
• The program keys are used to select individual programs. However, the appropriate
program-specific features (for example, switching from „Set up“ to „Crane operation“
using the „O.K.“) must always be observed.
Note:
The program currently running cannot be called up again using its program key.
The programs can only be called up with their program key when the set up key was
not actuated before.
C Enter key
• No function in „Crane operation“ program
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 447
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105208
copyright by
448 LTM 1400-7-1-007
A Numeric keypad
Keys „0“ to „9“ and „P“ have no function in the „Crane operation“ program.
P Program keys
• The program keys are used to select individual programs. However, the appropriate
program-specific features (for example, switching from „Set up“ to „Crane operation“
using the „O.K.“) must always be observed.
Note:
The program currently running cannot be called up again using its program key.
The programs can only be called up with the program key when no functions are acti-
vated via the set up key D at the same time.
C Enter key
• No function in „Crane operation“ program
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 449
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105208
copyright by
450 LTM 1400-7-1-007
D Set up key
• Zero position (not actuated):
Normal operation.
• Touching:
Function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ released.
• Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection:
If the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection are exceeded, the LICCON
overload protection shuts the crane movements off!
These shut off limits can be exceeded by the set up key D in the „right touching“ posi-
tion. To do so, chapter 4.20 in the Crane operating instructions must be observed!
Note
Double function set up key!
If the crane has no CE-mark, when actuating the set up key D, the release for the „Emergency opera-
tion LICCON overload protection“ is automatically engaged!
u Take into account, when actuating the set up key D, that the „Emergency operation LICCON over-
load protection“ is automatically released!
Note
Carry out the erection / take down procedures!
u By actuating the set up key D, all erection / take down procedures can be carried out within the
erection / take down charts, for which no load charts are available!
• Bypass of the hoist top shut off

If the hook block contacts the hoist limit switch weight during its upward movement,
the hoist limit switch is triggered. The crane movements „Spool up winches“, „Luff tele-
scopic boom down“ and „Telescope telescopic boom out“ are shut off. This shut off
can be bypassed by the set up key D in the „right touching“ position. To do so, chapter
4.20 in the Crane operating instructions must be observed!
E Special function keys
• Monitor brightness adjustment (see section „Operating elements of the LICCON com-
puter system“)
Note
u Additional functions of the special function keys E are program-dependent and are further explai-
ned in the description of the individual LICCON programs!
H „SHIFT“ key
• Second level key assignments
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 451
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194883
copyright by
452 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7 „Telescoping“ program
The telescoping screen shows the crane operator the pinned state of the telescopic boom, the position
of the individual telescopes and the extension state of the telescoping cylinder, in full dynamic gra-
phics (refer to chapter 4.05 „Crane operation“).
7.1 Starting the program

u Press program key P4.
or
Automatic start from „Operation“ program when telescoping target (A!) 9.1 is reached and telesco-
ping at master switch.
7.2 User interface

For a description of icons 3 to 6, see section „Alarm functions“ in the „Operation“ program.
2 Preventing further telescoping processes in relation to the telescoping cylinder
• Due to exceeding the expected load in the unpinned state
• Note:
This is the same program-specific illustration of the same topic as in section „Telesco-
pable load“.
3 „Hoist top“ icon at HES1 and / or HES2
4 „Hoist top“ icon on HES3 and / or HES4
6 „STOP“ icon
See section „Crane geometry and load information“
8 „Stylized illustration of the telescopic boom“ icon
8.1 Current extension condition of telescopes 1 -4
• In [%]
8.2 Current extension condition of telescoping cylinder
• In [%]
8.3 Display of actual load and utilization of crane in percentages
• In [t] or [lbs] and in [%]
8.4 Engine speed
• In [rpm]
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 453
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194883
copyright by
454 LTM 1400-7-1-007
9 „Automatic telescoping mode“ icon

9.1 Preselected telescoping target reached
9.2 Nominal deflection direction of master switch
Request:
Telescope in = down arrow
Telescope out = arrow up
9.3 Error in system
10 „Selected telescoping targets of telescopes 1 -4“ icon
10.1 Target selection for telescopes 1 -4
10.2 Blinking marker (arrow)
• To the selected telescoping target
• As a warning in the event of incorrect operation, target already reached, or enter new
target
11 Function key line
F1 Function key
• Switch between automatic operation and manual telescoping
F4 Function key
• Target selection Telescope 1
F5 Function key
F6 Function key
F7 Function key
F8 Function key
• Press once:
Turn the acoustic signal off.
• Press twice:
Errors shown in the „Horn“ icon are automatically displayed in the error determination
screen (see chapter „Diagnostics“).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 455
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194884
copyright by
456 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8 „Control parameter“ program

The „Control parameter“ program offers the following possibilities:
– Preselection of maximum rotation speed of slewing gear.
– Preselection of the maximum winch rotation speed as well as the activation / deactivation of winch1
and winch2* and winch3*
– Preselection of the maximum luffing speed of the telescopic boom.
The assembly and bypass switches are monitored during the „Control Parameter“ program. If one of
these switches is activated during the program, the system immediately switches back to the „Opera-
tion“ program.
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u Never change the maximum speeds or the activation / de-activation of the winches during a crane
movement.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 457
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194884
copyright by
458 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.2 User interface

1 Crane type
2 Selector
• Double arrow pointing down
• For selecting icons
3 „Slewing gear“ icon
3.1 „Maximum rotation speed“ icon
• Vmax in [%]
4 „Winch“ icon group
4.1 Winch 1
4.2 Winch 2*
4.3 Winch 3*
4.4 Selector
• Arrow to the right
• For selecting winches
4.5 Winch icon
4.5.1 Winch activated
4.5.2 Winch deactivated
4.6 Speed
• In [%]
• See value field with selector
5 „Maximum luffing speed“ icon
5.1 Luffing speed
• Vmax in [%]
6 Value field with selector
• The percentage values relate to the speed with maximum deflection of the manual
control lever, always in relation to the maximum achievable speed of the drive, with
100 % preselected speed. Five stages may be preselected.
6.1 Selector
• Arrow to the right
• For selecting percentage values
7 Function key line
F2 Function key
• Not assigned
F4 Function key
• Winch selection
F5 Function key
• Activation or deactivation of selected winches
F7 Function key
• Selection of percentage value for respective speed in value field
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
F8 Function key
• Switch back to „Operation“ program and accept parameters
8 ENTER key
• Accept selected speed setting to the preset functions
9 Special function keys
• Accept selected speed setting to the preset functions
E1 Special function key
• Moves the selector 2 for selecting icons to the left
E2 Special function key
• Moves the selector 2 for selecting icons to the right
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 459
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194884
copyright by
460 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.3 Changing the maximum rotation speed of slewing gear

DANGER
Danger of accident!
u During crane operation with load, always adhere to the maximum rotation speeds depending on
boom length and operating modes (according to load charts)!
u The greater the boom length, the heavier the equipment and the greater the load, the smaller the
set „maximum rotation speed“.
u Never deflect the master switch for the slewing gear to the stop at maximum load.
u Using the special function key E1 or special function key E2, select the „maximum rotation speed“
icon 3.1.
Result:
– Selector (double arrow down) 2 appears above the icon.
u Select the maximum rotation speed in [%] with function key F7.
Result:
– Selector (arrow to right) 6.1 shows the selected percentage value.
u Use the ENTER key 8 to confirm the selected maximum rotation speed.
Result:
– The value of the maximum rotation speed will be accepted.
8.4 Winches
8.4.1 Changing the maximum rotation speed

u Using the special function key E1 or special function key E2, select the icon group winches 4.
Result:
– Selector (double arrow down) 2 appears above the icon group.
u Using the function key F4, select the icon for winch 1 or winch 2* or winch 3*.
Result:
– Selector (arrow to right) 4.4 shows the selected winch.
u Select the maximum rotation speed in [%] with function key F7.
Result:
u Use the ENTER key 8 to confirm the selected maximum rotation speed.
Result:
– The value of the maximum rotation speed will be accepted.
8.4.2 Activating / deactivating individual winches

In order to prevent unintentional activation of a winch that is currently not required, deactivate indivi-
dual winches.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Using the special function key E1 or special function key E2, select the icon group winches 4.
Result:
– Selector (double arrow down) 2 appears above the icon group.
u Using the function key F4, select the icon for winch 1 or winch 2* or winch 3*.
Result:
– Selector (arrow to right) 4.4 shows the selected winch.
u Using the function key F5, activate or deactivate the selected winch.
Result:
The winch icon in the icon changes the appearance:
w Winch icon crossed out = winch deactivated 4.5.2.
w Winch icon not crossed out = winch activated 4.5.1.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 461
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194884
copyright by
462 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.5 Changing the maximum luffing speed

u Using the special function key E1 or special function key E2, select the „Maximum luffing speed“
icon 5.
Result:
– Selector (double arrow down) 2 appears above the icon.
u Select the maximum luffing speed in [%] with function key F7.
Result:
u Use the ENTER key 8 to confirm the maximum luffing speed selected.
Result:
– The value of the maximum luffing speed will be accepted.
8.6 Switching back to the „Operation“ program

u Press function key F8.
Result:
– The parameters previously confirmed using the ENTER key 8 will be accepted.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 463
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194885
copyright by
464 LTM 1400-7-1-007
9 The „Working range limitation“ program*

A detailed description of operating range limitation can be found in the separate operating instructions
for „Working range limitation“.

9.2 User interface

1 „Pulley head height limitation“ icon
2 „Radius limitation“ icon
3 „Slewing limit stop“ icon
3.1 Right slewing limit stop
3.2 Left slewing limit stop
4 „Edge limit with edge and point selection“ icon
• The limit function icons are shown crossed out if they are inactive
5 Function selector
• For selecting limiting functions
6 „Graphic display of programmed limits“ icon
7 Function key line
F1 Function key
• Select point 1 or 2 of selected edge A or B
F2 Function key
• Selection of edge A or B that is being programmed
F3 Function key
• The function selector is moved down by one limit function
F4 Function key
• The limit function selected with the function selector changes its status. If previously
active, it will now be inactive when the function key F4 is pressed, and vice versa. An
inactive limit function is identified by a crossed out icon. If the function selector shows
a slewing limit to the left or the right, then both limits will always be switched.
Note:
For the edge limit, only the preselected edge will be switched. The edge that is not dis-
played can be active or inactive at the same time.
F5 Function key
• All limit functions become inactive
F8 Function key
• Exit the program and return to the „Operation“ program
9.3 Displays in „Operation“ program

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If a programmed operating range limiter is activated, this condition is indicated in the „Operation“ pro-
gram by an alternative STOP icon in the position of the normal LMB STOP icon (see section „Alarm
functions“ in „Operation“ program).
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 465
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194886
copyright by
466 LTM 1400-7-1-007
10 The „Support“ program

The „Support“ program can contain up to two separate and independent parts (customer request).
The monitor screen shows the complete configuration of the „Support“ program. Depending on the
customer request, the individual parts of the program are inactive and therefore not visible on the LIC-
CON monitor. The numerical values in the symbols are only examples and may differ from the crane.
10.1 Starting / stopping the program
10.1.1 Starting the program

10.1.2 Stopping the program

Result:
– Program is terminated.
– System switches back to the „Operation“ program.
10.1.3 Program configuration

Support force monitoring*
This support force monitoring records the current pressure continuously during operations on all 4
support cylinders using pressure sensors and displays this as the support force for every support.
Because the limit values are variable and programmable, the support force monitoring can also be
used for advance warning.
Sliding beam length display*
The sliding beam length display shows the extension state of the individual sliding beams in [%].
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 467
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194887
copyright by
468 LTM 1400-7-1-007
10.2 Crane operation in „Support“ program

This function is only enabled for the „Support force monitoring“ option*.
For a description of icons 3 to 6, see section „Alarm functions“ in the „Operation“ program.
3 „Hoist top“ icon
• On HES1 and / or HES2
4 „Hoist top“ icon
• On HES3 and / or HES4
6 „STOP“ icon
7 „Boom radius and main boom angle“ icon
• See section „Crane geometry and load information“.
20 „Maximum load“ icon
20.1 Maximum load on the boom
• In [t] or [lbs]
20.2 Current load on the boom
• In [t] or [lbs]
20.3 Dynamic utilization
• In [%]
21 „Incline“ icon
21.1 Graphic part
21.2 Numeric part
21.2.1 Incline range
• 1° or 5°
21.2.2 Incline
• Of crane in lateral direction
21.2.3 Incline
• Of crane in longitudinal direction
F1 Function key
• Switching over into the adjustment field for support limit forces (refer to section „Sup-
port force monitoring“)
• Note:
In that event, an LMB-STOP will be immediately triggered. All hoist and luffing mo-
ments are stopped and the icons for crane operation disappear.
F8 Function key
• End adjustment mode
All crane operations icons reappear and all crane movements are enabled again.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 469
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194888
copyright by
470 LTM 1400-7-1-007
10.3 Support force monitoring*

DANGER
Danger of accident!
u The LICCON support force monitoring is only an aid. It does not prevent a possible crane overload.
u Never use Support force monitoring in order to use the crane up to its tipping limit.
4 Monitoring and control field

4.1 Crane icon with support numbers
4.2 Support base
• In [m] or [ft]
4.5 Support force values
• In [t] or [kibs]
4.6 Unit of displayed support forces
F1 Function key
• Switch to settings field for support limit forces
F8 Function key
• Press once:
• Press twice:
Any errors shown in the „Horn“ icon are automatically displayed on the error determi-
nation screen (see chapter „Diagnostics“).
5 Setting field for support force limits
5.1 Unit of maximum support force limit values
5.2 Crane icon with support numbers
5.3 Maximum support force limit values
• Max in [t] or [kibs]
5.4 Minimum support force limit value
• Min in [t] or [kibs]
Valid for all four supports
5.5 Selector arrows
• Point to the active settings field
Function key line in setting mode:
F1 Function key
• Move cursor (input pointer) to next support force limit value
F2 Function key
• Move cursor (input pointer) to previous support force limit value
F8 Function key
• Switch back to Monitoring and control field 4
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 471
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194889
copyright by
472 LTM 1400-7-1-007
10.3.1 Display current support forces

Display current support forces in operating screen, see „Monitored additional function for crane opera-
tion“.
10.3.2 Remarks
Because of the option to determine limit values yourself, the LICCON support force monitoring can
also be used as a way of giving advance warning.
Be aware that the screen display may be inaccurate. Because of friction in the support cylinders, de-
pending on the type of machine, a measurement error of up to ± 2 % of the maximum load carrying
capacity of a crane is possible.
This applies particularly:
– In case of large support forces.
– In case of far extended support cylinders.
– When extending the support cylinders (up to 15 minutes afterwards).
In order to ensure that the LICCON supporting force monitoring system operates correctly, do not let
the support cylinders move either on „bottom block“ or on „top block“. Otherwise the support force dis-
play will be incorrect.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 473
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194890
copyright by
474 LTM 1400-7-1-007
10.3.3 Changing minimum and maximum support force limits

As an additional safety precaution, this program monitors the assembly switch. If assembly operations
are attempted, the system switches back to the „Operation“ program.
In the Monitoring and control field 4 the current support force values are displayed.
If one or more of the values are below or above the programmed maximum values for the support
force limits, then they are displayed blinking.
The programmed maximum / minimum values for the support force limits are displayed in the adjust-
ment field 5.
Ensure that:
– The crane is supported during operation.
– The assembly switch has not been activated.
The program initially runs in monitoring mode. All icons relevant to crane operation are displayed.
Note
Switching to the adjustment field for support limit forces.
u A LMB-STOP will be triggered immediately. All hoist and luffing moments are stopped and the
icons for crane operation disappear.
When pressing the function key F1, the two double arrows 5.5 point to the settings field 5 for support
limit forces. The cursor appears on the maximum value of the support limit force on support 1.
By pressing the function key F1 or function key F2 you switch the cursor to the next or previous maxi-
mum value for the support limit force or the minimum value for the support limit force (valid for all four
support cylinders).
Note
Testing the validity range for the support limit force values.
Every newly entered support limit force value will be tested for its validity range.
u If valid, the entered value will be accepted.
u If invalid, the value will be rejected as too small or too big with an „Error“ message.
Using the alphanumeric keys, you can change the support limit force values and then close the input
function using the ENTER key.
Use the function key F8 to switch back to the Monitoring and control field 4.
Use the program key P1 to switch back to the „Operation“ program.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 475
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198704
copyright by
476 LTM 1400-7-1-007
10.4 Sliding beam monitoring*

4 Monitoring and control field
4.1 Crane icon
4.2 Support base
• In [m] or [ft]
4.7 Sliding beam length values
• As a percentage of the maximum extension length
• The sliding beam length values blink in the ranges that are unsuitable for supporting.
0 – Sliding beam retracted
50 – Sliding beam partially extended
100 – Sliding beam widely extended
4.8 Percentage sign
• Unit for sliding beam length display
4.9 Exclamation mark „!“
• Sliding beam length monitoring is bypassed
Note:
An exclamation mark „!“ 4.09 will appear on the support screen and operating screen
when bypassing the sliding beam length monitoring.
4.10 Exclamation mark „!“
• Sliding beam length monitoring can be bypassed
Note:
An exclamation mark „!“ 4.10 will only appear in the horn icon when it is possible to
bypass the sliding beam length monitoring.
F8 Function key
• Press once:
• Press twice:
Fields that are displayed visually in the „Horn“ icon are automatically displayed in the
error determination display.
Press SHIFT and function key F8
• Bypass the sliding beam length monitoring
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 477
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194893
copyright by
478 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11 The „Engine monitoring“ program

In the „Engine monitoring“ program, all relevant data for the engine are shown, such as engine oil
pressure, coolant temperature etc. In case of a problem, the system switches back automatically from
„Crane operation“, „Support“ or „Telescoping“ programs.
If the chassis motor is turned off during the crane operation, only data for the crane engine is dis-
played in the event of a failure or when switching to the engine monitoring screen.

The program starts automatically:
u Once if a STOP event takes place during crane operation (at least one master switch is deflected
or activated). The engine monitoring screen is displayed for 3 seconds and then automatically re-
verts to the operating screen.
or
At an advance warning, warning or STOP event during the start-up of the LICCON computer sys-
tem.
This is how you start the program at the prompt:

In that case the engine monitoring screen is retained, and all load torque increasing crane move-
ments are locked or turned off.
u Press the key combination SHIFT and P0 (Set up).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 479
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194893
copyright by
480 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11.2 Possible engine monitoring advance warning, warning and STOP

events
Events Advance Warning 5.2 STOP 6.2

warning
Engine oil pressure (display value) missing x
Erroneous engine oil pressure (display value) x
Engine oil pressure warning active x
Coolant / charge air temperature (display value) missing x
Erroneous coolant / charge air temperature (display va- x
lue)
Coolant / charge air temperature warning active x
Coolant level warning active x
Hydraulic oil temperature (display value) missing x
Erroneous hydraulic oil temperature (display value) x
Hydraulic oil temperature (display value) too high x
Air filter monitoring x
Battery voltage (display value) missing x
Erroneous battery voltage (display value) x
Battery voltage not between 16 V and 36 V x
Fuel reserve (display value) missing x
Erroneous fuel reserve (display value) x
Fuel reserve (display value) 10 % or less x
Fuel reserve (display value) 6 % or less x
Fuel reserve (display value) 1 % x
If the system automatically switches to the „Engine monitoring“ program when an engine STOP event
occurs, there is an option for retaining the engine monitoring screen within 3 seconds (retaining the
engine monitoring screen is achieved by pressing the function key F1). Switch back to the operating
screen using the function key F8 (OK) or the program key P1 (Operation). If the engine monitoring
screen is not retained, then after 3 seconds the system switches back automatically to the „Operation“
program.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 481
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194893
copyright by
482 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11.3 Retaining the engine monitoring screen

The automatic change over to the engine monitoring screen can only take place from the „Operation“,
„Telescoping“ or „Support“ programs.
If you confirm a monitoring event in the engine monitoring screen with the function key F8, then there
will be no automatic change over to the engine monitoring screen for the same event.
On switching back to the „Operation“ program, the STOP icon 6.2 or the Advance warning icon 5.2
appears. There is no indication about advance warnings in the „Operation“, „Telescoping“ or „Support“
programs.
WARNING
There is a danger of severe damage to the engine if STOP events are ignored!
If other programs are used for extended periods of time, for example the „Set up“ or „Test system“, it is
essential to switch occasionally to the engine monitoring screen in order to ensure that no engine mo-
nitoring events have occurred, which could lead to damage or destruction of the engine.
u Switch over occasionally to the engine monitoring screen!

Result:
– Icon frames are displayed with a thin border.
– All crane movements that raise the load torque will be turned off or locked.

Result:
– System switches back to the „Operation“ program.
– The block of the load moment increasing crane movements will be lifted.
– The warning or STOP icons are faded into the „Operation“ program.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 483
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194895
copyright by
484 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11.4 Engine monitoring icons
11.4.1 Crane engine

10 Tank contents
• In [%]
Icon blinks if the fuel reserve is less than 10 %
11 Oil pressure
• In [bar]
Numeric display in icon blinks if the engine oil pressure is too low
12 Coolant / charge air temperature
• In [°C]
12.1 Coolant temperature
• Numeric display blinks if the coolant temperature is too high
12.2 Charge air temperature
• Numeric display blinks if the charge air temperature is too high
13 Coolant level too low
• Icon appears if the coolant level is too low
14 Air filter is dirty
• Icon appears if the air filter is dirty
18 Auxiliary function - Battery voltage
• In [V]
Numeric display in icon blinks if the operating voltage is less than 16 volts or above 36
volts
19 Hydraulic oil temperature
• In [°C]
19.1 Hydraulic oil temperature
• Numeric display blinks if the hydraulic oil temperature is too high
11.4.2 Engine / Travel motor

In crane operation, the chassis engine or travel motor is „OFF“, the icons for „Engine monitoring“ of the
travel motor are not displayed.
20 Tank contents
• In [%]
Icon blinks the fuel reserve is less than 10 %
21 Oil pressure
• In [bar]
Numeric display in icon blinks if the engine oil pressure is too low
22 Coolant / charge air temperature
• In [°C]
22.1 Coolant temperature
• Numeric display blinks if the coolant temperature is too high
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
22.2 Charge air temperature

• Numeric display blinks if the charge air temperature is too high
23 Coolant level too low
• Icon appears if the coolant level is too low
24 Air filter is dirty
• Icon appears if the air filter is dirty
26 „Transmission problem“ icon
• Blinks:
Automatic transmission problem.
• Static:
Overloaded clutch or loss of air pressure.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 485
28 Auxiliary function - Battery voltage

• In [V]
Numeric display in icon blinks if the operating voltage is less than 16 volts or above 36
volts
11.5 Function key line

F1 Function key
• Retaining the engine monitoring screen
F8 Function key
• Switching back to the „Operation“ program
The function keys „F2“ - „F7“ are not used.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
486 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 487
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197691
copyright by
488 LTM 1400-7-1-007
12 „Tele guying*“ program

See chapter 5.05, „Telescopic boom guyed“.

u Press program key „F“ P5 on the LICCON monitor.
Result:
– The operating interface „Tele guying“ appears on the LICCON monitor.
12.2 Operating interface Tele guying*
12.2.1 Function key line

The function keys can always be seen together with the icons in the line above.
F1 Function key
If telescopic boom angle is less / same as 5° touching, if telescopic boom angle is larger
than 5° engaged:
• Release the TY guying
Extend and swing out the tension cylinder with driver
F2 Function key
If telescopic boom angle is less / same as 5° touching, if telescopic boom angle is larger
than 5° engaged:
• Tension the TY guying
Retract and swing in the tension cylinder with driver
F3 Function key
Touching:
• Fold the TY-frames in.
F4 Function key
Touching:
• Fold the TY-frames out.
F5 Function key
Touching:
• Erect the TY-frames.
F6 Function key
Touching:
• Place the TY-frames down.
F7 Function key
• Activate or deactivate the TY frames
The TY-frames are activated or deactivated via the function key F7. An active TY-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
frame is shown in icon 23.

• By repeatedly pressing the function key F7, the TY-frames can be activated or deacti-
vated as follows:
1.Select no TY-frame 23.1
2.Select TY-frame A (left) 23.2
3.Select TY-frame B (right) 23.3
4.Select TY-frame A (left) and TY-frame B (right) 23.4.
Note:
Both TY-frames (A and B) must be selected in order to be able to start the guy pro-
cedure.
F8 Function key
• Horn „OFF“
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 489
See section „Operation program“
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
490 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 491
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197690
copyright by
492 LTM 1400-7-1-007
12.2.2 Icons of operating interface „Tele guying“

9 Icon
Blinking:
• Tension cylinder with driver is extended, the driver moves on rope level.
Function key F1 was or is being pressed.
9.1 Icon
Blinking:
• Tension cylinder with driver is extended, the driver moves away from rope level.
9.2 Icon
Static:
• Tension cylinder with driver is swung out.
10 Icon
Blinking:
• Tension cylinder with driver is retracted, the driver swings in rope level.
10.1 Icon
Blinking:
• Tension cylinder with driver is retracted, the driver moves on rope level.
10.2 Icon
Blinking:
• Tension cylinder with driver is retracted.
The tension cylinders with drivers are now in tension position.
The blinking icon 10.2 indicates that even though the driver is in tension position, the
rope clamp is not yet on the driver.
10.3 Icon
• Boom is guyed
If the rope clamp is pulled on the driver, then the icon 10.3 is static and at the same
time the system switches over to „guyed load“.
Note:
If the boom is guyed, it can happen that the icon 10.3„Boom guyed“ is not displayed
on the monitor, or is only displayed when a load is lifted.
11 Icon
Blinking:
• Fold the TY-frames in.
Function key F3 is pressed.
12 Icon
Blinking:
• Fold the TY-frames out.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

13 Icon
• Erect the TY-frames.
14 Icon
• Place the TY-frames down.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 493
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197690
copyright by
494 LTM 1400-7-1-007
21 Icon
• The TY-frames are fully erected, Operating position.
23 Icon
• TY-frame selection icons.
23.1 Icon
• No TY-frame selected.
23.2 Icon
• TY-frame A (left) selected.
23.3 Icon
• TY-frame B (right) selected.
23.4 Icon
• TY-frame A (left) and B (right) selected.
26 Icon
• TY-frame angle.
26.1 Value
• „Nominal angle.“
• Specified angle of TY-frames for guying release.
• Specified angle for telescoping release if this function is selected.
• Specified angle for erect / lower TY-frame release, if this function is selected.
26.1.1 Value
Blinking:
• The actual angles right and left do not correspond to the respective nominal angle.
26.1.2 Value 26.1.2 with „!“
Value static; ! blinking:
• Guying release.
26.1.3 Value
Static:
• Telescopic boom is guyed.
• The actual angles right and left correspond to the respective nominal angle.
26.2 Value
• „Current angle left“, actual angle in [°] for TY-frame A.
26.2 Value
Blinking:
• „Current angle left“ (TY-frame A) is outside of angle tolerance.
26.3 Value
• „Actual angle right“, actual angle in [°] for TY-frame B.
26.3 Value
Blinking:
• „Actual angle right“ (TY-frame B) is outside of angle tolerance.
35 Icon
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• Load.
35.1 Value
• Maximum load on boom in [t] or [lbs].
35.2 Value
• Current load on boom in [t] or [lbs].
35.3 Value
• Dynamic utilization in [%].
42 Icon
• Radius and main boom angle.
42.1 Value
• Radius of load on boom in [m] or [ft].
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 495
42.2 Value
• Main boom angle in [°].
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
496 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 497
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194896
copyright by
498 LTM 1400-7-1-007
13 LICCON computer system in stand-by mode

13.1 Starting LICCON computer system in stand-by mode
There are two ways of achieving stand-by mode with the LICCON computer system.
Starting the LICCON computer system without engine:

u Turn the ignition key 319 to position „I“ and leave it there.
Result:
– The LICCON computer system runs and the monitor shows the set up screen, or alternatively for a
stop / warning / advance warning, the engine monitoring screen.
u Press function key F8 (O.K.).
Result:
– The system switches to the „Operation“ program.
Turning off the engine with the engine stop key:

u Leave the ignition key 319 in position „I“.
Result:
– The engine is turned off.
13.2 Active stand-by operation / alarm

The operating programs and the monitor displays function exactly the same as in the turn-on proce-
dure for the LICCON computer system with engine start (crane operation).
No crane movements are possible. If a crane movement is selected anyway, a message appears on
the LICCON monitor.
Example: Control turning shut off, the crane engine is not running.
The duration of the stand-by operation is 15 minutes, of which 3 minutes are the stand-by alarm. Ope-
rating the LICCON computer system during stand-by operation automatically extends the stand-by
time.
u In stand-by operation no keys are pressed on the monitor.
Result:
– The stand-by alarm (horn) is reached after 12 minutes.
– This screen appears on the monitor: STANDBY (see illustration).
u Now press any key on the LICCON monitor.
Result:
– System switches back to the interrupted program.
– The stand-by time is extended by another 15 minutes.
u During the stand-by alarm (Duration: 3 minutes) no keys on the monitor are pressed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Result:
– The LICCON computer system shuts completely off. The shut off is announced by acoustical sig-
nals 60 seconds in advance (short horn) and 30 seconds in advance (long horn). The power supply
of the LICCON computer system turns off.
– This screen appears on the LICCON monitor: CRT self test: ERROR: Host Interface: Break! (see
illustration) and the control lights 315, 316 and 317 blink. In this case, this is not an error message
from the LICCON computer system, the error message appears only on the monitor because the
connection between the monitor and the CPU is broken.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 499
13.3 Start prevention

Starting the engine again after complete shut down of the LICCON computer system:
u Return the ignition switch 319 first to position „0“.
u Turn the ignition switch 319 to position „I“ (note the preheating time).
u Turn the ignition switch 319 briefly to position „II“.
Result:
– The engine starts.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
500 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 501
025679-03 4.03 Crane start up and taking the crane out of service
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
502 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.03 Crane start up and taking the crane out of service 025679-03
1 Checks before start up

Various checks must be performed every time before operating the crane.
If an item is low or lacking during an inspection, then it must be refilled or brought to normal status
before operating the crane.
If the inspection shows a very dirty filter, then it must be replaced before operating the crane.
Note
u For detailed description of fill quantities, service items and lubricants, see chapter 7.06 and chapter
7.07 in the Crane operating instructions!
WARNING
Heated crane components!
When the engine is running, crane components can heat up significantly! This applies especially to ex-
haust systems, the engines, the coolant circuit and the respective gears in the crane chassis and in
the crane superstructure!
Touching heated crane components can cause severe injuries!
u Carry out the checks before starting the crane, when the crane components are cold!
u Let already heated components cool off before checking!
u Proceed with special caution near heated crane components!
1.1 Checking the general condition of the crane

WARNING
Risk of accident from falling parts!
Loose parts, such as pins, spring retainers or ice, which are on the boom or crane superstructure can
fall down during crane operation and hit personnel!
u Before starting crane operation, make sure that there are no loose parts on the boom and crane
superstructure!
u Check the crane for visible damage before starting crane operation.
u Carry out a function test of available safety devices.
u Make sure that the crane is standing on level, load bearing ground.
u Make sure that the crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned.
u Make sure that the gear ring of the rotary connection is clean and greased.
u Make sure that the air supply to the oil and water cooler is clear.
u Make sure that side covers are closed and locked.
u Make sure that no persons or objects are within the danger zone of the crane.
u Make sure that the cable / rope drum and the limit switches are free of snow and ice.
u Make sure that there are no loose parts on the boom and the crane superstructure.
1.2 Checking the coolant level

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Danger of injury due to scalding of the skin!
u Check the coolant level only when the engine is cold.

If the coolant level is too low:
u Add coolant, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 503
1.3 Checking the oil level and filters

u Check the oil level on the engine.
u Check the oil level in the hydraulic tank.
u Check the filter on the hydraulic tank.
1.4 Checking the central lubrication system

The grease container must be filled at all times with sufficient lubricant.
u Check the grease container.
If the lubricant level is too low:
u Add lubricant, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.
1.5 Checking the window cleaning fluid

NOTICE
Frozen window cleaning fluid!
If the window cleaning fluid is not frost resistant, then the windshield washer system can freeze during
the cold time of the year!
Failure of the windshield washer system is the result!
The windshield washer system can be damaged!
u Change the window cleaning fluid in time to a frost resistant type!
Before the start of the cold season:

u Empty the container for the window cleaning fluid and refill it with a commercially available, frost
resistant window cleaning fluid.
1.6 Checking the fuel level

WARNING
Note
If the fuel tank has been run dry, then the fuel system must be bled.
u Do not run the fuel tank dry!
On the LICCON monitor, the amount in the tank is given in the form of a numerical display in percent
[%].
u Check the tank content on the LICCON monitor, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
504 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 505
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195679
copyright by
506 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Work station - Crane operator's cab

2.1 Adjusting the crane operator's seat
The crane operator's seat can be adjusted to suit different body sizes.
u Set with lever 300.2 to adjust height of armrests.
u Set with adjusting screw 300.1 to adjust angle of armrests.
u With the lever 302 adjust the seat incline.
u With the lever 302 adjust height of seat.
u With the button 303 adjust the pneumatic lumbar support in lower part of backrest.
u With the button 304 adjust the pneumatic lumbar support in upper part of backrest.
u Unlock the horizontal seat adjustment with the bar 305.
u With the lever 306 adjust the angle of the backrest.
u Clamping screw 323 to adjust joystick support.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 507
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195042
copyright by
508 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Footboard / step

In order to make it easier for the crane driver to enter and leave the crane, the crane cab footboard
can be extended or retracted.
When you have finished working with the crane, retract the footboard again and secure it in the end
position.
2.2.1 Extend the step

u Swivel left armrest upwards.
u Pull locking 313 and press button 434.
Result:
– Footboard is extended.
u Release locking 313 as soon as the footboard extends.
u Extend the footboard until it again locks into place.
2.2.2 Retract the step

u Swivel left armrest upwards.
u Pull locking 313 and press button 435.
Result:
– Footboard is retracted.
u Release locking 313 as soon as the footboard retracts.
u Retract the footboard until it again locks into place.
2.3 Turning the seat heater* on

u Actuate the switch 345.
2.4 Turning the heater / ventilation on

The cab can be heated or ventilated to the desired temperature. The control elements for the heater /
ventilation are underneath the crane operator's seat. For detailed description see Chapter 6.01 „Hea-
ting“.
2.4.1 Heating
u Set the knob 308 to recirculated air.
u Turn on the fan with the rotary switch 309.
u Regulate the temperature with the knob 310.
2.4.2 Ventilation
u Move the knob 308 to fresh air operation.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 509
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195043
copyright by
510 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Tilting the crane cab

To give the crane driver a better field of vision, the cab can be tilted upwards.
When the cab is tilted, the cab doors will open more quickly and hit the backstop. For that reason, hold
the door by the handle and open slowly.
When you have finished working with the crane, set it to horizontal.
CAUTION
Risk of accident!
u If the cab is tilted, it is prohibited to stand on the step!
u If the cab is tilted and the counterweight has been lowered on to the chassis, do not turn the super-
structure towards the rear.
2.5.1 Tilting the cab upward

Result:
– The cab swings upward.
2.5.2 Setting the cab to horizontal position

Result:
– The cab swings downward.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 511
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195044
copyright by
512 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.6 Operating the windshield wiper / windshield washer system
2.6.1 Operating the windshield wiper

The windshield wipers for the front window and the roof window are operated via a 2-stage switch (first
stage - intermittent, second stage - continuous wipe).
To activate the windshield wiper on the front window:
or
To activate the windshield wiper on the roof window:
Actuate the switch 368.
2.6.2 Operating the windshield washer system

The windshield wipers on the front and roof windows can be assisted by a windshield washer system.
Before the start of the cold season, fill the container for the window washer fluid with standard anti-
freeze mix.
To activate the windshield washer system for the front window:
or
To activate the windshield washer system for the roof window:
Press the button 367.
2.7 Opening the front window

WARNING
Danger of injuring hands if they become trapped!
u Be careful with your hands when closing the front window.
A pair of nitrogen gas cylinders provide help to lift the front window.
u To open from inside, just press on the front window.
or
If you only want to partly open the window:
Use the attached strap to set the desired opening angle.
2.8 Checking the horn

Note
Use of the horn!
u Only use the horn in dangerous situations to maintain its warning effect.
u Before starting work, check that the horn is functioning.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 513
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195045
copyright by
514 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Starting and stopping the superstructure engine

The engine can only be subjected to a full load after the operating temperature has been reached.
3.1 Starting the superstructure engine, with the engine at operating

temperature or a coolant temperature of more than 20 °C
u Turn the starter switch 319 to position „1“.
Result:
– The indicator light 316 blinks, the engine is ready to start.
CAUTION
Danger of property damage!
u Start the engine only if the charge indicator light 315 lights up and the indicator light 316 blinks.

u Start the engine.
Problem remedy
If the engine does not start after a maximum of 10 seconds:
u Wait for 1 minute. The starter can be operated three times for 10 seconds per attempt with a pause
in between of one minute each time.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 515
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195045
copyright by
516 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2 Starting the superstructure engine with heat flange controls, with a
coolant temperature below 20 °C
To improve the cold start procedure, the engine is equipped with a heat flange. The heat flange control
turns on at a coolant temperature below 10 °C. The heat flange control is also activated automatically
at a coolant temperature above 25 °C and a charge air temperature of less than - 10 °C. This turn on
condition is required for a warm engine and very cold air.
When the engine is started with heat flange control, the idling speed is automatically increased to as-
sist the battery.
Result:
– The indicator light 316 lights up first and starts to blink after a short period of time, the engine is
ready to start.
u Start the engine.
Problem remedy
If the indicator light 316 turns off out before the engine was started, then the engine is no longer ready
to start.
u Repeat the starting procedure.
Problem remedy
Rapid blinking of the indicator light 316 points to a problem on the heat flange control.
Recognized as problems are no voltage in the heat flange or a defect in the heat flange resistance.
u Remedy the problem.
WARNING
Functionality of the battery in the cold season.
The starting capacity of the battery is considerably reduced in cold temperatures: For example, at a
temperature of - 10 °C it has only 66 % of its normal capacity.
u Once the engine has been turned off, store batteries in a heated room, if possible.
3.3 Starting engine at ambient temperature of less than -20 °C*

Special measures are required if the outside temperatures are less than - 20 °C. These measures are
specific to each customer and are described in the separate additional chapter 6.05 „Preheating the
crane for use at low temperatures“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 517
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195046
copyright by
518 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.4 Checking the instruments after starting the engine

As soon as a stable voltage is present with the engine running, the electric crane control and the LIC-
CON computer system are turned on automatically. A self-test of the microprocessor system follows
and after a few seconds the set up screen appears on the monitor.
3.4.1 Checking the instruments on LICCON monitor

The following icons must turn off when the engine is running:
u Check the charge indicator light 315.
u Check the icon 11 and / or the icon 21 for the „Engine oil pressure“ on the LICCON monitor.
Problem remedy
Does the numerical display for the engine oil pressure in icon 11 or in icon 21 „Engine oil pressure“
still blink after approximately 10 seconds or does it start to blink during crane operation?
The engine oil pressure is too low. The engine can be damaged as a result of insufficient oil pressure.
u Turn the engine off immediately and determine the cause.
u Check the numerical display of the coolant temperature in icon 12.1 and icon 22.1.
Problem remedy
Does the numerical display for the „Coolant temperature“ in icon 12.1 or in icon 22.1 blink during ope-
ration?
The coolant temperature is too high. Excessive coolant temperature can lead to engine damage.
u Turn the engine off immediately.
u Check icon 10 or icon 20 for „Tank contents“.

u Check the icon 19 for „Hydraulic oil temperature“.
u Check icon 12.2 and / or icon 22.2 for the „Charge air temperature“.
u Check icon 13 or icon element 23 for „Coolant level“.
u Check icon 14 or icon 24 for „Air filter“.
u Check icon 26 for „Gear box“.
u Check icon 18 or icon 28 for „Battery voltage“.
3.5 Engine monitoring.

see chapter 4.02 „LICCON computer system“, Engine monitoring.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 519
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195047
copyright by
520 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.6 Turning the superstructure engine off
3.6.1 Turning the superstructure engine off

If the crane has been operated at full engine output or with very high coolant temperatures (above
95 °C), let the engine run without load for 1-2 minutes at idling speed.
u Turn the starter switch 319 back to the stop.
u Pull out and store the starter switch 319.
3.6.2 Turning the superstructure engine off in the event of danger
CAUTION
Operating the emergency off switch
u Only use the emergency off switch 440 or the emergency off switch 320 in case of serious emer-
gency. Use of the emergency off switch 440 or the emergency off switch 320 in normal situations is
prohibited!
u Press emergency off switch 440 or emergency off switch 320.

Result:
– The crane will be turned off immediately.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 521
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194866
copyright by
522 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 LICCON computer system after engine start

The LICCON computer system is only operational with the engine running.
4.1 Waiting for the boot up phase

After being turned on, the LICCON computer system boots up and carries out a self-test, see chapter
4.02.
u Wait for the boot up phase.
Result:
– The set up screen appears on the LICCON monitor.
– Normally, the most recently set equipment configuration and reeving number will be displayed.
If a master switch is moved away from the zero position during the boot up phase, the function circuit
of the electrical safety chain is interrupted.
In this case:
u Turn the engine and the ignition off and restart.
Problem remedy
An error message appears on the LICCON monitor?
u Turn the engine and the ignition off and restart.
u The LICCON computer system automatically displays the troubleshooting display.
Problem remedy
The LICCON monitor does not show the most recently set set up configuration and reeving number?
If there has been a data loss in the memory (cold start), then the first valid set up configuration ap-
pears in the set up screen. The reeving number is set to „0“.
u Set the set up configuration and reeving number again.
4.2 Taking over the previously selected set up configuration and hoist
rope reeving
Check in the operating screen if the correct short code and the correct reeving number have been set.
If the settings on the operating screen are correct:
u Press function key „F8“.
Result:
– The „Set up“ program is terminated and the adjusted parameters are accepted for the newly started
„Operation“ program.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 523
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197006
copyright by
524 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.3 Setting a new set up configuration and new hoist rope reeving
The selected and displayed set up configuration can be changed with the function keys or by entering
the short code.
4.3.1 Setting a new set up configuration with the function keys

u Press function key „F2“ until the desired main geometry status is selected.
u Press function key „F3“ until the desired accessory status is selected.
u Press function key „F4“ until the desired counterweight is selected.
u Press function key „F5“ until the desired support base is selected.
u Press function key „F6“ until the desired slewing range of the crane superstructure is selected.
u Press the „Enter“ key.
u Check the set load chart.
4.3.2 Setting a new set up configuration with short code

The short code can be found in the load chart.
u Entering the 4-digit short code with the keypad A.
u Press „ENTER“.
Result:
For a more detailed description of the „Configuration“ program, see chapter 4.02.
u Check the set load chart.
4.3.3 Setting a new hoist rope reeving

u Press function key „F7“ until the desired reeving number is selected.
or
Press function keys „SHIFT“ and „F7“ until the desired reeving number is selected.
4.3.4 Checking and accepting the new set up configuration and hoist rope reeving
If the settings on the set up screen are correct:
u Press function key „F8“.
Result:
– The „Set up“ program is terminated and the adjusted parameters are accepted for the newly started
„Operation“ program.
u Check the operating screen, if the correct abbreviation code or the correct reeving number is set.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 525
028367-01 4.04 Safety equipment
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112697
copyright by
526 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.04 Safety equipment 028367-01
1 General
The crane operator is obligated before every crane operation to ensure that the warning and safety
devices are functioning.
WARNING
Danger of accident from defective warning and safety systems!
If the crane is operated with defective warning and safety devices, then there is a danger of accidents!
u Make sure that all warning and safety devices are functioning.
u Make sure that the overload protection is functioning.
2 Quick test Crane geometry

– The crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned.
Note
u The horizontal alignment of the telescopic boom can be checked with a spirit level on point P1.
When the telescopic boom is completely telescoped in and horizontally aligned, the LICCON computer
system must show the following:
– Display Extension status telescopes 1: all values on 0 %
– Display Telescopic boom angle 2: 0°
3 Quick test Overload protection

Lift a known weight completely, such as the hook block or a counterweight plate and then set it down.
The respective displayed values must be plausible:
– 3 Actual load display
– Utilization bar 4 (ratio of value Actual load display 3 to maximum load value 5)
– Example:
Value Actual load display 3 is 40 t.
Maximum load value 5 is 80 t.
Utilization bar 4 shows 50 %.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4 LICCON computer system

The LICCON computer system is a system for controlling and monitoring mobile cranes. In addition to
the LICCON overload protection (Load torque limiter = LMB), there are a number of application pro-
grams that can be used for controlling and monitoring the crane movements. For a detailed description
see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02 and chapter 4.20.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 527
4.1 LICCON overload protection

The LICCON overload protection is programmed to shut off the crane movements if the permissible
load moment is exceeded (LMB-STOP).
The LICCON overload protection may not be used as an operational shut off device for crane move-
ments of any kind.
An overload protection cannot detect all occurring conditions by itself. Careful and diligent crane ope-
ration by the crane operator is important.
The basis for the calculation of the utilization of the crane are:
– The currently data and values recorded by the crane control.
– The set up configuration entered by the crane operator.
Direct influence has, for example:
– Failure of a test device (for example: length sensor, angle sensor, pressure sensor).
– A set up configuration incorrectly entered by the crane operator.
– Environmental influences not considered (such as wind influence, ground with insufficient load bea-
ring capability).
– Assembly and operating errors
WARNING
Danger of accident due to assembly and operating errors!
Due to assembly and operating errors it is possible that the overload protection is not effective or shut
off is delayed!
A set up configuration which deviates from the load chart cannot be detected by the overload protec-
tion!
Environmental influences which are not considered cannot be detected by the overload protection!
Dangerous situations and accidents can result!
u Always assemble and operate the crane carefully!
WARNING
Operational utilization of the overload protection!
If the LICCON overload protection is utilized as an operational shut off device for crane movements,
then there is a danger of accidents!
For example, crane movements can be shut off abruptly or uncontrolled!
The behavior of load and crane cannot be foreseen in such a case!
u Do not use the LICCON overload protection as an operational shut off device for crane move-
ments!
WARNING
Lifting of unknown loads!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
The presence of the overload protection does not relieve the crane operator of his obligation for care
and attention!
The crane may not only be operated according to the displays of the LICCON overload protection!
Lifting of loads with unknown weight and unknown properties can lead to accidents!
u Before lifting a load, its weight and properties must be known to the crane operator!
u The crane operator must check with the load chart if the crane is able to carry out the work safely!
The LICCON computer system detects various values, which result in optical and acoustical warnings
if exceeded:
Within the crane operator's cab:
– Acoustic warning „Horn / short horn“ on the LICCON monitor
copyright by
528 LTM 1400-7-1-007
– Optical warning „Blinking value / display“ on the LICCON monitor

Outside the crane operator's cab:
– Acoustic warning via the horn on the slewing platform
– Optical warning via the warning light on the slewing platform
All warnings, even those which do not lead to an immediate shut off must be noted by the crane ope-
rator and personnel within the danger zone.
The overload protection can not detect (examples of cases):
– The hooking of the load or the load suspension equipment.
– Excessive retarding forces.
– Loads falling onto the rope.
– Angular pulling.
– Driving the crane on ground with large slope.
– Collapsing ground.
4.1.1 Failure of the overload protection
WARNING
Crane operation without overload protection!
If the LICCON overload protection is no longer functioning properly because of one or more errors,
then there is a danger of accidents if crane operation is continued!
Due to operation of the crane with failed LICCON overload protection, the crane can be overloaded
and collapse!
u Crane operation without overload protection is prohibited!
u Do not take up crane operation again until the overload protection is functioning again!
A failed overload protection:

– Must be repaired before the crane can be operated again.
– May only be bypasses in emergency cases or emergency situations.
4.2 Bypass of overload protection

The overload protection can be bypassed in case of:
– Failure of the overload protection.
– In an emergency situation (according to EN 13000:2010).
4.2.1 Bypass of overload protection: Failure of the overload protection
Note
u Does not apply for cranes with CE-mark and configuration according to EN 13000:2010!
To bring the crane into safe condition after failure of a component required for the overload protection,
it can be necessary that the overload protection has to be bypassed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Bypassed overload protection!
If the overload protection is bypassed, crane movements are no longer monitored!
The crane can be overloaded and collapse!
u Only carry out crane movements within the range of the load chart as well as the erection / take
down charts!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 529
Note
u For procedure in case of problems, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.15.
u For procedure of shut off of crane movement, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.20.
4.2.2 Bypass of overload protection: Failure of overload protection (according to

EN 13000:2010)
Note
u Applies only apply for cranes configuration according to EN 13000:2010!
With the specification that:
– The bypass is automatically reset at engine stop.
– The bypass is automatically reset after no later than 30 minutes.
– The bypass of the overload protection limits the working speed to no more than maximum 15 %.
WARNING
down charts!
Note
u For procedure in case of problems, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.15.
4.2.3 Bypass of overload protection: Emergency situation (according to

EN 13000:2010)
In an emergency situation, a bypass of the overload protection may become necessary.
With the specification that:
– The bypass is automatically reset at engine stop.
DANGER
Overload of crane!
After a bypass of the overload protection, the crane movements are no longer shut off in case of a
danger of overload of the crane!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
A bypass of the crane can result in severe damage or collapse!

u Do not subject the crane to such a load that it collapses!
u Clear and secure the danger zone of the crane!
Note
u Location of bypass device, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.01 and chapter 4.02.
copyright by
530 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 531
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112851
copyright by
532 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Safety devices on the crane

5.1 Leveling instruments
To ensure the working safety of the crane, the crane must be aligned horizontally on level ground with
sufficient load bearing capacity. Alignment of the crane, see Crane operating instructions, chapter
3.05.
The current values are displayed continuously in the leveling instruments, see Crane operating instru-
ctions, chapter 4.02 and chapter 5.31.
The maximum permissible deviation from the horizontal position of the crane is ± 0.5 % (± 0.3°).
WARNING
If the leveling instruments are defective, there is a danger that the crane is not horizontally aligned!
A crane which is not horizontally aligned can topple over!
u It is imperative that the crane is aligned in horizontal direction!
Note
u To level the crane, the support control unit 9 or the Bluetooth Terminal TM (BTT) 11 is available.
u The various leveling instruments depend on the crane type.
5.1.1 Leveling instruments in the LICCON monitor

The incline of the crane is shown in the Incline icon 10 graphically as well as numerically, see Crane
operating instructions, chapter 3.05 and 4.02.
5.1.2 Leveling instrument in the BTT

The incline of the crane is shown in the Incline display menu 11 graphically as well as numerically, see
Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.05 and 5.31.
5.1.3 Leveling instruments on the chassis with support control unit

For leveling with the support control unit 9, one support control unit 9 with an electronic incline display
is installed on each of the two sides of the vehicle, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.01 and
chapter 3.05.
5.1.4 Quick test Leveling instrument

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
For horizontally aligned crane:

– The telescopic boom must be aligned horizontally at telescopic boom angle 0° over the entire sle-
wing range of the turntable.
Note
u The horizontal alignment of the telescopic boom can be checked with a spirit level on point P1.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 533
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112700
copyright by
534 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2 Acoustic and optical warning devices

Note
u Overview of acoustic and optical warnings, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.20.
– The acoustic and optical warning devices must be functioning and operational.
– Take care of any possible detriments in function, such as snow on the warning lights.
5.3 Hoist limit switch „Hoist top“

The hoist limit switch is intended to prevent the hook block from running against the boom head.
Before every crane application, the function of the hoist limit switch must be checked by running
against the switch weight with the hook block.
For installation purposes and in emergency cases, the hoist limit switch can be bypassed, see Crane
operating instructions, chapter 4.20.
WARNING
Falling load and property damage!
If the hoist limit switch is defective, there is the danger that the hook block or the load hook is pulled
against the pulley head!
Falling load and property damage can result!
u Crane operation without or with defective hoist limit switch is prohibited!
u Repair or replace a defective hoist limit switch!
The hoist limit switch must actuate when the hoist limit switch weight is lifted by the load hook / hook
block:
– When the hoist limit switch is actuated, the icon 12 „Hoist top“ appears in the operating screen. The
crane movements „Spool up winch“, „Luff telescopic boom down“ and „Telescope the telescopic
boom out“ are shut off.
5.3.1 Quick test Hoist limit switch

When the hoist limit switch weight is lifted:
– The icon 12 „Hoist top“ must appear in the operating screen.
– The actuated crane movement must be shut off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 535
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112700
copyright by
536 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.4 Wind speed sensor

The wind warning by the warning speed sensor appears in the operating screen of the LICCON com-
puter system.
WARNING
If the crane is operated with a defective wind speed sensor, then there is the danger that excessively
high wind speeds are not recognized!
u Crane operation with a defective wind speed sensor is prohibited!
u Repair / replace a defective wind speed sensor!
If wind occurs, then the wind speed sensor must report it speed:
– If the actual wind speed value exceeds the displayed maximum value, the value in the icon 13
„Wind speed“ starts to blink and the acoustic alarm „Short horn“ sounds on the LICCON monitor.
But there is no shut off of crane movements.
5.4.1 Quick test Wind speed sensor

When blowing in the cups:
– The wind speed sensor must start to move.
– An actual value must be shown in the icon 13 „Wind speed“.
5.5 Limit switch winch spooled out

The limit switches for the winches are adjusted at the factory. If used properly, the winches will not
need readjustment.
Note
Minimum rope coils on the shut off point!
For the winches, a minimum of three rope coils are set for each drum.
u The shut off must occur before reaching the third minimum rope coil.
WARNING
The load can fall off!
If the limit switch „Winch spooled out“ does not turn off before three minimum rope coils are reached,
then there is the danger, when it is further spooled out, that the rope mounting locks are ripped out
and the load falls down!
Falling load can cause the crane to sway and / or topple over!
u Crane operation with an incorrectly or non-adjusted winch is strictly prohibited!
u If the winch falls below the three minimum rope coils per winch, have it readjusted by Liebherr
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Service!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 537
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112700
copyright by
538 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
The load can fall off!
If the rope is not spooled up or out properly, then the adjustment of the limit switch „Winch spooled
out“ is changed!
If the adjustment of the limit switch „Winch spooled out“ has changed, then the minimum rope coils are
fallen below!
The load call fall down!
Falling load can cause the crane to sway and / or topple over!
u Never pull the end of rope underneath the winch by spooling up the rope winch!
u Never pull the rope from the „stationary“ winch!
u If you suspect that the limit switch „Winch spooled out“ is not adjusted correctly: Check the shut off
without a load on the hook!
The limit switch „Winch spooled out“ must shut off when the minimum rope coils for the winch are rea-
ched:
– When the minimum rope coil for the winch is reached, then the display „Winch spooled out“ ap-
pears in the Winch icon 14, see illustration. The crane movement „Spool winch out“ is shut off.
5.5.1 Quick test Limit switch winch

When the minimum rope coil is reached:
– The display „Winch spooled out“ must appear in the Winch icon 14.
– The crane movement „Spool winch out“ must be shut off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 539
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112852
copyright by
540 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.6 EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch

If an EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch is actuated, then every carried out mo-
vement can be stopped immediately.
WARNING
Defective EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch!
If the crane is operated with a defective EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch, then
the movement cannot be stopped by actuating the EMERGENCY STOP switch!
This could result in accidents!
u Crane operation with a defective EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch is prohi-
bited!
u Repair or replace a defective EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch!
NOTICE
Operational actuation of the EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch
Actuation of the EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch causes the crane movement
to shut off abruptly!
Abrupt shut off of the crane movement can cause the load to swing!
Swinging loads can cause accidents!
u Do not use the EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch operationally!
u Use the EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch only in emergency situations!
The EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch is available in various versions:
– After actuation of a switch of version* 20, the release is only obtained by an authorized person with
key 21 and by subsequently turning the ignition „Off - On“ momentarily.
– After actuation of the switch 22, the release is obtained by turning and unlocking the knob and sub-
sequently turning the ignition „Off - On“ momentarily.
Note
u The switch 24 on the BTT is only activated when working with the BTT.
5.6.1 Quick test EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch

After actuation of the EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF switch:
– The crane movements must be shut off.
– No crane movements must be possible until the release was issued by turning and unlocking the
knob and then turning the ignition „Off - On“ momentarily.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 541
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112852
copyright by
542 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.7 Control release

The control release can be made by various buttons:
– 30 Seat contact button
– Button 31 on master switch MS1 and MS2 (all except LTM1500-8.1)
or
– Button 32 on master switch MS1 and MS2 (only LTM1500-8.1)
The seat contact button 30 shuts down the crane control as soon as the crane operator gets up from
the seat.
This prevents unintended crane movements by accidentally touching the master switch, for example
when getting in or out of the cab.
The button 31 or button 32 bypass the seat contact button 30 if it becomes necessary for the operator
to work standing up.
5.8 Catch bar

Note
u Only for cranes with folding jib.
The catch bar 40 on the telescopic boom pivot section is a mechanical safety device!
WARNING
Danger of fatal injuries due to toppling folding jib!
Due to incorrectly installed, damaged or non-existing catch bar 40 on the telescopic boom pivot sec-
tion, the folding jib can fall down - in case of an installation error!
Personnel can be hit and killed or seriously injured!
u Before folding jib assembly make sure that the catch bar 40 has been installed properly on the tele-
scopic boom pivot section and that it is not damaged!
u The catch bar 40 is a mechanical safety device. For that reason, it is prohibited to change the catch
bar 40 and its installation in any way!
5.9 Hydraulic safety valves

A differentiation is made between three types:
– Pressure relief valves
• Prevent pipe and hose bursts due to excessive pressure.
– Shut off valves
• Control and secure the luffing cylinder and the support cylinders.
– Check valves
• Control and secure the flow direction.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
5.10 Limit switch Boom system

WARNING
Danger of toppling or destroying the crane!
If the crane movement is stopped by the block limit switches, then the load forces cannot be absorbed
and calculated by the control!
The crane can be overloaded and topple over!
Personnel can be hit and killed or seriously injured!
u Do not use the hoist limit switch as an operational shut off device!
u Do not actuate the block limit switches!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 543
5.11 Limit switch Telescopic boom

On the telescopic boom, the limit switches monitor the „steepest position“ and the „lowest position“.
5.12 Limit switch Luffing accessories

Note
u Only for cranes with luffing accessories
For operation with luffing accessories (for example a luffing lattice jib) limit switches monitor the „stee-
pest position“ and the „lowest position“.
5.13 Gravity actuated relapse retainer

Note
u Only for cranes with luffing accessories
The gravity actuated relapse retainer (oscillation guard / flap / relapse support) prevent luffing acces-
sory from tipping to the rear in „steepest position“.
WARNING
If the gravity actuated relapse retainer (oscillation guard / flap / relapse support) is hard to move, then
it will no longer function.
Shut off and limit functions can be set out of service!
The crane can be overloaded and topple over!
u Before erecting the crane, check the relapse retainer for easy movement!
u Crane operation with hard to move relapse retainer is prohibited!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
544 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 545
025681-04 4.05 Crane operation
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195051
copyright by
546 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.05 Crane operation 025681-04
1 General
– The crane is supported and horizontally aligned according to the data in the load chart.
– The counterweight is attached and secured according to the data in the load chart.
– The crane engine is running.
– The hook block is correctly reeved as shown in reeving plan.
– All safety devices have been adjusted as per the information in the load chart.
– There are no persons or objects in the danger zone.
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u In order to protect the crane and reduce the danger of accidents always use the master switch
slowly and sensitively.
u Ensure that there are no obstacles in the working range of the crane and that there are no persons
within the danger zone.
u Give a short warning signal (horn) before starting a crane movement.
1.1 Superstructure
1.1.1 Locking the superstructure

During crane operation „only towards the back“ or as in chapter 4.09 „Driving mode with equipment“
lock the superstructure to the chassis mechanically.
Note
LICCON overload protection
u The release of LICCON overload protection can only happen if the superstructure is properly
locked to the chassis.

Result:
– Icon 1 „Superstructure locked“ appears on the operating screen.
1.1.2 Releasing superstructure lock

Result:
– Superstructure lock is released.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 547
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195051
copyright by
548 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Engine speed
1.2.1 Locking the engine rpm

Locking the engine rpm relieves the crane operator if he needs to work for an extended period with
constant rpm. The engine regulation can be locked in any position.
u Press the pedal 377 down for the engine regulation until the desired rpm is reached.
or
Result:
– Pedal 377 is locked.
1.2.2 Releasing the engine rpm lock

If the engine rpm is locked:
u Press the button 404 again.
or
Press the button 425 again.
Result:
– Locking is removed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 549
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195051
copyright by
550 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 „Power Plus“ rapid gear

Note
Please note!
u If a crane movement has reached its maximum speed due to the current utilization, then no speed
increase is possible by adding the rapid gear.
u If the total power requirement of all actuated crane movements is larger than the available power,
then those crane movements are reduced which require the most power.
u If another crane movement is added or taken back to one or more actuated crane movements, then
this has an influence on the other movements. For that reason, we recommend in situations in
which an interference of the individual crane movements is troublesome, not to add the rapid gear
or to turn the rapid gear off.
1.3.1 Turning on „Power Plus“ rapid gear

Using the button 402 or the button 422 will increase the speed of the crane movement for „luffing up“
and „lift / lower“.
DANGER
Risk of accidents with 1 to 3 strand reeving!
u Do not turn the rapid gear on if the crane is loaded to more than 50 % of its maximum permitted
load carrying capacity for the respective radius.

or
Result:
– Icon 2 „Fast mode“ appears on screen.
– Fast mode is switched on.
1.3.2 Turning off „Power Plus“ rapid gear

When the rapid gear is turned on:
or
Press the button 422 again.
Result:
– Icon 2 „Fast mode“ goes out on screen.
– Rapid gear is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 551
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195051
copyright by
552 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.4 Vibration sensor

By adding the vibration sensor, a crane movements can be detected by vibration of the master switch.
Ensure that the seat contact switch 301 is activated.
1.4.1 Hoist gear 1

Result:
– Vibration sensor 421 is switched on.
Result:
– Vibration sensor 421 is switched off.
1.4.2 Hoist gear 2 / 3 or slewing gear

If hoist gear 2 / 3 and the slewing gear are operated, the vibration sensor 403 will react to the first
deflecting movement.
Result:
– Vibration sensor 403 is switched on.
Result:
– Vibration sensor 403 is switched off.
2 LICCON computer system

See Chapter 4.02 „LICCON computer system“.
2.1 The crane engine is running.

– Batteries are charged via the alternator.
– A stable voltage is present.
The electric crane control system and the LICCON computer system are turned on automatically. A
self test of the LICCON computer system follows.
u Await the self test.
Result:
– After a few seconds the set up screen appears on the monitor.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Problem remedy
The set up screen does not appear on the monitor?
An error was detected during the self test of the LICCON computer system.
u See Chapter 4.02 „LICCON computer system“.
2.2 Stand-by mode

No crane movements are possible. For more information please refer to Chapter 4.02 „LICCON com-
puter system“, section „LICCON computer system in Stand-by mode“.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 553
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195052
copyright by
554 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Luffing
CAUTION
Risk of collision between the luffing cylinders and sections of the crane vehicle!
There is no switch-off of luffing in the event that the luffing cylinders in the front or rear area collide
with sections of the crane vehicle.
u When luffing, make sure that the luffing cylinders in the front or rear area do not collide with parts
of the crane vehicle!
The speed of crane movement „Luffing“ is controlled by the deflection of master switch 1 420 and by
the pedal 377 of the engine regulation.
DANGER
Risk of overloading and / or toppling the crane!
u If an attempt to lift a load with the hoist gear causes the LICCON overload protection to switch off,
then the load may not be lifted by luffing up the boom.

– The seat contact switch is activated.
3.1 Luffing the telescopic boom

In the „Control Parameter“ program, it is possible to preselect the maximum luffing speed of the tele-
scopic boom.
See chapter 4.02 „LICCON computer system“, section „Control Parameters“.
Ensure that the rotary switch 436 is at the left position „luffing the telescopic boom“.
u Deflect the master switch 1 420 in direction X-.
Result:
– The telescopic boom is luffed up.
u Deflect the master switch 1 420 in direction X+.
Result:
– The telescopic boom is luffed down.
3.2 Luffing lattice jib* with master switch 420

– The rotary switch 436 is set to the right position „luffing the jib“.
– The rotary switch 437 is set to the left position „winch 2“.
Result:
– The jib is luffed up.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

Result:
– The jib is luffed down.
3.3 Luffing lattice jib* with master switch 400

– The rotary switch 436 is set to the left position „luffing the telescopic boom“.
u Deflect master switch 2 400 in direction Y-.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 555
Result:
– The jib is luffed up.
u Deflect master switch 2 400 in direction Y+.
Result:
– The jib is luffed down.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
556 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 557
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195052
copyright by
558 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Lifting / lowering
CAUTION
Danger of damaging the hoist rope when spooling up and / or spooling out!
u Do not allow slack rope formation.
The speed of the crane movement „lift“ is controlled via the deflection of the respective master switch
and via the pedal 377 of the engine regulation.
In the „Control Parameter“ program, it is possible to preselect the maximum winch speed. It is also
possible to deactivate or activate the individual winches.
4.1 Lifting / lowering winch 1

The winch icon 3 shows that winch 1 is turning, even when because of multiple reeving and low
speed, no hook movement is visible.
Result:
– Winch 1 spools out and the load is lowered.
Result:
– Winch 1 spools up and the load is raised.

Ensure that the rotary switch 437 is set to the left position „winch 2“.
Result:
Result:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 559
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195052
copyright by
560 LTM 1400-7-1-007

If winch 3 is used as the hoist winch, then the winch 3 rope must be reeved out on the pulley blocks.
– The rotary switch 436 is set to the left position „luffing the telescopic boom“.
Result:
Result:
4.4 Spooling the assembly winch out / up

or
Result:
– The assembly winch spools out.
or
Result:
– The assembly winch spools up.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 561
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195053
copyright by
562 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Turning
The speed of the „turning“ crane movement is controlled via the deflection of master switch 2 400 and
via the pedal 377 of the engine regulation.
The basic principle is that with a longer boom and a heavier load, the crane should be operated at
lower speed.
In the „Control Parameter“ program, it is possible to preselect the maximum rotational speed.
The load chart manual gives the maximum slewing speeds in percentages. These values depend on
the boom length and the operating mode, and may not be exceed under any circumstances.
5.1 Turning the crane superstructure

Ensure that the superstructure is unpinned before initiating the turning movement.
DANGER
u Ensure that there are no obstacles in the crane's working area and no persons in the danger zone.
u When turning with a load, perform the turning manoeuvre very carefully and apply the brakes.

Result:
– Superstructure turns to the right.
Result:
– Superstructure turns to the left.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 563
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195053
copyright by
564 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2 Slewing gear, general

This crane is equipped with a „closed slewing gear“. With a „closed circuit slewing gear“ the braking
effect starts as soon as master switch 2 400 is moved towards the neutral position (parking brake clo-
sed). The parking brake is released as soon as master switch 2 400 is moved away from the neutral
position.
5.2.1 Turning the parking brake on / off

If the parking brake is turned off, then the load can be held by the slewing gear brake 375.
The parking brake turns on automatically if:
– The seat contact switch 301 is not actuated.
– The engine is turned off.
The parking brake can not be turned off if:
– The slewing gear was turned off by the sliding beam monitoring.
– The slewing gear was turned off by the LICCON overload protection.
– The working range limitation is active.
Result:
– Parking brake is switched off.
DANGER
Uncontrolled turning crane!
If the parking brake is turned off and the master switch 2 400 is not deflected, the crane superstruc-
ture, as a result of external forces (such as wind, incline position of the crane, etc.), can turn slowly
due to leakage in the closed hydraulic circuit.
u With the parking brake turned off and the master switch 2 400 not deflected, check that the crane
does not turn uncontrollably!

Result:
– The parking brake is on.
– Indicator light 417 does not light up.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 565
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195053
copyright by
566 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.3 Switching the slewing gear to coasting

In order to position the boom over the load more easily, the slewing gear can be switched to coasting.
The master switch 2 400 may not be deflected while doing so.
The slewing gear cannot be switched to coasting in these situations:
– The slewing gear was turned off by the sliding beam monitoring.
– The slewing gear was turned off by the LICCON overload protection.
– The working range limitation is active.
u Press the foot button 376.
Result:
– The slewing gear is switched to freewheel.
Problem remedy
With the slewing gear released, the superstructure turns unintentionally to the side (for example due to
wind).
u Do not release foot button 376.
u Move the master switch 2 400 in slewing direction and then release the foot button 376.
u Brake the slewing movement by slowly resetting the master switch 2 400.
5.4 Applying the slewing gear brake

CAUTION
Risk of damaging the slewing gear or the roller ring connection!
The slewing gear brake cannot brake all the torque. Failure to comply with the following instructions
could damage the slewing gear or roller ring connection.
u Slewing gear brake 375 must only be used at minimal rotation speeds, in other words with master
switch 2 400 almost at the neutral position.
u Do not brake the turning movement of the crane by moving the master switch 2 400 back to the
neutral position and by abruptly applying the slewing gear brake 375!
The slewing gear brake 375 is only to be used in the following situations.
5.4.1 Starting out in strong side wind

When turning against the wind in strong side wind and with a long boom system, then the superstruc-
ture will turn into the opposite direction due to leakage in the hydraulic motor.
This can be avoided as follows:
u Actuate the slewing gear brake 375 and move master switch 2 400 to the desired turning direction.
u Slowly release the slewing gear brake 375 until the superstructure turns in the desired slewing di-
rection.
5.4.2 Stopping the slewing movement in strong side wind

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Slow down the crane with master switch 2 400 to minimum turning speed.
u Apply the slewing gear brake 375 carefully until the crane has come to a standstill at the desired
position.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 567
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111502
copyright by
568 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6 Telescoping
NOTICE
Damage to hydraulic pumps!
If the telescoping cylinder is not telescoped in before turning the superstructure engine off, then the
hydraulic pumps can be damaged! This applies especially at low temperatures.
u Telescope the telescoping cylinder in manually to 15 % before turning the superstructure engine
off!
NOTICE
Damage of the push out mechanism on the telescopic boom!
If the following conditions are not observed, there is a danger that the telescopic boom is significantly
distorted on the side during the telescoping procedure and that the telescoping cylinder can no longer
retract into the corresponding telescope, but hits against the end section on the front.
This can cause damage to the push out mechanism on the telescopic boom!
u If the telescopic boom is telescoped, especially with auxiliary boom or tele extension, then it must
be ensured before the telescoping procedure that:
u The crane vehicle is supported and horizontally aligned.
u The telescopic boom is not significantly heated up on one side due to sun exposure.
u There is no strong side wind.

6.1 Control of crane movement Telescoping

The speed of crane movement is controlled by the deflection of foot rocker (MSY) 374 and by the pe-
dal of the engine regulation 377.
u Move the foot rocker (MSY) 374 in direction Y+ (forward).
Result:
– The telescopic boom is telescoped out.
u Move the foot rocker (MSY) 374 in direction Y- (backward).

Result:
– The telescopic boom is telescoped in.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 569
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195054
copyright by
570 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.2 General
The „Telematik“ automatic telescopic boom control system consists of:
– The double acting telescoping cylinder.
– The hydraulically operated gripper pinning.
– The hydraulically operated boom pinning.
The gripper and boom pinning is mechanically interlinked, which means a telescope section can only
be unpinned when the gripper is locked simultaneously with this telescope section.
In the LICCON telescoping screen the crane operator can see, in dynamic graphics, the pinning state
of the telescopic boom, the position of the individual telescopes in relation to each other and the ex-
tension status of the telescoping cylinder.
Due to the automatic telescoping procedure, the crane operator can easily telescope the telescoping
boom, as he does not have to concern himself with the pinning or unpinning of the telescoping cylinder
or the telescopes. The LICCON telescoping control system therefore makes possible very straightfor-
ward telescoping, only the desired telescoping targets need to be entered into the system.
The LICCON telescoping control system decides the sequence in which the individual telescopes will
be moved in order to achieve the desired end state. After setting the desired telescoping targets, all
telescoping movements,as well as locking and unlocking, are carried out fully automatically
The following procedures are carried out by the system:
– Locking and unlocking of the telescoping cylinders.
– Pinning and unpinning of the telescopes.
– Sequence of events for the telescopes to be telescoped in order to achieve the desired end state.
This automatic process will however only be carried out as long as the foot rocker 374 is pressed.
The foot rocker 374 determines the direction and the speed of the telescoping movement. In this way
the crane operator has continuous control over the crane.
The direction of the cylinder movement is set by the LICCON computer system.
If the telescopic boom is lengthened, with the result that currently unreachable telescopes must be
moved, then they must first be retracted until the last telescope to be moved is reached. In this case,
in order to lengthen the telescopic boom (telescope out), telescoping in must first take place.
The LICCON computer system displays the direction in which the next telescoping must be done. The
foot rocker 374 must be deflected to correspond to this specified direction. In this way the connection
between the direction of movement of the foot rocker 374 and the telescope continues.
In this way it is possible to move to a telescoping target automatically without an operating screen. It is
therefore also not essential to keep watching the monitor all the time.
If the direction needs to be changed by the foot rocker 374, the telescopic boom remains stationary if
the current direction is to be maintained. This also means that the foot rocker 374 must be moved in
the other direction. If there is no further movement in the other direction, this means that the telesco-
ping target has been reached. This state is displayed visually on the operating screen. If the foot ro-
cker 374 is still being pressed, then the system switches to the telescoping screen after 3 to 5 se-
conds.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 571
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195055
copyright by
572 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.3 Selecting the telescoping target

There are two options for selecting the telescoping target:
1. Target selection through the set up screen
2. Target selection through the telescoping screen
6.3.1 Selecting the target via the configuration screen

u Press the program key P0.
Result:
– The configuration screen appears on the monitor.
u Using the arrow keys 4, move the cursor 1 to the left or the right into the column corresponding to
the desired telescopic boom length.
As supporting information, the currently selected column number 3 and the number of columns in this
chart are shown. For example, 1(63) means 1 of 63 columns.
The status indicator (±) on the left next to the percentage extension condition value means:
– + the corresponding telescopic section must be pinned.
– - the corresponding telescopic section can be telescoped up to the percentage value of the exten-
sion status value under load (according to the load chart).
The double arrow 2 at the left and / or right edge of this line points to additional columns in either di-
rection.
If the cursor 1 touches an edge marked with arrows, the next movement in this direction will display
the next load chart column(s).
The cursor 1 itself will be set on the next column, if possible in the middle.
A change in the telescoping target is only possible if the foot rocker 374 is in neutral.
If no cursor appears in the set up screen, this means that on the telescoping screen a boom configura-
tion that is not supported in the charts was selected and perhaps even started!
Result:
– The selected telescoping target will be activated.
– The selected column for the respective telescoping target will be marked in bold along the side.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 573
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195056
copyright by
574 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.3.2 Selecting the target via the telescoping screen

u Press the program key P4.
Result:
– The telescoping screen appears on the monitor.
The selection of the telescoping target is achieved by pressing multiple times on the function key as-
signed to the telescope concerned. Every time the key is pressed, the intended extension status of the
associated telescope changes to the next percentage value where there is a pin bore.
In contrast to the set up screen, the telescoping length is displayed immediately as a target, without
further confirmation, as soon as the function key is pressed. No confirmation is required, as the assig-
ned function keys do not have any other functions.
The appearance of a direction arrow in the automatic icon 9.2 immediately after a change in the tele-
scoping target can be interpreted as feedback.
If the blinking icon 2 appears on the monitor, then:
– The telescopic sections cannot be unpinned.
– The unpinned load is exceeded.
– No load chart present.
Result:
– These figures appear on telescope 1, 0 %, 46 %, 92 % or 100 %.
Result:
Result:
Result:
6.4 Telescoping to the selected target

If the desired telescoping target is set, then the direction in which the foot rocker 374 must be moved
is displayed on the operating screen and on the telescoping screen.
If the foot rocker 374 is moved against the specified direction, then the telescope remains stationary.
The default direction remains visible as a possible error criterion.
If the set telescoping target has been reached, then the telescoping boom remains stationary regard-
less of any deflection of the foot rocker 374 and the markings on the set telescoping target begin to
blink. The target has thus been reached.
If the arrow 9.2 up appears in the automatic icon 9:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Push the foot rocker 374 forward.

Result:
If the arrow 9.2 down appears in the automatic icon 9:
u Push the foot rocker 374 backward.
Result:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 575
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195057
copyright by
576 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.5 Telescoping with the operating screen

The telescoping system is designed so that an experienced crane driver can telescope without the te-
lescoping screen, in other words using just the operating screen.
The crane operator receives information about the direction in which the foot rocker 374 must be mo-
ved from the arrow 5.3.2 in the icon 5.
If the crane operator attempts further telescoping once the telescoping target has been reached, then
there is an automatic changeover from the operating screen to the telescoping screen. If the foot but-
ton 374 is still being pressed, then the markings on the set telescoping target blink. This means that
the telescoping target has been reached.
If the arrow 5.3.2 up appears in the icon 5:
u Push the foot rocker 374 forward.
Result:
If the arrow 5.3.2 down appears in the automatic icon 5:
u Push the foot rocker 374 backward.
Result:
Once the telescoping target is reached, icon A! 5.3.1 appears.
u Press the foot rocker 374 for another 3 seconds or so, until the telescope is resting on the pins.
6.6 Aborting telescoping

Telescoping can be aborted at any time.
The pins, the telescoping cylinder and the telescopes remain where they were, in the last state they
were in when the foot rocker 374 was still being deflected.
If desired, a new telescoping target can be set and telescoped to automatically.
It is also possible to proceed manually by switching over to manual operation.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 577
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111501
copyright by
578 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.7 Manually telescoping the telescopic boom

Manual telescoping is regarded as an exception mode, as automatic mode makes it possible to reach
any chosen extension state.
In manual telescoping, pinning and unpinning of the telescoping cylinder, and telescoping, must be
carried out manually.
The marking on the telescoping screen will indicate in which telescope the pinning equipment of the
telescoping cylinder is currently located.
The proximity to a telescope pin bore can be inferred on the telescoping screen to an accuracy of 1 %.
6.7.1 Activating manual telescoping operation

u Press the function key F1 and add manual telescoping.
6.7.2 Unpinning the telescoping section

u Change over switch 360 from position 0 to position 2.
Result:
– Unpinning the telescoping section will be preselected.
u Move the foot rocker (MSY) 377 forward until the telescoping section is unpinned.
Result:
– The unpinned telescoping section is displayed on the telescoping screen.
6.7.3 Telescoping and pinning the telescoping section

– The switch 360 is switched to position 2.
– The telescoping section is unpinned.
u Press the foot rocker (MSY) 377 and telescope the telescoping section.
u Change the switch 360 from position 2 to position 0.
Result:
– Pinning the telescoping section will be preselected.
u Continue to move the foot rocker (MSY) 377 in the same direction until the locking pin latches in
audibly.
Result:
– The telescoping section is pinned.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 579
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111501
copyright by
580 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.7.4 Unpinning the telescoping cylinder

Before carrying out any other steps, make sure that the locking pin has latched in audibly.
u Move the foot rocker (MSY) 377 forward until the locking pins of the telescoping cylinder are relie-
ved.
u Do not operate the foot rocker (MSY) 377 further.
Result:
– The telescopic cylinder will be unpinned.
– The telescoping screen displays the unpinned telescoping cylinder.
6.7.5 Telescoping and pinning the telescoping cylinder

– The switch 360 is switched to position 1.
– The telescoping cylinder is unpinned.
The position of the telescoping cylinder is indicated by the image shown on the monitor and in
icon 8.2.
u Press the foot rocker (MSY) 377 and telescope the telescoping cylinder until it reaches the pinning
position.
NOTICE
Risk of damage to the tele locking!
u Only pin the telescoping cylinder when it is in the pinning position!
u Pin the telescoping cylinder only when the indicator light 343 lights up!
u The locking pins must latch in audibly!

Result:
– Pinning the telescoping cylinder will be preselected.
u Continue to move the foot rocker (MSY) 377 in the same direction and pin the telescoping cylinder.
6.7.6 Crane operation
NOTICE
Damage to telescoping cylinder!
If the telescoping cylinder is not retracted before starting crane operation, then it can be damaged!
u After reaching the telescoping target and pinning the telescoping section, the telescoping cylinder
must be extended until the pins for the telescoping section pinning touch on the bores!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 581
027942-03 4.06 Rope reeving
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108118
copyright by
582 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.06 Rope reeving 027942-03
1 Wire ropes and rope end connections

1.1 Wire ropes
Please check if a rotating resistant or a non-rotating rope is required for the application. The type of
rope that is selected then determines the required type of rope end connections, see Crane operating
instructions, chapter 8.04.
Note
u The correct choice and use of wire rope and rope end connections are decisive preconditions for
proper and accident-free crane operation!
DANGER
Danger of serious personnel injury and equipment damage!
u Never use rotation-resistant ropes with a rotating rope end connection!
u Never install a twist compensator / swivel!
1.2 Rope end connections

Rope end connections are grouped into:
– Rope end connections with rope clamp 8
For that, use a rope lock 1, see illustration 1
– Rope end connections without rope clamp
For that, use a wedge lock 40, see illustration 2
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 583
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.118238
copyright by
584 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Reeving in the hoist rope with the assembly winch*

WARNING
Danger of falling!
The assembly personnel, due to an erroneous operation of the crane function or slip on the telescopic
boom, can fall and be killed!
u If retaining ropes are present on the telescopic boom, then the assembly personnel must hang an
approved fall arrest system to the retaining ropes of the telescopic boom on the left and right with
both snap hooks and secure themselves in case of falls. See crane operating instructions, chapter
2.04 and chapter 2.06!
u Without appropriate safety measures, it is strictly prohibited to step on the telescopic boom!
secured for assembly / disassembly.
u Carry out all assembly work from a safe place!
2.1 Reeving procedure

– The crane is ballasted according to the load chart.
– The LICCON overload protection has been set according to the load chart.
– The telescopic boom has been luffed to the rear or the side.
– The telescopic boom is luffed down in 0° position.
u Wear approved fall arrest system and protective equipment, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 2.04.
u Set the fall arrest equipment on the crane superstructure into assembly / disassembly position, see
Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06.
u Secure the assembly personnel from falling: Hook assembly personnel with fall arrest system on
the respective fastening points, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06.
u Switch the assembly winch to freewheel.
u Pull the auxiliary rope 37 forward to the change over pulley 33.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
u Attach the ladder on the telescopic boom in such a way that it cannot fall over! See Crane opera-
ting instructions, chapter 2.06.
u Set the ladder up safely!
u Attach the ladder on the telescopic boom.

u Secure the assembly personnel from falling: Hook assembly personnel with fall arrest system on
the respective fastening points, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 585
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.118238
copyright by
586 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Remove the rope retaining pipe 35, rope retaining pipe 14 and rope retaining pipe 15.
u Place the auxiliary rope 37 over the change over pulley 33.
u Pin the rope retaining pipe 35 and secure.
u Reeve in the auxiliary rope 37 in the reverse direction between the hook block and the pulley head.
u Connect the auxiliary rope 37 with the auxiliary reeving rope (hemp rope).
u Bring the auxiliary rope 37 with the auxiliary reeving rope (hemp rope) over the rope pulley 13 up-
ward.
u Release the auxiliary reeving rope (hemp rope) from the auxiliary rope 37.
u Pull the auxiliary rope 37 to the rear to the hoist winch.
u Connect the auxiliary rope 37 with the hoist rope 31: Open the connector link 36, connect it with the
eyehook of the lock clamp 8 and close the connector link 36.
u Turn the freewheeling off on the assembly winch.
NOTICE
Danger of slack rope formation!
u Permit no slack rope on the hoist winch and the assembly winch!
u Reeve in the hoist rope 31: Spool the hoist rope 31 from the hoist winch and simultaneously spool
up the auxiliary rope 37 on the assembly winch.
u Remove the rope retaining pipe 35.
u Release the auxiliary rope 37 from the hoist rope 31 and spool up.
u Pin and secure the rope retaining pipe 35, the rope retaining pipe 14 and the rope retaining
pipe 15.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 587
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.118239
copyright by
588 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Movable back pulley*

If a movable back pulley 1 is installed on the crane, then it must be aligned before reeving.
3.1 Aligning the movable back pulley

NOTICE
Damage to movable back pulley at diagonal pull!
u Move the moveable back pulley 1 on the side in such a way that the movable back pulley 1 aligns
to the run-in pulley 2.
u Align the movable back pulley 1 to the run-in pulley 2.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 589
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108124
copyright by
590 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Reeving the hook block in and out

4.1 Reeving in the hook block
4.1.1 Preparing the hook block
NOTICE
Damage to the hoist rope!
An incorrectly reeved hoist rope or the incorrect selection of the rope fixed point can cause the hook
block not to hang vertically and thus cause damage to the hoist rope!
u Always carry out the reeving of the hoist rope according to the reeving plan!
u The rope fixed point on the hook block is to be selected in such a way that the last strand runs
parallel to the remaining rope strands, as much as possible!
u Place the required hook block under the pulley head of the telescopic boom.
u At the hook block 19, remove the spring retainers 18 for both rope retaining pins and pull them both
out.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
u Reeve in the hoist rope, see section „Reeving the hoist rope with the assembly winch“.
u Insert the rope retaining pipes again and secure with spring retainers.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 591
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108124
copyright by
592 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.1.2 Fastening the hoist rope
NOTICE
If the pin 3 has been assembled incorrectly, the hoist rope may rub against the pin 3 or on the linch
pin 2!
u Always insert the pins 3 from the „inside to outside“ and secure from the outside, see illustration 1!
u The rope lock 1 must be pinned in either at the pulley head or on the hook block and secured with
linch pins 2, depending on reeving.
u Push the retaining pin 6 on the rope lock 1 in, move the lever 5 „downward“ and hold it in this posi-
tion.
Result:
– The latch 4 will be swivelled downward.
u Attach the rope end with the locking clamp 8 in the rope lock and pull the rope firmly „downward“
(in direction of arrow), until the locking clamp 8is placed in the cone 7.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to incorrect mounting of locking clamp!
u The locking clamp 8 must touch on the cone 7 after hanging it into the rope lock 1 and must be
secured by the latch 4!
u Release the lever 5.

Result:
– The lever 5 returns to the initial position and is locked by the retaining pin 6.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 593
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108124
copyright by
594 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Unreeving the hook block

– The ground is level and of sufficient load carrying capacity.
4.2.1 Lowering the hook block
WARNING
Crushing of hands!
When guiding the hook block by hand, hands or fingers can be crushed!
When unreeving the hook block, it can topple over!
u Use the handles in the safe area of the hook block!
u Make sure the hook block is safely positioned!
u Lower the hook block and set it on the ground.

u Remove the hoist limit switch weight, see section „Removing the hoist limit switch weight“.
4.2.2 Detaching the hoist rope

u Push in retaining pin 6 on the rope lock 1 move the lever 5 downward and hold it in this position.
Result:
– The latch 4 is moved to the side and the locking clamp 8 is released.
u Push the hoist rope up and detach the locking clamp 8.

u At the hook block 19, remove the spring retainers 18 for both rope retaining pins and pull them both
out.
u At the pulley head remove the spring retainers on the rope retaining pipe 14 and on the rope retai-
ning pipe 15 and pull the rope retaining pipe out, see section „Reeving the hoist rope with the as-
sembly winch“.
u Unreeve the hoist rope from the hook block and the pulley head.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 595
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108125
copyright by
596 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Attaching and removing the load hook*

5.1 Attaching the load hook*
5.1.1 Assembling the load hook*

u Place the load hook under the pulley head of the telescopic boom.
WARNING
Danger of falling!
u Place the hoist rope over the upper rope pulley 13, see section „Reeving the hoist rope with the
assembly winch“.
u Insert the rope retaining pipe 14 and the rope retaining pipe 15 and secure with spring retainers.
u Pin the rope lock 1 in the load hook 26 and secure with spring retainers.
5.1.2 Fastening the hoist rope

u Push the retaining pin 6 into the rope lock 1, move the lever 5 sideways and hold it in this position.
Result:
– The latch 4 is moved to the side.
u Hang in the rope end with the locking clamp 8 in the rope lock and pull the rope firmly in the direc-
tion of the arrow, until the locking clamp 8 contacts the cone 7.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to incorrect mounting of locking clamp!
u The locking clamp 8 must touch on the cone 7 after hanging it into the rope lock 1 and must be
secured by the latch 4!
u Release the lever 5.

Result:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– The lever 5 returns to the initial position and is locked by the retaining pin 6.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 597
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108125
copyright by
598 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2 Removing the load hook*

– The ground is level and of sufficient load carrying capacity.
5.2.1 Lowering the load hook
WARNING
Crushing of hands!
When guiding the load hook by hand, hands or fingers can be crushed!
The load hook could roll away!
u Make sure the load hook is safely positioned!
u Place the load hook 26 on the ground.

u Remove the hoist limit switch weight, see section „Removing the hoist limit switch weight“.
5.2.2 Detaching the hoist rope

u Push the retaining pin 6 into the rope lock 1, move the lever 5 sideways and hold it in this position.
Result:
– The latch 4 is moved to the side and the locking clamp 8 is released.
u Push the hoist rope in the direction of the load hook and detach the locking clamp 8.
u At the pulley head remove the spring retainers on the rope retaining pipe 14 and on the rope retai-
ning pipe 15 and pull the rope retaining pipe out, see section „Reeving the hoist rope with the as-
sembly winch“.
u Unreeve the hoist rope from the pulley head.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 599
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.106127
copyright by
600 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6 Attaching / removing the hoist limit switch weight

6.1 Attaching the hoist limit switch weight
The hoist limit switch weight 30 consists of 2 parts, which are pushed into each other:
– The weight 35.
– The carrier section 36.
u Loosen and open the screw retainer 32.
WARNING
The hoist limit switch weight can fall down!
If the hoist limit switch weight is incorrectly assembled, components can fall down!
u Do not replace the snap hook 33 with other parts, such as a shackle or similar!
u When detaching or attaching the hoist limit switch weight 30 make sure that the weight 35 and the
carrier section 36 do not fall down!
u Make sure that the curvature R of the carrier section 36 points to the hoist rope 34!
u Make sure that the stubs 31 of the carrier section 36 touch on the weight 35!
u Make sure that the screw retainer 32 can be turned to be closed from top to bottom, point K!
The attachment of the hoist limit switch weight 30 depends on the position of the rope fixed point.
Rope fixed point on the pulley head:
– In the event of multiple hoist rope reeving, the hoist limit switch weight 30 must always be laid
around the „stationary rope strand“, in other words around the rope strand that leads directly to the
cable lock.
Rope fixed point on hook block:
– The hoist limit switch weight 30 is laid around the outer strand which shows the least diagonal pull,
i.e. the one with the smallest angle between the hanging hoist limit switch weight and the hoist
rope.
Note
u The chain 37 must be attached in full length during crane operation and may not be shortened!
u Push the weight 35 with one hand on the hoist rope 34 and hold.
u With the other hand, guide the carrier section 36 behind the hoist rope 34 and under the weight 35.
The curvature R of the carrier section 36 must point to the hoist rope 34.
u Push the weight 35 on the carrier section 36.
u Hang in the hoist limit switch weight 30 with the carrier section 36 in the snap hook 33.
The snap hook 33 must be secured with the screw retainer 32.
u Close the screw retainer 32 on the snap hook 33.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 601
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.106127
copyright by
602 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.2 Removing the hoist limit switch weight

WARNING
The hoist limit switch weight can fall down!
If the hoist limit switch weight is incorrectly removed, components can fall down!
Personnel can be severely injured!
u When detaching or attaching the hoist limit switch weight 30 make sure that the weight 35 and the
carrier section 36 do not fall down!
u It is prohibited for anyone to remain in the danger zone!
u Release and open the screw retainer 32 on the snap hook 33.
u Detach the hoist limit switch weight 30 from the snap hook 33.
u Hold the weight 35 with one hand and with the other hand, push the carrier section 36 from the
weight 35.
u Store the weight 35 and carrier section 36 safely.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 603
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108119
copyright by
604 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7 Assembling / disassembling the wedge lock

– The rope clamp is cut off on the hoist rope.
– The hook block or the load hook are ready for assembly.
7.1 Installing the wedge lock

WARNING
If an incorrect wedge lock 40 is used or if the wedge lock 40 is incorrectly assembled, the hoist rope
can rip off or the hoist rope can be pulled through the wedge lock 40!
The hook block and the load can fall down and kill personnel!
u Use only a wedge lock 40 approved by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen!
u Install the wedge lock 40 correctly!
u Place the hoist rope with the wedge 41 into the housing 43 in such a way that the rope strand runs
in the pull axle of the wedge lock 40!
u The dead end of the rope must be secured by the clamp 42 to prevent it from being pulled through!
u It is prohibited for personnel to remain in the danger zone!
u Take a matching wedge lock 40 from the tool box.

u Place the hoist rope with the wedge 41 into the housing 43.
u If possible, assemble the clamp 42 through the wedge 41 on the dead end of the rope.
NOTICE
If the pin 3 has been assembled incorrectly, the hoist rope may rub against the pin 3 or on the linch
pin 2!
u Always insert the pins 3 from „inside to outside“ and secure from the outside!
u Pin and secure the wedge lock 40 on the fixed point of the pulley head or that of the hook block or
on the load hook, depending on the reeving plan.
7.2 Removing the wedge lock

u Unpin the wedge lock 40 on the fixed point.
u Remove the clamp 42 and pull the hoist rope with the wedge from the housing.
u Store the wedge lock 40.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 605
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108222
copyright by
606 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8 Crane operation with auxiliary block* on the telesco-

pic boom
8.1 Crane operation with auxiliary block*
For crane operation with auxiliary block 1, the following prerequisites are required:
– The TY guying has been disassembled (if present).
– The working floodlights on the telescopic boom have been disassembled.
Note
u For crane operation with auxiliary block 1 on the telescopic boom, move only to the radius ranges,
which are present in the load chart!
NOTICE
Damage of hook block, auxiliary block or hoist rope!
If the following notes are not observed, the hook block 3, the hoist rope 2 or the auxiliary block 1 can
be damaged!
If the hoist limit switch chain on the hoist limit switch weight is too short, the hook block 3 can run on
the auxiliary block 1 when spooling up the hoist rope 2 and damage it severely!
u Before crane operation with auxiliary block 1, assemble the longer hoist limit switch chain!
u Before crane operation with auxiliary block 1, remove the rope protection pipes on the hook
block 3!
u When the hook block 3 is on the ground, ensure that the hoist rope 2 remains in the pulleys!
u For operation with auxiliary block 1, do not telescope the telescopic boom out and run only the radii
ranges, which are specified in the load chart!
u Carry out crane operation with auxiliary block 1 carefully.
9 Rope reeving
Note
u For reeving plans, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.15!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 607
027001-02 4.07 Counterweight
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103187
copyright by
608 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.07 Counterweight 027001-02
1 General
The counterweight must be disassembled before driving operations on public highways.
The counterweight plates are marked with their own weights.
WARNING
Crane can topple over!
The crane may be damaged or topple over if a different counterweight is used than the one listed in
the load chart.
u Attach the counterweight according to the data in the load chart!
u Replace damaged counterweight plates!
1.1 Counterweight combinations

For counterweight combinations of 40 t, 60 t, 80 t, 100 t and 120 t, instead of using 2 x counterweight
plates (10 t) 4 it is also possible to use 4 x counterweight plates (5 t) 3.
WARNING
Risk of crane accidents when re-ballasting on the superstructure!
u An asymmetrical ballast load of more than 10 t is not permitted when re-ballasting on the super-
structure (counterweight suspended from superstructure)!
u Only place counterweights up to 10 t onto the retaining plate 1 (alternately right and left).
u Ballast may only be added to the superstructure when using a counterweight radius of 5.6 m.
Counterweight [t] Combination Individual weight

[t]
0 - 0

[t]
20 Receptacle plate 1 15
Center plate 2 5

[t]
Center plate 2 5
2 x counterweight plate 3 5
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

[t]
Center plate 2 5
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 609

[t]
Center plate 2 5

[t]
Center plate 2 5

[t]
Center plate 2 5

[t]
Center plate 2 5

[t]
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Center plate 2 5
copyright by
610 LTM 1400-7-1-007

[t]
Center plate 2 5

[t]
Center plate 2 5

[t]
Center plate 2 5

[t]
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Center plate 2 5
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 611

[t]
Center plate 2 5
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
612 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 613
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103434
copyright by
614 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Weights
The components listed below do not count as part of the counterweight.
If winch 2 19 is not installed to the counterweight frame 7, the „winch 2 replacement counterweight 20“
must be attached instead of winch 2 19.
If winch 3 22 is not attached to the counterweight frame 7, the „winch 3 replacement counterweight 23“
must be attached instead of winch 3 22.
Component Abbreviation
19 Winch 2 W2
22 Winch 3 W3
20 Replacement counterweight winch 2 E2
23 Replacement counterweight winch 3 E3
Counterweight GG
E2+E3 W2+E3 E2+W3 W2+W3 GG

7.7 t 9.2 t 11.5 t 13.0 t 0t
27.7 t 29.2 t 31.5 t 33.0 t 20 t
37.7 t 39.2 t 41.5 t 43.0 t 30 t
47.7 t 49.2 t 51.5 t 53.0 t 40 t
57.7 t 59.2 t 61.5 t 63.0 t 50 t
1.3 Attachment points
1.3.1 Attachment points on fitted winch 3, „rear“

To ensure the correct center of gravity with winch 3 22 attached, the carriage 21 must be positioned
so that the arrow 27 is aligned with the mark 25.
With winch 3 22 attached, use the attachment points as shown in illustration 1.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
u It is forbidden to raise the counterweight assembly when winch 3 „above“ is attached.
1.3.2 Attachment points on fitted „replacement weight winch 3“

To ensure the correct center of gravity with „replacement weight winch 3 23“ attached, the carriage 21
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
must be positioned so that the arrow 27 is aligned with the mark 26.
With „replacement weight winch 3 23“ attached, use the attachment points as shown in illustration 2.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 615
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103188
copyright by
616 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Assembly
– the crane is supported and horizontally aligned according to the data in the load chart,
– the LICCON has been set according to the data in the load chart.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
During assembly or disassembly of the counterweight, personnel can be injured or killed!
Objects can be damaged!
u During the assembly or disassembly of the counterweight, no personnel may remain within the
danger zone!
u During the assembly or disassembly of the counterweight, no objects may remain within the danger
zone!
2.1 Placing the retaining plate, center plate and counterweight frame on
the chassis
The retaining plate 1 is fixed in position by the centering cone 5 and the stops 6 when the counter-
weight is placed onto the chassis. The retaining plate 1 acts as a support plate for the remaining coun-
terweight plates and must always be placed onto the chassis first.
The counterweight assembly, consisting of the counterweight frame 7, the retaining plate 1, the center
plate 2, the counterweight plate 3 1x left/right and the counterweight plate 4 1x left/right can be placed
onto the chassis in one lift. See illustration 4
u Lift the counterweight assembly using the specially provided ropes and lower it onto the centering
cones 5. See illustration 4
or
Hang the retaining plate 1 on the crane using the supplied ropes and lower onto the centering co-
nes 5 on the vehicle frame.
u Hang the center plate 2 on the crane using the supplied ropes and lower onto the retaining plate 1.
u Lift the counterweight frame 7 with the crane and place it on the retaining plate 1 in such a way that
the ballasting cylinders can be guided in the receptacles 8 of the retaining plate 1.
u Pin the ballasting cylinders with the retaining plate 1:
u Pin the pins 40 on both sides with the notch directed upward.
u Secure the pins 40 on both sides with retaining pins 41.
u Secure the retaining pins 41 on both sides with spring retainers 42.
Do not remove the fastening ropes from the ballast frame 7 until the ballasting cylinders have been
pinned and secured at both sides.
u Remove the fastening ropes.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 617
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198817
copyright by
618 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Stacking the counterweight plates

WARNING
If more than 10 t are placed in one lift onto the retaining plate 1 or if the counterweight is asymmetri-
cally installed, then the crane can topple over and kill personnel!
u Only place counterweights up to 10 t onto the retaining plate 1 (alternately right and left).
u Attach the counterweight symmetrically.
The receptacle stud 30 must be used to stack the counterweight plates.

Before the receptacle stud 30 is guided into the counterweight plates, it must be ensured that the
length of the receptacle stud 30 is set correctly. The length of the receptacle stud 30 can be adjusted
with the pin 32.
Use the bore 5 t for the counterweight plate 3.
Use the bore 10 t for the counterweight plate 4 or 2x counterweight plate 3.
If the length of the receptacle stud 30 is to be adjusted:
u Release and unpin the pin 32.
u Adjust the length of the receptacle stud by moving the receptacle stud 30.
u Pin in the pin 32 and secure with retaining pin.
u Hang the receptacle stud 30 on the auxiliary crane and guide it into the counterweight plate.
u Pull up the lever 31 and fold it down.
u Turn the lever 31 by 60° until the lever 31 is aligned with the corner of the receptacle bore 33. See
illustration 6.
Result:
– The receptacle stud 30 is locked with the counterweight plate.
u Lift the counterweight plate with the receptacle stud 30 and place it carefully on the retaining
plate 1 or another counterweight plate.
u Turn the lever 31 by 60° until the lever 31 is centered between the 2 corners of the receptacle
bore 33. See illustration 5.
Result:
– The receptacle stud 30 is unlocked from the counterweight plate.
u Carefully pull the receptacle stud 30 from the counterweight plate.

u Stack the counterweight plates according to the load chart.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 619
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198834
copyright by
620 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Securing the counterweight

Secure the counterweights before starting to use the crane.
u Guide the safety chain 10 on both sides from the top through the counterweight assembly.
u Pin the retaining chain 10 on both sides on the bottom with the retaining plate 12 and secure.
u Tighten the retaining chain 10.
u Pin and secure safety chain 10 to securing plate 11 at both sides at top.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 621
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195684
copyright by
622 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Pinning the counterweight frame to the turntable

The counterweight frame (illustration 1) can be attached and pinned to the turntable frame in different
„equipment configurations“.
„Set up conditions“ for the counterweight frame:
– without winch 3 (illustration 1)
– with winch 3 „above“ and pulley block in park position (illustration 2)
– with winch 3 „rear“ (illustration 3)
Note
In order to pin the counterweight frame onto the turntable when winch 3 „above“ is attached, it is ne-
cessary to swing the pulley block upwards before carrying out the pinning procedure - counterweight
frame onto turntable (illustration 2). If this is not done, it will not be possible to pin the counterweight
frame to the turntable.
u Move the pulley block using the crane's boom into park position.
u Pin the pulley block in park position and secure (see chapter 5.11 „Winch 3“).
Ensure that the following prerequisite is met:

– the crane superstructure is locked with the crane chassis.
u Make the electrical connections for the auxiliary winch.
u Make the electrical connections for the ballasting cylinders and sliding cylinders.
The engine must be turned off before connecting and disconnecting hydraulic lines.
Hydraulic lines which belong together are marked with numbers.
u Make the hydraulic connections for the ballasting cylinders, sliding cylinders and auxiliary winch.
u Press button 456 and start engine.
u Press button 451 and extend ballasting cylinders.
Result:
– Counterweight frame is raised.
u Press button 453 and fully extend counterweight frame.

u Press button 450 and retract ballasting cylinders.
Result:
– Counterweight frame will be lowered.
u Lower counterweight frame until the bores for the pins 16 are in alignment.
WARNING
Counterweight frame may fall!
If the counterweight frame is not pinned and secured at both sides, it may fall down and cause life-
threatening injuries to assembly personnel!
u Pin and secure the counterweight frame at both sides!
u Pin the pins 16 at both sides and secure with spring retainers.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 623
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195684
copyright by
624 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Equalizing the inclined position of the ballast when lifting

By blocking the individual ballasting cylinders, an inclines position of the ballast can be equalized
when lifting.
If the ballasting cylinder A runs ahead:
u Press the button 454 and block the ballasting cylinder A.
If the ballasting cylinder B runs ahead:
u Press the button 455 and block the ballasting cylinder B.
u With the button 451, extend the corresponding ballasting cylinder until the ballasting cylinders A
and B are again on a horizontal level.
or
With the button 450, retract the corresponding ballasting cylinder until the ballasting cylinders A
and B are again on a horizontal level.
u Press button 454 or button 455 and turn the blocking of the corresponding ballasting cylinder off
again.
u Place down or take up the counterweight as described.
2.6 Attaching the supply cables for winches 2 and 3

u Establish the hydraulic connections for winch 2.
u Establish the electrical connection for winch 3.
u Establish the hydraulic connections for winch 3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 625
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103191
copyright by
626 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.7 Pinning the counterweight with the counterweight frame

To relieve the ballasting cylinders, the counterweight must be pinned and secured with the counter-
weight frame 7.
– the bores for the pinning counterweight with counterweight frame 7 align
u Pin the pins 45 completely on both sides.
u Secure the pins 45 on both sides with spring retainers 46.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 627
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195214
copyright by
628 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Telescoping
3.1 Telescoping the counterweight
– the electrical and hydraulic supply lines are established,
– the counterweight frame has been pinned and secured on both sides,
– the telescoping range of the counterweight is free of personnel or objects.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
When telescoping the counterweight, personnel can be crushed or killed!
u When telescoping the counterweight out or in, no personnel may remain within the telescoping
range of the counterweight!
u When telescoping the counterweight out or in, no objects may remain within the telescoping range
of the counterweight!
The counterweight radius may only be changed if the counterweight has been fully raised.
u Press button 430 and fully retract the ballasting cylinders.
Result:
– Counterweight will be raised.
– When the counterweight has been fully raised an acoustic signal (buzzer) will sound.
The crane can be operated with a large counterweight radius of 6.6 m or a smaller counterweight ra-
dius of 5.6 m. Switch to a larger or smaller counterweight radius by using function key F6. The status
is indicated by the symbol above function key F6.
Crane operation is only possible with a counterweight radius of 6.6 m or 5.6 m. Crane operation is not
possible in intermediate positions.
The counterweight can only be telescoped if its final state is permitted according to the load chart and
the LICCON allows telescoping to take place.
u Press the function key F6.
Result:
– New counterweight radius is preselected.

Result:
– Counterweight radius is reduced.

Result:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Counterweight radius is increased.
u A new load chart is set for the new counterweight radius when this radius is reached.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 629
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103191
copyright by
630 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Disassembly
– the crane is supported and horizontally aligned according to the data in the load chart,
– the LICCON has been set according to the data in the load chart,
– the superstructure is locked to the chassis,
– the counterweight is extended to a counterweight radius of 6.6 m.
Note
u With winch 3 „above“ fitted, move the pulley block into park position U before disassembling the
counterweight frame from the turntable (see chapter 5.11 „Winch 3“).
WARNING
Risk of accident!
During assembly or disassembly of the counterweight, personnel can be injured or killed!
u During the assembly or disassembly of the counterweight, no personnel may remain within the
danger zone!
u During the assembly or disassembly of the counterweight, no objects may remain within the danger
zone!
4.1 Unpinning the counterweight on the counterweight frame

u Remove spring retainers 46 on both sides.
u Unpin the pins 45 on both sides.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 631
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102292
copyright by
632 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Placing the counterweight on the chassis

– the pinning counterweight with counterweight frame is released.
CAUTION
Risk of accident!
u Only use the operating console on the counterweight frame when lowering the counterweight onto
the crane chassis!
u Before lowering, the counterweight must be extended to a radius of 6.6 m.
u Press button 453 and fully extend the counterweight.

Result:
– Counterweight is lowered and affixed to the chassis by the centering cones 5.
– When the counterweight has been fully lowered an acoustic signal (buzzer) will sound.
u Disconnect the hydraulic connection from winch 2 and 3 and secure them in the receptacle.
u Connect hose line with number 2 and hose line with number 3 together.
u Release and unpin the pins 16 on both sides.
u Press button 456 and start engine.
Result:
– Counterweight frame is raised.
u Raise counterweight frame until the brackets 15 are positioned above the pins 17.
Result:
– Counterweight frame will be retracted.
u Retract counterweight frame to respective mark 25 or mark 26.

u Press button 450 and retract ballasting cylinders.
Result:
– Counterweight frame will be lowered.
u Press button 457 and turn off engine.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 633
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103189
copyright by
634 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.3 Disassembling the counterweight plates

u Detach the hydraulic connection for the ballasting cylinders, sliding cylinders and auxiliary winch.
u Connect the hydraulic line marked with number 1 to the transport receptacle.
u Connect hydraulic lines marked with number 2 and 3 with each other.
u Undo electrical connections to the ballasting cylinders and sliding cylinders.
u Disconnect electrical connection for auxiliary winch.
u Remove securing plate 11, securing plate 12 and securing chain 10.
u Set the LICCON overload protection according to the load chart.
The receptacle stud 30 must be used for the disassembly of the counterweight plates.
For more information see section „Stacking the counterweight plates“.
u Disassemble the counterweight plates with the receptacle stud 30.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 635
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.103190
copyright by
636 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.4 Placing the counterweight on the transportation vehicle

DANGER
Risk of accident!
u It is forbidden to raise and disassemble the counterweight assembly when winch 3 „above“ is atta-
ched.
u Before disassembling the counterweight assembly, move winch 3 from the „above“ to the „rear“
fixing point or completely remove it.
The counterweight assembly, consisting of the counterweight frame 7, the retaining plate 1, the center
plate 2, the counterweight plate 3 1x left/right and the counterweight plate 4 1x left/right can be placed
onto the transportation vehicle with one lift. See illustration 4
u Lift the counterweight assembly using the specially provided fastening ropes and place it onto the
transport vehicle. See illustration 4
or
Secure the counterweight frame 7 with tackle ropes to prevent it from falling down.
u Release the pinning of ballasting cylinder with retaining plate 1:
u Release the retaining pins 41 and unpin at both sides.
u Unpin the pins 40 on both sides.
u Place the counterweight frame 7 on the transport vehicle.
u Place the center plate 2 and the retaining plate 1 on the transport vehicle.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 637
026079-15 4.08 Working with a load
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
638 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.08 Working with a load 026079-15
1 Safety technical instructions for working with a load

Note
u In addition to this chapter, observe Chapter 2.04 in the Crane operating instructions.
WARNING
For steep boom positions, for which no loads are specified in the load charts there is a risk of the
crane superstructure toppling when turning „backward“, i.e. towards the counterweight side.
There is a particular danger if the support basis has been reduced and supported with the sliding be-
ams retracted.
u The radii specified in the load chart must be observed.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to faulty operation!
If the reeving number on the pulley head is less than the reeving number set on the LICCON computer
system and if the load is lifted with the luffing gear, it can result in an overload of the hoist rope, as a
result, the hoist rope can rip, causing the load to drop.
u Always comply with the reeving numbers specified in the load chart for maximum loads.
u The reeving on the pulley head and the reeving set on the LICCON computer system must match,
otherwise crane operation is prohibited.
DANGER
Danger of fatal accidents due falling load!
If the number of three coils is fallen below (for example due to a technical defect), the hoist rope is
ripped from the winch drum and the load falls down.
u The crane operator must ensure that there are always at least three rope coils on the winch drum.
Always comply with the maximum loads specified in the load chart.
The weight of the hook block according the load chart must be taken into account.
For the lift, use the hook block which is suited best for the existing set up configuration in connection
with the load chart.
Initiate all crane movements carefully. Also slow down the crane movements carefully. That way you
can avoid a swinging or pendulum motion in the suspended load.
2 Checks before starting to work with the crane

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Before starting work with the crane, the crane operator must carry out a further inspection to satisfy
himself about the craneʼs operational safety:
– Check that the crane is properly supported and level.
– Check that all values in the load chart that apply to the current equipment configuration have been
entered and met.
– Ensure that there are no people or objects in the crane danger zone.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 639
WARNING
Danger of accidents when turning the crane superstructure!
By turning the crane superstructure in restricted space conditions on the job site, especially in the rear
area of the counterweight and towards the chassis, personnel can be crushed and severely injured or
killed.
u Ensure before starting any slewing movement that there are no people or objects in the danger
zone.
2.1 Visual check for damage

WARNING
Danger of accident!
If the crane is operated despite existing defects, personnel can be severely injured or killed.
u In the event of deficiencies which threaten operational safety, stop crane operations immediately.
The following deficiencies threaten the craneʼs operational safety:

– Damage to load-bearing parts of the crane design, such as booms, supports etc.
– Failure of the hoist gear brake and consequent slipping of the load
– Functional failures in the crane control system
– Functional defects in the indicator and warning lights
– Damage to the hoist ropes
– Functional defects in the safety devices
– Leakages on safety relevant components of the crane hydraulic
Inform the appropriate supervisor about the deficiencies on the crane and also inform your relief when
crane operators are changed.
2.2 Telescopic boom distortion because of sunshine on one side

A temperature difference occurs between the side facing the sun and the side facing away from the
sun for cranes with telescopic booms. This causes telescopic boom side distortion, which can reduce
the load-bearing capacity of the telescopic boom.
For example, a temperature difference between the two boom sides of 30 °C and a boom length of
60 m results in a length difference caused by the temperature difference between the two sides of the
telescopic boom of approximately 22 mm. With narrow boom parts, this causes the profiles to bend
sideways.
If the maximum load carrying capacity is being utilized when a telescopic boom extension such as a
fixed lattice jib, luffing lattice jib or folding jib is being used, then in must be ensured through a visual
inspection before picking up the load that the boom is not showing signs of side deformation due to
one-sided sun exposure.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to component overload!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If the telescopic boom has become distorted because of one-sided sunlight, this can cause component
overload and therefore accidents.
u Turn the crane so that both sides of the boom are heated up equally, eliminating side deformation
due to temperature difference.
3 Crane movement - Telescoping

If the telescopic boom is telescoped with the auxiliary boom or telescopic boom extension, before the
telescoping procedure, ensure that:
– The telescopic boom is evenly warmed up by solar radiation.
copyright by
640 LTM 1400-7-1-007
– There is no strong side wind.
WARNING
Damage of the telescopic boom or the hoist rope!
If these 3 factors are not adhered to, damage of the telescopic boom or the hoist rope can occur and
lead to accidents.
u Support the crane properly and align it horizontally.
u Keep both sides of the boom at about the same temperature.
u Telescope only to the permissible wind speed according to the load chart.
u If the actual wind speed is higher than the permissible wind speed noted on the load chart, telesco-
ping is prohibited.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 641
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121650
copyright by
642 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Taking on a load
The crane must always be operated in such a way that its load-bearing parts are not destroyed or da-
maged and its stability is ensured.
– The crane is supported and horizontally aligned.
– The LICCON overload protection is active.
– The central ballast has been attached according to the load chart.
– The counterweight is installed according to the load chart.
– The derrick ballast has been installed according to the load chart.
– The hook block or the load hook is correctly reeved.
4.1 Fastening the load

WARNING
Load can be ripped off!
If impermissible fastening and / or load handling equipment is used when taking up a load on the cent-
ric bore on the double hook at point P1 (illustration 2), then the double hook as well as the hook block
can be damaged.
The load can rip off and fall down.
u Lift the load via the centric bore on the double hook (point P1): For the technical requirements and
the technical design of the fastening and / or load handling equipment contact the hook block ma-
nufacturer.
WARNING
If the following conditions are not met, the crane can topple over.
This could result in high property damage.
u Pay attention to the own weight of the load handling equipment.
u Pay attention to the load capacity of the load handling equipment!
u The maximum permissible incline of the strands fastened on the single or double hook in the hook
jaws is 45°. See illustration 1 and illustration 3.
If necessary for the single hook:
u Use fastening equipment with a suspension link 10. The maximum permissible incline is 60°. See
illustration 4.
u Load a single and double hook symmetrically. A maximum deviation of ±3° from the direction of the
center of gravity is permissible.
If necessary:
u Use crossbars or two cranes for taking up the load.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 643
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.116274
copyright by
644 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Load take up with cross bar

Cross bars are load handling equipment between crane hook and load.
The distance of the center of gravity L1 is the vertical dimension from the fastening point of the load to
the center of gravity of the load.
The cross bar height L2 is the vertical dimension from the point of rotation of the crane hook to the
next lower linkage point of the cross bar.
WARNING
Tipping of load to the side!
If fastening ropes are used which are too short, so that the load center of gravity is above the fasten-
ing point, then there is a danger of the load tipping to the side.
u The load center of gravity must be below the crane hook.
u The distance of the center of gravity L1 must be smaller than the cross bar height L2 (L1 < L2).
u The triangle A'B'C' must be within the triangle A'B'D.
4.3 Transporting the hook block

WARNING
Danger of accident!
If a hook block is fastened incorrectly for transport, personnel can be injured.
u Fasten the hook block for transport on the fixed point in the center.
u Fastening the complete hook block on the auxiliary weights is prohibited.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 645
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102716
copyright by
646 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.4 Lifting the load

WARNING
Danger of crushing for people in the load zone!
If personnel is located between the load to be lifted and a possible interfering edge (such as a wall of a
building or similar) when the load is lifted, personnel can be severely injured or killed.
u Before lifting the load it must be ensured that there are no persons within the danger zone.
u It is prohibited to remain within the danger zone.
u It is prohibited for anyone to be under the load. Keep a safety distance.
u Swinging the load is prohibited.
u Exercise extreme caution when lifting a load.
WARNING
If an attempt to lift a load over the hoist gear causes the LICCON overload protection to turn off, then
the load may not be lifted by luffing up the boom. This causes overload or toppling the crane.
u Do not lift the load by luffing up the boom off the ground.
Note
When using the assembly winch* observe the following:
u Use the assembly winch* only for assembly and not for lifting loads.
u Lifting of loads with the auxiliary winch is prohibited.
If the fastening rope is manually attached by an assistant to the load to be lifted:

– Make sure that the assistantʼs hands are not crushed by the tightened ropes between the load and
the fastening rope.
– Make sure that the assistantʼs body parts (hands, legs etc.) are not crushed by a swaying move-
ment of the load during lifting.
4.5 Angular pulling

WARNING
Angular pulling can destroy the crane or cause it to topple over.
u Attach (hang) the hook block always vertically over the center of gravity of the load to be lifted.
u Do not use the slewing gear to pull and set up loads.
u Angular pull is prohibited.
The crane is designed only to lift loads vertically. During angular pulling, regardless of whether this is
done in the same direction as the boom or laterally, horizontal forces are generated in addition to the
vertical forces, for which the boom is not designed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 647
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102717
copyright by
648 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.6 Breaking away fixed loads

WARNING
Ripping stuck loads free can destroy the crane or cause it to topple over.
u Ripping stuck loads free is prohibited.
5 Crane operation
The maximum load capacity of the crane is not just limited by the stability, but in many cases a load-
bearing component breaks when the crane is overloaded before the crane topples over. Components
that are susceptible to buckling such as the telescopic boom may fail suddenly without showing
signs of distortion beforehand if the crane is overloaded.
WARNING
Danger of accidents for cranes with luffing cylinders!
When the luffing cylinder is on block position, the overload protection is not functioning.
u Crane operation at block position of luffing cylinders is prohibited.
5.1 General
A suspended load must always be kept under control. A fundamental requirement for this is the safe
and delicate control of the craneʼs functions.
WARNING
Risk of accident due to swaying loads!
A swaying load can damage the crane and cause it to topple.
u All crane movements must be executed slowly and delicately.
u Initiate all crane movements slowly.
u Apply the brakes slowly in all crane movements.
u Crane operation with swaying load is prohibited.
NOTICE
Damage of rope pulleys!
u Place down hook blocks, booms, folding jibs, auxiliary booms and boom noses in such a way that
the rope pulleys do not lie on the ground and are damaged.
5.2 Guiding the load

The use of guide ropes is recommended to help the crane operator manage the load more precisely
and to prevent the load from swaying. This will prevent undesirable movements of the load and conse-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
quent damage.
5.3 Danger of crushing

WARNING
Extreme care is needed when lowering a load. Mortal danger exists for personnel in the immediate
area of the load being lowered.
u Standing under a suspended loads is strictly prohibited.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 649
5.4 Danger of falling!

WARNING
If persons are on the suspended load, then they can fall down and be severely injured or killed.
u Remaining on a suspended load is strictly prohibited.
u Remaining on or within crane components (for example: At assembly of boom sections, lattice sec-
tions) which are moved during lifting, lowering, turning or closing procedures is strictly prohibited.
5.5 Working in the vicinity of electricity transmission lines

If there are electricity transmission lines in the immediate vicinity of the building site, then the electrical
transmission lines must be turned off by qualified electricians. If this is not possible, the danger area
must be covered over or cordoned off.
WARNING
Danger of current transfer!
If electricity transmission lines are not shut off nor covered nor blocked off, then there is an increased
danger due to current transfer.
u For rated voltages to 500 kV AC: Adhere to a safety distance of 8 m.
If the crane becomes electrified despite having taken all necessary precautions, proceed as follows:
u Remain calm!
u Do not leave the crane cab.
u Warn people outside: Stay in place and do not touch the crane.
u Move the crane away from the danger zone.
5.6 Ram work or pulling sheet piles

Vibration can be transmitted to the supporting steel structure of the crane during ram work or when
pulling sheet piles with the crane. This vibration can cause premature fatigue of the material and the-
refore cracks in the supporting steel structure.
DANGER
Important instructions for „ram work“ or „pulling sheet piles“.
If the crane is used for ram work or pulling sheet piles, then the following instructions must be follo-
wed. Failure to follow the instructions can result in damage to the crane.
u The ramming equipment may not pass on vibrations into the boom.
u When pulling sheet piles, the maximum pull force of the crane is limited according to the load chart.
Restricting the maximum pull force via the crane overload protection only is prohibited. The pull
force must be additionally checked by measuring.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
650 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 651
021688-10 4.12 Two hook operation
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
652 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.12 Two hook operation 021688-10
1 Auxiliary boom
A distinction is made between the following auxiliary booms:
– Boom nose on telescopic boom
– Boom nose on lattice jib
– Auxiliary jib
– Folding jib
– Fixed lattice jib
– Luffing lattice jib
1.1 Boom nose on telescopic boom
Fig.120451: Boom nose 1 on telescopic boom

– Short auxiliary boom as bracket
– Is installed on the telescopic boom head 10
– No proprietary load charts available
– Abbreviation: M
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 653
1.2 Boom nose on lattice jib
Fig.120452: Boom nose 2 on lattice jib

– Auxiliary boom as lattice structure
– Is installed on the N-head 11
– No proprietary load charts available
– Abbreviation: M
1.3 Auxiliary jib
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120453: Auxiliary jib 3

– Short auxiliary boom as lattice structure
– Is installed on the telescopic boom head 10 or N-head 11
– Proprietary load charts available
copyright by
654 LTM 1400-7-1-007
– Abbreviation: H
1.4 Folding jib
Fig.120454: Folding jib 4

– Auxiliary boom as lattice or metal sheeting structure
– Abbreviation: K
The following folding jib variations are possible:
– Special folding jib
– Single folding jib
– Double folding jib
– 3-part single folding jib
– 3-part double folding jib
– 4-part single folding jib
– 4-part double folding jib
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 655
1.5 Fixed lattice jib
Fig.120455: Fixed lattice jib 5

– Auxiliary boom in lattice structure
– Abbreviation: F
1.6 Luffing lattice jib
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120456: Luffing lattice jib 6

– Auxiliary boom as lattice structure with guying
– Abbreviation: N
copyright by
656 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Hook operation
A distinction is made between the following hook operating modes:
– One hook operation
– Two hook operation
– Three hook operation
– Hook operation depending on the load
2.1 One hook operation
Fig.120458: One hook operation

One hook is reeved on the boom.
2.2 Two hook operation

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120459: Two hook operation

Two hooks are reeved on the booms. Number of loads and type of crane operation are not ta-
ken into account.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 657
2.3 Three hook operation
Fig.120457: Three hook operation

Three hooks are reeved on the booms. Number of loads and type of crane operation are not
taken into account.
Note
u Three hook operation is not possible on telescopic cranes.
2.4 Hook operation depending on the load

The following hook operating modes are differentiated depending on the load:
– Two hook operation on joint load
– Two hook operation on individual loads
2.4.1 Two hook operation on joint load
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120460: Two hook operation on joint load

A joint load hangs on two hooks.
copyright by
658 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4.2 Two hook operation on individual loads
Fig.121508: Two hook operation for individual loads

Individual loads hang on individual hooks.
3 Two hook operation monitored / Two hook operation

not monitored
For two hook operation the following is differentiated:
– Two hook operation monitored
Two hook operation on joint load and on individual loads is monitored by the LICCON overload pro-
tection
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Two hook operation not monitored

Two hook operation on joint load and on individual loads is not monitored by the LICCON overload
protection
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 659
3.1 Two hook operation monitored
Fig.121109: Icons 1 Two hook operation monitored

For crane types, which are equipped with monitored two hook operation, the two hook operation can
be selected in the Set up program. The monitored two hook operation is displayed by the two selec-
table icons 1.
3.2 Two hook operation not monitored

If the two hook operation can not be selected in the Set up program, then the two hook operation is
not monitored.
4 Safety guidelines
WARNING
Danger of accident if „two hook operation is not monitored“!
If „two hook operation is not monitored“ and both hooks are subjected to a load, then the boom can be
overloaded when luffing down.
When both hooks are subjected to a load and are not monitored:
u Do not luff the boom down.
WARNING
Overload of crane!
Death, severe injuries, property damage.
u Set up solely permissible hook operations.
u Lift and lower the load vertically.
When a hook is reeved on the telescopic boom:
u Do not carry out two hook operation with TY-guying and eccentric or spacer.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Overload of crane!
If no load chart is available:
u Make sure that the total weight of the load(s) is smaller than / equal to the maximum permis-
sible load of the auxiliary boom.
u Two hook operation with load(s) heavier than the maximum permissible load of the auxiliary boom
is prohibited.
copyright by
660 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Overload of crane due to imprecise radius and load display!
When no load charts is available, then the radius and load display is not exact.
Toppling crane, death, property damage.
u Move the crane within the permissible utilization range.
WARNING
Incorrect reeving for two hook operation!
Overload of crane, death, property damage.
u Reeve in an auxiliary boom head smaller than / equal to the main boom head.
u Set the LICCON overload protection to the reeving on the auxiliary boom head.
WARNING
Incorrect distance of fastening points!
For two hook operation on joint load:
u Place the fastening points according to the horizontal distance of both hooks.
WARNING
Danger of collision for two hook operation on joint load!
Falling load, death, property damage.
u Lift the load no higher than to the height of the main boom head.
Add the following weights to the load:

– Hook block on main boom head
– Hook block (load hook) on auxiliary boom head
– Fastening equipment
5 Boom nose on telescopic boom

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120462: Boom nose on telescopic boom
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 661
WARNING
Impermissible operating conditions for two hook operation!
u Set up of non-permissible hook operations is prohibited.
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for boom nose on telescopic boom
tion
One hook operation: Hook 5 is reeved on boom nose. Load is fastened on
[5] hook 5.
WARNING! Radius and load display is not exact.
One hook operation: Hook 1 is reeved on telescopic boom. Load is fastened
[1] on hook 1.
Two hook operation: Hook 1 is reeved on telescopic boom. Hook 5 is reeved
1 [5] on boom nose. Load is fastened on hook 5.
[1] 5 on boom nose. Load is fastened on hook 1.
5.1 Set up for boom nose on telescopic boom

u Reeve in a boom nose smaller than / equal to the telescopic boom head.
When a load is fastened on hook 5 (boom nose):
u Set the LICCON overload protection to the reeving on the boom nose.
For the two hook operation boom nose on telescopic boom no special load charts are available.
u Set operating mode telescopic boom on the LICCON overload protection.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
662 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6 Auxiliary jib on telescopic boom
Fig.120467: Auxiliary jib on telescopic boom
WARNING
Impermissible operating conditions for two hook operation!
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for auxiliary jib on telescopic boom
tion
One hook operation: Hook 5 is reeved on auxiliary jib. Load is fastened on

[5]
hook 5.
One hook operation: Hook 1 is reeved on telescopic boom. Load is fastened

on hook 1.
[1]
WARNING! For non-monitored two hook operation: Radius and load display is
not exact.
on auxiliary jib. Load is fastened on hook 5.
1 [5]
not exact.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

[1] 5
not exact.
on auxiliary jib. First load is fastened on hook 1. Second load is fastened on
[1] [5] hook 5.
WARNING! Permissible solely for monitored two hook operation.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 663
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for auxiliary jib on telescopic boom
tion
on auxiliary jib. A joint load is fastened on hook 1 and hook 5.
[1 5] WARNING! Permissible solely for monitored two hook operation.
WARNING! Make sure that the weight of the load is smaller than / equal to the
maximum permissible load of the auxiliary jib.
6.1 Set up for auxiliary jib on telescopic boom

WARNING
Impermissible hook operation!
Solely if the required load charts is available:
u Set up hook operation.
u Reeve in a auxiliary jib smaller than / equal to the telescopic boom head.
u Set the LICCON overload protection to the reeving on the auxiliary jib.
u Set operating mode auxiliary jib on the LICCON overload protection.
7 Folding jib
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120468: Folding jib
WARNING
Impermissible hook operations!
copyright by
664 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for folding jib
tion
One hook operation: Hook 4 is reeved on folding jib. Load is fastened on

[4]
hook 4.

[1] 4 on folding jib. Load is fastened on hook 1.
1 [4] on folding jib. Load is fastened on hook 4.
on folding jib. A joint load is fastened on hook 1 and hook 4.
[1 4] WARNING! Radius and load display is not exact.
maximum permissible load of the folding jib.
7.1 Set up for operation with folding jib

WARNING
u Reeve in a folding jib smaller than / equal to the telescopic boom head.
u Set the LICCON overload protection to the reeving on the folding jib.
u Set operating mode folding jib on the LICCON overload protection.
8 Fixed lattice jib

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120473: Fixed lattice jib
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 665
WARNING
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for fixed lattice jib
tion
One hook operation: Hook 4 is reeved on fixed lattice jib. Load is fastened on
[4]
hook 4.

[1] 4 on fixed lattice jib. Load is fastened on hook 1.
1 [4] on fixed lattice jib. Load is fastened on hook 4.
on fixed lattice jib. A joint load is fastened on hook 1 and hook 4.
maximum permissible load of the fixed lattice jib.
8.1 Set up for operation with fixed lattice jib

WARNING
u Reeve in a fixed lattice jib smaller than / equal to the telescopic boom head.
u Set the LICCON overload protection to the reeving on the fixed lattice jib.
u Set operating mode fixed lattice jib on the LICCON overload protection.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
666 LTM 1400-7-1-007
9 Boom nose on fixed lattice jib
Fig.120474: Boom nose on fixed lattice jib
WARNING
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for boom nose on fixed lattice jib
tion
[5] hook 5.
[4] hook 4.
Two hook operation: Hook 4 is reeved on fixed lattice jib. Hook 5 is reeved on
4 [5] boom nose. Load is fastened on hook 5.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
[4] 5 boom nose. Load is fastened on hook 4.

boom nose. A joint load is fastened on hook 4 and hook 5.
maximum permissible load of the boom nose.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 667
9.1 Set up for operation with boom nose on fixed lattice jib
u Reeve in a boom nose smaller than / equal to the N-head.
u Set operating mode fixed lattice jib on the LICCON overload protection.
10 Auxiliary jib on fixed lattice jib
Fig.120474: Auxiliary jib on fixed lattice jib
WARNING
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for auxiliary jib on fixed lattice jib
tion

[5]
hook 5.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
hook 4.
[4]
not exact.
auxiliary jib. Load is fastened on hook 5.
4 [5]
not exact.
copyright by
668 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for auxiliary jib on fixed lattice jib
tion
auxiliary jib. Load is fastened on hook 4.
[4] 5
not exact.
auxiliary jib. First load is fastened on hook 4. Second load is fastened on
[4] [5] hook 5.
auxiliary jib. A joint load is fastened on hook 4 and hook 5.
[4 5]
not exact.
10.1 Set up for operation with auxiliary jib on fixed lattice jib
WARNING
u Reeve in an auxiliary jib smaller than / equal to the N-head.

11 Luffing lattice jib

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120700: Luffing lattice jib
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 669
WARNING
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for luffing lattice jib
tion
One hook operation: Hook 3 is reeved on luffing lattice jib. Load is fastened
[3]
on hook 3.
11.1 Set up for operation with luffing lattice jib

WARNING
u Set the LICCON overload protection to the reeving on the luffing lattice jib.
u Set operating mode luffing lattice jib on the LICCON overload protection.
12 Boom nose on luffing lattice jib
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120702: Boom nose on luffing lattice jib
WARNING
copyright by
670 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for boom nose on luffing lattice jib
tion
[5] hook 5.
[3] on hook 3.
Two hook operation: Hook 3 is reeved on luffing lattice jib. Hook 5 is reeved
3 [5] on boom nose. Load is fastened on hook 5.
[3] 5 on boom nose. Load is fastened on hook 3.
on boom nose. A joint load is fastened on hook 3 and hook 5.
maximum permissible load of the boom nose.
12.1 Set up for operation with boom nose on luffing lattice jib
u Reeve in a boom nose smaller than / equal to the N-head.
u Set operating mode luffing lattice jib on the LICCON overload protection.
13 Auxiliary jib on luffing lattice jib

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120702: Auxiliary jib on luffing lattice jib
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 671
WARNING
Illustra-
Hook Permissible hook operations for auxiliary jib on luffing lattice jib
tion

[5]
hook 5.
on hook 3.
[3]
not exact.
3 [5]
not exact.
[3] 5
not exact.
on auxiliary jib. First load is fastened on hook 3. Second load is fastened on
[3] [5] hook 5.
on auxiliary jib. A joint load is fastened on hook 3 and hook 5.
[3 5]
not exact.
13.1 Set up for operation with auxiliary jib on luffing lattice jib
WARNING
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

u Reeve in an auxiliary jib smaller than / equal to the N-head.

copyright by
672 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14 Lifting a joint load

14.1 Lifting a joint load solely with auxiliary boom
Fig.120710: Lift the load with auxiliary boom 1 to 100 %.

If the weight or the center of gravity of the load is not exactly known, then the load must first be lifted
with the auxiliary boom 1 to 100 %.
– The weight of the load is smaller / equal to the maximum permissible load of the auxiliary boom 1.
WARNING
Incorrect lifting the load!
Toppling crane, death, property damage.
u Lift the load with auxiliary boom 1 to 100 %.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 673
Fig.120711: Take over the load with the main boom 2.

In „two hook operation“ angular pull is only permissible in boom direction with raised load.
NOTICE
Rubbing hoist ropes!
u Make sure that the hoist ropes do not rub on the rope retaining pipes of the rope pulleys during
angular pull.
u Take over the load with the main boom 2.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
674 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.2 Lifting joint load with two booms
Fig.120712: Lift the load with the main boom 2 and auxiliary boom 1.
– The weight of the load is smaller / equal to the maximum permissible load of the auxiliary boom 1.
WARNING
Overload of crane!
u Make sure that the weight and the center of gravity of the load is known exactly.
In „two hook operation“ angular pull is only permissible in boom direction with raised load.
NOTICE
Rubbing hoist ropes!
u Make sure that the hoist ropes do not rub on the rope retaining pipes of the rope pulleys during
angular pull.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Lift the load with the main boom 2 and auxiliary boom 1.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 675
028522-01 4.15 Reeving plans
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122131
copyright by
676 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.15 Reeving plans 028522-01
1 General
Keep rope deflection between the back pulley 1 and the intake pulley 2 as small as possible.
While reeving the hoist rope, guide the auxiliary rope over the rope pulley 3.
1.1 Pulley head with 9 rope pulleys*

7 rope pulleys are installed on the pulley head at the factory. With these 7 rope pulleys, reeving can be
done a maximum of 14 times. For more than 14 times reeving, a pulley head with 9 rope pulleys can
be ordered from the factory as an option.
1.2 Auxiliary device*

From a 19-fold reeving, an auxiliary device* is needed.
1.2.1 Assembling the auxiliary equipment*

u Affix the auxiliary pulleys 6 on the intended bores.
u Insert the pins 5.
u Secure pins 5 with spring retainers 4.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 677
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122122
copyright by
678 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Reeving plans
Explanation of symbols on the reeving plans:
– The number denotes the number of the respective rope pulley on the pulley head.
– The letter f means reeve on the front over the rope pulley on the pulley head.
– The letter r means reeve on the rear over the rope pulley on the pulley head.
– The letter F means rope fixed point.
2.1 Reeving plan Telescopic boom with three back pulleys
2.1.1 1-pulley hook block / load hook
Reeving Rope fixed point

1x On the hook block or on the load hook fixed point
2x On the pulley head
3x On the hook block
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 679
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122123
copyright by
680 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.1.2 3-pulley hook block

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 681
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122124
copyright by
682 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 683
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122125
copyright by
684 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 685
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122126
copyright by
686 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 687
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122127
copyright by
688 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 689
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122128
copyright by
690 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 T-operation with three end pulleys (American reeving)

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 691
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122129
copyright by
692 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 693
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122130
copyright by
694 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 695
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194900
copyright by
696 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Reeving Telescopic boom with two back pulleys*

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 697
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194901
copyright by
698 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 699
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194902
copyright by
700 LTM 1400-7-1-007

10x On side of pulley head
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 701
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194903
copyright by
702 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 703
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194904
copyright by
704 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 705
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194905
copyright by
706 LTM 1400-7-1-007

2.4 Reeving in, TN / TYSN operation *

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 707
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194906: Reeving plan N-lattice jib adjustment

1 Upper pulley block 2 Lower pulley block W3 Winch 3
copyright by
708 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194907: Hoist rope guide for TN / TYSN operation

3 N-end section 4 NA-frame II W1 Winch 1
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 709
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194908: Reeving in for TN / TYSN operation

copyright by
710 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 711
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

copyright by
712 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 713
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

copyright by
714 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 715
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194953
copyright by
716 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Reeving in TF / TYSF operation*

The rope reeving for TF / TYSF operation is the same as for TN / TYSN operation. It is different in TF /
TYSF-operation only in that the hoist rope is guided over the swing pulley 6 and not over the NA frame
II.
For reeving see TN / TYSN operation.
2.6 Reeving in TF and TN-operation with boom nose *

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 717
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194952: Hoist rope guide at TF-operation with boom nose

3 N-end section 6 Swing pulley
5 Boom nose W1 Winch 1
copyright by
718 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194950: Hoist rope guide at TN-operation with boom nose

3 N-end section 5 Boom nose W2 Winch 2
4 NA-frame II W1 Winch 1
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 719
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194951: Reeving in at TN-operation with boom nose

copyright by
720 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 721
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194954: Reeving in at TN-operation with boom nose

copyright by
722 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 723
028383-02 4.20 Procedure for shut off of crane movements
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111215
copyright by
724 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.20 Procedure for shut off of crane movements 028383-02
1 General
To operate the crane, two manually operated master switches are available.
– MS1 Master switch
• Right control console
– MS2 Master switch
• Left control console
To monitor the crane, depending on the crane type, up to three LICCON monitors 4 are in the instru-
ment panel.
– LICCON monitor, illustration 3
• User interface for entry of equipment configurations and for crane operation (crane operating
screen)
• User interface for operation with TY (only for crane types with second monitor)
• User interface for „LICCON Job planner“ (only for crane types with three monitors)
Equipment in the crane cab

Crane type Manually actuated master switches LICCON monitors
LTM 1090-4.1 two (version illustration 2) one
LTM 1500-8.1 two (version illustration 1) two
LTM 11200-9.1 two version (illustration 2) two
LTR 1100 two (version illustration 2) one
LTR 11200 two (version illustration 2) three
In the crane operator's cab, two buttons are installed to make it possible to bring the crane from an
emergency situation after a shut off of the LICCON overload protection.
– Set up key D (Function „Exceeding the shut off limits for the LICCON overload protection“) on the
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
LICCON monitor with crane operating screen, illustration 3

– Button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ in the left control console
Note
The set up key D has two functions, independent of each other:
u If no crane movement can be carried out due to the shut off of crane operation by the LICCON
overload protection, then by pressing the set up key D, a 100 % utilization can be exceeded and /
or an active shut off can be bypassed. The crane can thereby be controlled again in normal opera-
ting status (utilization below 100 % and no active shut off).
u When the set up key D is actuated, all erection / take down procedures can be carried out within
the erection / take down charts (assembly operation).
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 725
Fig.111216
The function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“, which is activated with
the set up key D includes the following:
– Exceedance of the maximum permissible load moment
– Bypass of the hoist top shut off
– Exceedance of limit values from load charts
– Allowance of individual, limited crane movements after LML-STOP (error message)
– Completion of crane movements outside of load charts (erection / take down procedures)
NOTICE
Multi action function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“
If the set up key D is actuated, then it is possible to exceed several shut off limits of the LICCON over-
load protection simultaneously!
The LICCON overload protection as a whole is deactivated or limited.
There is no additional protection against crane overload!
u When the set up key D is actuated, it must be taken into account that the LICCON overload protec-
tion as a whole is deactivated or limited.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“!
If the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection are exceeded, there is no additional protection
against crane overload!
Due to erroneous operation or deliberate misuse, the crane could collapse, the boom can break off or
u The button 5 „Luffing in with suspended load“ and the set up key D may only be actuated when it is
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
ensured that no normal operating condition (utilization below 100% and no active shut off) can be
reached without the function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“!
u Actuate the set up key D only when no normal operating condition (utilization below 100% and no
active shut off) can be reached with the button 5 „Luffing in with suspended load“!
u The function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ is only permissible
in emergencies and for assembly purposes!
u The set up key D may only be actuated by persons who are aware of the effects of their acts regar-
ding the function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“!
u The function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ requires the pre-
sence of an authorized person and must be performed with utmost caution!
u Crane operation with activated function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload pro-
tection“ is prohibited!
copyright by
726 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Expanded working / danger zone of the crane!
Due to the function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ it is possible
that the working / danger zone of the crane is significantly expanded!
If these circumstances are not observed, collisions and accidents can occur!
u With activated function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ take an
expanded working / danger zone of the crane into account and monitor it!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 727
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111217
copyright by
728 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Instructions for resuming crane movements for cra-

nes with CE mark
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the following points are not observed, personnel can be severely injured or killed.
u The crane operator bears the sole and full responsibility for the adherence to measures to be taken
in case of shut off of crane movement!
u The crane operator must make sure, before crane operation, that he is using the correct description
for the current programming!
Note
u Check the data tag 6 to determine if your crane has a CE mark!
u The following section applies to a crane with CE mark, see data tag 6.1!
u If your crane does not have a CE mark, see data tag 6.2, then you must observe the description in
section „Instructions for resuming a crane movement for cranes without CE mark“!
2.1 Overview load chart for cranes with CE mark
Axle Description
r Radius boom (Working radius)
% Utilization of the crane in percentages
Position Description
7 Lower limit angle load chart
8 Upper limit angle load chart
9 Utilization up to 110% with reduced working speed
10 Area „Load chart available“
11 Area „no load chart available“
Note
u If the set up key D (LICCON monitor with crane operating screen, illustration 3) is actuated in the
area „load chart available“, then the working speed is reduced and all displays of the LICCON over-
load protection remain functional!!
u If the set up key D is actuated in the area „no load chart available“, then the working speed is not
reduced!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 729
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111218
copyright by
730 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Overview of acoustic / visual warnings for cranes with CE mark

– Depending on the crane type, either a warning light 12.1 or a flashing beacon 12.2 or a combina-
tion of flashing beacon 12.2 and warning light* 12.3 are installed.
– The acoustic warnings within the crane operator's cab are turned off by pressing the button F8 on
the LICCON monitor with crane operating screen (illustration 3).
– The acoustic warnings outside the crane operator's cab are turned off by actuating the key but-
ton 35 on the LICCON monitor with derrick operating screen (illustration 4).
2.2.1 Description of acoustic / visual warnings

The case numbers from the chart „Case number key“ is valid for the following charts in this chapter:
– „Acoustic / visual warnings on the LICCON monitor“
– „Warning light 12.1“
– „Flashing beacon 12.2“
Case number key

Description Case Case number
Utilization of crane from 0 % to 89 % Case 001
Utilization of crane over 100 % Case 003
Shut off of crane movements - LML Stop Case 004
Luffing in with suspended load Case 005
Participating sensor (LML) defective Case 006
Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection Case 010
Bypass of shut off hoist top Case 011
Bypass of shut off boom / luffing down the attachment, „load chart available“ Case 016
Bypass of shut off boom / luffing down the attachment, „no load chart available“ Case 018
Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection during erection / Case 020
take down procedures, „no load chart available“
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 731
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111219
copyright by
732 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2.2 Acoustic / visual warnings within the crane operator's cab
Acoustic / visual warnings on the LICCON monitor

Case number Acoustic warning LICCON mo- Visual warning LICCON monitor
nitor at utilization of crane
Short Long Long Utilization of
Occurrence
sound sound sound crane
From Above always From Above LMB Appears if the set up key D
90 % 100 % 90 % 100 % Stop is actuated
Case 001 — — —
Case 002 X2 O — — —
Case 003 X2 O O — — —
Case 004 X2 O — — —
Case 005 X2 X2 O O — — —
Case 006 X2 O Cannot be bypassed5
Case 010 X2 X2 O O O
Case 011 X2 O O O O O
Case 016 X2
X2
O O O
Case 018 X2 O O
Case 020 X2
O O
O = cannot be turned off

X2 = can be turned off immediately on the LICCON monitor key F8
cannot be bypassed5 = contact Liebherr Service
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 733
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111220
copyright by
734 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2.3 Acoustic / visual warnings outside the crane operator's cab
Warning light 12.1

Case Utilization of crane Acoustic warning Visual warning
Signal turntable Green Yellow Red
Case 001 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 002 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 003 Above 100 % X1 O1
Case 004 - O1
Case 005 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 005 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 006 - O1
Case 010 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 010 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 010 Above 100 % to 110 % O2
Case 011 Up to 110 % O2
Case 011 Above 110 % O O2
Case 016 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 016 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 016 Above 100 % to 110 % O2
Case 018 No value available O2

O1 = warning light 12.1 lights up
O2 = warning light 12.1 blinks
X1 = can be shut off by momentarily pressing the button 35 on the right control console or the right
instrument panel, effective at the earliest after five seconds
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 735
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111220
copyright by
736 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Flashing beacon 12.2

Signal turntable Red
Case 004 - O2
Case 006 - O2

O2 = flashing beacon 12.2 blinks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 737
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111220
copyright by
738 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Warning light 12.3

Case 001 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 002 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 004 - O2
Case 005 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 005 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 006 - O2
Case 010 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 010 From 90 % to 110 % O1
Case 011 Up to 110 % O1
Case 016 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 016 From 90 % to 110 % O1

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 739
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
740 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Shut off of crane movement

Note
u If the LICCON overload protection turns the crane movement off, then the exact cause for the shut
off must be determined first.
u As a first step, try to rescind the crane movement which has caused a shut off.
u If it is not possible to rescind the affected crane movement, then the additional steps are described
in the respective sections.
Note
u For detailed description of the individually listed icons, see Crane operating instructions, chapter
4.02.
The LICCON overload protection carries out the following shut offs if a limit value is exceeded in crane
operation:
– Shut off Luffing the telescopic boom up / down
– Shut off Luffing the attachment up / down
– Shut off Spooling the winch up / out
– Shut off hoist top
– Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom out (limit length)
– Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom in (limit length)
– Shut off Crane movement with danger of tipping to the rear*
– Shut off Luffing cylinder (pressure too high)
– Shut off due to error message
2.3.1 Shut off Luffing the telescopic boom up / down
Fig.110877
In icon 13 or icon 14 (lower field) arrow 13.1 or arrow 13.2 blink and the LICCON overload protection
has shut off the crane movement.
„Luffing the telescopic boom up“ (arrow 13.1) or „Luffing the telescopic boom down“ (arrow 13.2) was
shut off because the upper / lower limit angle of the selected load chart was exceeded or fallen below.
If the double arrow 13.3 appears blinking in the icon 13 or icon 14 (lower field), then the telescopic
boom was luffed up to just before the block position of the luffing cylinder. The shut off „Boom steep“
has shut the crane movement „Luffing the telescopic boom up“ off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
The arrow 13.1 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the telescopic boom up“ was turned off:
u Luff the telescopic boom down.
Result:
– Crane operation is possible again.
The arrow 13.2 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the telescopic boom down“ was turned off:
u Luff the telescopic boom up.
Result:
The double arrow 13.3 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the telescopic boom up“ was turned off:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 741

Result:
2.3.2 Shut off Luffing the attachment up / down
Fig.111235
In the icon 14 (upper field) the double arrow 14.1 or double arrow 14.2 blink and the LICCON overload
protection has shut off the crane movement.
„Luffing the attachment up“ (double arrow 14.1) or „Luffing the attachment down“ (double arrow 14.2)
was shut off because the upper / lower limit angle of the selected load chart was exceeded or fallen
below.
The double arrow 14.1 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the attachment up“ was turned off:
u Luff the attachment down.
Result:
The double arrow 14.2 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the attachment down“ was turned off:
u Luff the attachment up.
Result:
2.3.3 Shut off spooling the winch up / out
Fig.110878
In the icon 18, the line / arrow 18.1, arrow / line 18.2 or line / arrow 18.3 blink and the LICCON over-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
load protection has shut off the crane movement.

„Spooling the winch out“ (line / arrow 18.1) or „spooling the winch up“ (arrow / line 18.2) was shut off
because the upper / lower limit angle of the rope for the selected winch was exceeded or fallen below.
If line / line 18.3 appears blinking in the icon 18, then the affected winch is deactivated.
The line / arrow 18.1 blinks and the crane movement „spooling the winch out“ was turned off:
u Spool the winch up.
Result:
The line / arrow 18.2 blinks and the crane movement „spooling the winch up“ was turned off:
copyright by
742 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Spool the winch out.

Result:
Line / line 18.3 blinks and the winch is deactivated:

u Activate the winch, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
Result:
2.3.4 Shut off hoist top
Fig.110875
The icon 19 and Hoist top icon 20 appear in the LICCON monitor and the LICCON overload protection
has turned off crane movement.
Spooling the hoist winch up was turned off because the hook block or the load hook has run against a
hoist limit weight during the upward movement and the affected hoist limit switch was triggered.
Note
u After shut off of spooling the hoist winch up (hoist top), the crane movements „telescoping the
boom out“, „luffing the boom down“, „luffing the attachment down“ and possibly additional move-
ments which have an effect on the length of the hoist rope are also shut off. This should minimize
the risk that the crane can be damaged due to erroneous operation.
u Spool the hoist winch out.

Result:
2.3.5 Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom out (limit length)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.110880
In the „horn“ icon, illustration 1 appears an error message, an acoustic signal sounds, the LICCON
overload protection has interrupted the crane movement „Telescoping the telescopic boom out“ and,
depending on crane type, the double arrow in the icon 23 additionally blinks.
The crane movement „Telescoping the telescopic boom out“ was shut off because the limit length of
the selected load chart has been exceeded.
u Telescope the telescopic boom in.
Result:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 743
2.3.6 Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom in (limit length)
Fig.110880
overload protection has interrupted the crane movement „Telescoping the telescopic boom in“ and,
The crane movement „Telescoping the telescopic boom in“ was shut off because the limit length of
the selected load chart has been fallen below.
u Telescope the telescopic boom out.
Result:
2.3.7 Shut off Crane movement with danger of tipping to the rear
Note
u Applies only for cranes with support force monitoring*.
WARNING
When reaching the programmed minimum / maximum support force limits there is no automatic shut
off of crane movements!
Exception: When the two supports with the lowest forces are in boom direction, then some crane mo-
vements which increase the „danger of tipping to the rear“ significantly are turned off!
u If there is a „danger of tipping to the rear“, luff the boom down carefully until the support limit forces
are again within the minimum / maximum values!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.110881
Icon 24 (depending on the crane similar as on the left or right illustration) is shown in the LICCON mo-
nitor with blinking values in both fields 24.1 of the supports with the lowest forces, an acoustic signal
sounds and the LICCON overload protection has turned off the crane movement.
Crane movements which increase the „danger of tipping to the rear“ significantly were turned off.
u Luff the boom down carefully until the support limit forces are again within the minimum / maximum
values and no value in the fields 24.1 blinks any longer.
Result:
copyright by
744 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3.8 Shut off Luffing cylinder (pressure too high)
Note
u Applies only for certain crane types with respective display in the second LICCON monitor.
Fig.110896
In the icon 25(luffing cylinder pressure) the utilization bar 25.1 reaches the 100% mark and the LIC-
CON overload protection has shut off the crane movement.
All further movements, which directly lead to an increase of the luffing cylinder pressure are shut off.
u Lower the luffing cylinder pressure by lowering the load.
or
Initiate an alternative crane movement, which lowers the luffing cylinder pressure.
Result:
In assembly operation:
Make sure that the specifications in the erection / take down charts are observed.
u Lower the luffing cylinder pressure by reducing the load, for example by getting support from an
auxiliary crane.
2.3.9 Shut off due to error message
Fig.110990
An error message appears in the „horn“ icon, illustration 1, the icon 19 appears in the LICCON monitor
and the LICCON overload protection has turned the crane movement off.
u Determine existing errors with the LICCON error code from the field in illustration 1, see Diagnos-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
tics manual.
u Remedy the error.
If the error cannot be remedied:
u Contact LIEBHERR Service.
Problem remedy
The erection of the crane, for example after assembly on a new job site or with another equipment
configuration, is not possible due to an error message?
u As the first step, make sure that all electrical connections have been made.
u Check if all sensors or dummy plugs with integrated electric have been connected properly.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 745
Note
u If there is a defect on a participating sensor (LML), then the crane can no longer be operating in
normal operating condition. Contact Liebherr Service and fix / replace the sensor.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
746 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 747
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111221
copyright by
748 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Shut off of crane movement: LML-STOP by LICCON overload pro-

tection
WARNING
Risk of overload and toppling the crane!
If the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection are exceeded without knowing the exact cause
for the shut off by the LICCON overload protection, then the crane can be overloaded and topple over!
u Before activating the function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“
determine the exact cause for the shut off!
WARNING
WARNING
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 749
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111221
copyright by
750 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Failure of hoist gear!
If a load is lifted by luffing the boom up, after the hoist gear has been shut off by the load moment
limiter when trying to lift the load, then the hoist gear can be overloaded and fail!
This could result in serious accidents!
u Actuate the button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ only if the LICCON overload protection reports
no overload on the hoist gear with freely suspended load, the load is not reduced by luffing up and
the minimum radius is not fallen below!
Note
u If the set up key D is actuated in the area „load chart available“, then the working speed is reduced!
u If the set up key D is actuated in the area „no load chart available“, then the working speed is not
reduced!
There are two possibilities to exceed the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection after LML-
STOP:
– With button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ in the left control console
– With the set up key D on the LICCON monitor with crane operating screen, see illustration 3
NOTICE
Danger of mix up!
The function „Exceedance of shut off limits of LICCON overload protection“ can only be activated with
the set up key D on the LICCON monitor with crane operating screen, see illustration 3!
The key switches on the other monitors are not assigned with this function!
u Do not mix up the set up key D with the other key switches!
u In case of mix up: Deactivate the activated function!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 751
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111222
copyright by
752 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4.1 Luffing in with suspended load

If the maximum permissible load moment is exceeded, the LICCON overload protection turns off all
crane movements that increase the load moment.
In the icon 22 (load moment display) the utilization bar 22.1 has exceeded the 100 % mark and in the
LICCON monitor appears the icon 19
This shut off limit can be exceeded by actuating the button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“.
– The standby mode on the LICCON monitor is not active.
– Either the seat contact button 29 or one of the buttons 1 of the master switches are actuated.
Note
u If the load is reduced by luffing up, then the button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ is not functio-
ning.
u For the procedure when the button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ is not functioning, see section
„Exceedance of maximum permissible load moment“.
u Press the function key 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ and hold it.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is inactive.
u Luff the load in.

Result:
– If the crane reaches a normal operation status (utilization below 100 % and no active shut off) then
the icon 19 turns off, normal crane operation is possible again.
The function „luffing in with suspended load“ is also deactivated:

– When the function key 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ is not longer actuated
– When either the seat contact button 29 nor one of the buttons 1 of the master switches are actu-
ated
– If the standby mode on the LICCON monitor is active
– In case of defect of an associated sensor (LML)
– At engine stop
The function „luffing in with suspended load“ is deactivated:
u Carry out crane movements in such a way that no repeated shut off by the LICCON overload pro-
tection occurs.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 753
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111223
copyright by
754 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4.2 Exceedance of the maximum permissible load moment

This shut off can be exceeded by the configuration button D in the „right touching“ position.
Note
u In emergency situations, the function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload pro-
tection“ can be activated with the set up key D and the maximum permissible load moment can be
exceeded by 10% to maximum 110 %.
The set up key D on the LICCON monitor has two positions:

– Operating position (not pressed): Crane is in normal operation.
– Position to right (touching): The maximum permissible load moment (100%) can be exceeded, the
assembly icon 30 in the LICCON monitor blinks.
– With the button 5 „Luffing in with suspended load“ no normal operating condition (utilization below
100% and no active shut off) can be reached.
– The master switches and the set up key D are not actuated.
– Radio operation* is not active.
– The utilization of 110 % has not been reached and a load chart is available.
u Turn the set up key D to the right (touching).
Result:
– The assembly icon 30 in the LICCON monitor blinks.
– The working speed in the area „load chart available“ is reduced for all functions.
Problem remedy
When it is not possible to exceed the maximum permissible load moment by actuating the set up
key D?
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 755
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111223
copyright by
756 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Initiate crane movements which directly lead to a normal operating status (utilization below 100 %
and no active shut off).
Result:
– If a crane reaches a normal operation status (utilization below 100 % and no active shut off), then
the function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ shuts off, the as-
sembly icon 30 and icon 19 in the LICCON monitor turn off.
In addition, the function „exceedance of shut off limits of LICCON overload protection“ turns off:
– If the set up key D is pressed again.
– If all master switches are in neutral position for 10 seconds (with load chart available)
ated
– If radio operation* is activated
– At engine stop
– During shut off transition hoist top clear / not clear
– During transition boom not steep / steep
– During transition lower limit angle clear / not clear
– During transition upper limit angle clear / not clear
– In case of defect of an associated sensor (LML)
– When the maximum value Test point 1 (value F1) is reached
– When a utilization of 100% is reached
Note
u The function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ is only turned off
when the assembly icon 30 in the LICCON monitor turns off.
u If the function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ does not turn off
after pressing the set up key D once, then press the set up key D again until the assembly icon 30
in the LICCON monitor turns off.
The function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ has / was shut off:
– The assembly icon 30 in the LICCON monitor turns off.
– The working speed is reduced until all master switches are in zero position at the same time.
u Make sure that the assembly icon 30 does no longer appear in the LICCON monitor.
tection occurs.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 757
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111224
copyright by
758 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Bypass of the hoist top shut off

WARNING
Improper use of the function „bypass of hoist top shut off“!
u The function „bypass of hoist top shut off“ may never be used to increase the lifting height during
crane operation!
WARNING
Property damage and falling load!
If the function „bypass of hoist top shut off“ is activated, there is the danger that the hook block or the
load hook is pulled against the pulley head!
This danger exists especially when the hoist winch is continued to be spooled up and for crane move-
ments which have an influence on the hoist rope, for example telescoping or luffing the boom, the at-
tachment or the derrick boom!
Property damage and falling load can result!
u The function „bypass of hoist top shut off“ may only be carried out by an authorized person, along
with a guide. The guide must be in direct contact with the crane operator and must continually mo-
nitor the distance between the hook block / load hook and the boom head!
u Carry out all crane movements with utmost caution!
Note
u The activation of the function „bypass of hoist top shut off“ is only possible if the hoist limit switch
was touched and the hoist top shut off has occurred.
u If the hoist limit switch is triggered when the set up key D is actuated (function „exceedance of shut
off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ is active, the assembly icon 30 or the assembly
icon 31 blink), then a hoist top shut off occurs and the function „exceedance of shut off limits of the
LICCON overload protection“ is deactivated.
u For assembly purposes or in emergency cases, if the activation of the function „bypass of hoist top
shut off“ and activation of the function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload pro-
tection“ is necessary, then the set up key D must be actuated until the icon 21 and assembly
icon 30 or assembly icon 31 (assembly operation) appear.

– A hoist top shut off has occurred, the hoist top icon 20 appears in the LICCON monitor.
– The master switches are not deflected.
– The radio operation* is not active.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 759
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111224
copyright by
760 LTM 1400-7-1-007

Result:
– The assembly icon 30 or the assembly icon 31 (assembly operation) in the LICCON monitor blink.
– The Hoist top icon 20 in the LICCON monitor changes to the icon 21.
– The working speed is reduced for all functions (if load chart is available).
– All hoist limit switches are bypassed (also two hook operation).
u Carry out a crane movement with bypassed hoist limit switches with upmost caution and by taking
the safety guidelines into account.
The function „bypass of the hoist top shut off“ turns off:
– If the set up key D is pressed again
– When no master switch is deflected for 10 seconds
ated
– If there is no longer a shut off of a hoist limit switch
– If the stand by mode on the LICCON monitor is active
– If the radio operation* is active
– At engine stop
The function „bypass of the hoist top shut off“ has / was turned off:
– The assembly icon 30 or the assembly icon 31 (assembly operation) in the LICCON monitor turn
off.
– The icon 21 on the LICCON monitor turns off.
u Make sure that the assembly icon 30 or the assembly icon 31 (assembly operation) as well as the
icon 21 no longer appear in the LICCON monitor.
u Carry out the crane movements in such a way that no repeated hoist top shut off occurs.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 761
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111233
copyright by
762 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.6 Bypass of shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down
WARNING
Increased danger of accidents due to bypass of shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment
down!
When the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down is bypassed, then the LICCON over-
load protection as a whole is deactivated or limited.
When the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down is bypassed and the telescopic boom
and / or the attachment is further luffed down, then there is no load chart available any longer!
Crane operation with bypassed shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down is prohibited,
since severe accidents can result!
u Activate the bypass of the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down only in emer-
gency cases or for erection / take down procedures with erection / take down charts!

– In icon 13 or icon 14 the arrow 13.2 or double arrow 14.2 blink and the LICCON overload protection
Result:
– The function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ is activated and has
bypassed the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down.
Note
u When leaving the area „load chart available“, the assembly icon 30 turns off and the assembly
icon 31 appears.
The bypass of the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down turns off:
ated
– When an area with existing load chart is reached
– At engine stop
The bypass of the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down has / was turned off:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– The assembly icon 31 or the assembly icon 30 in the LICCON monitor turns off.
u Make sure that the assembly icon 30 or the assembly icon 31 no longer appear in the LICCON mo-
nitor.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 763
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111225
copyright by
764 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.7 Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection du-
ring erection / take down procedures (assembly operation)
Note
u If the crane is in the area „no load chart available“, there is a shut off of crane operation by the
LICCON overload protection and the icon 19 appears in the LICCON monitor.
u By an actuated set up key D, the function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload
protection“ can be activated, all erection / take down procedures can be carried out within the erec-
tion / take down charts, for which no load charts are available.
WARNING
Danger of accident during erection / take down procedures!
If the erection / take down charts are not observed, the crane could collapse, the boom can break off
or the crane can topple over!
u The erection / take down charts must be observed!
u Press the set up key D only when the configuration status has been entered correctly in the LIC-
CON computer system and matches the actual situation!

– The erection / take down charts are adhered to.
– The configuration status has been entered correctly into the LICCON computer system.
Result:
– The assembly icon 30 appears in the area „load chart available“.
– The assembly icon 31 appears in the area „no load chart available“.
– The erection / take down procedures can be carried out.
The function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ turns off:
– When all master switches are for 10 seconds after actuation of the set up key D in neutral position
(with „load chart available“)
ated
– At engine stop
– When an area with existing load chart is reached (erection procedure)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u After completion of the erection / take down procedures, make sure that the assembly icon 30 or
the assembly icon 31 no longer appear in the LICCON monitor.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 765
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111226
copyright by
766 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Instructions for resuming crane movements for cra-

nes without CE mark
WARNING
Risk of accident!
If the following points are not observed, personnel can be severely injured or killed.
u The crane operator bears the sole and full responsibility for the adherence to measures to be taken
in case of shut off of crane movement!
u The crane operator must make sure, before crane operation, that he is using the correct description
for the current programming!
Note
u Check the data tag 6 to determine if your crane has a CE mark!
u The following section applies to a crane without CE mark, see data tag 6.2!
u If your crane does have a CE mark, see data tag 6.1, then you must observe the description in
section „Instructions for resuming a crane movement for cranes with CE mark“!
3.1 Overview load chart for cranes without CE mark
Axle Description
r Radius boom (Working radius)
% Utilization of the crane in percentages
7 Lower limit angle
8 Upper limit angle
9 Area „Exceeding the overload protection“
10 Area „Load chart available“
11 Area „no load chart available“
Note
u If the set up key D (LICCON monitor with crane operating screen, illustration 3) is actuated, the
working speed is not reduced!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 767
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111218
copyright by
768 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2 Overview of acoustic / visual warnings for cranes without CE mark

– Depending on the crane type, either a warning light 12.1 or a flashing beacon 12.2 or a combina-
tion of flashing beacon 12.2 and warning light* 12.3 are installed.
– The acoustic warnings within the crane operator's cab are turned off by pressing the button F8 on
the LICCON monitor with crane operating screen (illustration 3).
– The acoustic warnings outside the crane operator's cab are turned off by actuating the key but-
ton 35 on the LICCON monitor with derrick operating screen (illustration 4).
3.2.1 Description of acoustic / visual warnings

The case numbers from the chart „Case number key“ is valid for the following charts in this chapter:
– „Acoustic / visual warnings on the LICCON monitor“
– „Flashing beacon 12.2“
Case number key

Description Case Case number
Utilization of crane over 100 % Case 003
Shut off of crane movements - LML Stop Case 004
Luffing in with suspended load Case 005
Participating sensor (LML) defective Case 006
Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection Case 010
Bypass of shut off hoist top Case 011
Bypass of shut off boom / luffing down the attachment, „load chart available“ Case 016
Bypass of shut off boom / luffing down the attachment, „no load chart available“ Case 018
Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection during erection / Case 020
take down procedures, „no load chart available“
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 769
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111219
copyright by
770 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2.2 Acoustic / visual warnings within the crane operator's cab
Acoustic / visual warnings on the LICCON monitor

Case number Acoustic warning LICCON mo- Visual warning LICCON monitor
nitor at utilization of crane
Short Long Long Utilization of
Occurrence
sound sound sound crane
From Above always From Above LMB Appears if the set up key D
90 % 100 % 90 % 100 % Stop is actuated
Case 001 — — —
Case 002 X2 O — — —
Case 003 X2 O O — — —
Case 004 X2 O — — —
Case 005 X2 X2 O O — — —
Case 006 X2 O O
Case 010 X2
X 2
O O O
Case 011 X2 O O O O O
Case 016 X2
X 2
O O O
Case 018 X2 O O
Case 020 X2
O O

X2 = can be turned off immediately on the LICCON monitor key F8
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 771
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111220
copyright by
772 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2.3 Acoustic / visual warnings outside the crane operator's cab
Warning light 12.1

Case 001 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 002 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 004 - O1
Case 005 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 005 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 006 - O2
Case 010 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 010 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 011 From 0% to 100 % O2
Case 016 Up to 90 % O1
Case 016 Above 100 % to 110 % O1

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 773
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111220
copyright by
774 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Flashing beacon 12.2

Signal turntable Red
Case 004 - O2
Case 006 - O2

O2 = flashing beacon 12.2 blinks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 775
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111220
copyright by
776 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Warning light 12.3

Case 001 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 002 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 004 - O2
Case 005 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 005 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 006 - O2
Case 010 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 010 From 90 % to 100 % O1
Case 011 From 0% to 100 % O1
Case 016 From 0 % to 89 % O1
Case 016 From 90 % to 100 % O1

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 777
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
778 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.3 Shut off of crane movement

Note
u If the LICCON overload protection turns the crane movement off, then the exact cause for the shut
off must be determined first.
u As a first step, try to rescind the crane movement which has caused a shut off.
u If it is not possible to rescind the affected crane movement, then the additional steps are described
in the respective sections.
Note
u For detailed description of the individually listed icons, see Crane operating instructions, chapter
4.02.
The LICCON overload protection carries out the following shut offs if a limit value is exceeded in crane
operation:
– Shut off Luffing the telescopic boom up / down
– Shut off Luffing the attachment up / down
– Shut off spooling the winch up / out
– Shut off hoist top
– Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom out (limit length)
– Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom in (limit length)
– Shut off Crane movement with danger of tipping to the rear*
– Shut off Luffing cylinder (pressure too high)
– Shut off due to error message
3.3.1 Shut off Luffing the telescopic boom up / down
Fig.110877
In icon 13 or icon 14 (lower field) arrow 13.1 or arrow 13.2 blink and the LICCON overload protection
„Luffing the telescopic boom up“ (arrow 13.1) or „Luffing the telescopic boom down“ (arrow 13.2) was
shut off because the upper / lower limit angle of the selected load chart was exceeded or fallen below.
If the double arrow 13.3 appears blinking in the icon 13 or icon 14 (lower field), then the telescopic
boom was luffed up to just before the block position of the luffing cylinder. The shut off „Boom steep“
has shut the crane movement „Luffing the telescopic boom up“ off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
The arrow 13.1 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the telescopic boom up“ was turned off:
Result:
The arrow 13.2 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the telescopic boom down“ was turned off:
u Luff the telescopic boom up.
Result:
The double arrow 13.3 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the telescopic boom up“ was turned off:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 779

Result:
3.3.2 Shut off Luffing the attachment up / down
Fig.111235
In the icon 14 (upper field) the double arrow 14.1 or double arrow 14.2 blink and the LICCON overload
protection has shut off the crane movement.
„Luffing the attachment up“ (double arrow 14.1) or „Luffing the attachment down“ (double arrow 14.2)
was shut off because the upper / lower limit angle of the selected load chart was exceeded or fallen
below.
The double arrow 14.1 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the attachment up“ was turned off:
u Luff the attachment down.
Result:
The double arrow 14.2 blinks and the crane movement „luffing the attachment down“ was turned off:
u Luff the attachment up.
Result:
3.3.3 Shut off spooling the winch up / out
Fig.110878
In the icon 18, the line / arrow 18.1, arrow / line 18.2 or line / arrow 18.3 blink and the LICCON over-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
load protection has shut off the crane movement.

„Spooling the winch out“ (line / arrow 18.1) or „spooling the winch up“ (arrow / line 18.2) was shut off
because the upper / lower limit angle of the rope for the selected winch was exceeded or fallen below.
If line / line 18.3 appears blinking in the icon 18, then the affected winch is deactivated.
The line / arrow 18.1 blinks and the crane movement „spooling the winch out“ was turned off:
u Spool the winch up.
Result:
The line / arrow 18.2 blinks and the crane movement „spooling the winch up“ was turned off:
copyright by
780 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Spool the winch out.

Result:
Line / line 18.3 blinks and the winch is deactivated:

u Activate the winch, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
Result:
3.3.4 Shut off hoist top
Fig.110875
The icon 19 and Hoist top icon 20 appear in the LICCON monitor and the LICCON overload protection
has turned off crane movement.
Spooling the hoist winch up was turned off because the hook block or the load hook has run against a
hoist limit weight during the upward movement and the affected hoist limit switch was triggered.
Note
u After shut off of spooling the hoist winch up (hoist top), the crane movements „telescoping the
boom out“, „luffing the boom down“, „luffing the attachment down“ and possibly additional move-
ments which have an effect on the length of the hoist rope are also shut off. This should minimize
the risk that the crane can be damaged due to erroneous operation.
u Spool the hoist winch out.

Result:
3.3.5 Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom out (limit length)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.110880
overload protection has interrupted the crane movement „Telescoping the telescopic boom out“ and,
The crane movement „Telescoping the telescopic boom out“ was shut off because the limit length of
the selected load chart has been exceeded.
u Telescope the telescopic boom in.
Result:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 781
3.3.6 Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom in (limit length)
Fig.110880
overload protection has interrupted the crane movement „Telescoping the telescopic boom in“ and,
The crane movement „Telescoping the telescopic boom in“ was shut off because the limit length of
the selected load chart has been fallen below.
u Telescope the telescopic boom out.
Result:
3.3.7 Shut off Crane movement with danger of tipping to the rear
Note
u Applies only for cranes with support force monitoring*.
WARNING
When reaching the programmed minimum / maximum support force limits there is no automatic shut
off of crane movements!
Exception: When the two supports with the lowest forces are in boom direction, then some crane mo-
vements which increase the „danger of tipping to the rear“ significantly are turned off!
u If there is a „danger of tipping to the rear“, luff the boom down carefully until the support limit forces
are again within the minimum / maximum values!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.110881
Icon 24 (depending on the crane similar as on the left or right illustration) is shown in the LICCON mo-
nitor with blinking values in both fields 24.1 of the supports with the lowest forces, an acoustic signal
sounds and the LICCON overload protection has turned off the crane movement.
Crane movements which increase the „danger of tipping to the rear“ significantly were turned off.
u Luff the boom down carefully until the support limit forces are again within the minimum / maximum
values and no value in the fields 24.1 blinks any longer.
Result:
copyright by
782 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.3.8 Shut off Luffing cylinder (pressure too high)
Note
u Applies only for certain crane types with respective display in the second LICCON monitor.
Fig.110896
In the icon 25(luffing cylinder pressure) the utilization bar 25.1 reaches the 100% mark and the LIC-
CON overload protection has shut off the crane movement.
All further movements, which directly lead to an increase of the luffing cylinder pressure are shut off.
u Lower the luffing cylinder pressure by lowering the load.
or
Initiate an alternative crane movement, which lowers the luffing cylinder pressure.
Result:
In assembly operation:
Make sure that the specifications in the erection / take down charts are observed.
u Lower the luffing cylinder pressure by reducing the load, for example by getting support from an
auxiliary crane.
3.3.9 Shut off due to error message
Fig.110990
An error message appears in the „horn“ icon, illustration 1, the icon 19 appears in the LICCON monitor
and the LICCON overload protection has turned the crane movement off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Limited warning functions
If there is a defect on a participating sensor (LML) and the crane is continued to be operated by by-
passing the sensor other otherwise, then the warning functions and the shut offs of the LICCON over-
load protection are deactivated!
u If there is a defect on a participating sensor (LML), then the crane may not be operated further!
u Fix / replace the sensor before starting crane operation again!
u Determine existing errors with the LICCON error code from the field in illustration 1, see Diagnos-
tics manual.
u Remedy the error.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 783
Problem remedy
u Check if all sensors or dummy plugs with integrated electric have been connected properly.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
784 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 785
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111221
copyright by
786 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.4 Shut off of crane movement: LML-STOP by LICCON overload pro-

tection
WARNING
Risk of overload and toppling the crane!
If the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection are exceeded without knowing the exact cause
for the shut off by the LICCON overload protection, then the crane can be overloaded and topple over!
u Before activating the function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“
determine the exact cause for the shut off!
WARNING
WARNING
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 787
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111221
copyright by
788 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Failure of hoist gear!
If a load is lifted by luffing the boom up, after the hoist gear has been shut off by the load moment
limiter when trying to lift the load, then the hoist gear can be overloaded and fail!
This could result in serious accidents!
u Actuate the button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ only if the LICCON overload protection reports
no overload on the hoist gear with freely suspended load, the load is not reduced by luffing up and
the minimum radius is not fallen below!
There are two possibilities to exceed the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection after LML-
STOP:
– With button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ in the left control console
– With the set up key D on the LICCON monitor with crane operating screen, see illustration 3
NOTICE
Danger of mix up!
The function „Exceedance of shut off limits of LICCON overload protection“ can only be activated with
the set up key D on the LICCON monitor with crane operating screen, see illustration 3!
The key switches on the other monitors are not assigned with this function!
u Do not mix up the set up key D with the other key switches!
u In case of mix up: Deactivate the activated function!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 789
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111222
copyright by
790 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.4.1 Luffing in with suspended load

This shut off limit can be exceeded by actuating the button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“.
Note
u If the load is reduced by luffing up, then the button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ is not functio-
ning.
u For the procedure when the button 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ is not functioning, see section
„Exceedance of maximum permissible load moment“.
u Press the function key 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ and hold it.
Result:
u Luff the load in.

Result:
– If the crane reaches a normal operation status (utilization below 100 % and no active shut off) then
the icon 19 turns off, normal crane operation is possible again.
The function „luffing in with suspended load“ is also deactivated:

– When the function key 5 „luffing in with suspended load“ is not longer actuated
ated
– At engine stop
The function „luffing in with suspended load“ is deactivated:
tection occurs.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 791
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111223
copyright by
792 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.4.2 Exceedance of the maximum permissible load moment

LICCON monitor appears the icon 19.
This shut off can be exceeded by the configuration button D in the „right touching“ position.
Note
u In emergency situations, the function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload pro-
tection“ can be activated with the set up key D and the maximum permissible load moment of 100
% can be exceeded.
The set up key D on the LICCON monitor has two positions:

– Operating position (not pressed): Crane is in normal operation.
– Position to right (touching): The maximum permissible load moment (100%) can be exceeded, the
assembly icon 30 in the LICCON monitor blinks.
– With the button 5 „Luffing in with suspended load“ no normal operating condition (utilization below
100% and no active shut off) can be reached.
Result:
Problem remedy
When it is not possible to exceed the maximum permissible load moment by actuating the set up
key D?
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 793
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111223
copyright by
794 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Initiate crane movements which directly lead to a normal operating status (utilization below 100 %
and no active shut off).
Result:
– If a crane reaches a normal operation status (utilization below 100 % and no active shut off), then
the function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ shuts off, the as-
sembly icon 30 and icon 19 in the LICCON monitor turn off.
In addition, the function „exceedance of shut off limits of LICCON overload protection“ turns off:
– If all master switches are in neutral position for 10 seconds (with load chart available)
ated
– If radio operation* is activated
– At engine stop
– During shut off transition hoist top clear / not clear
– During transition boom not steep / steep
– During transition lower limit angle clear / not clear
– During transition upper limit angle clear / not clear
– When the maximum value Test point 1 (value F1) is reached
Note
u The function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ is only turned off
when the assembly icon 30 in the LICCON monitor turns off.
u If the function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ does not turn off
after pressing the set up key D once, then press the set up key D again until the assembly icon 30
in the LICCON monitor turns off.
The exceedance of the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection has / was shut off:
– The assembly icon 30 in the LICCON monitor turns off.
u Make sure that the assembly icon 30 does no longer appear in the LICCON monitor.
tection occurs.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 795
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111224
copyright by
796 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5 Bypass of the hoist top shut off

WARNING
Improper use of the function „bypass of hoist top shut off“!
u The function „bypass of hoist top shut off“ may never be used to increase the lifting height during
crane operation!
WARNING
Property damage and falling load!
If the function „bypass of hoist top shut off“ is activated, there is the danger that the hook block or the
load hook is pulled against the pulley head!
This danger exists especially when the hoist winch is continued to be spooled up and for crane move-
ments which have an influence on the hoist rope, for example telescoping or luffing the boom, the at-
tachment or the derrick boom!
Property damage and falling load can result!
u The function „bypass of hoist top shut off“ may only be carried out by an authorized person, along
with a guide. The guide must be in direct contact with the crane operator and must continually mo-
nitor the distance between the hook block / load hook and the boom head!
Note
u The activation of the function „bypass of hoist top shut off“ is only possible if the hoist limit switch
was touched and the hoist top shut off has occurred.
u If the hoist limit switch is triggered when the set up key D is actuated (function „exceedance of shut
off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ is active, the assembly icon 30 or the assembly
icon 31 blink), then a hoist top shut off occurs and the function „exceedance of shut off limits of the
LICCON overload protection“ is deactivated.
u For assembly purposes or in emergency cases, if the activation of the function „bypass of hoist top
shut off“ and activation of the function „Exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload pro-
tection“ is necessary, then the set up key D must be actuated until the icon 21 and assembly
icon 30 or assembly icon 31 (assembly operation) appear.

– A hoist top shut off has occurred, the hoist top icon 20 appears in the LICCON monitor.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 797
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111224
copyright by
798 LTM 1400-7-1-007

Result:
– The assembly icon 30 or the assembly icon 31 (assembly operation) in the LICCON monitor blink.
– The Hoist top icon 20 in the LICCON monitor changes to the icon 21.
– All hoist limit switches are bypassed (also two hook operation).
u Carry out a crane movement with bypassed hoist limit switches with upmost caution and by taking
the safety guidelines into account.
The function „bypass of the hoist top shut off“ turns off:
– if the set up key D is pressed again
ated
– If there is no longer a shut off of a hoist limit switch
– At engine stop
The function „bypass of the hoist top shut off“ has / was turned off:
– The assembly icon 30 or the assembly icon 31 (assembly operation) in the LICCON monitor turn
off.
– The icon 21 on the LICCON monitor turns off.
u Make sure that the assembly icon 30 or the assembly icon 31 (assembly operation) as well as the
icon 21 no longer appear in the LICCON monitor.
u Carry out the crane movements in such a way that no repeated hoist top shut off occurs.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 799
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111233
copyright by
800 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.6 Bypass of shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down
WARNING
Increased danger of accidents due to bypass of shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment
down!
When the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down is bypassed, then the LICCON over-
load protection as a whole is deactivated or limited.
When the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down is bypassed and the telescopic boom
and / or the attachment is further luffed down, then there is no load chart available any longer!
Crane operation with bypassed shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down is prohibited,
since severe accidents can result!
u Activate the bypass of the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down only in emer-
gency cases or for erection / take down procedures with erection / take down charts!

– In icon 13 or icon 14 the arrow 13.2 or double arrow 14.2 blink and the LICCON overload protection
Result:
– The function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection“ is activated and has
bypassed the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down.
Note
u When leaving the area „load chart available“, the assembly icon 30 turns off and the assembly
icon 31 appears.
The bypass of the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down turns off:
ated
– When an area with existing load chart is reached
– At engine stop
The bypass of the shut off luffing the telescopic boom / attachment down has / was turned off:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Make sure that the assembly icon 30 or the assembly icon 31 no longer appear in the LICCON mo-
nitor.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 801
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111225
copyright by
802 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.7 Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload protection du-
ring erection / take down procedures (assembly operation)
Note
u If the crane is in the area „no load chart available“, there is a shut off of crane operation by the
LICCON overload protection and the icon 19 appears in the LICCON monitor.
u By an actuated set up key D, the function „exceedance of shut off limits of the LICCON overload
protection“ can be activated, all erection / take down procedures can be carried out within the erec-
tion / take down charts, for which no load charts are available.
WARNING
Danger of accident during erection / take down procedures!
If the erection / take down charts are not observed, the crane could collapse, the boom can break off
or the crane can topple over!
u The erection / take down charts must be observed!
u Press the set up key D only when the configuration status has been entered correctly in the LIC-
CON computer system and matches the actual situation!

– The erection / take down charts are adhered to.
– The configuration status has been entered correctly into the LICCON computer system.
Result:
– The assembly icon 30 appears in the area „load chart available“.
– The assembly icon 31 appears in the area „no load chart available“.
– The erection / take down procedures can be carried out.
The exceedance of the shut off limits of LICCON overload protection turns off:
– When all master switches are for 10 seconds after actuation of the set up key D in neutral position
(with „load chart available“)
ated
– At engine stop
– When an area with existing load chart is reached (erection procedure)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u After completion of the erection / take down procedures, make sure that the assembly icon 30 or
the assembly icon 31 no longer appear in the LICCON monitor.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 803
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
804 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Equipment
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 805
028896-15 5.01 Safety technical notes for assembly and disassembly
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
806 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.01 Safety technical notes for assembly and disassembly 028896-15
1 Checking the retaining elements

Retaining elements are used to secure the pins. Due to mechanical damage / distortion, the function
of the retaining elements can be compromised. In addition, the spring force of the retaining elements
can be reduced significantly. Do not re-use retaining elements if there is insufficient spring force. The
pin retainer must be secured with a correctly functioning retaining element.
WARNING
Failure of retaining element!
If the spring force of the retaining element is not sufficient or in case of mechanical damage / distor-
tion, the retaining element can fail.
If the correct retention of the pin is no longer ensured, then the pin can unpin by itself.
Accidents with bodily injuries / property damage can result.
u Use exclusively functioning retaining elements in proper condition.
2 Rope pulleys
WARNING
Danger of crushing due to rotating rope pulleys!
Arms and legs can be caught and crushed or severed between the rope pulley and the rope due to
rotating rope pulleys.
u It is prohibited to touch the ropes or rope pulleys during operation.
u Adhere to the safety distance to ropes and rotating rope pulleys.
3 Checking the ropes

WARNING
Danger of accident!
u The ropes must be checked by an expert before assembly and checks must be performed at regu-
lar intervals in order to detect possible damage or wear and tear at an early stage. See Crane ope-
rating instructions, chapter 8.04.
The ropes must be removed immediately if any of the following damage is detected:
– Breakage of a strand
– Wire breaks
– Broken wire nests
– Reduction in the rope diameter by 10 % or more of the nominal size
– Rope deformations
3.1 Placing the hoist / control ropes

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
In order to guarantee safety and operating characteristics, only original Liebherr replacement parts or
parts approved by Liebherr may be used.
NOTICE
Damage of hoist / control rope!
If a hoist / control rope is placed with worn rope pulleys, damage can occur.
u Before placing a rope, check the rope pulleys. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.01.
u Replace worn or damaged rope pulleys.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 807
NOTICE
If the following notes are not observed, the cam limit switch / winch turn sensor must be readjusted!
u When the hoist rope is spooled up, the end of the hoist rope must remain in front of the winch and
may not be pulled over the winch.
u Pull the hoist rope end never under the winch by spooling the winch up.
u Pull the hoist rope never off from the „stationary“ winch.
u The winch turn sensor must also be readjusted, if it is determined during operation or when chan-
ging the hoist rope that the winch does not turn off when the minimum rope coils are reached.
3.1.1 Cranes with cam limit switch

The cam limit switch is adjusted at the factory that it turns off before the minimum rope coils are rea-
ched (three hoist rope coils on the winch).
WARNING
Danger of accident due to falling load!
If the following instructions are not observed, the hoist rope end attachment may be torn out, causing
the load to topple.
u If a new hoist rope is used, the cam limit switch must be reset.
u The cam limit switch must be adjusted so that it turns off when only 3 hoist rope coils remain on the
winch.
3.1.2 Cranes with winch turn sensor

The winch turn sensor is adjusted at the factory that it turns off before the minimum rope coils are rea-
ched (four hoist rope coils on the winch). If used properly, the winch turn sensor will not need readjust-
ment.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to falling load!
If the following instructions are not observed, the hoist rope end attachment may be torn out, causing
the load to topple.
u If a new hoist rope is placed, the winch turn sensor must be checked.
u The winch turn sensor must be set to turn off when only 4 hoist rope coils remain on the winch.
4 Control measures
WARNING
If the control measures are not carried out before crane operation, then accidents can occur. The
crane can topple over, be overloaded or damaged.
Personnel can be killed or injured.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Crane operation with safety devices which are not functioning correctly is strictly prohibited.
u Start crane operation only after all safety devices have been checked and are functioning correctly.
u Start crane operation only if the overload protection has been set according to the data in the load
chart.
u Start crane operation only if the crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned.
copyright by
808 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Interruption of crane operation!
If the following specifications for interruption of crane operation are not observed, accidents can occur.
u If the crane operator leaves the crane cab even if for just a short time, the crane must be secured
to prevent unauthorized access.
u Before starting to work again with the crane, the crane operator is obligated to check the operating
mode settings and to reset them, if necessary.
Fig.113437
– The overload protection is not bypassed.
– No assembly operation is activated.
– Crane operation can be carried out with minimum boom radius.
4.1 General control measures before crane operation

– Make sure that no visible damage is present on the crane.
– Make sure that there are no loose parts on the boom, crane chassis and crane superstructure.
– Make sure that exposed rope pulleys are free of snow, frost and ice.
– Make sure that the cable / rope drums as well as the limit switches are free of snow and ice.
– Make sure that the gear ring of the rotary connection is clean and greased.
– Make sure that the air supply to the oil and water cooler is clear.
– Make sure that steps, ladders and platforms are in the correct position for crane operation.
– Make sure that all tool boxes, compartments, coverings, covers and cabinet doors are closed.
– Make sure that no persons or objects are within the danger zone of the crane.
– Make sure that the crane is standing on level, load bearing ground.
– Make sure that the crane is sufficiently supported depending on the load case and the ground con-
ditions.
– Make sure that there is sufficient distance to excavations and slopes.
– Make sure that no obstacles are within the working range of the crane, which obstruct the required
crane movements.
– Make sure that the crane has sufficient distance to live power lines.
– Make sure that the LICCON overload protection is set according to the data in the load chart.
– Make sure that the overload protection is set according to the actual set up configuration of the
crane.
– Make sure that the electrical connections, the connector plug, the pull release, the cables and the
protective insulation function. Replace missing or defective parts.
– Make sure that the cable routings on the electrical connections are seated tightly. If necessary,
tighten loose screw connections.
– Make sure that the existing safety devices are functioning.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Make sure that the overload protection is functioning.

– Make sure that the hoist limit switches are functioning.
– Make sure that the limit switch boom „steepest position“ is functioning.
– Make sure that the wind speed sensor easily moves and is functioning.
4.2 Additional controls for cranes with crane support

– Make sure that the folding / sliding beams are secured with pins to prevent them from sliding.
– Make sure that the support plates are secured in the operating position.
– Make sure that the crane is properly supported.
– Make sure that the crane is horizontally aligned.
– Make sure that the axle suspension is blocked (mobile crane).
– Make sure that the tires have no contact to the ground (mobile crane).
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 809
– Make sure that the track chains are secured to prevent them from sagging (crawler crane).
4.3 Additional controls for cranes on tires on the front and supported
on the rear
– Make sure that the rear folding / sliding beams are secured with pins to prevent them from sliding.
– Make sure that the rear support plates are secured in the operating position.
– Make sure that the crane is properly supported on the rear.
– Make sure that the axle pressure compensation is correctly switched.
– Make sure that the axle suspension is blocked.
– Make sure that the tires of the rear axle group have no contact with the ground.
– Make sure that a sufficient tire pressure is present in the tires.
– Make sure that the ground for the front axle group is sufficiently level.
4.4 Additional controls for cranes supported on the front and on tires
on the rear
– Make sure that the front folding / sliding beams are secured with pins to prevent them from sliding.
– Make sure that the front support plates are secured in the operating position.
– Make sure that the crane is properly supported on the front.
– Make sure that the axle pressure compensation is correctly switched.
– Make sure that the axle suspension is blocked.
– Make sure that the tires of the front axle group have no contact with the ground.
– Make sure that a sufficient tire pressure is present in the tires.
– Make sure that the ground for the rear axle group is sufficiently level.
4.5 Additional controls for freestanding crane operation (on tires)

– Make sure that all prerequisites for freestanding crane operation are met.
– Make sure that sufficient tire pressure is in all tires for crane operation on tires.
– Make sure that the ground is sufficiently level for crane operation on tires.
4.6 Additional controls for cranes with derrick boom

– Make sure that the shut off via the limit switch - derrick is functioning.
– Make sure that the entire swing range of the suspended ballast / ballast trailer is free of personnel
and obstacles.
4.7 Additional controls for cranes with luffing auxiliary boom / accesso-
ries
– Make sure that the shut off via the limit switch luffing auxiliary boom / accessories „steepest posi-
tion“ is functioning.
– Make sure that the shut off via the limit switch luffing auxiliary boom / accessories „lowest position“
is functioning.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Make sure that the shut off via the limit switch flap in „steepest position“ position is functioning.
– Make sure that the pendulum of the mechanical relapse retainer moves easily over the entire swing
range and is functioning.
4.8 Additional controls for certain crawler cranes

For existing crawler assembly key button:
– Make sure that the crawler assembly key button is turned off.
copyright by
810 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Dangerous conditions without shut off

5.1 Block position of relapse cylinders when setting down the load
NOTICE
Damage to boom or relapse cylinder!
If the block position of the relapse cylinders is triggered by the boom or the derrick with attached,
freely suspended load, then there is a danger of damaging the boom or the relapse cylinders when
setting the load on the ground. By setting down the load, the crane is relieved, which causes the boom
system to move to the rear.
There is no shut-off of the hoist gear down function.
u Actuate the opposite direction of movement which caused the block position and eliminate the
block position.
6 Transporting components
WARNING
Danger of accident!
u If any components are transported on an auxiliary vehicle, then they must be properly secured. If
necessary, transport these components on supports or using a special transport device.
6.1 Transporting lattice sections

WARNING
Danger of accident!
u If the lattice sections are pushed into each other for transport, the lattice sections must be safely
rigged on the transport vehicle and secured on at least two independent points.
7 Pneumatic springs for assembly support of compo-

nents
Pneumatic springs are installed on various crane components to simplify the installation of these com-
ponents.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Defective pneumatic springs no longer provide the supporting properties on the movable components.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Due to falling components, personnel can be killed or severely injured.

High risk of accident.
u Always check pneumatic springs for damage before actuating the corresponding components.
u Do not use components with defective pneumatic springs. Replace defective pneumatic springs im-
mediately.
u Make sure that no persons or objects are in the movement range of the moving components which
is supported by the pneumatic spring.
u It is strictly prohibited to remain or place any objects in the movement or other danger zone of the
moving crane components which are supported by the pneumatic spring.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 811
8 Manual rope winches for assembly support of com-

ponents
Manual rope winches are installed on various components to simplify the installation or removal of
these components.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
Defective manual rope winches no longer provide the supporting action on the movable components.
Due to falling components, personnel can be killed or severely injured.
High risk of accident.
u Always check manual rope winches for external and functional damage before actuating the res-
pective components.
u Check the rope of the manual rope winch for damage.
u At least two rope coils must always remain on the rope drum.
u Do not use components with defective manual rope winches. Replace defective manual rope win-
ches.
u It is strictly prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the movement range of the compo-
nents, which are supported by the manual rope winch.
u It is prohibited for personnel or objects to remain within the danger zone of the moveable compo-
nents.
9 Weights
Note
u The weight of each component is specified in the chapter 1.03 or the respective chapter in the
Crane operating instructions or is stated on the tag attached to the corresponding component.
u If components are pushed into one another (for example intermediate pieces) or folded together
(for example the folding jib), then the total weight is given by the sum of the individual components.
NOTICE
False estimation of weights
u Contact the Service department at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH if the weight of the respective
component is not stated on the tag or in the Crane operating instructions.
u Use an auxiliary crane with sufficient load carrying capacity including judicious reserve.
10 Guy rods
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Boom can break off!
The arrangement of the guy rods for the boom or boom systems is stipulated in the rod plan. If the
arrangement of the guy rods according to the rod plan is not observed, the crane can collapse, the
boom can break off or the crane can topple over.
u Always carry out the arrangement of the guy rods according to the rod plan.
u If an auxiliary guying is required for a certain boom length, then it must always be installed accor-
ding to the rod plan on the position defined in the rod plan.
copyright by
812 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Unutilized guy rods on boom!
If guy rods are on the lattice sections which are not used for operation, then there is a danger of acci-
dents.
Unused guy rods can loosen up and fall down.
The load chart is invalid.
The load display of the LICCON computer system shows an incorrect value.
The weight of the boom is too large for erection.
u Disassemble and remove the guy rods which are not needed on the transport retainers before
erecting the boom.
Note
u Inspection and maintenance of guy rods, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.15.
u In reference to the guy rods, observe section „Erection / take down“.
11 Auxiliary guying
The auxiliary guying is of significant importance for safe crane operation.
The auxiliary guying is a deciding factor in relieving the boom, or the boom system during erection and
take down as well as during crane operation.
WARNING
If the auxiliary guying is not installed or not installed on the position specified in the rod plan, then the
crane can collapse, the boom can break off or the crane can topple over.
u If an auxiliary guying is specified in the rod plan for the required boom length, then it must be instal-
led on the respective position.
u Make sure that the auxiliary guying is always completely installed and that all pins are properly pin-
ned and secured.
12 Bypassing the overload protection
Fig.113438
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Illustration 1: LICCON monitor (only certain crane types).

– Illustration 2: Indicator light „Assembly“ in instrument panel crane cab (only certain crane types).
The overload protection is considered bypassed for:
– all types of assembly operations.
– all types of exceeded shut off limits of the overload protection.
– all types of emergency operation.
– all types of crane operation with deactivated or defective sensors and limit switches.
– all types of deviation from specified set up configuration of the crane.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 813
DANGER
Increased danger of accident due to bypass of the overload protection!
As section 4.2.6.3.2 of EN 13000 does not put the requirements of appendix 1 of the EC machinery
directive 89/37/EC into concrete terms, the overload protection has not been designed according to
this definition.
Proper and destined use of the crane is ensured due to the construction of the overload protection
system and observance of the information in the Crane operating instructions. All sensibly fore-
seeable erroneous operations of the crane have been taken into consideration.
Impermissible crane operation with bypassed overload protection – with the aim of increasing the ma-
ximum load capacity of the crane above the rated value in the load chart or to extend the designated
working range of the crane – does not constitute a sensibly foreseeable erroneous operation, ra-
ther a deliberate improper use with high risk of accident.
The possible risks and consequences of such deliberate improper use are detailed in the Crane ope-
rating instructions.
Such deliberate improper use can neither be prevented by means of the structural design nor by
means of information in the Crane operating instructions
u Bypass the overload protection only according to the Crane operating instructions.
u Exceed the shut off limits of the overload protection only according to the Crane operating instructi-
ons.
u Any other use of the crane with bypassed overload protection than that described in the Crane ope-
rating instructions is prohibited.
12.1 Bypassing the overload protection

If the maximum permissible load moment is exceeded, the overload protection turns all load moment
increasing crane movements off.
This shut off can be bypassed or exceeded various ways by:
– exceeding the shut off limits (utilization more than 100 % or leaving the load chart).
– activating an assembly operation.
– activating an emergency operation.
The displays of the LICCON overload protection remain functioning when all associated sensors and
limit switches are active and a load chart is available.
WARNING
If overload protection is bypassed, there is no further protection against overloading the crane.
In the event of deliberate improper use, the crane could collapse, the boom can break off or the crane
can topple over.
Personnel can be killed.
u It is only permitted to bypass the overload protection for assembly or in emergencies.
u The bypass of the overload protection may only be carried out by persons who are aware of the
effects of their acts.
u Bypassing the overload protection requires the presence of a person authorized by the crane ope-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
rator and must be performed with utmost caution.

u It is strictly prohibited to operate the crane when the overload protection is bypassed.
12.1.1 Bypassing the LICCON overload protection
Note
u Applies only for cranes with LICCON overload protection.
Depending on the crane version, one or more operating elements are available to bypass the overload
protection:
– Button in the control console.
– Key button on the LICCON monitor.
– Key button in the instrument panel.
copyright by
814 LTM 1400-7-1-007
– Key button in the switch cabinet.

– Sensor for transponder on the crane cab.
u Actuate the respective operating element.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is bypassed / inactive.
– The „Assembly“ icon appears on the LICCON monitor.
– Depending on the circumstances, acoustical and / or optical warning signals (blinkers, flashing
lights, bells and horns).
If the LICCON overload protection is to be reactivated:

u No longer actuate the respective operating element or reset.
Result:
– The „Assembly“ icon no longer appears on the LICCON monitor.
– The acoustical and / or optical warning signals which were triggered by the bypass are turned off
again.
12.1.2 Bypassing the PAT overload protection
Note
u Applies only for cranes with PAT overload protection.
u Actuate the bypass key button and turn the PAT overload protection off.
Result:
– The PAT overload protection is bypassed / inactive.
u Actuate the bypass key button and turn the PAT overload protection on.
Result:
– The PAT overload protection is active.
13 Bypassing the hoist top shut off

Note
u Applies only for cranes with hoist limit switch.
If the hook block contacts the hoist limit switch weight during its upward movement, the hoist limit
switch is triggered. The crane movements „Spool up winches“, „Luff boom down“ and „Telescope tele-
scopic boom out“ are turned off. The shut off can be bypassed.
WARNING
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Danger of accidents due to bypass of Hoist top shut off!

When bypassing the hoist top shut off, there is a risk that the hook block may be pulled against the
pulley head when continuing to lift or luffing down the boom. This may damage the pulleys and cause
the loads to fall.
u The bypass of the hoist top shut off in crane operation with a load may only be carried out by a
person authorized by the crane operator with the aid of a „Guide“. The guide must be in direct con-
tact with the crane operator and must continually monitor the distance between the hook block and
the boom head.
u Carry out all crane movements with maximum care and minimum speed.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 815
14 Assembly / disassembly
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to incorrect assembly or disassembly!
The assembly / disassembly of lattice sections and / or components may never be performed by untra-
ined personnel.
An erroneous assembly / disassembly of lattice sections and / or components can cause damage on
load carrying crane structures.
Crane components can fail due to improper assembly / disassembly.
u Make sure that the assembly / disassembly of lattice sections and / or components is carried out
only by authorized and trained expert personnel.
u Make sure that the fastening equipment on lattice sections and / or components is always fastened
properly.
u Make sure that lattice sections and / or components are always properly pinned and secured at as-
sembly.
u For assembly / disassembly of individual components, also observe the chapters relating to those
components.
u The boom combinations must be assembled according to the separately supplied rod plans.
u The winch use is regulated in the master switch assignment in the Electric wiring diagram. The win-
ches may only be operated according to this master switch assignment specified in the Electric wi-
ring diagram.
u All components which must be transported separately must be transported with suitable auxiliary
cranes and fastening equipment near ground level.
WARNING
Failure of auxiliary winch!
u Only use the auxiliary winch (assembly or reeving winch) for assembly and not to lift loads.
u Lifting of loads with the auxiliary winch is prohibited.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121169
copyright by
816 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Danger of impact and crushing!
There is a risk of impact and crushing when standing in the vicinity of suspended loads moving side-
ways.
u During assembly / disassembly no one may be in the dangerous area around or underneath the
suspended load before the load has been secured.
Part of the category „Aids for working aloft“ are, for example:
– Lifting platforms
– Scaffolding
– Auxiliary cranes
– Ladders
WARNING
Danger of falling!
During assembly / disassembly, inspection and maintenance work, assembly personnel must be secu-
red with appropriate aids to prevent them from falling.
If this is not observed, assembly personnel could fall and suffer life-threatening or fatal injuries.
u All work aloft, where there is a danger of falling must be carried out with suitable aids.
u If fall arrest equipment is available, then it must be used, see Crane operating instructions, chapter
2.06.
sonnel must secure themselves with the specified fall arrest system to prevent falling, see Crane
u The fall arrest system must be fastened on the fastening and hook points as well as on the safety
ropes. For safety points, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06.
u Only step on the aids, ladders and catwalks with clean shoes.
u Keep aids, ladders and catwalks free of heavy dirt, snow, frost and ice.
u Remaining on a suspended load is prohibited.
u Remaining on or within crane components (for example: At assembly of boom sections, lattice sec-
tions) which are moved during lifting, lowering, turning or closing procedures is strictly prohibited.
u During all assembly and disassembly work, maintenance work and inspections, travel or crane
operation is prohibited.
u It is prohibited to step on the telescopic or an auxiliary boom without suitable protective devices.
u Stepping and walking on crane components and lattice sections, which have an incline of more
than 20° is prohibited.
WARNING
Components not pinned and secured!
If a component is released from the auxiliary crane before having been pinned and secured, the com-
ponent will fall down.
u Do not disengage the auxiliary crane until the respective component is pinned and secured.
WARNING
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
The components can fall down!

If the corresponding component is unpinned without being secured by an auxiliary crane, the corre-
sponding component can fall down and fatally injure personnel.
u Do not unpin the components until they are secured by an auxiliary crane.
WARNING
Falling components and tools!
Whenever working aloft, for example on the crane or on an aerial platform, components or tools can
fall down. Personnel can be severely injured or killed.
u Make sure that the danger zone under the work area is blocked off and marked.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 817
14.1 Assembly drawings

WARNING
Use of assembly drawings!
Due to sole use of assembly drawings, dangerous situations can arise up to toppling of the crane.
u Assembly drawings should only be considered to be additional and supplementary information.
u The respective chapters in the crane operating instructions are decisive for the assembly and di-
sassembly of booms or equipment.
u The detailed information and danger notes in the respective chapters must be observed and adhe-
red to.
14.2 Pin connections

WARNING
Danger due to pin connections!
If the pins / pin connections are not properly greased or lubricated before assembly, then they can cor-
rode, seize in the pin bores and / or be damaged.
Personnel can be severely injured or killed due to suddenly releasing pins at disassembly.
u Make sure that all pins, which are not supplied with grease via the central lubrication system are
sufficiently greased before assembly.
u Make sure that all lube points, which are equipped with a grease fitting, are properly greased at
assembly and according to the respective interval specification.
u Make sure that all pins are secured with the intended retaining elements to prevent them from loo-
sening up by themselves.
u Never pin or unpin pins by force.
14.3 Guiding crane sections, lattice sections or crane components

WARNING
Danger due to oscillating load!
During the assembly of crane sections, lattice sections or crane components with the auxiliary crane,
they can start to swing back and forth.
u To guide and position crane sections, lattice sections or crane components always use a guide
rope.
u Make sure that the guide rope is sufficiently long and that the assembly personnel does not enter
the danger zone.
14.4 Assembly / disassembly of booms

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Angular pull can overload the crane. Overload can cause destruction of the crane or cause it to topple
over.
u The hook block must always be attached (hooked) vertically over the center of gravity of the load to
be lifted.
u Angular pull is prohibited.
copyright by
818 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.113444
WARNING
Danger of accident at assembly / disassembly of booms!
The disassembling of unsecured or unsupported booms may result in fatal injury or mutilation.
u Never unpin the pins under unsecured or unsupported booms.
u Never unpin the connecting pins on unsecured or unsupported booms.
u Do not stand under the booms or within the complete danger zone during the pinning and unpin-
ning procedure of the booms.
u Secure the pins in the storage locations and in the receptacles.
u The railing at assembly and disassembly of booms must be horizontal.
u Do not lean the ladder against the component being disassembled.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to distorted pins!
Angular pulling or excessive / low hoisting force of the auxiliary crane may result in distortion of the
pins.
Distorted parts can suddenly detach themselves when the pins are unpinned. This represents a fatal
injury risk to assembly personnel.
u When the pins are unpinned, the „lifting force“ of the crane must be adapted to the „weight“ of the
parts being lifted.
u Do not remove difficult to remove pins by force.
u Remedy the cause of the distortion.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
If the following specifications are not observed, accidents can result:
u Pin or unpin both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right.
u Pin the lower collar pins from the inside to the outside and unpin from the outside to inside.
u Insert and unpin horizontally installable double cone pins from the outside to inside.
u Insert and unpin vertically installable double cone pins from top to bottom.

– If parts of the equipment (for example lattice sections) are not in contact with the ground during as-
sembly / disassembly, then they must be supported with suitable, stable materials.
– Select the height of the support so that the parts of the equipment are not in contact with the
ground.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 819
– Place the parts of the equipment with rope pulleys down in such a way that the rope pulleys are not
damaged.
– During disassembly make sure that the auxiliary crane can lift the load vertically.
– Have an auxiliary crane with sufficient load carrying capacity available to be able to hold the load at
a respective radius.
14.5 Fastening positions for assembly / disassembly of the lattice jib

WARNING
Danger of fatal accidents due falling components!
The maximum permissible tensile load on the fastening eye is engraved on the fastening eye.
The maximum permissible fastening load of the respective components can differ to the maximum per-
missible tensile load of the fastening eye.
Components can be damaged at overload and fall down during lifting.
u Observe the maximum permissible fastening load according to the operating instructions and the
tags on the components.
u Fasten the lattice jib only according to the following descriptions.
u Do not overload the components.
14.5.1 Closing the end section
Fig.117840: Closing the end section

For closing the end section, observe the following:
– Use textile type fastening equipment 3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Loop the textile type fastening equipment 3 on the left and right around on the pin points.
Before fastening:
u Check the position of the spring retainers and correct, if necessary.
u Fasten the textile type fastening equipment 3 on the upper pin points P1 between the end section 1
and the pinned components 2.
u Lift the lattice jib until the lower pin points P2 align between the end section 1 and components 2.
u Pin the end section 1 and components 2 on the lower pin points P2 on the left and right.
After pinning:
u Remove the textile type fastening equipment 3.
copyright by
820 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.5.2 Placing the lattice jib into the pulley cart
Note
u The following illustrations are examples and may not match your crane exactly.
Fig.117842: Place the lattice jib into the pulley cart (telescopic crane)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121550: Place the lattice jib into the pulley cart (lattice mast crane)
When placing it into the pulley cart, observe the following:
– The end section 1 is completely installed.
Before fastening:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 821
u Lift the lattice jib and place it in the pulley cart 4.
u Pin the end section 1 with the pulley cart 4 on the pin points P3 on the left and right.
Note
u The disassembly and removal of the pulley cart 4 is handled accordingly.
14.5.3 Opening the end section
Fig.117841: Opening the end section

For opening the end section, observe the following:
– The pulley cart is disassembled and removed.
Before fastening:
u Lift the lattice jib and relieve the pins on the lower pin points P2.
u Unpin the end section 1 and components 2 on the lower pin points P2 on the left and right.
u Place the lattice jib on the ground.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
822 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.5.4 Holding the luffing lattice jib
Fig.117843: Holding the luffing lattice jib

To be able to install or remove the guy rods and "flying assembly", the luffing lattice jib must be held
on the upper pin points P1.
When holding the luffing lattice jib, observe the following:
– The lattice jib has been completely assembled.
Before fastening:
u Lift the lattice jib and install the guy rods.
When the guy rods are installed:
Note
u The removal of the guy rods is handled accordingly.
14.5.5 Assembling the fixed lattice jib on the TF-adapter

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Mortal danger if the lattice jib tilts over!
Due to unfavorable center of gravity, only certain lattice jib lengths can be installed / removed as an
assembled lattice jib.
If a lattice jib length cannot be installed / removed as an assembled lattice jib, then they must be in-
stalled / removed individually in flying mode.
u Check if the respective lattice jib length can be installed / removed as an assembled lattice jib. See
charts in the Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.01.10.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 823
Fig.117844: Assembling the lattice jib on the TF-adapter

For installation on the TF-adapter, observe the following:
– The lattice jib has been assembled.
– The TF-adapter 5 is installed.
Before fastening:
Fasten between the lattice sections, which are installed directly on the TF-adapter.
u Fasten the textile type fastening equipment 3 on the upper pin points P4.
u Lift the lattice jib and affix on the lower pin point P5 on the TF-adapter 5.
u Pin the lattice jib on the lower pin point P5 with the TF-adapter 5.
After pinning:
WARNING
Mortal danger if the lattice jib tilts over!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Make sure to observe the permissible lattice jib length at disassembly.
u Disassemble accordingly.
copyright by
824 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.5.6 Closing the fixed lattice jib
Fig.117850: Closing the lattice jib

For installation on the TF-adapter, observe the following:
– The lattice jib is pinned on the lower pin points of the TF-adapter 5.
Before fastening:
u Lift the lattice jib and affix on the upper pin point P6 on the TF-adapter 5.
u Pin the lattice jib on the upper pin point P6 with the TF-adapter 5.
After pinning:
Note
u Disassemble accordingly.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 825
14.5.7 Angle adjustment on the fixed lattice jib
Fig.117851: Angle adjustment on the fixed lattice jib

For the angle adjustment on the fixed lattice jib, observe the following:
– The lattice jib has been completely assembled.
Before fastening:
u Lift the lattice jib and relieve the pins on the angle adjustment P7.
u Unpin the angle adjustment P7, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.03.
u Set and pin a New angle on the angle adjustment P7, see Crane operating instructions, chap-
ter 5.03.
u Lower the lattice jib.
After lowering:
14.5.8 Loading the preassembled lattice jib

For loading the lattice jib, observe the following:
– The lattice jib has been preassembled.
– Use textile type fastening equipment.
– Loop the textile type fastening equipment on the left and right around on the pin points.
Before fastening:
u Fasten the preassembled lattice jib according to the fastening points in the Crane operating instru-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
ctions, chapter 5.03.
copyright by
826 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 827
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197718: Example for cranes with telescopic boom
copyright by
828 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.6 Assembly / disassembly of lattice sections on telescopic cranes

with guyed auxiliary boom with an auxiliary crane
14.6.1 Assembly of lattice sections for guyed auxiliary boom with an auxiliary crane
The illustrations serve as examples. The illustrations may differ depending on the crane.
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury when assembling auxiliary booms!
If the pins are not pinned in the given sequence, then lattice sections may suddenly fold down or fall
down.
Personnel can be killed or seriously injured.
u Pins must be pinned in the order specified.
u Pin and secure pins at both sides (level A) at point 1, illustration 1.

u Pin and secure pins at both sides (level B) at point 3, illustration 1.
u Close the end section with the auxiliary crane, illustration 2.
u Lift the lattice sections, illustration 3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 829
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
830 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.6.2 Disassembly of lattice sections for guyed auxiliary boom with an auxiliary
crane
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury when disassembling auxiliary booms!
If the pins are not unpinned in the given sequence, then lattice sections may suddenly fold down or fall
down.
u Pins must be unpinned in the order specified.
u Luff the auxiliary boom down until the end section touches the ground slightly, illustration 1.
u Release and unpin the pins at both sides (level B) at point 1, illustration 1.
u Completely remove the lattice sections, illustration 2.
u Lift the end section with the auxiliary crane, illustration 2.
u Release and unpin the pins at both sides (level A) at point 3, illustration 3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 831
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
832 LTM 1400-7-1-007

with self-supporting auxiliary boom with an auxiliary crane
14.7.1 Assembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary boom with an auxili-

ary crane
WARNING
down.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 833
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
834 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.7.2 Disassembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary boom with an auxi-

liary crane
WARNING
down.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 835
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
836 LTM 1400-7-1-007

with self-supporting auxiliary boom, without an auxiliary crane
14.8.1 Assembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms, without auxili-

ary crane
WARNING
down.
For cranes with hydraulic angle adjustment and self-supporting auxiliary boom, the assembly / disas-
sembly of additional lattice sections may be performed using the crane itself.
In order to do so, proceed as follows.
u Assemble the lattice sections to the required length.
u Close the auxiliary boom until the pins can be pinned at point 2, illustration 2.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 837
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
838 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.8.2 Disassembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxiliary booms, without au-

xiliary crane
WARNING
down.
For cranes with hydraulic angle adjustment and self-supporting auxiliary boom, the assembly / disas-
sembly of additional lattice sections may be performed using the crane itself.
In order to do so, proceed as follows.
NOTICE
Damage of hydraulic cylinders on the TF-adapter!
u As soon as the lattice jib is placed, stop the luff down movement.
u It is prohibited to set down the fixed lattice jib „hard“.
u Luff the main boom down until the end section touches the ground slightly, illustration 2.
If it is not possible to luff down that far:
u Adjust the TF-adapter until the end section touches the ground slightly, illustration 2.
NOTICE
Damage of hydraulic cylinders on the TF-adapter.
u As soon as the lattice jib is placed, stop the opening movement.
u Open the auxiliary boom until the lattice sections to be removed are laying completely on the
ground, illustration 3.
u Completely remove the auxiliary boom.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 839
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121633: Example for cranes with lattice mast booms
copyright by
840 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.9 Assembly / disassembly of lattice sections for lattice mast cranes
14.9.1 Assembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Danger of fatal injury when assembling booms!
down.

u Close the boom system with the SA-frame, illustration 3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 841
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
842 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.9.2 Disassembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Danger of fatal injury when disassembling booms!
down.
u Make sure that the SA-frame guying is tensioned before the pins are unpinned at point 1, see illust-
ration 1.
u Luff the boom down until the end section touches the ground slightly, illustration 1.
u Guy the boom with SA-frame, illustration 1.
u Open the boom system with the SA-frame, illustration 2.
u Completely remove the lattice sections, illustration 2.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 843
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
844 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.10 Flying assembly / disassembly of lattice sections
14.10.1 Flying assembly of lattice sections

WARNING
Danger of fatal injury when assembling booms!
down.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 845
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111448: Guying the pivot section with the SA-frame
copyright by
846 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14.10.2 Flying disassembly of lattice sections

The flying disassembly of lattice sections can be used on:
– Derrick boom
– Main boom
– Before guying the pivot section, secure the boom properly to prevent it from falling down!
Guying the pivot section in flying mode with the SA-frame

u Place the boom on the ground, see illustration 2.
or
WARNING
Lattice section incorrectly attached!
If the fastening equipment is attached on the bitts 2 when securing the boom, then the bitts will be
overloaded. The lattice section will be damaged.
The boom can fall down.
If the auxiliary crane is used to secure the boom for flying disassembly:
u Do not fasten the lattice section on the bitts 2, see illustration 1.
u Attach the fastening equipment in the area of point P1 on both sides on the lattice section, see
detail X.
u Make sure that the long fastening equipment is used, so that the angle between the cross section
of lattice section and guyed fastening equipment is at least 60°, see detail Y.
Secure the boom with the auxiliary crane, see illustration 3.

or
WARNING
Falling boom!
If the boom is not properly and securely supported from below, then the boom can fall down.
u Support the boom properly and safely with suitable material.
Support the boom, see illustration 4.

Result:
– The guy rods can be disassembled.
u Place down, secure and disassemble the guy rods.

u Pin and secure the guy rods SA-frame on the pivot section.
u Tighten the guy rods SA-frame until the boom is in horizontal position.
Result:
– Pivot section is guyed in flying mode with the SA-frame, see illustration 5.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– The lattice sections can be disassembled in flying mode.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 847
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111449: Guying the pivot section with the derrick boom
copyright by
848 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Guying the pivot section in flying mode with the derrick boom
u Place the boom on the ground, see illustration 1.
or
WARNING
Lattice section incorrectly attached!
If the fastening equipment is attached on the bitts 2 when securing the boom, then the bitts will be
overloaded. The lattice section will be damaged.
The boom can fall down.
If the auxiliary crane is used to secure the boom for flying disassembly:
u Do not fasten the lattice section on the bitts 2, see illustration 2.
u Attach the fastening equipment in the area of point P1 on both sides on the lattice section, see
detail X.
u Make sure that the long fastening equipment is used, so that the angle between the cross section
of lattice section and guyed fastening equipment is at least 60°, see detail Y.
Secure the boom with the auxiliary crane, see illustration 3.

or
WARNING
Falling boom!
If the boom is not properly supported from below, then the boom can fall down.
u Support the boom properly and safely with suitable material.
Support the boom, see illustration 4.

Result:
– The guy rods can be disassembled.
u Place down, secure and disassemble the guy rods.

u Pin and secure the pulley block on the pivot section.
u Tighten the control rope until the boom is in horizontal position.
Result:
– Pivot section is guyed in flying mode with the derrick boom, see illustration 5.
– The lattice sections can be disassembled in flying mode.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 849
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
850 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Unpinning the lattice components
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury when disassembling booms!
down.
14.11 Assembly / disassembly of boom systems for supporting on ascen-

ding terrain (assembly / disassembly schematic)
Note
u The following assembly steps are simplified and are examples and may not match your crane
exactly.
WARNING
Mortal danger at assembly / disassembly of booms!
If the pins are not pinned / unpinned in the specified sequence, then lattice sections may suddenly fold
down or fall down.
u Pin / unpin pins in the specified sequence, see section „Assembly of lattice sections“.
u Observe all safety technical notes in section „Assembly / disassembly“.
u Make sure that there are no persons within the danger zone.
14.11.1 Assembly of boom systems on ascending terrain

– The lattice sections are properly assembled.
– An auxiliary crane with sufficient load carrying capacity if available.
Fig.121635: Boom - pivot section installed on turntable and placed on the ground
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121636: Boom - intermediate sections installed on boom - pivot section and placed on the ground
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 851
Fig.121637: Boom - intermediate sections installed and placed in ascending terrain
Fig.121638: Lift and close the boom system in the area of the boom - pivot section
Fig.121645: Calculate the force for the closing procedure of the boom system
Note
u The abbreviations Ga1, Ga2, ... and Gb1, Gb2, ... are for the weights of the individual lattice secti-
ons.
u The weights of the lattice sections are noted on the welded on weight tags on the lattice sections.
Fig.121639: Lift and close the boom system // Support the boom system
Note
u The height of the support or dimension X is noted on the respective boom assembly chapter, see
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.38 or chapter 5.39.
u Support the boom system properly after the closing procedure.
14.11.2 Disassembly of boom systems on ascending terrain

copyright by
852 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.121651: Calculation of force for opening the boom system // Lift the boom system // Remove the
support // Open the boom system
Note
u The abbreviations Ga1, Ga2, ... and Gb1, Gb2, ... are for the weights of the individual lattice secti-
ons.
Fig.121657: Place the boom system down
Fig.121652: Lift and open the boom system

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121636: Disassemble and remove the boom - intermediate sections with the end section
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 853
Fig.121635: Disassemble and remove the boom - intermediate sections to the boom - pivot section
u Disassemble and remove the boom - pivot section.
14.12 Assembly / disassembly of boom systems for supporting on des-

cending terrain (assembly / disassembly schematic)
Note
u The following assembly steps are simplified and are examples and may not match your crane
exactly.
WARNING
Mortal danger at assembly / disassembly of booms!
If the pins are not pinned / unpinned in the specified sequence, then lattice sections may suddenly fold
down or fall down.
u Pin / unpin pins in the specified sequence, see section „Assembly of lattice sections“.
u Observe all safety technical notes in section „Assembly / disassembly“.
u Make sure that there are no persons within the danger zone.
14.12.1 Assembly of boom systems on descending terrain

– The lattice sections are properly assembled.
Fig.121640: Boom - pivot section installed on turntable and placed on the ground
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121641: Boom - intermediate sections installed on boom - pivot section and placed on the ground
copyright by
854 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.121642: Boom - intermediate sections installed and placed in descending terrain
Fig.121643: Lift and close the boom system in the area of the boom - pivot section
Fig.121646: Calculate the force for the closing procedure of the boom system
Note
u The abbreviations Gb1, Gb2, ... are for the weights of the individual lattice sections.
Fig.121644: Lift and close the boom system // Support the boom system
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Note
u The height of the support depends on the lay of the terrain and the resulting incline of the boom
system.
u Support the boom system properly after the closing procedure.
14.12.2 Disassembly of boom systems on descending terrain

copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 855
Fig.121654: Calculation of force for opening the boom system // Lift the boom system // Remove the
support // Open the boom system
Note
u The abbreviations Gb1, Gb2, ... are for the weights of the individual lattice sections.
Fig.121655: Lift and open the boom system
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121641: Disassemble and remove the boom - intermediate sections with the end section
copyright by
856 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.121640: Disassemble and remove the boom - intermediate sections to the boom - pivot section
u Disassemble and remove the boom - pivot section.
14.13 Bypass for assembly and disassembly

Depending on the crane version, the „Bypass at assembly and disassembly“ is activated by:
– The set up button (key button) on the LICCON monitor.
– The assembly key button in the instrument panel.
WARNING
High risk of accident in crane operation with activated „Bypass at assembly and disassembly“!
At activated „Bypass at assembly and disassembly“ the overload protection and possibly bypassed
hoist limit switches.
can topple over.
u The activation of the „Bypass at assembly and disassembly“ is only permissible for assembly and
disassembly purposes.
u All other usage of the „Bypass at assembly and disassembly“ other than as described in the opera-
ting instructions is prohibited.
u The „Bypass at assembly and disassembly“ may only be activated by persons who are aware of
the consequences of a bypass.
u Crane operation with activated „Bypass at assembly and disassembly“ is strictly prohibited.
u The „Bypass at assembly and disassembly“ must be deactivated immediately after assembly and
disassembly work.
u The crane operator or a person authorized by him must make sure that no misuse of the bypass
device is possible (remove the key and store it safely, if necessary).
14.13.1 Activating the bypass at assembly and disassembly
Note
u Indicator light „Assembly“ is only present in the instrument panel for certain crane types.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113438
– Illustration 1: LICCON monitor (only certain crane types).
– Illustration 2: Indicator light „Assembly“ in instrument panel crane cab (only certain crane types).
u Actuate the respective operating element.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is bypassed / inactive and the „Bypass at assembly and disas-
sembly“ is activated.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 857
– The „Assembly“ icon appears in the LICCON monitor and / or the indicator light „Assembly“ in the
instrument panel lights up.
– Depending on the circumstances, acoustical and / or optical warning signals (blinkers, flashing
lights, bells and horns).
14.13.2 Bypass at assembly and disassembly
Note
u Indicator light „Assembly“ is only present in the instrument panel for certain crane types.
Fig.113437
u No longer actuate the respective operating element or reset.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection is active and the „Bypass at assembly and disassembly“ is deacti-
vated.
– The „Assembly“ icon turns off in the LICCON monitor and / or the indicator light „Assembly“ in the
instrument panel no longer lights up.
– The acoustical and / or optical warning signals which were triggered by the bypass are turned off
again.
14.14 Bypassing during crawler assembly

Note
u Applies only for cranes with crawler assembly key button.
Fig.113441
– Illustration 3: Crawler assembly key button and indicator light
– The LICCON overload protection is bypassed / inactive and the „Bypass at assembly and disas-
sembly“ is activated.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
High risk of injury in case of actuated crawler assembly key button!
If the crawler assembly key button is actuated, the overload protection is bypassed. No shut off at
overload will occur in assembly operation nor in crane operation.
In the event of deliberate misuse, the crane can topple over.
u The crawler assembly key button may only be actuated for assembly tasks.
u All other usage of the crawler assembly key button other than as described in the operating instru-
ctions is prohibited.
u Operating the crane with the crawler assembly key button enabled is strictly prohibited.
copyright by
858 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.113441
u Actuate the crawler assembly key button.
Result:
– The indicator light „Crawler assembly“ lights up.
If the bypass at crawler assembly is to be turned off:

u Turn the crawler assembly off by pressing the off button.
Result:
– The indicator light in the button turns off.
14.15 Assembling / disassembly of hydraulic lines

When connecting and releasing hydraulic lines with quick couplings, make sure that the coupling pro-
cedure is carried out correctly.
WARNING
Danger of accident due to loss of pressure or leakage!
Incorrectly coupled or self-loosening quick couplings (particularly return lines) can result in serious ac-
cidents due to component failure.
u Check the quick couplings after assembly for correct connection.
WARNING
Pressure in the hydraulic lines!
If the pressure supply is not interrupted before releasing the hydraulic lines, the hydraulic oil can es-
cape with high pressure.
u Release the pressure in the hydraulic system before releasing. Interrupt the pressure supply and
wait for a short time.
u Release the pressure in the hydraulic system before connecting and disconnecting: Turn the en-
gine off and wait for short time.
u Connect the coupling components (sleeve and connector) and screw together with the hand-tighte-
ned nut.
u Tighten the hydraulic coupling by hand. Rotate the hand-tightened nut until it reaches a tangible,
fixed stop position.
14.16 Assembly / disassembly of electrical lines

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
NOTICE
Danger of damage of electrical connections!
If the following measures are not adhered to, the electrical connections can be damaged.
u Do not plug in the plug connection or unplug them under tension.
u Do not pinch or crush electrical connections.
When pulling the cable out:
u Hold the plug and not the cable. Do not pull on the cable to release the plug connection.
u Relieve the electrical connections in operating condition.
u In case of defective or faulty electrical lines, contact Service at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 859
NOTICE
Corroding of plug connections!
The plug connections are only protected when plugged in. If the plug connections are not plugged in,
then the contact surfaces can corrode.
u Always plug or screw the plug connections together properly.
u Keep plug connections clean and dry. Clean contact surfaces provide the best signal transfer.
If a pull release for the cable drum is present:

u Hang the pull release in on the fixed point and relieve the plug connections from the pull strain.
After installing the plug connections:
u Check all plug connections for proper connection.
If a plug connection is not properly connected:
u Plug or screw the plug connection together properly.
After removing the plug connections:
u Protect the electrical connections with dust caps or place them in intended parking retainers.
If locking brackets are present:
u Close the locking bracket.
15 Erection / take down

WARNING
Due to an unforeseen occurrence, for example: Sudden strong wind or storm can lead to dangerous
operating situations, up to toppling the crane.
u The boom must be able to be placed down at any time with its current equipment, observe the
erection and take down charts.
u The required counterweight must always be in direct vicinity of the crane.
u The crane operator must ensure that the required counterweight is carried along when driving the
crane with the equipment in place and that the boom can be placed down at any time.
WARNING
Mortal danger.
u Incorrectly installed or non-functioning limit switches as well as falling parts (pins, spring retainers,
ice etc.) can cause accidents.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
860 LTM 1400-7-1-007
15.1 Erection / take down for mobile cranes

– The crane is properly supported.
– The counterweight has been installed on the turntable according to the load chart or the erection /
take down charts.
– The derrick ballast (suspended ballast or ballast trailer ballast) is installed according to the load
chart or the erection / take down charts.
– The boom has been installed according to the load chart and the Crane operating instructions.
– The hoist rope has been correctly placed in the rope pulleys and prevented from jumping out with
the rope retaining pins.
– All limit switches have been correctly installed and are fully functional.
– All pin connections have been secured.
– No personnel is within the danger zone.
– There are no loose parts on the boom or the auxiliary boom.
– In winter, the exposed rope pulleys must be kept free of snow, frost and ice.
– In winter, the telescopic boom, the auxiliary boom and their associated components (limit switches,
cable drum, flashing beacon, wind speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
u Check if all prerequisites have been met.
15.2 Erection / take down for crawler cranes

– The crane is properly supported (cranes with support).
– The counterweight has been installed on the turntable according to the load chart.
– The central ballast has been installed according to the load chart.
– The counterweight is installed according to the load chart or the erection / take down charts.
– The derrick ballast (suspended ballast or ballast trailer ballast) is installed according to the load
chart or the erection / take down charts.
– The boom has been installed according to the load chart and the Crane operating instructions.
– No personnel is within the danger zone.
– There are no loose parts on the boom or the auxiliary boom.
– In winter, the exposed rope pulleys must be kept free of snow, frost and ice.
– In winter, the boom, the auxiliary boom and their associated components (limit switches, cable
drum, flashing beacon, wind speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
u Check if all prerequisites have been met.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 861
15.3 Rigging the guy rods on lattice booms on placed down boom sys-
tem
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury due to damaged guy rods!
If the boom system is placed on the ground or a load bearing support in strong wind or longer down-
time, the guy rods can be damaged due to wind influence on the boom guying. This wind influenced
oscillations can lead to fatigue on the guy rods.
As a result, the guy rods could break or rip off under load - for example when erecting the boom sys-
tem or in crane operation. The boom system can therefore fall uncontrolled forward onto the ground.
u Make sure that the guy rods are placed completely on the lattice sections and relieved when the
boom systems are placed on the ground.
u Make sure that freely suspended guy rods are rigged on the lattice boom.
u Make sure that the upper pulley block is rigged on the lattice boom in Derrick operating modes.
u Make sure, that the guying on the luffing lattice jib is removed on lattice mast cranes.
u Make sure that the guy rods are inspected before resuming crane operation and that no damage or
cracks are present.
u Make sure that the maintenance intervals of the guy rods are adhered to.
Note
u In case of strong wind or longer downtimes of the crane, the boom system must be placed on the
ground or on a load bearing support.
u The guying must be relieved and the guy rods must be placed on the transport receptacles.
u The following illustrations are examples and may not match your crane exactly.
Fig.120722: Guying placed in transport receptacle and SA-frame guying relieved

u Place the guy rods on the lattice sections 1: Luff the SA-frame 2 to the front until the guying is
placed completely in the transport receptacles on the lattice sections and the SA-frame guying 3 is
relieved, see illustration 1.
u To minimize side oscillation of the SA-frame guying 3 due to wind influence: Rig the SA-frame
guying 3 with suitable rigging straps / ropes 7 against the boom, see illustration 1.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
862 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.120771: Guying placed in transport receptacle and upper pulley block rigged against the boom
u Place the boom system down and - if present - release the derrick guying to the derrick ballast.
u Place the guy rods on the lattice sections 1: Luff the D-boom 4 down to the front until the main
boom guying is placed completely in the transport receptacles on the lattice sections and the upper
pulley block 5 is positioned over the S-pivot section, see illustration 2.
u To minimize side oscillation of the upper pulley block 5 due to wind influence: Rig the upper pulley
block 5 with suitable rigging straps / ropes 7 against the boom, see illustration 2.
For lattice mast cranes with luffing lattice jib the following applies:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120821: Guying in transport receptacle(s) and WA-frames placed down to the front (example lat-
tice mast crane)
WARNING
Danger of accident when removing the W-guying!
When placing down and removing the guying dangerous situations can arise.
u Make sure that the danger notes in the respective chapter of the Crane operating instructions are
observed.
u Remove the guy rods on the luffing lattice jib and place them into the transport receptacles.
u Place the WA-frames (WA-frame 1 WAB 1 and WA-frame 2 WAB 2) down to the front.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 863
For telescopic cranes with luffing lattice jib the following applies:
Fig.121261: Guying in transport receptacle(s) and NA-frames placed down to the front (example tele-
scopic crane)
WARNING
Danger of accident when placing the NA-frames down!
When placing the guy rods as well as the NA-frames down dangerous situations can arise.
u Make sure that the danger notes in the respective chapter of the Crane operating instructions are
observed.
u Spool the jib control winch out and place the NA-frames down to the front so that the guy rods are
relieved.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
864 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 865
028400-02 5.03 Fixed lattice jib - TF
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194955
copyright by
866 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.03 Fixed lattice jib - TF 028400-02
1 General
The fixed lattice jib TF can be attached to the telescopic boom as a straight extension at 0° or at an
angle of 20° or 40°.
1.1 Working lengths

See load charts.
1.2 Components of fixed lattice jib

The following lattice sections are available:
Descriptions Length [m] Weight [t]

G1 TN/TF-adapter 1,99 1,17
G2 TF-adapter 2,00 1,20
G3 NA-intermediate section 7,00 1,04
G4 NA-intermediate section 14,00 1,86
G5 NI-reducer section 2,00 0,45
G6 NI-intermediate section 7,00 1,00
G7 NI-intermediate section 14,00 1,95
G8 N-end section 3,00 1,42
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 867
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194956
copyright by
868 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Assembly of lattice jib

The following lattice jib lengths can be assembled:
Total length 56 m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G3+G3+G4+G5+G6+G7+G8
Total length 49 m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G3+G4+G5+G6+G7+G8
Total length 42 m
Total length 35 m
Total length 28 m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G3+G3+G5+G6+G8
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 869
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194956
copyright by
870 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Total length 21 m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G3+G5+G6+G8
Total length 14 m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G3+G5+G8
Total length 7m
Lattice sections G1+G2+G5+G8
Note
u For two intermediate sections 7 m , one 14 m long intermediate section can be installed.
WARNING
Danger of accident if lattice sections are incorrectly assembled!
If the lattice sections are incorrectly assembled, the boom can break off and the load can fall down!
Personnel can be killed!
u Any other arrangement of the lattice sections than the one specified in the Operating instructions or
assembly drawings is prohibited!
u When assembling the lattice jib, make sure that the lattice sections are installed according to their
descriptions.
u Disassemble and remove the guy rods on the lattice sections before crane operation!
u Crane operation with fixed lattice jib and guy rods placed on the lattice sections is prohibited!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 871
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121708
copyright by
872 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.4 Self-assembly Fixed lattice jib

WARNING
Mortal danger if the lattice jib falls down!
The fastening points can fail.
u Lift the lattice jib for loading exclusively with two auxiliary cranes.
u Fasten the lattice jib on fastening points P1 and fastening points P2.
1.4.1 Operating mode TF 7 m , illustration 1

The operating mode TF 7 m consists of:
– G1 TN/TF-adapter
– G2 TF-adapter
– G5 NI-reducer section
– G8 N-end section
Self assembly with crane support

Operating mode Minimum counterweight with support Comment:
base 1 0.0 m x 9.5 m
TF (F-7.0) 20 t With placed down TY-guying, without
hook block
Operating Length Width Weight on fastening points

mode
P1 P2
TF (F-7.0) 9.72 m 2.3 m 2.2 t 2.0 t
1.4.2 Operating mode TF 14 m , illustration 2

The operating mode TF 14 m consists of:
– G1 TN/TF-adapter
– G2 TF-adapter
– G3 NA-intermediate section 7 m
– G8 N-end section

base 1 0.0 m x 9.5 m
TF (F-14.0) 20 t With placed down TY-guying, without
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
hook block

mode
P1 P2
TF (F-14.0) 16.72 m 2.3 m 2.5 t 2.8 t
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 873
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121708
copyright by
874 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.4.3 Operating mode TYSF 7 m , illustration 3

The operating mode TYSF 7 m consists of:
– TN/TF-adapter G1 with eccentric 41
– Tele extension 40 with eccentric 41
– G1 TF-adapter
– G8 N-head

base 1 0.0 m x 9.5 m
TYSF (F-7.0) 20 t With placed down TY-guying, without
hook block

mode
P1 P2
TYSF (F-7.0) 9.85 m 2.3 m 2.0 t 2.8 t
1.4.4 Operating mode TYSF 14 m , illustration 4

The operating mode TYSF 14 m consists of:
– TN/TF-adapter G1 with eccentric 41
– G2 TF-adapter
– G3 NA-intermediate section 7 m
– G8 N-head

base 1 0.0 m x 9.5 m
TYSF (F-14.0) 20 t With placed down TY-guying, without
hook block

mode
P1 P2
TYSF (F-14.0) 16.85 m 2.3 m 2.4 t 3.5 t
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 875
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111004
copyright by
876 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Assembly
WARNING
Danger of falling!
or fatal injuries.
u If work cannot be carried out on the ground or using such aids, then assembly personnel must se-
cure themselves with the personal fall arrest system (see chapter 2.04) to protect against falling!
The personal fall arrest system must be attached in the corresponding fastening points on the
crane (see chapter 2.06).
u If any fall protection equipment (railings) is installed, then it must be brought in position for as-
sembly / disassembly and secured. See chapter 2.06.
u Step on aids and fall protection equipment only with clean shoes!
u Keep aids and fall protection equipment clean and free from snow and ice!
u It is prohibited to stand under the lattice jib during pinning and unpinning procedure of the lattice
section.

– The crane is properly supported and level.
– The counterweight has been attached to the turntable according to the load chart.
– The telescopic boom has been luffed down to the rear or the side.
– The LICCON overload protection has been set according to the data in the load chart.
– An auxiliary crane is available.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 877
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111004
copyright by
878 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.1 Assembly of fixed lattice jib with auxiliary

u Set the LICCON overload protection according to the load chart.
In TN/TF operation, the left spacer and the right spacer on the TN/TF adapter G1 must be removed.
Remove left and right spacer, if necessary.
u For more information see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.06.
u Attach the TN/TF adapter G1 to the auxiliary crane and to the telescopic boom on both sides with
pins 1 and secure with spring retainers 2.
u Attach the TF adapter G2 to the auxiliary crane and pin on the TN/TF adapter G1 at both sides with
double cone pins 20 and secure with spring retainers 2.
DANGER
The lattice sections can fall down!
If the lattice sections are not pinned and secured correctly, then the lattice jib can fall down and fatally
injure personnel!
u Pin or unpin both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right!
u The lower collar pins on the lattice sections must be pinned from the inside to the outside.
u Pin and unpin the double cone pins from the outside to inside!
u Secure all pins!
u Remove the guy rods installed on the intermediate sections for TF operation.
u Remove guy rods on the intermediate sections.

u Assemble fixed lattice jib for required length, pin with pins 4 and secure with spring retainers 2.
u Lift the assembled lattice jib with the auxiliary crane, pin on the TF-adapter G2 on both sides with
pins 4 and secure with spring retainers 2.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 879
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111329
copyright by
880 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Assembly of fixed lattice jib without auxiliary crane

– A sufficiently sized, drivable surface is available.
– The equipment is available on the transport vehicle.
– The equipment is rigged in such a way that the pins 66 can be pinned or unpinned.
– The lattice jib is pinned and secured in 0° position.
– The crane and the transport vehicle are positioned to each other according to the drawing.
– The equipment is supported with the transport receptacle P5 directly in front of the pin points posi-
tion P3.
WARNING
Death due to folding in of equipment!
If the equipment is not supported directly in front of the pin points position P3, then the lattice jib can
fold in during assembly or disassembly and kill or severely injure personnel!
u Check if the equipment is supported with the transport receptacle P5 directly in front of the pin
points position P3!
WARNING
Danger of accident!
u During assembly and disassembly as well as during maneuvering it is prohibited for anyone to re-
main within the entire danger zone!
u Lower the air suspension to 150 mm.

u Extend the sliding beams to support base 10.0 m X 9.5 m and pin according to the chart, section
Self assembly of fixed lattice jib.
u Install the base plates under the support cylinders.
u Support the crane properly and align it horizontally.
u Install the counterweight according to the load chart or according to the chart section Self assembly
of the Fixed lattice jib on the turntable.
u Swing the telescopic boom in travel direction to the rear.
u Incline position of the crane vehicle.
u Extend or retract the support on the rear to the point where the rear axle touches on the ground but
is not subjected to a load.
u Extend the support on the front by approx. 430 mm until the 1-axle lifts off the ground by approx.
210 mm.
u Luff the telescopic boom down to block position to -1.6° on the bottom.
u Align the boom system to the telescopic boom.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 881
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111329
copyright by
882 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Telescope the telescopic boom T4 out by approx. 92 % to the TN/TF–adapter.

u Release the rigging of the equipment somewhat.
Note
u There must be a certain play to allow the equipment to slide when it is aligned on the flatbed trailer.
u Lift the telescopic boom and center the centering pin 71 on both sides in the hooks 70 until the
centering pins 71 just start to touch.
NOTICE
Damage to the telescopic boom!
If the pins 66 on position P3 are not unpinned on both sides, the telescopic boom can be damaged!
u The telescopic boom may only be pinned with the TN/TF-adapter if the pins 66 on both sides on
position P3 are released and unpinned!
u Release the pins 66 on position P3 both sides and unpin.

u Remove the rigging for the equipment.
u Lift the telescopic boom until the bores on position P2 align and the pins 74 can be inserted.
WARNING
Falling equipment!
If the equipment is not pinned and secured correctly, then the equipment can fall down and fatally in-
jure personnel!
u It is prohibited to remain under or on the equipment as well as within the entire danger zone during
pinning and unpinning of the equipment!
u Pin the telescopic boom with the TN/TF-adapter: Insert all four pins 74 on position P2 and secure
with retaining pins.
u Lift the telescopic boom until the bores on position P3 align.
u Insert the pins 66 on both sides on position P3 and secure with spring retainers.
u Lift the equipment off the transport vehicle and telescope the telescopic boom in all the way.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 883
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194959
copyright by
884 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Reeving the hoist rope

3.1 Swinging the rope guide pulley into operating position
u Unpin the transport retainer for the rope guide pulley 5.
u Swing the rope guide pulley 5 into operating position.
u Pin and secure the rope guide pulley 5 with pins 14.
3.2 Rope guide

u Release and unpin the rope retaining pin.
u Release and unpin the socket pin 6.
u Fold the counter pulley 7 to the side.
u Place the hoist rope over the rope guide pulley 5 and over the rope pulleys 8.
u Close the counter pulley.
u Pin and secure the socket pin 7.
u Insert the rope retaining pin and secure with locking pins.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 885
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194959
copyright by
886 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Angle assembly of lattice jib

Make sure that the lattice jib has been placed in the roller cart or that it is being held by an auxiliary
crane.
4.1 Angle settings

The lattice jib can be operated at an angle of 0°, 20° and 40°. The adjustments for the corresponding
angle is made via the pins 13.
4.1.1 Angle setting 20°

– Release the pins 13 on both sides and unpin from the bores 12.
– Insert the pins 13 on both sides into the bores 11 and secure.
4.1.2 Angle setting 40°

– Release the pins 13 on both sides and unpin from the bores 12.
– Insert pin 13 in transport retainer.
4.2 Positioning the lattice jib

u Establish the electrical connection, see paragraph „Electrical connections“.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to uncontrolled folding down of lattice jib.
u Never remove the pins from the bores 10.
u Unpin the pins 13 only if the lattice jib is placed in the pulley cart or if it is held by an auxiliary
crane.
u Insert the pins 13 on both sides into bores 11 and secure.

or
Insert pin 13 in transport retainer.
u Luff the telescopic boom up until the pull brackets 9 are lying against the respective pins and the
lattice jib is being held by the pins.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 887
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194960
copyright by
888 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Electrical connections
5.1 Establishing the electrical connections
Establish the electrical connections from the cable drum N-end section to the connector box S417 on
the tele head.
u Disconnect the cable WL513 on the cable drum.
u Spool the cable out and insert the cable WL512 on the connector box S417.
u Make electrical connection from the connector box S419 to the cable drum in the N-end section
piece.
u Install the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the N-end section.
u Plug the cable WL460 for the flashing beacon in socket -X460 on the connector box S419.
u Plug the cable WL556 for the wind speed sensor in the socket -X556C on the connector box S419.
Note
The hoist limit switch -S930 and hoist limit switch* -S931 on the telescopic boom head must always be
connected to the LICCON system bus.
u Remove the hoist limit switch weight on the telescopic boom head.
u Pull the hoist limit switch rope 20 and attach with shackle 21 on the fixed point 22.
5.2 Function check

– All electrical connections have been made.
– TF mode has been selected.
5.2.1 Wind speed sensor*

u Check the movement and the function of the wind speed sensor.
5.2.2 Flashing beacon*

u Turn on the flashing beacon and check function visually.
5.2.3 Hoist limit switch

When replacing or changing a hoist limit switch (HLS), the HLS must have the correct bus address
and the correct software version in order to be detected again by the bus system (LSB).
u Actuate the hoist limit switch manually.
Result:
– The Hoist symbol appears at the top of the LICCON monitor and the hoist winch switches off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 889
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111005
copyright by
890 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6 Erecting the boom

– The lattice jib has been assembled according to the load chart and the Operating instructions.
– All limit switches have been correctly installed and are fully operational.
– All pin connections are secured.
– The guy rods have been removed from the intermediate sections.
– There are no loose parts on the telescopic boom or the lattice jib.
– In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drum, fla-
shing beacon, wind speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
WARNING
u Incorrectly assembled or non-functioning limit switches as well as falling parts (pins, spring pins,
ice) can cause accidents!
6.1 Luff the telescopic boom up

u Luff the telescopic boom up until the N-head lifts off the ground.
u Reeve hoist rope between pulley head on the N-head and the hook block and secure on the fixed
point. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.06!
u Attach the hoist limit switch weight.
u Luff up the telescopic boom until the telescoping release is issued by the LICCON.
u Telescope the telescopic boom out to the values specified in the load chart.
7 Crane operation - TF
Observe the notes in chapters 4.05 Crane operation and 4.08 Working with a load.
If the crane operator leaves the cab, even if only for a short time, then the operating mode setting
must be checked and reset if necessary before resuming crane operation.
7.1 Checking the settings

u Check the horizontal position of the crane before and during operation.
u Check the function of the overload protection by running against the operating positions on top and
bottom.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 891
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111006
copyright by
892 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8 Taking the boom down

8.1 Luff the telescopic boom down

NOTICE
Collision of the hook block with the N-head!
u During luff down, spool the hoist winch out simultaneously!
u Continue to luff down the telescopic boom until the hook block is laying on the ground.
u Remove the hoist limit switch weight and unreeve the hook block.
u Continue to luff down the telescopic boom until the N-head is laying on the ground.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 893
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194961
copyright by
894 LTM 1400-7-1-007
9 Changing the lattice jib from 20°/40° to 0°

CAUTION
Danger of damage to the rope pulleys.
u Do not place the lattice jib on the rope pulleys.
u The placement surface of the roller cart must be level and of adequate load bearing capacity.
Make sure that the telescopic boom with lattice jib is luffed down and is resting on the pulley cart or is
held by an auxiliary crane.
9.1 Change over procedure

u Carefully luff the telescopic boom down until the stop on the pull brackets has been reached.
Result:
– The lattice jib is in the 0° position.
DANGER
Risk of accident due to uncontrolled folding down of lattice jib.
u Never remove the pins from the bores 10.
u Unpin the pins 13 only if the lattice jib is placed in the pulley cart or if it is held by an auxiliary
crane.
u Release and unpin the pins 13 from bores 11.

or
Remove the pins 13 from the transport retainer.
u Insert and secure the pins 13 into bores 12.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 895
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194961
copyright by
896 LTM 1400-7-1-007
10 Unreeving the hoist rope

10.1 Rope guide
u Release and unpin the rope retaining pin.
u Release and unpin the socket pin 6.
u Fold the counter pulley 7 to the side.
u Spool the hoist rope up
u Close the counter pulley 7.
u Pin and secure the socket pin 6.
u Insert the rope retaining pin and secure with locking pins.
10.2 Swinging the rope guide pulley into transport position

u Swing the rope guide pulley 5 into transport position, pin and secure.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 897
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194960
copyright by
898 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11 Disassembly
WARNING
Danger of falling!
or fatal injuries.
section.

– An auxiliary crane is available.
11.1 Releasing the electrical connections

u Unplug the cable plug of the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the connector
box S419.
u Remove the flashing beacon* and wind speed sensor* on the N-end section.
Disconnect the electrical connection between the cable drum and the connector box S419.
u Unplug the cable plug on the cable drum.
u Disconnect the cable drum cable on the connector box S417 on the telescope, spool it up and pro-
tect the cable drum from spooling out unintentionally.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 899
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105016
copyright by
900 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11.2 Disassembling the lattice jib with the auxiliary crane

– The N-end section of the lattice jib is laying on the ground.
DANGER
The lattice jib can fall down!
If the components (lattice sections, N-end section and adapter) are unpinned without being secured
with an auxiliary crane, then the components can fall down and fatally injure personnel!
u Do not unpin components (lattice sections, N-end section and adapter) until they are secured by
the auxiliary crane!
u Unpin both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right!
u Unpin the double cone pins from the outside to inside!
u It is prohibited for anyone to remain under the lattice jib during unpinning!
u Attach auxiliary crane to NA-intermediate section which is pinned on the TF-adapter G2.
u Release and unpin the double cone pins 20 on both sides.
u Place the lattice jib down
u Attach the TF adapter G2 to the auxiliary crane.
u Place the TF-adapter G2 down.
u Attach the TN/TF adapter G1 to the auxiliary crane.
u Place the TN/TF adapter G1 down.
u Remove lattice jib.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 901
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111329
copyright by
902 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11.3 Disassembling the fixed lattice jib without an auxiliary crane

– A sufficiently sized, drivable surface is available.
– The counterweight is installed according to the load chart or according to the chart section Self as-
sembly of the Fixed lattice jib on the turntable.
– The air suspension is lowered to 150 mm.
– The base plates have been installed under the support cylinders.
– The sliding beams are extended and pinned to support base 10.0 m X 9.5 m , according to the
chart, section Self assembly of the fixed lattice jib.
– The support on the rear is extended or retracted to the point where the rear axle touches the
ground but is not subjected to a load.
– The support on the front is extended by approx. 430 mm until the 1-axle lifts off the ground by ap-
prox. 210 mm.
– The telescopic boom is swung in travel direction to the rear.
– The crane and the transport vehicle are positioned to each other according to the drawing.
– The transport receptacle is at least 430 mm high and attached on the transport vehicle.
WARNING
Danger of accident!
u During assembly and disassembly as well as during maneuvering it is prohibited for anyone to re-
main within the danger zone!
u Align the transport vehicle to the boom system.

u Telescope the telescopic boom T4 out to approx. 92 %.
u Luff the telescopic boom down carefully until the equipment is just placed on the front transport re-
ceptacle P4 or on the end section on the transport vehicle.
WARNING
Death due to folding in of equipment!
If the equipment is not supported directly in front of the pin points position P3, then the lattice jib can
fold in during assembly or disassembly and kill or severely injure personnel!
u Support the equipment with the transport receptacle P5 directly in front of the pin points posi-
tion P3!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 903
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111329
copyright by
904 LTM 1400-7-1-007
NOTICE
Damage to the telescopic boom!
If the pins 66 on position P3 are not unpinned on both sides, the telescopic boom can be damaged!
u The equipment may only be placed completely on the transport vehicle if the pins 66 are released
and unpinned on both sides on position P3!
u Release the pins 66 on position P3 both sides on the bottom and unpin.
u Place the equipment completely down on the transport vehicle.
Note
u Make sure that the equipment is placed evenly!
u Lash the equipment.

u Release and unpin all four pins 74 on position P2.
u Luff the telescopic boom down until the bores on position P3 align.
u Insert the pins 66 on both sides on position P3 and secure with spring retainers.
u Back the centering pins 71 out on both sides from the hooks 70: Luff the telescopic boom down to
-1.6° block position on the bottom.
u Telescope the telescopic boom in all the way.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 905
028387-01 5.04 Luffing lattice jib - TN
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194963
copyright by
906 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.04 Luffing lattice jib - TN 028387-01
1 General
The luffing lattice jib TN can be operated on the telescopic boom in the following working lengths.
1.1 Working lengths
T max. N
15.4 m 14 m - 84 m
25.7 m 14 m - 84 m
36.0 m 21 m - 84 m
46.3 m 21 m - 77 m
56. 6 m 21 m - 56 m
1.2 Combination of luffing lattice jib

The following lattice sections are available:
Descriptions Length [m] Weight [t]

G1 TN/TF-adapter 1.99 1.17
G3 NA-intermediate section 7.00 1.04
G4 NA-intermediate section 14.00 1.86
G5 NI-reducer section 2.00 0.45
G6 NI-intermediate section 7.00 1.00
G7 NI-intermediate section 14.00 1.95
G8 N-end section 3.00 1.42
G9 N-assembly unit 9.00 8.10
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 907
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194964
copyright by
908 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Components of luffing lattice jib

See also the following illustrations regarding components and the N-lattice jib lengths.
DANGER
Danger of accident if the components of the lattice jib are assembled incorrectly!
u Any other arrangement of the lattice sections than the one specified in the Operating instructions or
assembly drawings is prohibited!
u All pins for the guy rods and connector brackets must be pinned and secured as shown in illustra-
tion X or illustration Y.
u When assembling the lattice jib, make sure that the intermediate sections are installed according to
their description.
Pos. Description Length Quan-

tity
1 Guy rod 7.0 m 5
2 Guy rod 7.0 m 4
3 Cross beam 2.0 m 1
4 Guy rod with tag 6.3 m 2
5 Connector bracket 0.3 m 2
6 Connector bracket 0.7 m 2
7 Guy rod 0.9 m 1
8 Guy rod 1.8 m 1
2.1 N-lattice jib lengths

Note
u Instead of two 7 m NA-intermediate sections, one 14 m intermediate section can be installed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 909
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194965
copyright by
910 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194966
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 911
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194967
copyright by
912 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194968
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 913
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194969
copyright by
914 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Assembly
WARNING
Danger of falling!
or fatal injuries.
section.
u Support the lattice sections with suitable sturdy materials.

– An auxiliary crane as well as assembly scaffolding / working platform are available.
3.1 Component overview on the N-assembly unit, illustration 1
Component
1 N-pivot section
2 TN-adapter
3 NA-frame 1
4 NA-frame 2
5 Relapse retainer
6 Assembly lock
7 Guy rod 3.2 m
8 Guy rod 3.3 m
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
3.2 Fastening points N-assembly unit

Fastening points without attached TN/TF-adapter G1, illustration 2.
Fastening points with attached TN/TF-adapter G1, illustration 3.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 915
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111008
copyright by
916 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.3 Installing the N-assembly unit

Make sure that the TN/TF-adapter G1 on the telescopic boom is pinned and secured. See Crane ope-
rating instructions, chapter 5.03. The left and right spacers must be removed in TN/TF mode.
u Attach the N-assembly unit to the auxiliary crane.
DANGER
The N-assembly unit can fall down!
u Secure all pins!
u Pin the N-assembly unit on both sides on the TN/TF-adapter G1: Insert the double cone pins 11
and secure with spring retainers 12.
or
Pin and secure the N-assembly unit with installed TN/TF-adapter G1 on both sides of telescopic
boom. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.03.
DANGER
Danger of fatal injury if the N-pivot section folds down uncontrollable!
u No one may remain under the N-assembly unit during the assembly procedure!
u Before detaching the N-assembly unit from the auxiliary crane, the relapse retainer 5 must be pin-
ned with pin 9 on the N-pivot section and secured with spring retainer 10.
u Fasten the NA-frame 2 4 on the auxiliary crane.

u Raise the NA-frame 2 4.
u Support the assembly support 50 by lowering the NA-frame 2 4 into the shell 51.
u Unhook the auxiliary crane.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 917
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195685
copyright by
918 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.4 Pull the upper pulley block to the N-assembly unit
3.4.1 Reeve in the auxiliary rope 20 and get the hoist rope 19, illustration 2
Make sure that the lower pulley block 13 and the upper pulley block 16 are reeved in.
u Release and unpin the rope retaining pin 24.
u Guide the auxiliary rope from the assembly winch 25 over the pulley 23, the change over pulley 22
and the change over pulley 21 to the hoist rope 19.
u Insert and secure the rope retaining pin 24.
u Connect the hoist rope 19 with the auxiliary rope 20.
CAUTION
Danger of accident!
u Do not remain in danger area during the assembly procedure.
u Always tension the auxiliary rope when spooling it up to prevent slack rope on the hoist rope.
u Spool the auxiliary rope 20 up and spool the hoist rope 19 out simultaneously.
3.4.2 Reeving the hoist rope, illustration 3

u Pull the hoist rope 19 with the auxiliary rope 20 between the change over pulley 21 and the change
over pulley 22, over the pulley 23 to the rear to the upper pulley block 16.
u Pin and secure the rope lock on the upper bore in the upper pulley block 16.
u Attach hoist rope to cable lock on the upper pulley block 16.
3.4.3 Releasing the transport retainers, illustration 1 A and B
DANGER
Danger of accidents if the pins 14 and the pins 17 are ripped off!
u Before getting the upper pulley block 16 with the hoist rope, the pins 14 and the pins 17 must be
removed.
u Unpin the pins 17 on both sides as shown in illustration 1 B and secure then with spring pins 18.
u Unpin the pins 14 on both sides from bore 15 and pin and secure as shown in illustration 1 A and
illustration 1 B.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 919
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195023
copyright by
920 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5 Getting the upper pulley block, illustration 4 and 5

CAUTION
Danger of damaging the NA-frames or the relapse cylinder!
u Do not pull the NA-frames back too far.
u Spool up winch 1/2 and spool out winch 3.

Result:
– The pulley block 16 is pulled to the NA-frame 2 4.
– The NA-frame 2 4 is pulled up.
When spooling out winch 1/2, make sure that the assembly support 50 is placed in the shell 51.
u Spool out winch 1/2.
Result:
– The assembly support 50 is laying in the shell 51.
u Pin the guy rod 26 with pin 27 on the lower slot of the upper pulley block 16.
u Disengage the hoist rope on the rope lock on the upper pulley block 16.
WARNING
Danger of crushing fingers!
u Unpin the rope retaining pin 24 from below.

u Spool the hoist rope up.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 921
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195024
copyright by
922 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Assembling the lattice jib

4.1 Assemble the guy rod 29 on the N-pivot section, illustration 6 and 7
u Lift the NA-frame 1 3 and the NA-frame 2 4 a little.
u Place the hoist rope 19 over the cable pulley 21.
Pin the guy rod 29 and the bracket 31 on the N-pivot section 1.
u Pin and secure the pins 32 in the hollow axle 30.
CAUTION
Damage to relapse retainer!
u Only straighten the guy rod 28 and the guy rod 29. There must be no tension on the guy rod 28 and
the guy rod 29.
u Use the assistance of a second person to ensure that the pin 9 is in middle of the elongated hole.
The pin 9 must be relieved and may not be unpinned with force.
u Pull the NA-frame 1 3 and the NA-frame 2 4 up until the guy rod 28 and the guy rod 29 are straigh-
tened out.
DANGER
Danger of accident if the N-pivot section folds down uncontrolled!
u Before unpinning the pins 9, it must be ensured that the N-pivot section 1 is held by the guy rod 28
and the guy rod 29!
u It is prohibited for any one to stand under the N-assembly unit during the pinning and unpinning
procedure.

u Place the N-pivot section on the ground by spooling out winch 3.
u Support the N-pivot section.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 923
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195025
copyright by
924 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Assembling the lattice sections, illustrations 8 and 9

DANGER
Danger of accident!
u All „lower“ collar pins 39 must be pinned and secure from the inside to the outside.
u It is prohibited for any one to stand under the lattice jib during the assembly and disassembly pro-
cedure.
u Support the lattice jib with suitable sturdy materials during assembly and disassembly.
Make sure that the N-end section has been placed in the pulley cart during the assembly of the lattice
jib.
u Assemble the lattice jib and guy rods to the required length.
u Lift the NA-frame 1 and 2 a little so that the lattice jib cab be pinned on the N-pivot section 1.
CAUTION
Danger of accident!
u The lattice jib may only be pinned on the N-pivot section 1 with the double cone pins 38.
u The N-end section G8 may not be lifted off the pulley cart when pinning the lattice jib with the N-
pivot section 1.
u Pin the N-pivot section 1 on top with the double cone pins 38 on both sides and secure with spring
retainers.
u Pull the N-pivot section 1 up until the lattice jib can be pinned at the bottom.
u Pin the lattice jib on the N-pivot section 1 ton the bottom on both sides and secure with spring retai-
ners.
4.3 Installing the guy rods from the N-end section to the NA-frame 1, il-
lustration 9 and 10
The guy rods are placed and secured for transport on the intermediate sections. The transport retai-
ners must be released for the guy rod assembly.
The guy rods must be installed and secured according to the assembly drawings in this chapter. The
numbering on the assembly drawing must be compared to the numbering on the guy rod.
CAUTION
Danger of accidents if the hoist rope rubs on the pins or the spring retainers of the guy rods.
u Insert the pins of the guy rods in such a way that neither the pins nor the spring retainers rub
against the hoist rope.
Make sure that the lattice jib is pinned on the top and bottom on both sides with the N-pivot section 1.
u Assemble guy rods from N-end section G8 to NA-frame 1 according to the lattice jib length, pin and
secure.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Unpin the guy rod 29 on the N-pivot section 1.

u Release and unpin the pins 32 on the hollow axle 30.
u Pin and secure the guy rods from the N-end section G8 on the connector bracket 34 with pins 35,
illustration 10.
u Tension the guy rods.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 925
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195026
copyright by
926 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.4 Flying assembly of lattice jib
4.4.1 General
If the space requirements at the job site for the assembly of the lattice jib are restricted or limited by
buildings, then flying assembly of the lattice jib is possible.
Note
Please note!
u The maximum permissible lattice jib length for flying assembly is 49 m.
4.4.2 Assembly procedure

For flying assembly, the lattice sections can be assembled in pieces or the completely installed lattice
jib can be assembled with an auxiliary crane on the N-pivot section 1.
– The pin 9 on the mechanical relapse retainer has been released and unpinned.
– The guy rod 29 and the N-pivot section 1 are pinned. The hollow axle 30 has been pinned and se-
cured with pins 32.
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u All „lower“ collar pins 39 must be pinned and secure from the inside to the outside.
u The lattice jib may only be pinned on the N-pivot section 1 with the double cone pins 38.
u It is prohibited for any one to stand under the lattice jib during the assembly and disassembly pro-
cedure.
u Insert and secure the pin on top and bottom at both sides.
u Attach auxiliary crane on the N-end section G8 and lift it a little.
DANGER
Danger of accident if the lattice jib falls down!
u The guy rod 29 may only be unpinned on the bracket 30 when the lattice jib is being held by an
auxiliary crane.
Unpin the guy rod 29 on the N-pivot section 1.

u Release and unpin the pins 32 on the hollow axle 30.
u Pin and secure the guy rods from the N-end section G8 on the connector bracket 34 with pins 35.
u Tension the guy rods.
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u Do not detach the auxiliary crane until lattice jib is being held by the guy rods.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Remove the auxiliary crane.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 927
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195027
copyright by
928 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.5 Installation of the hoist rope

CAUTION
Danger of damage to the hoist rope!
u Pay attention to cable routing.
u Do not enter the danger zone when pulling in the hoist rope.
u When reeving in the hoist rope, make sure that the rope runs inside the frame formed by the
guying.
u Guide the auxiliary rope 20 over the pulley 40 on the telescopic boom and the change over pul-
ley 41 to the rope pulleys 36 on the N-end section.
u From there, guide it over the change over pulley 21 to the hoist rope 19.
u Connect the auxiliary rope 20 to the hoist rope 19.
u Pull the hoist rope over the pulley block of the lattice jib, depending on required reeving.
Result:
– This ensures that enough hoist rope is available for reeving the hook block later.
CAUTION
Danger if hoist rope falls down.
u If the hoist rope in not attached to the boom head, there is a danger that the rope falls during erec-
tion.
u Attach the hoist rope on the pulley block of the lattice jib.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 929
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195028
copyright by
930 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.6 Electrical connections
4.6.1 Establishing the electrical connections

Make electrical connection from N-pivot section to the connector box S417.
u Plug the cable WL510 into the plug -X510.
Establish the electrical connection from the cable drum in the N-end section to the N-pivot section.
u Plug the cable WL512 into the plug -X512.
u Establish the electrical connection from the connector box S419 to cable drum in the N-end sec-
tion.
u Install the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the N-end section.
u Plug the cable WL460 for the flashing beacon into the socket -X460 on the connector box S419.
u Plug the cable WL556 for the wind speed sensor in the socket -X556C on the connector box S419.
Note
The hoist limit switch -S930 and the hoist limit switch* -S931 on the telescopic boom head must al-
ways be connected to the LICCON system bus.
u Remove the hoist limit switch weight on the telescopic boom head.
u Pull the hoist limit switch rope 20 and attach with shackle 21 on the fixed point 22.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 931
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195028
copyright by
932 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.6.2 Function check

– All electrical connections have been made.
– TN-operating mode has been set.
Note
Check easy movement of the pendulum!
u Before erecting the crane, the pendulum of the mechanical relapse guard must be checked for
easy movement over the entire swing range of the pendulum!
u Crane operation with hard to move oscillation guard is prohibited!
Wind speed sensor*

u Check the movement and the function of the wind speed sensor.
Flashing beacon*
u Turn on the flashing beacon and check function visually.
Limit switch, general

The functions of the limit switches must be individually checked before operating the crane.
This is carried out manually as described below.
The function of the individual limit switch initiators must be tested in the test system For more informa-
tion see chapter 7.10 Diagnosis, Section 3.
Hoist limit switch

When replacing or changing the hoist limit switch (HES), the HES must have the correct bus address
and the correct software version in order to be recognized again by the bus system (LSB).
Result:
– The Hoist symbol appears at the top of the LICCON monitor and the hoist winch switches off.
Limit switch lattice jib, „steepest“ position, relapse cylinder

See also chapter 8.12 Test of safety control on relapse cylinder.
Limit switch lattice jib, „flattest“ position

u Cover the limit switch initiators „flattest“ position individually with a metal plate.
Result:
– The N-control winch movement spooling out turns off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Symbol appears on LICCON monitor.
Limit switch flap in position lattice jib „steepest“ position, mechanical relapse support
u Cover the limit switch actuators individually with a metal plate.
Result:
– The N-control winch movement spooling up turns off.
– Symbol appears on LICCON monitor.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 933
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111009
copyright by
934 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Erection
WARNING
Overload or toppling the crane!
If the following conditions are not met before erecting the boom, the crane can topple over and fatally
injury personnel!
Incorrectly assembled or non-functioning limit switches as well as falling parts (hoist rope, pins, spring
retainers, ice etc.) can cause accidents!
u Observe the Safety technical notes, see the Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.01!
u Always erect or take down according to the data in the erection and take down charts!
u The radii specified in the load chart may neither fall below nor exceed the specified loads!
u During erection and take down it is prohibited for anyone to remain under the boom as well as wit-
hin the entire danger zone!
u It is not permitted to turn the crane during erection!
u Do not allow slack rope formation!

– The lattice jib has been assembled according to the load chart and the Operating instructions.
– The hoist rope is attached on the N-head.
– The N-head is pinned with the pulley cart.
– There are no loose parts on the telescopic boom and the lattice jib.
– In winter, the telescopic boom, the lattice jib and their components (limit switches, cable drums, fla-
shing beacon, wind speed sensor etc.) must be kept free of ice and snow.
– The LICCON overload protection settings have been compared with the current crane configura-
tion.
5.1 Erection and take down charts

See Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.27.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 935
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111010
copyright by
936 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2 Erection procedure in bent position, illustration 1 - 4

WARNING
u Always observe the data in the erection and take down charts!
u The lattice jib must roll on the ground with its entire weight.
u Spool the control winch out in such a way that the guy rods sag slightly.
WARNING
If the overload protection is bypassed, there is no additional protection against crane overload!
In the event of improper use, the crane could collapse, the boom can break off or the crane can topple
over!
This could result in high property damage!
All LICCON overload protection displays remain functional!
u The bypass of the overload protection is only permitted for assembly purposes!
ding the bypass of the overload protection!
u Bypassing the overload protection requires the presence of the crane supervisor and must be per-
formed with utmost caution!
u Crane operation with bypassed overload protection is prohibited!
u Turn the set up key D to the right (self-retaining).

Result:
– The Assembly icon 1.2 appears on the LICCON monitor.
– The red flashing beacon on the crane cab blinks.
u Luff the telescopic boom up and simultaneously spool out control winch to keep the lattice jib on
the ground. Carry out this procedure until the end position „luffing lattice jib bottom“ turns off.
u Remove the pulley cart on the N-head.
u Luff the lattice jib up until the N-head lifts off the ground.
u Reeve the hook block properly and attach the hoist limit switch weight.
u Erect the lattice jib until an angle of -10° to the horizontal is reached, illustration 3.
Note
u When luffing the telescopic boom up, if a range is reached, which is monitored by the load chart,
then the bypass of the overload protection is shut off!
u The Assembly icon 1.2 on the LICCON monitor turns off.
u Luff the telescopic boom up until the limit position Telescopic boom steep is reached, illustration 4.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 937
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111010
copyright by
938 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Luff the lattice jib up to a permissible angle window.
NOTICE
u To avoid a collision between the hook block and the pulley head when telescoping the telescopic
boom out, the hoist winch must be spooled out!
u Telescope the telescopic boom out and hold the luffing lattice jib in a permissible angle window
while doing so.
u Luff the lattice jib to operating position.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 939
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122109
copyright by
940 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.3 Erection procedure in stretched position, illustration 1 - 4

WARNING
u The lattice jib must roll on the ground with its entire weight.
WARNING
over!

Result:
– The Assembly icon 1.2 appears on the LICCON monitor.
– The red flashing beacon on the crane cab blinks.
WARNING
Critical situations during erection and take down!
During erection and take down there is no speed reduction in critical situations.
u During erection and take down carry out crane movements with reduced speed.
u Luff the telescopic boom up until the pulley cart is relieved.

u Remove the pulley cart on the N-head.
When luffing the telescopic boom up, hold the luffing lattice jib on a jib angle of less than / equal to 0°.
u Luff the telescopic boom up until the N-head lifts off the ground.
u Reeve the hook block properly and attach the hoist limit switch weight.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 941
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122110
copyright by
942 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Note
u When luffing the telescopic boom up, if a range is reached, which is monitored by the load chart,
then the bypass of the overload protection is shut off!
u The Assembly icon 1.2 on the LICCON monitor turns off.
When luffing the telescopic boom up, hold the luffing lattice jib on a jib angle of less than / equal to 0°.
u Luff the telescopic boom up until the end position Telescopic boom steep is reached.
u Luff the lattice jib up to a permissible angle window.
NOTICE
u To avoid a collision between the hook block and the pulley head when telescoping the telescopic
boom out, the hoist winch must be spooled out!
u Telescope the telescopic boom out and hold the luffing lattice jib in a permissible angle window
while doing so.
u Luff the lattice jib to operating position.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 943
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111012
copyright by
944 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6 Crane operation
Note
u The notes in chapter 4.05 Crane Operation and chapter 4.08 Working with a load must be obser-
ved!
u Check the horizontal position of the crane before and during operation!
u If the crane operator leaves the cab, even for a short time, the operating mode setting must be che-
cked and reset, if necessary, before resuming crane operation!
u If a load is attached, the crane may not be turned off!
NOTICE
u If winch 3 is installed „on top“, it is strictly prohibited to use winch 2!

– The LICCON overload protection settings have been compared with the current crane configura-
tion.
– The set up key D is turned off.
The LICCON overload protection is active.
WARNING
If the set up key D is turned on, the hoist limit switch and the LICCON overload protection are bypas-
sed!
can topple over!
u Crane operation with the set up key D turned on is strictly prohibited!
6.1 Telescoping
WARNING
u Telescoping out and in with installed lattice jib is permissible at a telescopic boom angle of 82°!
u The lattice jib must be at an angle to the horizontal where the LICCON control issues the telesco-
ping release!
u Telescoping out and in with a suspended load is prohibited!
u Telescope to the telescopic boom length specified in the load chart.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 945
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111013
copyright by
946 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7 Take down
7.1 Take down in bent position, illustration 1 -3
– The telescopic boom is luffed up to 82° and fully telescoped in.
WARNING
u During take down, turning it is not permitted!
u When luffing the lattice jib down, the hoist winch must be spooled out at the same time to prevent
the hook block from colliding with the N-head.
u Luff the lattice jib down until the limit switch „luffing lattice jib bottom“ turns off, illustration 1.
WARNING
over!

Result:
1. When a load chart is available, the icon 1.1 appears in the LICCON monitor.
2. The red flashing beacon on the crane cab blinks.
3. When the end of the load chart is reached, the icon 1.2 appears in the LICCON monitor.
u Luff the telescopic boom down until the N-head is just above the ground, illustration 2.
u Unreeve the hook block and attach the hoist rope on the N-head.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 947
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111013
copyright by
948 LTM 1400-7-1-007
NOTICE
Property damage!
When an auxiliary jib is installed on the N-head:
u Remove the auxiliary jib before placing the N-head down.
u Assemble the pulley cart on the N-head.
WARNING
u The lattice jib must roll on the ground with its entire weight!
u The guy rods must hang through slightly!
u Luff the telescopic boom down all the way and spool the control winch up.
Result:
– The lattice jib rolls on the ground, illustration 3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 949
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122111
copyright by
950 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.2 Take down in straightened position, illustration 1 - 4

– The telescopic boom is luffed up to 82° and fully telescoped in.
WARNING
During luff down, the angle between the telescopic boom and the lattice jib is reduced!
u When luffing the lattice jib down, the hoist winch must be spooled out at the same time to prevent
the hook block from colliding with the N-head.
u During take down, turning it is not permitted!
u Luff the luffing lattice jib down to a jib angle of less than / equal to 0°.
During luff down of the telescopic boom, the angle between the telescopic boom and the lattice jib is
reduced.
When luffing the telescopic boom down, hold the luffing lattice jib on a jib angle of less than / equal to
0°.
u Luff the telescopic boom down until the LICCON overload protection shuts the luff down movement
off.
WARNING
over!

Result:
1. When a load chart is available, the icon 1.1 appears in the LICCON monitor.
2. The red flashing beacon on the crane cab blinks.
3. When the end of the load chart is reached, the icon 1.2 appears in the LICCON monitor.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 951
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122112
copyright by
952 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Critical situations during erection and take down!
During erection and take down there is no speed reduction in critical situations.
u
When luffing the telescopic boom down, hold the luffing lattice jib on a jib angle of less than / equal to
0°.
u Luff the telescopic boom down until the hook block touches the ground.
u Unreeve the hook block and attach the hoist rope on the N-head.
NOTICE
Property damage!
When an auxiliary jib is installed on the N-head:
u Remove the auxiliary jib before placing the N-head down.
u Assemble the pulley cart on the N-head.
WARNING
u The lattice jib must roll on the ground with its entire weight!
u The guy rods must hang through slightly!
u Luff the telescopic boom down all the way and spool the control winch up.
Result:
– The lattice jib rolls on the ground.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 953
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195028
copyright by
954 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8 Disassembly
DANGER
Danger of falling!
injuries.
u All assembly work from a height of 2 m must normally be carried out using suitable aids (lifting plat-
forms, scaffolding, ladders, auxiliary crane etc.)! The height above which assembly / disassembly
work must be carried out with aids depends on national regulations. The national regulations must
be adhered to!
u Work which cannot be performed on the ground or using such aids requires that installation per-
sonnel use suitable personal protective equipment (such as safety harnesses) to protect against
falling! A description of the fastening points for personal protective equipment is given in chapter
2.06.
section.
u Support the lattice sections with suitable sturdy materials.
8.1 Releasing the electrical connections

u Unplug the cable plug for the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the connector
box S419.
u Remove the flashing beacon* and the wind speed sensor* on the N-end section.
u Unplug the cable WL512 on the connector box S418 and spool it up.
u Disconnect connecting cable from the pivot section S418 to the connector box S417 on the telesco-
pic head and rewind.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 955
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195036
copyright by
956 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.2 Removing the guy rods, illustration 1 - 3

u Spool the lattice jib control out until the guy rods from the N-end section G8 to the N-pivot section 1
are laying on the lattice jib.
Unpin the guy rods from the N-end section on the connector bracket 34.
u Pin and secure the guy rods 29 on the bracket 31 on the N-pivot section 1 with pins 32.
u Pull the NA-frame 1 and 2 up until the guy rod 28 and the guy rod 29 are straightened, illustration
2.
DANGER
Danger of accident if folding jib folds down uncontrolled!
u Before unpinning the lattice jib, it must be ensured that the N-pivot section 1 is pinned on the hol-
low axle 30 with the pin 32 and is held by the guy rod 28 and the guy rod 29.
u It is prohibited for anyone to remain under the lattice jib during the pinning and unpinning proce-
dure!
Unpin the N-pivot section 1 „on the bottom“.

u Unpin the double cone pin 38 from the outside to the inside.
u Lower the N-pivot section 1 until it is placed down.
Unpin the N-pivot section 1 „on top“.
u Unpin the double cone pin 38 from the outside to the inside.
u Remove the lattice sections and guy rods and secure the guy rods on the lattice sections.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 957
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195037
copyright by
958 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.3 Pinning the relapse retainer on the N-pivot section, illustration 4

DANGER
Danger of accident if N-assembly unit folds down uncontrolled!
u Before continuing disassembly, it must be ensured that the N-pivot section 1 is held by the relapse
retainer 5.
Pull the NA-frame 1 and 2 up until the relapse retainer 5 can be pinned on the N-pivot section.
u Insert the pin 9 and secure with spring retainer.
8.4 Disassembling the pulley block

Make sure that the assembly support 50 is laying in the shell 51.
8.4.1 Reeve in the auxiliary rope and get the hoist rope, illustration 5
u Guide the auxiliary rope from the assembly winch 25 over the pulley 23, the change over pulley 22
and the change over pulley 21 to the hoist rope 19.
u Connect the hoist rope 19 with the auxiliary rope 20.
8.4.2 Reeving in the hoist rope and connecting it with the upper pulley block, illust-
ration 6
u Pull the hoist rope with the auxiliary rope to the upper pulley block 16.
u Hang in the hoist rope on the cable lock of the upper pulley block 16.
Unpin the guy rod 26 on the upper pulley block 16.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 959
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195686
copyright by
960 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.4.3 Pulling the upper pulley block to the lower pulley block, illustration 7 and 8
Make sure that the hoist rope 19 is attached on the cable lock of the upper pulley block 16.
u Tighten the hoist rope 19 until there is no more slack.
CAUTION
Danger of damaging the NA-frames or the relapse cylinder!
u Do not pull the NA-frames back too far.
u Carefully spool up winch 3 until the NA-frame 2 4 is erected.
Note
Note
u When the upper pulley block approaches the lower pulley block when spooling up winch 3, it might
be necessary to correct the spooling up rope in the rope channels with a piece of wood.
u Spool up winch 3 and spool out winch 1/2.

Result:
– The upper pulley block 16 is pulled to the lower pulley block.
u Pull the upper pulley block 16 into the lower pulley block.
u Place the NA-frame 2 4 down by spooling out winch 1/2.
Pin the upper pulley block with the lower pulley block.
u Insert the pins 14 on both sides into bores 15 and secure.
Secure the pulley blocks in transport position.
u Insert pins 17 on both sides and secure.
u Release the hoist rope on the cable lock on the upper pulley block 16 and spool back.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 961
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105018
copyright by
962 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.5 Removing the N-assembly unit

u Fasten the NA-frame 2 4 on the auxiliary crane.
u Raise the NA-frame 2 4.
DANGER
Danger of crushing hands and feet!
u When placing the NA-frame 2 4 down and folding the assembly support 50 in, be careful not to
crush feet or hands.
When placing the NA-frame 2 4 down, fold the assembly support 50 in.
u Place the NA-frame2 4 on the NA-frame 1 3.
u Attach the N-assembly unit to the auxiliary crane.
u Tighten attachment rope slightly.
DANGER
The N-assembly unit can fall down!
u Do not unpin the N-assembly unit until it is secured by the auxiliary crane!
u Unpin both pins at the same horizontal level, i.e. left and right!
u It is prohibited for anyone to remain under the N-assembly unit during unpinning!
u Release and unpin the double cone pins 11 on both sides.

u Place the N-assembly unit on the transport vehicle.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 963
025688-03 5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed - TY
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195727
copyright by
964 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed - TY 025688-03
1 General
With these TY guying, the TY frames can be assembled using the crane. In this, the TY frames are
pinned by telescoping in with the telescopic boom.
Note
Important description about TY guying
u Both TY frames are assembled as 2 independent assembly units on the articulated piece of
the telescopic boom.
u The TY guying can only be guyed at a TY frame angle of 38 ° in order to be effective for the
purpose of increasing the load. This is the only possible TY frame angle, and is the same for
all configurations.
DANGER
Danger of falling!
During assembly and disassembly, personnel must be secured with appropriate antifall guards to pre-
vent them from falling. If this is not observed, the assembly personnel could be fatally injured.
u If work cannot be carried out using these aids or from the ground, the assembly personnel must be
protected from falling using suitable means (such as safety belts)!
1.1 Overview of the components for TY guying
50 Guying cylinder
51 Driver
52 Rope clamp
53 Stay rope
54 Pulley block
55 TY frame left
56 TY frame right
57 Positioning cylinder
58 Guy rods
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 965
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.104991
copyright by
966 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Dimensions
See figure 1 and 2.
1.3 Weights
Description Weight
TY frame left 6.1 t
TY frame right 6.1 t
1.4 Fastening points

See figure 2.
1.5 Placement points

See figure 3.
Placement points for static load (storage location):
– Placement point A and placement point B.
Placement points for dynamic load (on-road transport):
– Placement point A and placement point C.
Note
u For dynamic load (on-road transport), the TY frames must be supported with massive and sturdy
supports on the placement point C.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 967
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195490
copyright by
968 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Assembly
Assembly / disassembly of the left and right TY frames is identical.
CAUTION
Danger of collision because of limited turning radius!
When turning the crane superstructure, the lowered TY frame can collide with the rear of the turntable
or the luffing cylinder.
u Lower the luffing cylinder only so far that no collisions are possible.
u Turn the crane superstructure only so far that a collision between the TY frame and the rear of the
turntable is not possible.

– the crane is properly supported and horizontally aligned
– the counterweight has been attached to the turntable according to the load chart
– the LICCON overload protection has been adjusted according to the data in the load chart
2.1 Preparatory work

CAUTION
Damage of pinning of TY frames with telescopic boom!
If the boom nose is not moved to operating position before assembly / disassembly of the TY frames,
then the pinning of the TY frames with the telescopic boom will be damaged by the boom nose.
u Before assembly / disassembly of the TY frames, move the boom nose into operating position and
pin!
If the boom nose is attached to the telescopic boom:

u Move the boom nose from transport position into operating position and pin, see chapter 5.10.
The following procedures are essential, otherwise the telescopic boom can be damaged.
u Swivel hatch console 2 into assembly position.
u Pin hatch console 2 into assembly position: Pin and secure the pin 1.
u Push support 3 into rear position.
u Secure support 3 with safety plate 4 into rear position.
u Secure safety plate 4 with linch-pins.
u Attach TY frame to the crane and raise slightly.
Before unpinning the pins 5, hold the support 10 with one hand.
u Swivel support 10 slowly downwards.
u Pin support 10 with pins 6 on both sides and secure with linch-pins.
Before unpinning the pins 7, „hold sliding tube with pulley“ 11 with one hand.
u Release pins 7 and unpin.
u Pull out each „sliding tube with pulley“ 11, pin with pins 7 and secure with spring retainers.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 969
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195733
copyright by
970 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Placing the TY frame in deposit location

– the console 21 is not installed on a holder 40
See section „Placing guy rods in transportation retainer“.
– the console 41 is not installed on a holder 24
See section „Placing guy rods in transportation retainer“.
Lower TY frame so that the bore of the TY frame lines up with the centering pins 12. The „sliding tube
with pulley“ 11 must lie in the groove of the plate 13.
u Using the crane, place the TY frame in the centering pins 12 on the deposit location 3.
DANGER
Risk of the TY frame toppling over while being pinned!
u To stop TY frame from toppling over while being pinned to the telescopic boom, it must be secured
with a safety plate 8.
u Pin TY frame with a safety plate 8: Pin in pins 9 and secure the spring retainer.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 971
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195491
copyright by
972 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Pinning the TY frame to the telescopic boom

– preparatory work has been carried out as previously described
– TY frames are positioned on the deposit frame
– the superstructure is locked to the chassis at the front
– the telescopic boom is above the deposit frame
u Switch slewing gear to freewheel: See chapter „4.05 Crane operation“.
u Place the telescopic boom in the deposit frame.
u Telescope out „telescopic section 2“ by 10 %.
u Unpin quick release pin 17 from bore 18.
u Remove spring retainers 15. See illustration C1.
u Swivel pins 16 into assembly in position and put them into the bores. See illustration C2.
DANGER
Risk of accident as a result of screws shearing!
In case the preceding assembly procedures are not carried out properly, the screws on the plates 50
have predetermined breaking points.
u Nobody is allowed in front of or under the area where the pinning is being done!
u Ensure that no-one can be crushed during the pinning procedure!
When being pinned in, pins 16 must press on the plates 50.
u Retract telescopic boom all the way.
Result:
– The pins 16 are pinned in. See illustration C3.
u Once pinned, secure the pins 16 with quick release pin 17: Pin in quick release pin 17 in bore 19.
DANGER
Risk of accident from TY frame falling down!
If the safety plate 8 is not released, then the TY frame can topple over during the raising of the tele-
scopic boom from the deposit frame.
u Release TY frame from safety plate 8.
u Release TY frame from safety plate 8: Release and unpin the pin 9.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 973
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195492
copyright by
974 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Positioning the guy rods into operating position

– TY frames are pinned and secured to the telescopic boom
– the safety plate 8 is unpinned
u Luff up the telescopic boom and swivel it to the side.
u Luff down the telescopic boom.
u Make hydraulic connections for the TY frame.
u Make electric connections for the TY frame.
u Partially raise TY frames. See section „Raising and lowering TY frames“.
u Dismantle console 21 at holder 20: Release and unpin the pin 33.
u Assemble console 21 at holder 40: Pin and secure the pin 33.
u Fully lower TY frames. See section „Raising and lowering TY frames“.
u Release pins 32 from bore 38 and unpin.
u Swivel deposit location 31 outwards.
u Pin deposit location 31 outside: Insert the pins 32 in the bore 39.
u Remove spring retainers 22 and push rope guide pipe 25 upwards.
u Unpin guy rod 27 from TY frame: Release and unpin the pin 26.
u Pin guy rod 27 and guy rod 28 with pins 26 and secure.
u Release the guy rod retainers 29, swing them out and secure them again.
DANGER
Risk of accident from guy rods falling down!
u Hand lever 30 must not be unpinned and drawn upwards until guy rod 27 and guy rod 28 have
been pinned together.

u Pull hand lever 30 upwards.
u Pin hand lever 30 in this position: Pin and secure the pin 34 in the bore 35.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 975
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195493
copyright by
976 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Final tasks

u Fold in support 10.
u Pin support 10 with pins 5 and secure.
DANGER
Risk of accident from incorrect assembly of the TY guying!
The TY frames can collapse if not correctly assembled, or if the connections are not secured.
u Before operating with the TY guying, the assembly of the TY frames must be examined to verify
that it has been assembled in a correct and professional manner.
u Check TY frames for correct assembly.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 977
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195747
copyright by
978 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.6 General information on LICCON

Using LICCON: see also chapter „4.02 LICCON computer system“, section „Telescopic guying pro-
gram“.
2.6.1 Turning the „Telescopic guying“ operating screen on

u Press program key „F“ P5.
Result:
– The operating screen „Telescopic guying“ appears on the LICCON monitor.
2.6.2 Telescopic boom angle less than / equal to 5 °

If the telescopic boom angle is less than / equal to 5 ° the function key F1 and function key F2 key
operations are switched, meaning that the functions guying cylinder 50 slewing in (guying) and slewing
out (slacken) are only controlled as long as the corresponding function keys are operated.
2.6.3 Telescopic boom angle greater than 5 °

If the telescopic boom angle is greater than 5 ° the functions guying cylinder 50 slewing in (guying)
and slewing out (slacken) are activated by briefly pressing on the corresponding function key.
A brief press on the function key F1, the function key F2, the function key F3, the function key F4, the
function key F5 or the function key F6 will again turn off the function being controlled.
2.6.4 TY frame angle

In icon 26 the TY frame angle is displayed.
In icon 26.1 the specified angle is displayed. The specified angle is the preset angle for TY frames.
In icon 26.2 the „current angle left“ is displayed. The „current angle left“ is the actual angle for the TY
frame A
In icon 26.3 the „current angle right“ is displayed. The „current angle right“ is the actual angle for the
TY frame B
Note
Please note the following points when operating with TY guying!
u A flashing current angle shows that this angle is not within the preset range. In that case you must
proceed as described in section „Fold in/out TY frames“.
u Only when the TY frames are fully raised can they be swivelled sideways.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 979
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195494
copyright by
980 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.7 Raising and lowering TY frames
2.7.1 General
Note
When raising or lowering, please note!
u Before raising or lowering, the TY frames must be fully folded in (0 ° position).

– TY frames are correctly assembled
– guy rod 27 and guy rod 28 are pinned together
– console 21 is installed in a holder 40
– console 41 is installed in a holder 24
2.7.2 Erecting the TY frames
DANGER
Danger of accident from collapse of guy rod!
If the telescopic boom is not horizontal when the TY frames are being raised, then the guy rods will fall
down.
u TY frames must only be raised with a horizontal telescopic boom.
u Operate function key F5 until TY frames have reached the operating position.
Result:
1. The icon 13 appears blinking on the monitor.
2. On reaching the operating position (TY frames fully raised) the icon 21 appears.
u Stop operating the function key F5.
2.7.3 Lowering the TY frames

u Operate function key F6 and lower TY frames.
Result:
– The icon 14 appears blinking on the monitor.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 981
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195731
copyright by
982 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.8 Assembling the stay ropes

Ensure that the TY frames are raised.
u Release cable eye stiffener 44 on both sides of holder 45: Release and unpin the pin 43.
u Pint and secure cable eye stiffener 44 on both sides of the telescopic boom: Pin and secure the
pin 43.
Before luffing the telescopic boom up, the TY frames must be swivelled to an angle of 12 °.
u Swivel TY frames to 12 °.
u Luff up the telescopic boom.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 983
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195498
copyright by
984 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.9 Telescoping in / out the telescopic boom
2.9.1 General
– TY frames are fully raised
the icon 21 will be displayed on the monitor
– TY frames are not guyed
the icon 9.2 will be displayed on the monitor
– guying frames A and B are both selected
Note
Releasing the telescopic boom
u Telescoping the telescopic boom is only possible if the TY frames are at an angle of ±12 °±3.
2.9.2 Telescoping the telescopic boom

u Operate function key F4 and slew out the TY frames to an angle of ±12 °±3.
Result:
– While the function key F4 is pressed, the icon 12 flashes on the monitor.
u Telescope the telescopic boom to the required length.

or
Operate function key F3 and slew in the TY frames to an angle of ±12 °±3.
Result:

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 985
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195495
copyright by
986 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.10 Folding TY frames out / in
2.10.1 General
the icon 9.2 will be displayed on the monitor
– the telescopic boom is telescoped out to the respective length
Note
TY frame angle
purpose of increasing the load. Guying is not possible at any other angle.
2.10.2 Folding out TY frames into operational position

u Press function key F4 until both TY frames are folded out to exactly 38 °.
Result:
Problem remedy
The icon 26.2 „Current angle left“ or the icon 26.3 „Current angle right“ blinks.
TY frames have excessive angle tolerance.
u Operate function key F7 and activate or deactivate the corresponding TY frame.
u Operate function key F4 and fold out corresponding TY frame.
2.10.3 Folding in TY frames

u Operate function key F3 until both TY frames are folded in.
Result:
Problem remedy
The icon 26.2 „Current angle left“ or the icon 26.3 „Current angle right“ blinks.
TY frames have excessive angle tolerance.
u Operate function key F7 and activate or deactivate the corresponding TY frame.
u Operate function key F3 and fold in corresponding TY frame.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 987
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195496
copyright by
988 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.11 Guying TY frames
2.11.1 General
This TY guying is removed. This means that for defined telescoping angles and hook block weights,
no specific force (pressure in the guying cylinder 50) is to be applied, in order to achieve the optimum
pre-tension in the stay ropes 53. The optimal pre-tension will be entered into the system automatically,
from the position of the rope clamps 52 on the stay ropes 53. The biggest advantage of the system is
that the rope clamps 52 lie equally both left and right. Thereby a boom that is not straight (for example
as the result of sunshine on only one side) is pulled in a straight line when being guyed or loaded. This
makes the boom more stable, and the loads higher.
Note
Specifications for guying and slackening in TY operations
purpose of increasing the load. Guying is not possible at any other angle.
u The telescopic boom can be guyed and slackened at any chosen angle within the permitted projec-
tion ranges given in the TY load charts.
u Guying and slackening will change the projection radius!
u At a telescopic boom length of 15.4 m , 20.5 m and 25.7 m is the guying of TY frames not possible,
since for this telescopic boom lengths are no rope clamps 52 available. The loads for these boom
lengths specified in the load charts will be reached without TY guying.

– the LMB records a release of guying
– the seat contact switch is activated
– the TY frames are folded out to 38 °
– the master switches are not moved during the guying procedure
– the telescopic boom is pinned
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 989
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195496
copyright by
990 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.11.2 Guying „without load“
CAUTION
Danger from changing the projection radius!
The guying and slackening procedure takes place fully automatically. Changing the bending in the
boom can result in a change in the boom radius of several metres.
u Guying and slackening are only permitted when there are no obstacles present in the working area.

Result:
1. The guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 is swivelled in and retracted.
3. On reaching the position guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 swivelled in, the system changes over
automatically the icon 10 to the icon 10.1.
4. The guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 is further retracted.
5. On reaching the position guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 swivelled in, the system changes over
automatically the icon 10.1 to the icon 10.2.
6. The guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 is now in the guying position.
The flashing icon 10.2 indicates that although the driver 51 is in the guy position, the rope clamp 52
is not yet on the driver 51.
7. If the rope clamp 52 is pulled on to the driver 51, then the icon 10.3 is static and at the same time
the system switches over to the „guyed load“.
8. The boom is now guyed.
Note
Icon 10.3 „boom guyed“
u If the boom is guyed without a load then it can happen that the symbol 10.3 „Boom guyed“ is not
displayed on the monitor, or is only displayed when a load is lifted.
u The loads shown in the guyed table are only permitted when the icon 10.3 appears.
u Take up the load.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 991
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195734
copyright by
992 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Crane operation
3.1 Preconditions for crane operation
– the TY frames are guyed at 38 °
Note
Specifications for crane operation
u Crane operation is only possible with guyed TY frames.
purpose of increasing the load. This is the only possible TY frame angle, and is the same for
all configurations.
u Guying is not possible at any other angle.
u The TY guying system switches automatically to the assembly or dismantling operation as
soon as the TY guying is slackened or the TY frames are swivelled. In assembly or dismant-
ling operations, the TY guying system is no longer effective, and therefore the load can no
longer be increased.
u Pick up the load.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 993
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195497
copyright by
994 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Disassembly
4.1 Slackening TY frames
4.1.1 General
Note
Specifications for guying and slackening in TY operations
u The telescopic boom can be guyed and slackened at any chosen angle within the permitted projec-
tion ranges given in the TY load charts.
u Guying and slackening will change the projection radius!

– the TY frames are guyed
– the seat contact switch is activated
– the TY frames are folded out to 38 °
– the master switches are not moved during the slackening procedure
4.1.2 Slackening „without load“
CAUTION
Danger from changing the projection radius!
The guying and slackening procedure takes place fully automatically. Changing the bending in the
boom can result in a change in the boom radius of several metres.
u Guying and slackening are only permitted when there are no obstacles present in the working area.
u Set down the load.

Result:
1. The guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 is further extended.
3. On reaching the position guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 extended, the system changes over au-
tomatically the icon 9 to the icon 9.1.
4. By extending the guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 further, the guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 is
swivelled out further.
5. On reaching the position guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 swivelled out, the system changes over
automatically the icon 9.1 to the static icon 9.2.
6. The guying cylinder 50 with driver 51 is no longer engaged.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 995
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195732
copyright by
996 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Procedure with attached TY guying
4.2.1 General
The crane can be moved with attached TY frames. This is however only permissible if the hatch con-
sole 2 is folded downwards, and the „sliding tube with pulley 11“ is retracted and pinned.
– TY frames are pinned and secured to the telescopic boom
– hatch console 2 is folded downwards
– the support 10 is folded out and pinned
– the „sliding tube with pulley 11“ is pushed in and pinned
– the rope guide pipe 25 is folded downwards and secured with spring retainers 22
u Place the telescopic boom over the deposit frame.
u Lock superstructure to the chassis.
The „sliding tube with pulley 11“ must lie in the groove of the plate 13.
u The crane can be moved.
4.2.2 Axle loads when moving with attached TY guying

When moving with attached TY guying, axle loads are higher. See the table below.
Axle 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Total weight

Weight [t] 16 16 16 12,2 12 12 12 96,2
DANGER
Increased danger when moving with attached TY guying!
The brake stopping distance is greater due to the greater overall weight!
The steering system, service brake, parking brake and retarder no longer meet the regulations!
In most countries, these axle loads are not permitted on public roads!
u The service life of all components affected by the increased axle load such as: brakes, tires, wheel
rims, axles and all drive, suspension and steering components is reduced.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 997
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195502
copyright by
998 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.3 General specifications for disassembling

Assembly / disassembly of the left and right TY frames is identical.
– hatch console 2 is pinned in assembly position
CAUTION
Damage of pinning of TY frames with telescopic boom!
If the boom nose is not moved to operating position before assembly / disassembly of the TY frames,
then the pinning of the TY frames with the telescopic boom will be damaged by the boom nose.
u Before assembly / disassembly of the TY frames, move the boom nose into operating position and
pin!
If the boom nose is attached to the telescopic boom:

u Move the boom nose from transport position into operating position and pin, see chapter 5.10.
4.4 Disassembling the stay ropes

– the telescopic boom is fully telescoped in
u Release cable eye stiffener 44 on both sides of the telescopic boom: Release and unpin the pin 43.
u Pin and secure cable eye stiffener 44 on both sides of holder 45: Pin and secure the pin 43.
u Fully lower TY frames.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 999
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195501
copyright by
1000 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.5 Preparatory work

u Swivel the telescopic boom 90° to the side.
u Luff down the telescopic boom.
u Undo hydraulic connections for TY frame and secure in deposit location.
u Undo electric connections for TY frame and secure in deposit location.
Before unpinning the pins 5, hold the support 10 with one hand.
u Swivel support 10 slowly downwards.
u Pin support 10 with pins 6 on both sides and secure with linch-pins.
u Release pins 7 and unpin.
u Pull out each „sliding tube with pulley“ 11, pin with pins 7 and secure with spring retainers.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1001
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195500
copyright by
1002 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.6 Positioning the guy rods into transport position

Ensure that the support 10 is pushed down and the „sliding tube with pulley 11“ is pulled out and pin-
ned.
CAUTION
Risk of collision between the guy rods and the consoles!
If the consoles are not dismantled, then, when the telescopic boom is luffed up, they will collide with
the TY frames.
u Dismantle console 41 at holder 24.
u Dismantle console 21 at holder 40.
u Pull hand lever 30 downwards.
u Pin hand lever 30 in this position: Pin and secure the pin 34 in the bore 36.
u Release the guy rod retainers 29, swing them in and secure them again.
u Unpin guy rod 27 and guy rod 28: Release and unpin the pin 26.
u Pin guy rod 27 with pins 26 to TY frame and secure.
u Push rope guide pipe 25 downwards and secure with spring retainer 22.
u Swivel deposit location 31 inwards.
u Pin deposit location 31 inside: Insert the pins 32 in the bore 38.
u Luff TY frames partially up.
u Luff the TY frame fully down.
u Place the telescopic boom over the deposit frame.
u Lock superstructure to the chassis.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1003
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195742
copyright by
1004 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.7 Checking the dismantling of console

CAUTION
Risk of collision between the guy rods and the consoles!
If the consoles are not dismantled, then, when the telescopic boom is luffed up, they will collide with
the TY frames.
u Console 41 must the dismantled at the holder 24.
u Console 21 must the dismantled at the holder 40.
u Check whether console 41 has been dismantled from the holder 24.
u Check whether console 21 has been dismantled from the holder 40.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1005
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195725
copyright by
1006 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.8 Unpinning the TY frame with the telescopic boom

– the preparatory work has been carried out as previously described
– the „sliding tube with pulley 11“ must lie in the groove of the plate 13
u Telescope out „telescopic section 2“ by 3 %.
u Unpin quick release pin 17 from bore 19.
u Release and remove pull ropes 62 at holder 63.
u Screw in pull ropes 62 frontally into the pins 16. See illustration C4.
u Attach cable pressings into the attachment clips 61 at Tele 2.
DANGER
Risk of accident resulting from break in pull ropes!
In case the preceding dismantling procedures are not carried out properly, the pull ropes 62 have pre-
determined breaking points.
u Nobody is allowed in front of or under the pull ropes 62!
WARNING
Risk of injury from falling pins!
If the telescopic boom is telescoped out too far, the pins 16 can be pulled out of the guide pipe.
u Do not pull pins 16 out of the guide pipe. „Telescopic section 2“ must not be extended more than 9
%.
u Telescope out the telescopic boom until the pin 16 has been entirely pulled.
u Secure pins 16 in transportation position: Pin in quick release pin 17 in bore 18.
u Swivel pins 16 in transport position, and secure them in this position with spring retainers 15. See
illustration C5.
u Unbolt pull ropes 62 at pins 16 and secure in holders 63.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195726
copyright by
1008 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.9 Placing the TY frame on to transporter

Ensure that TY frames are unpinned from the telescopic boom.
DANGER
Risk of TY frame toppling over while being luffed up!
u To stop the TY frame from toppling over while being luffed up, it must be secured with a safety
plate 8.
u Pin TY frame with a safety plate 8: Pin in pins 9 and secure the spring retainer.
u Luff up the telescopic boom.
CAUTION
Danger of collision because of limited turning radius!
When turning the crane superstructure, the lowered TY frame can collide with the rear of the turntable
or the luffing cylinder.
u Lower the luffing cylinder only so far that no collisions are possible.
u Turn the crane superstructure only so far that a collision between the TY frame and the rear of the
turntable is not possible.
u Attach TY frame to crane and tension hoist rope slightly.

Before the TY frame is released from the safety plate, ensure that the TY frame can be supported by
the crane.
u Release TY frame from safety plate 8: Release and unpin the pin 9.
u Raise TY frame with the crane.
u Fold in support 10.
u Pin support 10 with pins 5 and secure.
u Lower TY-Bock on to transporter and secure against toppling.
4.10 Final tasks

u Release safety plate 4 and remove.
u Push deposit location 3 into front position.
u Unpin hatch console 2: Release and unpin the pin 1.
u Swivel hatch console 2 into transport position.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1009
028388-00 5.06 Luffing lattice jib, guyed
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195739
copyright by
1010 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.06 Luffing lattice jib, guyed 028388-00
1 General
In TYSN-operation, contrary to TN-operation, the telescopic boom is guyed with a TY-guying and a
spacer.
For more information refer to chapter „5.04 Luffing lattice jib - TN“ and „5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed -
TY“.
1.1 Weights
DANGER
Danger of accidents due to crane overload in TN/TF operation!
The weight of the left and right spacer 1 is not taken into account in TN/TF-operation.
u For that reason, in TN/TF-operation, the left and right spacer 1 must be removed.
Pos. Description Weight

1 Spacer left 365 kg
1 Spacer right 365 kg
G1 TN/TF-adapter 1.170 kg
Total weight 1.900 kg
1.2.1 Spacer fastening points

Refer to illustration 1.
The right spacer 1 and the left spacer 1 can be attached to bracket 10.
1.2.2 Fastening points TN/TF adapter with attached spacer

The TN/TF-adapter G1 can be attached with the attached left spacer 1 and the attached right spacer 1
on the brackets 11.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1011
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195728
copyright by
1012 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Assembly
– The TY-guying is properly assembled and the TY-frames are erected.
2.1 Installation of the spacers

The spacers can be installed two ways:
1. Installation with spacer folded in
2. Installation with spacer removed
2.1.1 Installation with spacer folded in

The installation of the left and right spacer 1 is identical.
– The spacer 1 is installed on the TN/TF-adapter G1.
– The spacer 1 is folded in and pinned.
Unpin the spacer 1 on the TN/TF-adapter G1.
u Fold the spacer 1 out.
Pin the spacer 1 in folded out status.
u Insert and secure pin 2.
u Install the TN/TF-adapter G1on the telescopic boom.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1013
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195729
copyright by
1014 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.1.2 Installation with spacer removed

The installation of the left and right spacer 1 is identical.
Make sure that the spacer 1 is folded together and that it is pinned with pin 7.
u Hang the crane on the spacer 1 and attach on bore 4.
Pin the spacer 1 with the TN/TF-adapter G1.
Do not remove the crane until the pin 6 is inserted and secured.
u Remove the crane.
u Fold the spacer 1 out and attach on the bore 5.
u Install the TN/TF-adapter G1on the telescopic boom.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1015
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195730
copyright by
1016 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Assembling the guy ropes

– The TY-guying is correctly installed.
– The TN/TF adapter is installed on the telescopic boom.
– The spacer 1 is folded out and pinned.
u Erect the TY-frames.
u Swing the TY-frames out to 20 °.
Release the grommet 44 on both sides on the retainer 45.
Pin and secure the grommet 44 on both sides of spacer 1.
2.3 Installing the luffing lattice jib

Make sure that the guy ropes have been installed on the spacer 1.
CAUTION
Danger of collision between the NA-frame 2 and the TY-frames!
If the TY-frames are not swung to ±12 °±3 before erection or take down of the luffing lattice jib, then the
NA-frame 2 will collide with the TY-frames during erection and take down.
u Swing the TY-frames to 12 ° !
u Swing the TY-frame to 12 ° !

Assemble the luffing lattice jib.
u For more information, see Chapter „5.04 Luffing lattice jib - TN“, section „Assembly“.
2.4 Erection / take down

For more information, see Chapter „5.04 Luffing lattice jib - TN“, section „Erection / take down“.
2.4.1 Erection and take down charts for TYSN-operation

For more information, see Chapter „5.27 Erection and take down charts“, section „ Erection and take
down chart for TYSN-operation“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1017
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111015
copyright by
1018 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Telescoping
– The TY-frames are swung out to 12 °.
– The set up key D is turned off.
The LICCON overload protection is active.
– The telescopic boom is luffed up to 82 °.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
u Telescoping out and in with installed lattice jib is only permissible in steepest position of the tele-
scopic boom 82 ° !
u The lattice jib must be at an angle to the horizontal where the LICCON control issues the telesco-
ping release!
u Telescoping out and in with a suspended load is prohibited!
2.6 Guying the TY-frames

Make sure that the telescopic boom has been telescoped out to the required length.
Note
Instructions for tensioning and releasing for TYSN-operation
u The TY-guying can only be guyed at a guy angle of 38 ° to be effective for the purpose of
increasing the load. Guying is not possible at any other angle.
u The telescopic boom can only be tensioned and released with the jib at a tele angle of 82 ° and any
desired jib angle within the permissible radius ranges of the TYSN- 82 ° load charts.
u Fold out both TY-frames to exactly 38 °.

Guy the TY-frames.
u For more information, see Chapter „5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed - TY“, section „Guying the TY-
frames“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1019
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195736
copyright by
1020 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Crane operation
3.1 Prerequisites for crane operation
– The TY-frames are guyed to 38 °.
Note
u Crane operation is only possible with guyed TY-frames.
increasing the load. This is the only possible bracing angle, and is the same for all configu-
rations.
u Start crane operation.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1021
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195736
copyright by
1022 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Disassembly
4.1 Releasing the TY-frames

Note
Instructions for tensioning and releasing for TYSN-operation
u The telescopic boom can only be tensioned and released with the jib at a tele angle of 82 ° and any
desired jib angle within the permissible radius ranges of the TYSN- 82 ° load charts.
Slacken TY frames.
u For more information, see Chapter „5.05 Telescopic boom, guyed - TY“, section „Releasing the TY-
frames“.
u Swing the TY-frames to 12 °.
4.2 Take down

Ensure that the TY-frames are swung to 12 °.
CAUTION
Danger of collision between the NA-frame 2 and the TY-frames!
u If the TY-frames are not swung to ±12 °±3 before erection or take down of the luffing lattice jib, then
the NA-frame 2 will collide with the TY-frames during erection and take down.
4.2.1 Taking down the luffing lattice jib

For more information, see Chapter „5.04 Luffing lattice jib - TN“, section „Take down“.
4.2.2 Erection and take down charts for TYSN-operation

For more information, see Chapter „5.27 Erection and take down charts“. Section „Erection and take
down chart for TYSN-operation“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1023
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195730
copyright by
1024 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.3 Disassembling the luffing lattice jib

Make sure that the luffing lattice jib has been taken down.
Disassemble the luffing lattice jib.
u For more information, see Chapter „5.04 Luffing lattice jib - TN“, section „Disassembly“.
4.4 Disassembling the guy ropes

Make sure that the luffing lattice jib has been disassembled.
Release the grommet 44 on both sides on the spacer 1.
Pin and secure the grommet 44 on both sides on the retainer 45.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1025
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195737
copyright by
1026 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.5 Disassembling the spacers

The spacers can be disassembled two ways:
1. Disassembling the spacer and folding it in
2. Disassembling the spacer and removing it
DANGER
Danger of accidents due to crane overload in TN/TF operation!
4.5.1 Disassembling the spacer and folding it in

The disassembly of the left and right spacer 1 is identical.
Make sure that the guy ropes have been disassembled.
u Disassemble the TN/TF-adapter G1 on the telescopic boom and place it down.
Unpin the spacer 1 in folded out status.
u Fold the spacer 1 in.
Pin the spacer 1 with the TN/TF-adapter G1.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1027
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195738
copyright by
1028 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.5.2 Disassembling the spacer and removing it

The disassembly of the left and right spacer is identical.
Make sure that the guy ropes have been disassembled.
u Disassemble the TN/TF-adapter G1 on the telescopic boom and place it down.
u Release the pin 6 on bore 5 and unpin.
u Fold the spacer 1 in and pin and secure with pin 7.
Before the spacer 1 may be unpinned on the TN/TF-adapter G1, the spacer 1 must be secured with
the crane.
u Hang the spacer 1 on the crane.
u Lightly tighten the hoist rope.
u Release the pin 6 on bore 4 and unpin.
u Place the spacer 1 down.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1029
028408-00 5.07 Fixed lattice jib, guyed
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195739
copyright by
1030 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.07 Fixed lattice jib, guyed 028408-00
1 General
In TYSF-operation, contrary to TF-operation, the telescopic boom is guyed with TY-guying and a
spacer.
See also the Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.03 and chapter 5.05.
1.1 Weights
DANGER
Danger of accidents due to crane overload in TN/TF-operation!
Pos. Description Weight

1 Spacer left 365 kg
1 Spacer right 365 kg
G1 TN/TF-adapter 1170 kg
Total weight 1900 kg
1.2.1 Spacer fastening points

The right spacer 1 and the left spacer 1 can be attached to bracket 10.
1.2.2 Fastening points TN/TF adapter with attached spacer

The TN/TF-adapter G1 can be attached with the attached left spacer 1 and the attached right spacer 1
on the brackets 11.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1031
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111007
copyright by
1032 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Assembly
– The TY-guying is properly assembled and the TY-frames are erected.
2.1 Installation of the spacers

Assembling the spacers.
2.2 Assembling the guy ropes

– The TY-guying is correctly installed.
– The TN/TF adapter is installed on the telescopic boom.
– The spacer 1 is folded out and pinned.
u Erect the TY-frames.
Release the grommet 44 on both sides on the retainer 45.
Pin and secure the grommet 44 on both sides of spacer 1.
2.3 Assembling the fixed lattice jib

Make sure that the guy ropes have been installed on the spacer 1.
Assembling a fixed lattice jib.

For more information see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.03.
2.5 Telescoping
– The TY-frames are swung out to 12 °.
2.6 Guying the TY-frames

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
2.6.1 Guying the TY-frames, in general

Make sure that the telescopic boom has been telescoped out to the required length.
Note
Instructions for tensioning and releasing for TYSF-operation
increasing the load. Guying is not possible at any other angle.
u Using the fixed lattice jib, the telescopic boom can be guyed and released within the permissible
radius ranges for TYSF-loads. In that event the tele angle must be greater or equal to the following
specified minimum tele angle.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1033
2.6.2 Tele angle chart for tensioning and releasing
Note
Important note for the tele angle chart
u „-“ means that tensioning and releasing is possible across the whole permissible radius range of
the load charts.
F 0°
7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56
T-46.3 (46/92/92/46) - - - - - - 42° 42°
T-46.3 (0/92/92/92) - - - - 34° 48° 50° 52°
T-51.4 (92/92/92/46) - - - 49° 57° 58° 58° 58°
T-51.4 (46/92/92/92) - - 35° 44° 52° 55° 57° 58°
T-56.6 (92/92/92/92) 70° 70° 70° 70° 70° 70° 70° 70°
T-60.1 (100/100/100/100) 70°
F 20°
7 14 21 28 35 42 49
T-46.3 (46/92/92/46) - - - - - - 47°
T-46.3 (0/92/92/92) - - - - - 51° 56°
T-51.4 (92/92/92/46) - - 50° 60° 60° 60° 60°
T-51.4 (46/92/92/92) - - 40° 50° 54° 57° 60°
T-56.6 (92/92/92/92) 70° 71° 71° 71° 71° 71° 71°
F 40°
7 14 21 28 35 42 49
T-46.3 (46/92/92/46) - - - - - - 51°
T-46.3 (0/92/92/92) - - - - - 55° 60°
T-51.4 (92/92/92/46) - - 58° 61° 61° 61° 62°
T-51.4 (46/92/92/92) - - 30° 52° 55° 60° 64°
T-56.6 (92/92/92/92) 66° 66° 66° 68° 70° 71° 73°
2.6.3 Guying procedure

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Fold out both TY-frames to exactly 38 °.

Guy the TY-frames.
copyright by
1034 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1035
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195741
copyright by
1036 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Crane operation
3.1 Prerequisites for crane operation
– The TY-frames are guyed to 38 °.
Note
u Crane operation is only possible with guyed TY-frames.
increasing the load. This is the only possible guy angle which applies for all configurations.
u Start crane operation.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1037
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195741
copyright by
1038 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Disassembly
4.1 Releasing the TY-frames

Note
Instructions for tensioning and releasing for TYSF-operation
u Using the fixed lattice jib, the telescopic boom can be guyed and released within the permissible
radius ranges for TYSF-loads. In that event the tele angle must be greater than or equal to the mi-
nimum tele angle specified in the section „Tele angle chart of tensioning and releasing“.
u For more information, see section „Tele angle chart for tensioning and releasing“.
Release the TY-frames.

u Swing the TY-frames to 12°.
4.2 Take down
4.2.1 Taking-down the fixed lattice jib

For more information see Crane operating instructions, chapter 5.03.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1039
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195730
copyright by
1040 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.3 Disassembling the fixed lattice jib

Make sure that the fixed lattice jib has been placed down.
Disassemble the fixed lattice jib.
4.4 Removing the guy ropes

Make sure that the fixed lattice jib has been disassembled.
Release the grommet 44 on both sides on the spacer 1.
Pin and secure the grommet 44 on both sides on the retainer 45.
4.5 Disassembling the spacers

DANGER
Danger of accidents due to crane overload in TN/TF-operation!
Make sure that the guy ropes have been removed.

Disassemble the spacer.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1041
025692-00 5.10 Boom nose - telescopic boom
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195398
copyright by
1042 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.10 Boom nose - telescopic boom 025692-00
1 Boom nose telescopic boom

1.1 General
Crane operation with a boom nose is intended for fast hoists. The hook block can remain reeved to the
main boom whilst doing this.
Note
Note
u No special load charts have been programmed for boom nose operation. The respective pro-
grammed load charts apply. The loads reduce by the weight of the boom nose, the lifting equip-
ment and the lifting accessories that are used.
DANGER
Risk of accident from crane toppling or destruction!
A hoist limit switch that is not connected or not operating (-S931) can cause the crane to topple during
boom nose operation, or cause the crane to be damaged.
u Connect hoist limit switch (-S931) before starting up the boom nose.
u Check operation of hoist limit switch before starting up the boom nose.
DANGER
Risk of accident from falling equipment!
u When working on the telescopic boom or the boom nose 1, use a safe assembly stand!
u No improvisations are allowed!
Component overview:
Pos. Designation
1 Boom nose
2 Pulley carrier
3 Swivel pin
4 Retaining bolt
5 Retaining bolt
6 Wind sensor attachment
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1043
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195398
copyright by
1044 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Move boom nose to operating position

The boom nose 1 is attached to the telescopic boom head in the transportation position (fig. 1 and
fig. 2) and bolted in the transportation position using the securing bolts 4. The boom nose is moved
from the transportation position to the operating position by swivelling.
CAUTION
Risk of equipment damage!
The wind sensor or the wind sensor attachment 6 can be destroyed or damaged if the boom nose 1 is
swivelled whilst in the operating position.
u Fit wind sensor attachment 6 in hole 3 and secure with safety spring (fig. 4).
u Release and unboltsafety spring 4.

u Swivel boom nose 1 around fulcrum (fixed swivel pin 3) (fig. 2).
CAUTION
Risk of injury!
Uncontrolled swivelling of boom nose 1 can crush limbs.
u Swivel boom nose 1 into operating position slowly and in a controlled manner (fig. 2).
u Bolt boom nose 1 into position at bolting point P1 and bolting point P2 of boom head with retaining
bolt 4 and retaining bolt 5 (fig. 3).
u Secure retaining bolts.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1045
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195399
copyright by
1046 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Move pulley carrier to operating position

In order to be able to use the boom nose 1 to its fullest extent, the pulley carrier 2 must be folded to
the operating position and bolted.
Component overview:
Pos. Designation
7 Swivel pin
8 Gripping bolt
9 Safety spring
Ensure that:
The boom nose 1 has been properly bolted and secured at the telescoping boom head, the bolting
point P1 and the bolting point P2.
CAUTION
Risk of injury!
Uncontrolled folding down of pulley carrier 2 can crush limbs.
u Hold pulley carrier 2 and slowly fold downwards.
u Do not allow pulley carrier 2 to fall down.
u Release grip bolt 8 by removing safety spring 9.

u Hold pulley carrier 2.
u Unbolt grip bolt 8.
u Slowly fold pulley carrier down 2 until the bolt hole of the pulley carrier 2 aligns with the bolt hole of
the boom nose 1.
u Bolt in the grip bolt 8 and secure with a safety spring 9.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1047
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195400
copyright by
1048 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.4 Hoist cable reeving

Note
Note
u The maximum permitted reeving at the boom nose 1 is 2-strand (fig. 1).
Component overview:
Pos. Designation
10 - - unoccupied - -
13 Cable securing tube
14 Cable securing bolt
15 1st pulley
16 2nd pulley *
17 Boom head
18 Hoisting limit switch weight
20 Hoisting limit switch cable
21 Shackle
22 Cable fixed position
u Release and unbolt cable securing tube 13 on telescopic boom head (fig. 1).
u Release and unbolt cable securing bolt 14 from pulley carrier 2 of boom nose 1.
u Guide hoisting cable from winch 2 via second pulley 16 and boom head 17 of boom nose 1.
u Bolt in the cable securing tube 13 and the cable securing bolt 14 and secure with safety springs.
u Reeve load hook or hook block.
u Attach hoisting limit switch weight (see Chap. 4.06 „Cable reeving“).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1049
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195400
copyright by
1050 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.5 Hoisting limit switch

The hoisting limit switch -S930, the air traffic warning lamp* and the wind sensor* remain attached to
the telescopic boom head. The hoisting limit switch -S931 must be connected for boom nose opera-
tion. Insert hoisting limit switch -S931 into socket -X503 on terminal box -S417(fig. 2).
1.5.1 Single-hook operation

During single-hook operation the hoisting limit switch -S930 of the telescopic boom head must remain
connected to the LICCON system bus but is set to „inactive“.
Note
Note
u The hoisting limit switch weight of the hoisting limit switch -S930 must be removed.
u The hoisting limit switch cable 20 must be pulled and shackles 21 used to attach it to the fixed
point 22 (fig. A)
u Switching hoisting limit switch -S931 of boom nose to „active“.

u Guide hoisting cable from winch 2* via the 2nd pulley* 16 and the boom head 17 and the boom
nose 1 (fig. 1).
1.5.2 Two-hook operation

u Guide the hoisting cable from winch 1 via the 1st pulley 15 and the boom head to the telescopic
boom.
u Guide hoisting cable from winch 2* via the 2nd pulley* 16 and the boom head 17 and the boom
nose 1 (fig. 1).
u Switch the hoisting limit switch -S930 and the hoisting limit switch -S931 „to active“.

The function check must be performed before starting up the crane, and by the operator before lifting
a load.
The following checks must be performed.
u Check that the hoisting limit switch, wind sensor* and air traffic warning lamp* connections are pro-
perly connected.
u Check wind sensor operation* on LICCON monitor.
u Check operation of air traffic warning lamp*.
Check movement of hoisting limit switches. The following steps are required to perform these checks.
u Manually operate hoist limit switch.
u Check that „hoist up“ symbol is displayed on LICCON monitor for main boom and boom nose.
u Check that switches off „hoist winch“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1051
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195401
copyright by
1052 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.6 Move pulley carrier to transportation position

If the boom nose 1 is no longer required, the pulley carrier 2 must first be moved from the operating
position to the transportation position.
u Remove load hook from boom nose (see Chap. 4.06 „Cable reeving“).
u Remove hoisting limit switch weight with chain.
u Release and unbolt cable securing bolts 14.
u Release and unbolt cable securing tube 13.
u Reel in hoisting cable
Note
Note
u End of cable must not be pulled through beneath the winch during the „spooling procedure“.
u The reeled-in wind is blocked via the LICCON program „control parameters“.
u Secure hoisting cable.
u Bolt in and secure the cable securing bolt 14 and the cable securing tube 13 again.
Note
Note
u During operation without the boom nose 1 you must use the hoisting limit switch -S931 either as
an additional hoisting limit switch for the telescopic boom head and/or mechanically pull the hois-
ting limit switch -S931 and attach it to the cable fixed point using shackles.
WARNING
Risk of accident if boom head falls off!
u The swivel pin 7 must not be unbolted.
u Release grip bolt 8 and unbolt (safety spring 9).

u Tilt pulley carrier 2 upwards until the bolt holes align (fig. 2).
u Bolt in the grip bolt 8 and secure with a safety spring 9.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1053
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195402
copyright by
1054 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.7 Move boom nose to transportation position

The boom nose is moved from the operating position to the transportation position by swivelling.
CAUTION
The wind sensor or the wind sensor attachment 6 can be destroyed or damaged if the boom nose 1 is
swivelled whilst in the transportation position.
u Fit wind sensor attachment 6 in hole 3 and secure with safety spring (fig. 4).
u Release retaining bolt 4 and retaining bolt 5 and unbolt.

u Swivel boom nose 1 outwards (fig. 2).
u Bolt boom nose 1 in transportation position with retaining bolt 4 and secure (fig. 3).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1055
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195865
copyright by
1056 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
1 General
Winch3* 3 is used as a needle adjusting winch or as auxiliary lifting gear during crane operation. It can
be attached by self-assembly, using the crane's own boom, or to the counterweight frame, 2 „rear“ or
„up“.
The counterweight package is laid on the chassis (see Chapter 4.07 „Counterweight“)
The option of attaching winch3* 3 to the counterweight frame, 2 „up“ enables the crane operator,
when rotating the superstructure on narrow sites, to maintain a „small“ swivelling radius or ballast ra-
dius of 5.6 m.
DANGER
Risk of accident from overloading the crane.
If winch3 3 is not mounted in the prescribed location, the crane will become overloaded without this
becoming evident. This could result in serious accidents
u Winch3 3 must be mounted on the crane, as indicated in the operation type symbol.
2 Assembling winch3* with adjusting cylinder

The assembly of winch3* 3 and the adjusting cylinder is carried out as a „winch unit“.
The adjusting cylinder consists of the bottom hook block 4 and the upper block 5.
DANGER
Risk of accident from falling equipment.
u When carrying out assembly and dismantling work on winch3* 3, use the platform on the counter-
weight frame 2.
u Also use a safe assembly stand for crane assembly and dismantling work.
u No improvisations are allowed.
Location of winch3 3
Location „up“ (Fig. 1)
Location „rear“ (Fig. 2)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1057
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195868
copyright by
1058 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
Structural member overview:
Pos. Description
1 Turntable frame
2 Counterweight frame
3 Winch3* (W3)
4 Bottom hook block
5 Upper block
6 Bolt 40.0 mm x 235.0 mm
7 Stop buffer
8 Suspension lug, left
9 Suspension lug, right
10 Axle 120.0 mm x 1365.0 mm
11 Transportation locking pin 50.0 mm x 222.0 mm
12 Bolt 70.0 mm x 160.0 mm
13 Stop spring
14 Linch pin DIN 11023
15 Stop spring
16 Platform
17 Support frame
18 Bolt 70.0 mm x 125.0 mm
19 Stop spring
20 Bolt 70.0 mm x 175.0 mm
21 Washer DIN1440 ST
22 Cotter pin DIN94 ST
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1059
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195868
copyright by
1060 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
Pos. Description
23 Bolt 70.0 mm x 160.0 mm
24 Stop spring
25 Hose bracket
26 Lifing accessory
27 Lug
28 Adjusting screw
29 Handling bolt
30 Linch pin
Ensure that the following preconditions are fulfilled:

– The crane is properly supported and level
– The counterweight package is placed on the chassis
– The transportation vehicle with the winch unit is in the immediate vicinity of the supported crane
– The adjusting cylinder is bolted to winch3* 3 with axle 10 (Fig. 2)
– The upper block 5 is secured on the bottom hook block 4 in the transport position with bolts 6
– In the winch unit transport position (Abb. 1 / view A ) the bottom hook block 4 is bolted with
winch3* 3 onto the bolting points T ( Fig. 4 ) with transportation bolts 11 and secured with stop
springs 15
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1061
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195868
copyright by
1062 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
2.1 Assembly procedure for winch3* / deposit location „rear“ and „up“
The assembly of the „winch unit“ on the counterweight frame 2 is performed by self-assembly using
the crane's own boom.
Attach winch unit to telescopic boom hook block:
– Attach lifting accessories 26 to the lugs - lug 8 and lug 9 - of winch3* 3 and the lifting holes S
(Fig. 3 ) of the hook block 4 (Fig. A ).
– Lift winch unit from transport vehicle.
DANGER
Risk of accident from swinging winch unit.
If the winch unit swings when it is being attached to the counterweight frame 2, limbs could be crushed
or severed, or it may cause someone to fall off the counterweight frame.
u Do not put hands or limbs between the counterweight frame 2 and the winch unit.
u When fitting winch3* 3, use platform 16 or other safe assembly stand.
2.1.1 Attaching the winch unit, „rear“
Note
Note
u It is easier to fit the winch unit to the counterweight frame 2 if the adjusting cylinder is moved to the
intermediate position Z (30°) before fitting the winch unit.
u The winch unit is attached at the provided attachment points (See section „Changing the adjusting
cylinder position“).
Lower the winch unit into the bolting position.

Ensure that the following prerequisites have been met before assembling the winch unit:
The lifting accessories 26 have been properly attached to the provided lifting points
The bolts 20 have been bolted in and secured with cotter pins 22 and washers 21 (Fig. A )
The transport protection bolts 11 have been bolted to the hook block 4 in „position T“ or position Z
and secured with stop springs 15
Assembly
The following preconditions must be met:
The bolts 20 of the winch unit must be in the retaining lugs W of the counterweight frame 2
(Fig. 1 )
u Bolt in the bolts 12 from outside to inside at both sides
u Secure bolts 12 with stop springs 13
DANGER
Risk of injury from winch unit tipping.
When the lifting accessories 26 are being removed from the winch unit, the unit may tip back.
u Ensure that the winch unit has been correctly bolted and secured to the counterweight frame 2.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Remove lifting accessories 26.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1063
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195868
copyright by
1064 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
Attach supply lines to winch3*

Switch engine off before attaching and removing hydraulic lines. Associated hydraulic lines are
marked with numbers.
Note
Note:
u When the winch is being transported the hydraulic hoses must be attached to the parking panel C.
CAUTION
Risk of equipment damage.
The hydraulic lines can be damaged or ripped off due to incorrect „routing“.
u After fitting winch3* 3 to the counterweight frame 2, route hydraulic lines in the hose brackets 25 to
the parking panel on the counterweight frame 2 and secure.
u „Park“ parking panel C on left of winch frame during crane operation with winch3 3.
u Making electrical connections to winch3* 3.

u Make hydraulic connections to winch3* 3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1065
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195869
copyright by
1066 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
2.1.2 Attach winch unit, „up“
Note
Note
u Before the winch unit „up“ can be attached, it is necessary to bolt the support frame 17 to the winch
frame of winch3 3 (Fig. A / Fig. B). When bolting the support frame to the winch frame, winch3 3
must be on the floor. The adjusting cylinder must be bolted and secured in the intermediate posi-
tion Z (30°) or it would otherwise not be possible to assemble the support frame 17 .
Lower the winch unit into the bolting position on the counterweight frame 2.
Ensure that the following prerequisites have been met before assembling the winch unit:
The lifting accessories 26 are secured correctly to the correct stop points
The support frame 17 is bolted to winch3 3 with bolts 12 and secured with stop springs 13.
The adjusting screw 28 is fitted on the lug 27, bolted with handling bolts 29 and secured with linch
pins 30.
The transport protection bolts 11 have been bolted to the hook block 4 in „position T“ or position Z
and secured with stop springs 15
Assembly
The following preconditions must be met:
Bolthole P1 and bolthole P2 of the counterweight frame 2 must align with the boltholes of winch3 3
and the support frame 17.
u Bolt winch3 3 to the bolting point P2 on both sides with bolts 23 and secure with a stop spring 24.
u Bolt the support frame 17 to the bolting point 18 on both sides with bolts P1 and secure with stop
springs 19.
Problem remedy
Do the bolts 18 not bolt to the bolting points P1?
You have set the adjusting screw 28 between the support frame 17 and winch3 3 either too long or too
short (Fig. B).
u Change the length of the adjusting screws 28 so that it becomes possible to bolt the support
frame 17 to the bolting points P1.
DANGER
Risk of accident from tipping winch unit.
When the lifting accessories 26 are being removed the winch unit may tip.
u Ensure that the winch unit has been correctly bolted and secured to the counterweight frame 2.
u Remove lifting accessories 26.
Note
Note:
u You must move the adjusting cylinder after the assembly of winch3 3 „upper“ into the parking posi-
tion U. If this is not done, the counterweight frame 2 may not be assembled and bolted onto the
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
turntable.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1067
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195869
copyright by
1068 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
Attach supply lines to winch3*

Switch engine off before attaching and removing hydraulic lines. Associated hydraulic lines are
marked with numbers.
Note
Note:
u When the winch is being transported the hydraulic hoses must be attached to the parking panel C.
CAUTION
Changing the position of winch3* 3 could damage or tear off the hydraulic and electrical lines.
u Before changing the position of winch3* 3 (e.g. from „rear“ to „up“), all hydraulic lines from
winch3* 3 are to be disconnected from the supply connections of the hydraulic system.
u Remove hydraulic lines from the hose brackets 25 and route them via the platform 16 to the supply
connections on the turntable frame.
u Disconnect electrical connections from winch3* 3
u Assemble winch3* 3 on the counterweight frame 2.

u Make electrical connections to winch3* 3.
u Make hydraulic connections to winch3* 3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1069
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195871
copyright by
1070 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
3 Changing the adjusting cylinder position

The adjusting cylinder must be moved to prevent collisions between the hoisting cable and parts of the
crane with an attached but unused winch3 3.
Note
Note:
u The adjusting cylinder position must be changed using the crane's telescopic boom - before bolting
the counterweight frame 2 to the turntable.
CAUTION
During crane operation with winch1 and / or winch2 it is possible for collisions to occur between the
hoisting cable and the adjusting cylinder or damage to be caused to the crane.
u Before starting up crane operation with winch1 W1 and / or winch2 W2, the position of the adjusting
cylinder must be changed.
u During crane operation with winch1 W1, move the adjusting cylinder to the intermediate position Z,
bolt in position using bolts 11 and secure with stop springs 15 (see Fig. 2 / Fig. 3).
u During crane operation with winch2 W2, move the adjusting cylinder to the park position U, bolt in
position using bolts 11 and secure with stop springs 15 (see Fig. 3).
DANGER
Risk of accident due to transport protection bolts 11 breaking off.
Before changing the adjusting cylinder position to the intermediate position Z or the park position U,
always unbolt the transport protection bolts 11. Otherwise the transport protection bolts 11 can break
off or damage other crane components.
u Unbolt transport protection bolts 11 before adjusting and secure in the „deposit location“ with stop
springs 15 (Fig. 5).
u Fit transport protection bolts 11 after adjusting to intermediate position Z or park position U and se-
cure with safety spring 15 in „bolting position“ (Fig. 4).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1071
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195871
copyright by
1072 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
3.1 During winch attachment, „rear“

During crane operation with winch1, the adjusting cylinder must be moved into the intermediate posi-
tion Z (30°), then bolted and secured (Fig. 2).
During crane operation with winch2 or with winch1 and winch2, the adjusting cylinder must be moved
into the park position U (106°), then bolted and secured (Fig. 3).
3.1.1 Procedure
The following procedure must be followed when changing the adjusting cylinder position.
u Attach lifting accessories to upper block 5.
u Release transport protection bolts 11 at both sides and remove (Fig. 4).
u Secure transport protection bolts 11 in deposit position (Fig. 5).
u Carefully „tension“ lifting accessories .
u Lift adjusting cylinder to required position - intermediate position Z (Fig. 2) or park position U
(Fig. 3).
u Pay attention to slack cable formation.
u Bolt transport protection bolts 11 in required position (Z or U) at both sides and secure with stop
springs 15.
u Remove lifting accessories.
Note
Note
u When the adjusting cylinder has been properly bolted and secured in the intermediate position Z or
the park position U, you can work with winch1 or winch2 within the scope of the deployment opti-
ons described in the operating instructions.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1073
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195872
copyright by
1074 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
3.2 During winch fitting, „up“

Note
Note:
u During crane operation with winch1, the adjusting cylinder must be moved to the park position U
(106°), then bolted and secured.
CAUTION
u Crane operation with winch2 is not permitted with a „top“ mounted winch3 3.
3.2.1 Procedure
The following procedure must be followed when changing the adjusting cylinder position.
u Attach lifting accessories to upper block 5.
Note
Note:
u During unbolting, the adjusting cylinder is held by the support frame 17 in the transport position T.
u Release transport protection bolts 11 at both sides and remove (Fig. 4).
u Secure transport protection bolts 11 in deposit position (Fig. 5).
u Carefully „tension“ lifting accessories .
u Pull the adjusting cylinder up into the park position U (Fig. 2).
u Pay attention to slack cable formation.
u Bolt the transport protection bolts 11 in position (U) at both sides and secure with stop springs 15.
u Remove lifting accessories.
Note
Note
u When the adjusting cylinder has been correctly bolted and secured in the park position U you can
work with winch1 or winch2 within the scope of the deployment options described in the operating
instructions.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1075
025832-01 5.11 Winch 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195870
copyright by
1076 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.11 Winch 3 025832-01
4 Dismantling winch3*
Winch3 is dismantled in the reverse order to installation.
If they are stiff, the bolts 12 can be removed using the mechanical bolt remover.
Note
Note:
u All steps must be followed exactly during dismantling, particularly the safety instructions.
CAUTION
u After removing from hydraulic system, 'park' hydraulic hoses in the parking panel on the winch
frame (Fig. A).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1077
026063-03 5.14 Telescopic boom disassembly / assembly, luffing cylinder on the crane superstructure
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197699
copyright by
1078 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.14 Telescopic boom disassembly / assembly, luffing cylinder on the crane superstructure 026063-03
1 General
To reduce the axle loads on this crane, the telescopic boom can be removed*.
2 Assembling / disassembling the straps

2.1 Disassembling the straps
CAUTION
Damage of TY brackets!
If the straps 16 are installed on the luffing cylinders for assembly / disassembly of TY brackets, then
the TY brackets, which are placed in the TY bracket receptacle can be severely damaged when luffing
down the telescopic boom into the telescopic boom receptacle.
u The straps 16 must be removed after disassembly / assembly of the telescopic boom!
u Assembly / disassembly of TY brackets on luffing cylinder with installed straps 16 is prohibited!
u Remove the straps 16 on both sides: Unbolt screws 17 and remove the strap on both sides.
2.2 Assembling the straps

The straps 16 may only be installed for disassembly / assembly of the telescopic boom on the luffing
cylinder. After disassembly / assembly of the telescopic boom, the straps 16 must be removed again.
u Assemble the straps 16 on both sides. Attach the straps 16 on the bore holes and install and tigh-
ten the screws 17.
u After disassembly / assembly of the telescopic boom, remove the straps 16 again.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1079
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.196483
copyright by
1080 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Disassembly of telescopic boom

– The TY guying and the counterweight are removed.
– The crane superstructure is positioned in travel direction to the front.
– The telescopic boom is completely telescoped in and placed down.
– The hook block is unreeved and the hoist rope is spooled up.
– The telescoping cylinder is pinned in telescoping section 1.
3.1 Hanging the telescopic boom onto the auxiliary crane

To ensure that the telescopic boom hangs correctly, the lashing chain 1 on the font and rear 2 strands
must be 3714 mm long.
u Hang the lashing chain 1 onto the auxiliary crane.
To be able to hang the lashing lugs 2 on the telescopic boom, they must be turned until the lugs 3
snap into the bores 4.
u The lashing lugs 2 must be hooked in on all 4 sides.
By tightening the lifting chain 1, the lashing lugs 2 will be locked.
u Tighten the lifting chain 1 with the auxiliary crane.
DANGER
Danger of accidents, as the telescopic boom may fall down!
If the telescopic boom is not hooked properly onto the lashing lugs 2, the telescopic boom may fall off
during the removal procedure.
u Only disassemble the telescopic boom after attaching the lashing lugs 2 and tightening the lifting
chain 1.
u Check if all 4 lashing lugs 2 are properly attached on the telescopic boom.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1081
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.109853
copyright by
1082 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2 Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable and telesco-
pic boom
The supply lines between the turntable and the telescopic boom are in position A.
u Release the electrical connection.
u Disconnect the hydraulic connections.
u Protect the hydraulic connections and electrical connections from contaminants.
3.3 Disassembling the telescopic boom

– The telescopic boom is properly attached on the 4 lashing lugs.
– The lashing chain is slightly tightened.
– The supply lines are disconnected.
CAUTION
Fingers may be crushed when attaching and removing the pins of the telescopic boom.
u Do not place your fingers between pin and bore.
u Remove spring retainers 1.

u Remove the safety plates 2 on the pin removal equipments 9.
u Start the crane engine.
u Add the pressure boost for the pin pulling device: Actuate the switch 364 upward.
Result:
u Unpin the luffing cylinder on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 3.
u Unpin the telescopic boom on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
u Carefully lift the telescopic boom with the auxiliary crane from the turntable.
u Place the telescopic boom on the transport vehicle.
3.4 Installing the retaining ropes

– The telescopic boom is disassembled.
– The control cylinders 5 are installed and pinned and secured with the pins 15.
– The hydraulic connections to the control cylinders 5 are established.
– The control cylinders 5 are fully extended.
u Pin the luffing cylinders with each other: Insert the pin 12 and secure with ball locking pins 13.
u Pin and secure the retaining ropes 7 on both sides on the turntable with pins 8.
u Connect the control cylinders 5 with the retaining ropes 7 on both sides and pin and secure with
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
pins 6.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1083
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.196485
copyright by
1084 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5 Turning the turntable by 180° to the rear

u Set the luffing cylinder receptacle 14 up to position X.
u Activate the pressure boost for the control cylinders 5: Actuate the switch 364 downward.
Result:
u Push the switch 365 up and fully retract the pulley blocks 5.
Result:
– The luffing cylinders are raised.
DANGER
Danger of accident due to excess braking the crane vehicle!
The brake of the crane vehicle is oversized if the brake force reduction is not activated when the tele-
scopic boom is removed.
u Driving with a removed telescopic boom is only permitted if the brake force reduction is activated!
The brake force reduction of the crane vehicle is turned on as soon as the turntable no longer faces
forward in travel direction.
u Turn the turntable by 180 ° to the rear.
Result:
– The brake force reduction is turned on.
u Push the switch 365 down and fully extend the pulley blocks.
Result:
– The luffing cylinders are placed on the luffing cylinder receptacle 14.
u Lock the turntable to the crane vehicle.
3.6 Final tasks

u Turn off the pressure boost: Turn switch 364 to center position.
Result:
u Retract the support cylinders and sliding beams.

u Turn off the axle suspension lock.
u Activate the automatic leveling regulation.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1085
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.196485
copyright by
1086 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Assembling the telescopic boom

– The crane superstructure is positioned in travel direction to the rear.
– All retaining ropes and control cylinders are installed.
– All hydraulic connections have been made.
4.1 Turning the turntable by 180 ° to the front

The brake force reduction is turned off as soon as the turntable is facing forward in travel direction.
u Unlock the turntable from the crane vehicle.
u Push the switch 365 up and fully retract the pulley blocks.
Result:
– The luffing cylinders are raised.
u Turn the turntable by 180 ° to the front.

Result:
– The indicator light 193 does not light up.
– The brake force reduction is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1087
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.109853
copyright by
1088 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Assembling the telescopic boom

CAUTION
Danger of damaging the pins or bores!
If the bore holes and pins are not aligned when pinning, then the bore holes or the pins may be dama-
ged.
u Carefully lower the telescoping boom into the turntable until the bore holes align.
CAUTION
u Do not place your fingers between pin and bore.
u Carefully lower the telescoping boom into the turntable until the bore holes between the turntable
and telescopic boom align.
u Release and remove the retaining plates 2 on the pin pulling devices 9.
u Add the pressure boost for the pin pulling device: Actuate the switch 364 upward.
Result:
u Pin the telescopic boom on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
u Lower the telescopic boom all the way until the bore holes between the luffing cylinders and the
telescopic boom align.
u Pin the telescopic boom with the luffing cylinders on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 3.
The pin pulling devices 9 must be secured after pinning with the retaining plates 2 and the spring retai-
ners 1.
u Attach the retaining plates 2 on the pin pulling devices 9.
u Secure the retaining plates 2 with spring retainers 1.
u Release the hydraulic connections to the control cylinders 5.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1089
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.109854
copyright by
1090 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.3 Connecting the supply lines between the turntable and the telesco-
pic boom
u Establish the electrical connections.
u Establish the hydraulic connections.
4.4 Removing the retaining ropes

– The telescopic boom is assembled and the luffing cylinders are placed down.
– The control cylinders 5 are fully extended and all hydraulic connections are released.
u Release the retaining ropes 7 on both sides on the turntable, release and unpin the pins 8.
u Release the retaining ropes 7 on both sides on the control cylinders, release and unpin the pins 6.
u Release the connection of the luffing cylinders: Release and unpin the pin 12.
u Insert the pins 12 in the park position P1 and secure with ball locking pins 13.
4.5 Final tasks

u Turn off the pressure boost: Turn switch 364 to center position.
Result:
u Remove the straps 16 on both sides: See section „Disassembling / assembling straps“.
u Activate the automatic leveling regulation.
u Set the luffing cylinder receptacle 14 down to position Y.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1091
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.111002
copyright by
1092 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Retracting the luffing cylinder with removed telesco-

pic boom
Note
u If the luffing cylinder is to be retracted when the telescopic boom is removed, proceed as follows.
5.1 Retracting the luffing cylinder

u Add the pressure boost: Actuate the switch 364 upward.
Result:
u Actuate the key switch 373 and release retract the telescopic boom.
Result:
– The indicator light in the button 371 lights up.
u Actuate the master switch and retract the luffing cylinder until the pin points align.
Note
u As soon as the seat contact switch is no longer actuated, the „release retract the telescopic boom“
is turned off.
After retracting the luffing cylinder:

u Press the button 371 and turn off „release retract the telescopic boom“.
Result:
– The indicator light in the button 371 turns off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1093
026044-02 5.15 Telescopic boom disassembly / assembly, luffing cylinder on the telescopic boom
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102608
copyright by
1094 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.15 Telescopic boom disassembly / assembly, luffing cylinder on the telescopic boom 026044-02
1 Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly*

1.1 General
The telescopic boom and the luffing cylinder may be removed* to reduce the axle loads of this crane.
1.2 Dimensions, figure 1
1.3 Axle loads
1.3.1 Axle loads without the rear sliding beams, figure 2

The specified axle loads only apply if the rear sliding beams were removed*.
Transport version
with without
Tires 16.00 R25 Telescopic boom
14 x 8 drive rear sliding beams
Eddy current brake Luffing cylinders
Crane superstructure turned Winch 2 and winch 3
180 ° to the rear
Pin removal equipment Counterweight
Axle 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight [t] 7,35 t 7,24 t 7,27 t 7,01 t 7,25 t 7,05 t 7,18 t
Overall weight [t] 50,35 t
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1095
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102609
copyright by
1096 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3.2 Axle loads without the rear outrigger box, figure 3

The specified axle loads only apply if the rear outrigger box is removed*.
Transport version
with without
Tires 16.00 R25 Telescopic boom
14 x 8 drive rear outrigger box
Eddy current brake Luffing cylinders
Pin removal equipment Counterweight
Crane superstructure turned Winch 2 and winch 3
180 ° to the rear
Axle 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight [t] 7,56 t 7,42 t 7,54 t 6,91 t 6,94 t 6,89 t 6,82 t
Overall weight [t] 50,07 t
1.4 Weight, figure 3
Telescopic boom Luffing cylinder, right

and left
Weight [t] 27,6 3,8
Overall weight [t] 31,4
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1097
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195986
copyright by
1098 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Disassembly
Ensure that the following preconditions are met:
– the TY guying and the counterweight are removed
– the crane superstructure is positioned in travel direction to the front
– the telescopic boom is completely telescoped in and placed down
– the hook block is reeved out and the hoisting cable is spooled up
– the telescoping cylinder is pinned in telescoping section 1
2.1 Hanging the telescopic boom onto the auxiliary crane

CAUTION
Danger due to changed center of gravity!
u Weight and center of gravity is valid only for the telescopic boom with luffing cylinders.
u If additional components, such as working floodlights, boom nose and end pulley are installed, the
weight and the center of gravity change.
To ensure that the telescoping boom slopes slightly toward the back, the lashing chain 1 on the 2 front
strands must have a length of 3714 mm.
On the 2 back strands, the lashing chain 1 must have a length of 3582 mm. The 2 back strands must
therefore be shortened by 2 chain links.
u Hang the lashing chain 1 onto the auxiliary crane.
In order to hang the suspension lugs 2 on the telescopic boom, they must be turned until the lugs 3
snap into the holes 4.
u Suspension lugs 2 must be hooked in on all 4 sides.
By tightening the lashing chain 1, the lashing lugs 2 will be locked.
u Tighten the lashing chain 1 with the auxiliary crane.
DANGER
Danger of accidents, as the telescopic boom may fall down!
If the telescopic boom is not hooked properly onto the suspension lugs 2, the telescopic boom may fall
off during the dismantling procedure.
u Only dismantle the telescopic boom after attaching the suspension lugs 2 and tightening the la-
shing chain 1.
u Check if all 4 suspension lugs 2 are properly attached on the telescopic boom.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1099
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195981
copyright by
1100 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Pinning the luffing cylinders via the luffing cylinder suspension on
the telescopic boom
u Unpin the luffing cylinder suspension 7 on both sides of retainer 8: Release and unpin the pin 6.
The luffing cylinder suspension 7 must be tightly tensioned after attaching on the retainer 5 on both
sides.
u Pin the luffing cylinder suspension 7 with the retainer 5 on both sides: Pin and secure pin 6.
2.3 Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable and the tele-
scopic boom
u Release the electrical connection.
Engine must be turned off before connecting and disconnecting hydraulic lines.
u Protect hydraulic connections and electrical connections from contaminants.
2.4 Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable and the luf-
fing cylinders
The supply lines must be separated before unpinning the luffing cylinders.
The supply lines between the turntable and the luffing cylinders are in position B.
u Release the electrical connections.
u Release the connections of the central lubrication system.
u Protect hydraulic connections and electrical connections from contaminants.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1101
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195981
copyright by
1102 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Dismantling the telescopic boom

– the telescopic boom is properly attached on the 4 suspension lugs
– the lashing chain is slightly tightened
– the supply lines are disconnected
– the luffing cylinders are pinned to the telescopic boom via the luffing cylinder suspension 7
CAUTION
u Do not place your fingers between the pin and the bore hole!
u Remove safety springs 1.

u Remove the safety plates 2 on the pin removal equipment 9.
u Start the crane engine.
u Activate the pressure connection for the pin removal equipment: Push the switch 364 up.
Result:
– The control light 363 lights up.
u Unpin the luffing cylinder on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 3.
u Unpin the telescopic boom on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
The hydraulic connections to the pin removal equipment are at position B.
u Release the hydraulic connections to the pin removal equipment 9 on the luffing cylinders.
u Carefully lift the telescopic boom and luffing cylinders from the turntable with the auxiliary crane.
u Place the telescopic boom and luffing cylinders on the transport vehicle.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1103
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195982
copyright by
1104 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.6 Turning the turntable by 180 ° toward the back

DANGER
Danger of accident from overbreaking the crane vehicle!
The brake of the crane vehicle is oversized, if the brake force reduction is not activated on the dis-
mantled telescopic boom.
u Driving with a dismantled telescopic boom is only permitted with the brake force reduction enabled!
The brake force reduction of the crane vehicle is switched on as soon as the turntable no longer faces
forward.
u Turn the turntable by 180 ° to the rear.
Result:
– The brake force reduction is turned on.
u Lock the turntable to the crane vehicle.
2.7 Final tasks

u Switch off pressure increase: Turn switch 364 to center position.
Result:
– The control light 363 extinguishes.

u Activate the automatic level control.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1105
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195983
copyright by
1106 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Assembly
– the axle suspension is locked
– the crane superstructure is positioned in travel direction to the rear
– the crane engine is running
3.1 Turning the turntable by 180 ° to the front

The brake force reduction is switched off as soon as the turntable is pointing forward in driving direc-
tion.
u Unlock the turntable from the crane vehicle.
u Turn the turntable by 180 ° toward the front.
Result:
– The control light 193 does not light up.
– The brake force reduction is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1107
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195984
copyright by
1108 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2 Assembling the telescopic boom

CAUTION
Danger of damaging the pins or bore holes!
If the bore holes and pins are not aligned when pinning, then the bore holes or the pins may be dama-
ged.
u Carefully lower the telescoping boom into the turntable until the bore holes align.
u Carefully lower the telescoping boom into the turntable until the bore holes between the turntable
and telescopic boom align.
u Loosen and remove the safety plates 2 on the pin removal equipment 9.
u Activate the pressure connection for the pin removal equipment: Push the switch 364 up.
Result:
u Pin the telescopic boom on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 4.
u Lower the telescopic boom all the way until the bore holes between the luffing cylinders and the
telescopic boom align.
The hydraulic connections to the pin removal equipment are at position B.
u Establish the hydraulic connections to the pin removal equipment on the luffing cylinders.
Problem remedy
The pins for the pinning between the telescopic boom and the luffing cylinders cannot be inserted?
The bore holes between the telescopic boom and the luffing cylinders are not aligned.
u Retract the luffing cylinder with the master switch 1 until the bore holes align.
u Pin the luffing cylinder on the turntable on both sides: Actuate the manual control lever 3.
The pin removal equipment 9 must be secured after pinning with the safety plates 2 and the safety
springs 1.
u Attach the safety plates 2 on the pin removal equipment 9.
u Secure safety plates 2 with safety springs 1.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1109
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195984
copyright by
1110 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.3 Unpinning the luffing cylinder suspensions on the telescopic boom

CAUTION
Danger of accident if pins are ripped off !
If the luffing cylinder suspension 7 is not unpinned after the assembly of the telescopic boom, then it
can be ripped off during crane operation.
u Unpin the luffing cylinder suspensions 7 on the telescopic boom!
u Unpin the luffing cylinder suspension 7 on both sides of retainer 5: Release and unpin the pin 6.
u Pin the luffing cylinder suspension 7 with the retainer 8 on both sides: Pin and secure pin 6.
3.4 Connecting the supply lines between the turntable and the telesco-
pic boom
3.5 Connecting the supply lines between the turntable and the luffing
cylinders
The supply lines between the turntable and the luffing cylinders are in position B.
u Establish the connections to the central lubrication system.
3.6 Final tasks

u Switch off pressure increase: Turn switch 364 to center position.
Result:
– The control light 363 extinguishes.

u Activate the automatic level control.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1111
027348-00 5.17 Sliding beam disassembly / assembly
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105133
copyright by
1112 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.17 Sliding beam disassembly / assembly 027348-00
1 General
In order to reduce the axle loads for this crane, the sliding beams can be removed. The sliding beams
are removed and reinstalled complete with the support and extension cylinders.
We differentiate between two possibilities:
– Remove / install sliding beams with auxiliary crane
All sliding beams can be removed / installed
– Remove / install sliding beams with own crane
Only the front sliding beams can be removed / installed
1.1 Components
Components
1 Slide section
2 Pins to attach pull rope
3 Hydraulic connection for the support cylinders
4 Plug connection for the sliding beam monitoring system*
5 Eyebolt
6 Hydraulic connection for the extension cylinder
7 Hydraulic extension hoses
8 Pins for attachment of extension cylinder
9 Sliding beam 1
10 Sliding beam 2
11 Extension cylinder
12 Pull rope
13 Pulleys for hoses and cable
1.2 Weights
Component Weight
Rear sliding beams 1920 t
Front sliding beams 1650 t
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1113
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105133
copyright by
1114 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Remove sliding beams with auxiliary crane

– the sliding beams and support cylinders are fully retracted
– the covers of the sliding beam boxes have been removed
– an auxiliary crane is available
2.1 Removing the sliding beams

In order to obtain better movability of the sliding beams, the slide sections 1 must be released.
u Back out the screws of the slide sections 1 by approximately 2 turns.
The pull rope 12 may not be changed after release.
u Loosen the pull rope 12: Release and unpin the pin 2.
u Release the hydraulic connection 3 for the support cylinders.
u Protect hydraulic connection 3 from contamination.
If the crane is equipped with a sliding beam monitoring system*:
u Release the plug connection for the sliding beam monitoring system.
When extending sliding beam 1 9 and sliding beam 2 10, make sure that the attachment of the rope
mechanism is released from the mounting brackets without twisting.
u Fully extend sliding beam 1 9 and sliding beam 2 10.
u Install the eyebolt 5 in sliding beam 2 10 and tighten.
u Attach the auxiliary crane to the eyebolt 5 and slightly tighten the hoist rope.
u Disconnect the hydraulic connection 6.
u Connect hydraulic extension hoses 7 between the hydraulic connection 6 and the extension cylin-
der 11.
u Release the pin connection of the extension cylinder 11: Release and unpin the pin 8.
When retracting the extension cylinders 11, make sure that the hydraulic extension hoses 7 are freely
moveable over the entire retraction length.
u Retract the extension cylinder 11 completely.
u Connect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 to the hydraulic connection 6 and protect them from con-
tamination.
u With the auxiliary crane, slightly lift the sliding beams until they are easily moveable in their guide.
u Move the sliding beams without twisting from the sliding beam box.
u Pin and secure sliding beam 1 9 and sliding beam 2 10 on the pin point B.
u Disconnect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 from the extension cylinder 11 and protect them from
contamination.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1115
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.104989
copyright by
1116 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Removing the sliding beams with own crane*

DANGER
u The removal and installation of the front sliding beams is only permissible with the load chart pro-
grammed just for this purpose!
u The load chart „Crane supported on the rear, front freely on tires“ may only be used for the removal
and installation of the sliding beams!
u Only the front sliding beams may be removed / installed with the own crane!

– the sliding beams and support cylinders are fully retracted
– the TY guying has been removed
– the counterweight has been removed
– the ground is level and of sufficient load carrying capacity
3.1 Preparing the crane
Fig.197683
Result:
– The axles are blocked.
Fig.104988
Result:
– The axle pressure compensation is added.
u Extend the rear sliding beams to the wide support base and pin.
The wheels may not be raised off the ground when supporting the crane.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Extend the rear support cylinders and support the crane to wide support base.
u Set the load chart „Crane supported on rear, front freely on tires“ on the LICCON overload protec-
tion.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1117
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105133
copyright by
1118 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2 Removing the front sliding beams

u Release the plug connection 4 for the support force monitoring system.
Result:
– The LICCON overload protection system issues the error „Participant on bus missing“.
In order to obtain better movability of the sliding beams, the slide sections 1 must be released.
u Back out the screws of the slide sections 1 by approximately 2 turns.
The pull rope 12 may not be changed after release.
u Loosen the pull rope 12: Release and unpin the pin 2.
u Release the hydraulic connection 3 for the support cylinders.
u Protect hydraulic connection 3 from contamination.
u Release the length sensor for the sliding beam monitoring system.
When extending sliding beam 1 9 and sliding beam 2 10, make sure that the attachment of the rope
mechanism is released from the mounting brackets without twisting.
u Fully extend sliding beam 1 9 and sliding beam 2 10.
u Install the eyebolt 5 in sliding beam 2 10 and tighten.
u Attach the crane to the eyebolt 5 and slightly tighten the hoist rope.
u Disconnect the hydraulic connection 6.
u Connect hydraulic extension hoses 7 between the hydraulic connection 6 and the extension cylin-
der 11.
u Release the pin connection of the extension cylinder 11: Release and unpin the pin 8.
When retracting the extension cylinders 11, make sure that the hydraulic extension hoses 7 are freely
moveable over the entire retraction length.
u Retract the extension cylinder 11 completely.
u Connect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 to the hydraulic connection 6 and protect them from con-
tamination.
u With the crane, slightly lift the sliding beams until they are easily moveable in their guide.
u Move the sliding beams without twisting from the sliding beam box.
u Pin and secure sliding beam 1 9 and sliding beam 2 10 on the pin point B.
u Disconnect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 from the extension cylinder 11 and protect them from
contamination.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1119
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.104989
copyright by
1120 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.3 Final tasks

u Place the telescopic boom in the boom receptacle.
u Lock the crane superstructure to the crane chassis.
u Retract and pin the rear support cylinders and rear sliding beams.
Fig.104988
Result:
– The function control on button 142 turns off.
– The axle pressure compensation is turned off.
Fig.197683
Result:
– The function control on button 130 turns off.
– The axle blocking is turned off.
u Level the crane to level for on road travel, see chapter 3.03.
u Start travel operation.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1121
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105133
copyright by
1122 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Installing the sliding beams with the auxiliary crane

– an auxiliary crane is available
4.1 Installing the sliding beams

u Attach the sliding beams to the auxiliary crane and lift them from the transport vehicle.
u Connect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 to the extension cylinder 11 and guide the free ends
through the sliding beam box.
Guide the hydraulic extension hoses 7 into the sliding beam box when pushing the sliding beams in.
This will prevent the hydraulic extension hoses 7 from getting jammed in the sliding beam box.
u Push the sliding beams into the sliding beam box as far as possible.
u Connect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 to the hydraulic connection 6.
u Release and unpin the sliding beams on the pin point B.
u Extend the extension cylinder 11 so far until it can be pinned with the sliding beam box.
u Pin the extension cylinder 11 to the sliding beam box: Pin and secure the pin 8.
u Disconnect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 on the extension cylinder 11 and on the hydraulic con-
nection 6.
u Connect the hydraulic connection 6 to the hydraulic system on the extension cylinder 11.
CAUTION
Risk of damaging the sliding beam box!
If the eyebolt 5 is not removed before retracting the sliding beams, then the sliding beam box can be
damaged.
u Remove the eyebolt 5 before retracting the sliding beams!
u Unscrew and remove the eyebolt 5.

When retracting the sliding beams, make sure that the mounting of the rope mechanism engages into
the mounting brackets without twisting.
u Retract the sliding beams.
u Pin the pull rope 12 to the sliding beam box: Pin and secure the pin 2.
u Establish the plug connection for the sliding beam monitoring system.
u Establish the hydraulic connection 3 for the support cylinders.
u Adjust the slide sections 1 to the previous dimension (prior to removal).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1123
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.104989
copyright by
1124 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Installing the sliding beams with own crane*

DANGER
u The removal and installation of the front sliding beams is only permissible with the load chart pro-
grammed just for this purpose!
u The load chart „Crane supported on the rear, front freely on tires“ may only be used for the removal
and installation of the sliding beams!
u Only the front sliding beams may be removed / installed with the own crane!

– the front sliding beams have been removed
– the TY guying has been removed
– the counterweight has been removed
– the ground is level and of sufficient load carrying capacity
Fig.197683
Result:
– The axles are blocked.
Fig.104988
Result:
– The axle pressure compensation is added.
u Extend the rear sliding beams to the wide support base and pin.
The wheels may not be raised off the ground when supporting the crane.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Extend the rear support cylinders and support the crane to wide support base.
u Set the load chart „Crane supported on rear, front freely on tires“ on the LICCON overload protec-
tion.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1125
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105133
copyright by
1126 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.2 Installing the front sliding beams

u Attach the sliding beams to the crane and lift them from the transport vehicle.
u Connect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 to the extension cylinder 11 and guide the free ends
through the sliding beam box.
Guide the hydraulic extension hoses 7 into the sliding beam box when pushing the sliding beams in.
This will prevent the hydraulic extension hoses 7 from getting jammed in the sliding beam box.
u Push the sliding beams into the sliding beam box as far as possible.
u Connect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 to the hydraulic connection 6.
u Release and unpin the sliding beams on the pin point B.
u Extend the extension cylinder 11 so far until it can be pinned with the sliding beam box.
u Pin the extension cylinder 11 to the sliding beam box: Pin and secure the pin 8.
u Disconnect the hydraulic extension hoses 7 on the extension cylinder 11 and on the hydraulic con-
nection 6.
u Connect the hydraulic connection 6 to the hydraulic system on the extension cylinder 11.
u Remove the crane.
NOTICE
Risk of damaging the sliding beam box!
If the eyebolt 5 is not removed before retracting the sliding beams, then the sliding beam box can be
damaged.
u Remove the eyebolt 5 before retracting the sliding beams!
u Unscrew and remove the eyebolt 5.

When retracting the sliding beams, make sure that the mounting of the rope mechanism engages into
the mounting brackets without twisting. The cables and hoses for the support cylinders must be laying
in the pulleys 13.
u Retract the sliding beams.
u Pin the pull rope 12 to the sliding beam box: Pin and secure the pin 2.
u Install the length sensor for the sliding beam monitoring system.
u Establish the hydraulic connection 3 for the support cylinders.
u Establish the plug connection 4 for the support force monitoring system.
Result:
– The error message „Participant on bus is missing“ is no longer shown on the LICCON overload
protection.
u Adjust the slide sections 1 to the previous dimension (prior to removal).

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1127
026205-02 5.18 Sliding beam box Disassembly / assembly
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197689
copyright by
1128 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.18 Sliding beam box Disassembly / assembly 026205-02
1 Sliding beam box disassembly/assembly*

1.1 General
To reduce the axle loads, on machines with removable sliding beam box*, the rear sliding beam box
can be removed completely with supports and sliding beams.
The rear sliding beam box can be disassembled with the crane itself (boom position to the rear) or with
an auxiliary crane (boom to the front).
DANGER
Danger of accidents due to toppling of the crane!
If the sequence for the disassembly or assembly, as described below, is not observed, the crane can
topple over.
u Observe the following disassembly and assembly sequence!
1.2 Weights
Position Description Abbreviation Weight [kg] Weight [lbs]

10 Load hook – 700 kg 1540 lbs
11 Fastening accessories – 200 kg 440 lbs
12 Sliding beam SH 1910 kg 4210 lbs
13 Sliding beam box SHK 2630 kg 5800 lbs
13 + 12 Sliding beam box + 2 SHK + 2 x SH 6450 kg 14220 lbs
sliding beams
Overall 7350 kg 16200 lbs
1.3 Air pressure in crane tires

The required air pressure in the crane tires must be available.
Tires Air pressure

16.00 R-25 10 bar
20.5 R-25 8 bar
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1129
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102565
copyright by
1130 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Disassembling the sliding beam box

– counterweight and winch frame are disassembled
– all attachments on the crane are disassembled
– on the telescopic boom, a load hook with a self-weight of maximum 700 kg is reeved
– the mobile crane is aligned flush with the dolly
– the mobile crane is on level ground with sufficient load carrying capacity
– the required tires 16.00 R-25 or 20.5 R-25 are available
– the crane tires are inflated to the required tire pressure
– the telescopic boom is fully telescoped in and placed on the boom receptacle
2.1 Turning the crane superstructure to the rear, figures 1 and 2
Fig.197683
Result:
– The function indicator on button 130 lights up.
– The axles are locked.
DANGER
If axle pressure compensation is added, the crane can topple over!
u The addition of the axle pressure compensation is prohibited!
u Supporting the crane: See chapter 3.05.
Note
u All sliding beams must be extended to reduced support base and secured with retaining pins.
u The support cylinders must be extended to the point where the wheels are no longer in contact with
the ground. The wheels may not lift off the ground more than max. 10 mm.
u Select the load chart for reduced support base, 360° and 0 t counterweight.
DANGER
u The telescopic boom must be fully telescoped in before luffing it up!
u Raise the telescopic boom.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
DANGER
u Before turning the crane superstructure to the rear, it must be ensured that the crane vehicle is
supported and the axle suspension is locked!
u Turn the crane superstructure to the rear.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1131
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197681
copyright by
1132 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Disassembling the sliding beam box, figure 3 and 4

u Luff the telescopic boom to an angle of 73°.
u Retract the rear support cylinders and sliding beams.
u Plug in the control panel 5.
u Release the retaining pins 1 and unpin at both sides.
u With the control panel 5, unpin the pins of the sliding beam box: Unpin the pins 2 on both sides.
The electrical connections are installed on the right hand side of the crane vehicle.
u Release the electrical connections.
The hydraulic and pneumatic connections are underneath the crane vehicle.
u Release the hydraulic and pneumatic connections.
DANGER
If the crane is operated with the incorrect load chart, the crane can topple over.
u Crane operation with disassembled sliding beam box („Crane with reduced support on the front,
rear free on tires“) is only permitted with the load chart separately programmed for this operation!
u Set the load chart „Crane with reduced support on the front, rear free on tires“ on the LICCON com-
puter system.
u Attach (hang) the sliding beam box on the fastening points.
u Lift the sliding beam box and place it over the ground until the support legs 3 can be extended.
u Unpin the support legs 3: Release and unpin the pin 4.
The support legs 3 must be extended until they are on the same level as the support pads.
u Extend the support legs 3.
u Pin the support legs 3: Pin and secure pin 4.
u Bring the support pads 6 on both sides into operating position: see chapter 3.05.
u Move the flatbed trailer closeby.
u Luff the telescopic boom to 69° .
DANGER
Danger of tipping over with disassembled sliding beam box when placing on flatbed trailer!
u Both support legs 3 must be extended and secured with pins 4!
u The support pads 6 must be in operating position!
u Set the sliding beam box on the flatbed trailer and secure.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1133
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102629
copyright by
1134 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Moving the crane vehicle to the dolly, figure 5

u Keep the telescopic boom angle at 69°.
u Retract the support cylinders until the support pads are approx. 50 mm above the ground. The sli-
ding beams remain extended.
u Slowly (0 km/hr to 2 km/hr) drive back with the crane until an axle distance of 5230 mm is obtained
between crane and dolly.
u Supporting the crane: Extend the support cylinders until the front wheels are no longer in contact
with the ground. The front wheels may not lift off the ground more than max. 10 mm.
u Level the crane vehicle transverse to the vehicle length axle: see chapter 3.03.
DANGER
u The telescopic boom must be fully telescoped in before luffing it down!
u Lower the telescopic boom.
2.4 Placing the telescopic boom on the dolly, figure 6 and 7

u Remove the load hook.
u Place the telescopic boom on the dolly and secure: see chapter 6.06.
On the 4-axle dolly:
u Release the tilt safety retainer 1 for the dolly tower.
u Unlock the crane superstructure from the crane chassis.
u Establish the supply lines for the dolly.
u Release the parking brake on the dolly.
u Retract the support cylinders and sliding beams: see chapter 3.05.
u Telescope the telescopic boom out as required for dolly operation.
u Secure the telescopic boom with the hoisting cable on the dolly.
u Release the luffing cylinder and the slewing gear: see chapter 6.06.
Fig.197683
Result:
– The function indicator on button 130 does not light up.
– The axle locking is turned off.
u Set the crane vehicle to level position for on road travel: see chapter 3.03.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1135
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197874
copyright by
1136 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Turning crane superstructure (360°) without rear

support
3.1 Table for turning without rear support
Weight of the hook Telescopic boom an- Boom projection ra-

block gle dius
0.0 t 75,4° 3.2 m
0.6 t 75,9° 3.1 m
0.7 t 76,0° 3.1 m
1.4 t 76,5° 2.9 m
1.8 t 76,8° 2.9 m
2.3 t 77,1° 2.8 m
2.6 t 77,3° 2.7 m
2.7 t 77,4° 2.7 m
3.3 t 77,7° 2.6 m
3.5 t 77,8° 2.6 m
3.7 t 77,9° 2.6 m
3.2 Turning crane superstructure without rear support (360°)

The following preconditions must be adhered to when turning without rear support:
– the crane is supported at the front on a reduced support base ( 6.23 m)
– the crane is standing freely at the back on the tires
– the axles are locked
– the telescoping boom is completely telescoped in, T-15.4 (0/0/0/0)
DANGER
DANGER
The turning of the crane superstructure is not being monitored by the LICCON overload protection. If
the hook block weight, the telescopic boom angle and the boom projection radius are not adhered to,
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
the crane can topple.

u Adhere to the hook block weight, the telescopic boom angle and the boom projection radius as
specified in the table!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1137
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197874
copyright by
1138 LTM 1400-7-1-007
DANGER
u Raise the telescopic boom at least to the telescopic boom angle specified in the table.
u Turn the crane superstructure slowly and carefully.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1139
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102567
copyright by
1140 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Assembling the sliding beam box

– all attachments on the crane are disassembled
– the mobile crane is aligned flush with the dolly
– the mobile crane is on level ground with sufficient load carrying capacity
– the required tires 16.00 R-25 or 20.5 R-25 are available
– the crane tires are inflated to the required tire pressure
– the telescopic boom has been set down on the dolly
4.1 Removing the telescopic boom on the dolly
Fig.197683
Result:
– The function indicator on button 130 lights up.
– The axles are locked.
DANGER
u Supporting the crane: See chapter 3.05.
Note
u The front sliding beams must be extended to reduced support base and secured with retaining
pins.
the ground. The wheels may not lift off the ground more than max. 10 mm.
u Cancel the slewing gear and luffing cylinder release: see chapter 6.06.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1141
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102568
copyright by
1142 LTM 1400-7-1-007
DANGER
If the crane is operated with the incorrect load chart, the crane can topple over.
u Crane operation with disassembled sliding beam box („Crane with reduced support on the front,
rear free on tires“) is only permitted with the load chart separately programmed for this operation!
u Set the load chart „Crane with reduced support on the front, rear free on types“ on the LICCON
computer system.
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u A heavier hook block than 700 kg may only be reeved after assembly of the sliding beam box and
with fully supported crane!
u Install a load hook of maximum 700 kg.

u Apply the parking brake on the dolly.
On the 4-axle dolly:
u Secure the dolly tower with the tilt dafety retainer 1 to prevent it from toppling over.
u Release the dolly connections. see chapter 6.06.
4.2 Moving the crane vehicle away from the dolly

DANGER
u Raise the telescopic boom to at least 69° .

u Retract the support cylinders until the support pads are approx. 50 mm above the ground. The sli-
ding beams remain extended.
u Slowly (0 km/hr to 2 km/hr) move the crane forward until the flatbed trailer with the sliding beam
box fits between the crane and the dolly.
u Supporting the crane: Extend the support cylinders until the front wheels are no longer in contact
with the ground. The front wheels may not lift off the ground more than max. 10 mm.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1143
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197687
copyright by
1144 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.3 Assembling the sliding beam box

u Move the flatbed trailer with the sliding beam box close to the vehicle.
u Attach (hang) the sliding beam box on the fastening points.
u Lift the sliding beam box and place it over the ground until the support legs 3 can be retracted.
u Unpin the support legs 3: Release and unpin the pin 4.
u Push in the support legs 3.
u Pin the support legs 3: Pin and secure pin 4.
u Hang the sliding beam box in the pin points on the crane chassis.
The hydraulic and pneumatic connections are underneath the crane vehicle.
u Establish the hydraulic and pneumatic connections.
The electrical connections are installed on the right hand side of the crane vehicle.
u Plug in the control panel 5.
u With the control panel 5, pin the sliding beam box: Pin the pins 2 on both sides.
u Pin the retaining pins 1 on both sides and secure.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1145
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197688
copyright by
1146 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.4 Turning the crane superstructure to the front

u Support the crane on reduced support base: See chapter 3.05.
Note
u All sliding beams must be extended to reduced support base and secured with retaining pins.
the ground.
u Select the load chart for reduced support base, 360° and 0 t counterweight.
u Unlock the crane superstructure from the crane chassis.
DANGER
u Before turning the crane superstructure to the front, it must be ensured that the crane vehicle is
supported and the axle suspension is locked!
u Turn the crane superstructure to the front.

u Place the telescopic boom in the boom receptacle.
u Retract the support cylinders and sliding beams: see chapter 3.05.
Fig.197683
Result:
– The function indicator on button 130 does not light up.
– The axle locking is turned off.
u Set the crane vehicle to level position for on road travel: see chapter 3.03.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1147
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1148 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
1 Procedure in case of slack rope

1.1 Lowering the hook block if slack rope forms
If the hook block can no longer be lowered due to slack rope formation, then the following steps must
be carried out.
1.1.1 Spooling op loose hoist rope

u Spool up loose hoist rope between the boom head and the wind carefully onto the winch.
Note
u A slight rope slack must remain between the boom head and the winch!
1.1.2 Luffing the boom down
NOTICE
When luffing the boom down, the hoist rope length can shorten and pull the hook block against the
boom head.
u Monitor the distance of the hook block to the boom head!
u Luff the boom down carefully.

Result:
– The hoist rope between the boom head and the winch is tensioned.
1.1.3 Lowering the hook block

u Lower the hook block carefully with the hoist gear.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1149
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108122
copyright by
1150 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
2 Hook block overview

2.1 Handling of hook blocks
Note
u For the load hooks and hook blocks approved for this crane type refer to the separate load chart
manual!
u The hook blocks shown in this chapter are only examples and can differ from your hook block in
type and number of rope pulleys. The different assembly and disassembly procedures are there-
fore only an example of the description for a number of different hook blocks!
DANGER
Hook block weights!
If the data in the erection and take down charts as well as the load charts are not observed, danger-
ous situations up to toppling of the crane can occur!
Personnel can be severely injured or killed, in addition, high property damage can result!
u Observe the data in the erection and take down charts!
u The specifications in the load charts must be adhered to!
u The crane operator bears the sole and full responsibility for the adherence to the data in the erec-
tion and take down charts as well as the load charts!
Differently sized hook blocks can be used for various loads.
NOTICE
Rope damage due to insufficient hook block weight!
If the hook block weight is too low to tighten the hoist rope sufficiently, spooling problems may occur
on the winches when lowering and lifting the hook block due to slack rope formation!
The hoist rope can be damaged!
u In order to prevent spooling problems on the winches, the hook block weight may be increased with
auxiliary weights, if necessary!
u If problems develop in the assembly and set up conditions due to the weight increase of the hook
block, auxiliary weights must be removed again!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1151
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108123
copyright by
1152 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
3 Installing a double hook block for single operation

3.1 Installing the hook block
If the hook blocks are to be used in single operation, then the pulley block 4 must be installed centered
on the cross brace 8.
3.1.1 Installing the pulley block on cross brace

– The ground is sufficiently load bearing to take on the weight of the hook block safely.
– The ground is level and horizontal.
– The cross brace 8 is placed on the ground, see illustration 1.
DANGER
Risk of tipping the pulley block!
If the retaining pins 7, during assembly of the pulley block 4 are not pinned on the cross brace, then
the pulley block tips to the side when the auxiliary crane is removed!
Personnel remaining in the danger zone can be severely injured or killed!
u Insert the retaining pins 7 into the bores U on the hook block!
u Make sure before removing the auxiliary crane that the pulley block is properly pinned and secured!
u Attach the pulley block 4 onto the auxiliary crane, illustration 1.

u Position pulley block 4 on the cross brace 8 and align the pin bore V.
u Insert the pin 5 on point V and secure with spring retainer 6.
u Unpin the retaining pin 7 from the transport receptacle (point X).
u Insert the retaining pins 7 into one of the bores (point U) on the cross brace 8, illustration 1.
When the pulley block 4 is secured by the retaining pins 7 at point U:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1153
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108141
copyright by
1154 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
3.1.2 Installing the auxiliary weights
Note
u The own weight for each auxiliary weight is marked on the auxiliary weight!
WARNING
Toppling of hook block!
If the auxiliary weights are installed one-sided, the hook block can topple over!
u The auxiliary weights may only be installed individually and alternating left and right on the pulley
block!
u When the required auxiliary weight is installed on the pulley block, the difference between the left
and right side may never be more than one auxiliary weight!
u Asymmetrical installation of auxiliary weights is prohibited!
u Do not exceed the maximum permissible own weight of the hook block! The maximum permissible
own weight is engraved on ballastable hook blocks. See „Engraving WT max.“.

– The hook block is placed on the ground.
– The pulley block 4 is properly installed and secured.
– The retaining pin 7 is pinned and secured at point U.
WARNING
Falling auxiliary weights!
If the auxiliary weights are not properly installed on the pulley block, then they can fall down during
installation or in crane operation!
u Standing under a suspended auxiliary weight is prohibited!
u Make sure that the auxiliary weights are properly installed and secured!
u Crane operation with insufficiently secured auxiliary weights is prohibited!
u Attach the auxiliary weight 10 on the ring screw 14 on the auxiliary crane, illustration 5.
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
When swinging the auxiliary weights to the pulley block, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
Fingers, hands and arms can be crushed or severed!
u It is prohibited for anyone to remain between the pulley block and the auxiliary weight!
u Swing auxiliary weights in to the pulley block with utmost caution and at the least possible speed!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1155
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108141
copyright by
1156 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
u Align the auxiliary weight 10 on the pulley block 4.

u Move the centering pin 10.1 of the auxiliary weight into the centering bores Z on the pulley block 4,
illustration 6.
WARNING
If all mounting brackets 11 are removed simultaneously on an unsecured auxiliary weight, then the au-
xiliary weight can fall down!
u Never remove all mounting brackets 11 of an unsecured auxiliary weight at the same time!
u Always install or remove the mounting brackets 11 alternately!
u Install the mounting brackets 11 on the side and connect the pulley block 4 with the auxiliary
weight 10, illustration 7.
u Secure the mounting brackets 11 with screws 12 and lock nuts 13, illustration 7.
Note
u Additional auxiliary weights must be connected with the mounting brackets 11!
WARNING
The auxiliary weights can fall down by removing the auxiliary crane!
u Remove the auxiliary crane only when it is ensured that the auxiliary weight 10 is properly secured
with the mounting brackets 11!
When the respective auxiliary weight is properly installed and secured:

3.1.3 Preparing the hook block for crane operation
Note
u The reeving of the hook blocks is described in chapter 4.06 of the Crane operating instructions!
u Observe the „permissible hook block weights“ in the erection and take down charts!
u Reeve the hoist rope according to the instructions in chapter 4.06 of the Crane operating instructi-
ons and the reeving plans!
NOTICE
Retaining pins 7 pinned when lifting the load!
If the retaining pin 7 is not unpinned before crane operation, then the retaining pin 7 may be shorn off
when lifting the load!
u Unpin the retaining pin 7 from the hook block before crane operation!
When the hook block is properly reeved and has been lifted off the ground:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Unpin the retaining pin 7 and pin and secure into the transport receptacle (point X), illustration 8.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1157
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108142
copyright by
1158 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
3.2 Removing the hook block
3.2.1 Preparing the hook block for removal
Note
u The unreeving of the hook blocks is described in chapter 4.06 of the Crane operating instructions!
NOTICE
Retaining pin 7 unpinned when setting down the hook block!
If the retaining pin 7 - before setting the hook block on the ground - is not pinned, then the pulley block
tips away to the side when it is set down!
u Insert and secure the retaining pin 7, before setting the hook block on the ground, at point U!

– The ground is sufficiently load bearing to take on the weight of the hook block and the auxiliary
weights safely.
u Lower the hook block completely to the ground.
When the hook block was placed down on the ground properly:
u Unreeve the hoist rope according to chapter 4.06 of the Crane operating instructions!
3.2.2 Removing the auxiliary weights
Note
WARNING
If the auxiliary weights are removed one-sided, the hook block can topple over!
u The auxiliary weights may only be removed individually and alternating left and right on the pulley
block!
u The difference between the left and the right side at removal of the auxiliary weights may never be
more than one auxiliary weight!
u Asymmetrical removal of auxiliary weights is prohibited!

– The retaining pin 7 is pinned and secured at point U.
WARNING
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley block are not properly removed, then they can fall down at remo-
val!
u Attach the auxiliary weight 10 on the ring screw 14 on the auxiliary crane.
u Tension the fastening equipment carefully.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1159
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108142
copyright by
1160 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
WARNING
Oscillating auxiliary weights!
During the removal of the auxiliary weights, the auxiliary weights can start to swing back and forth!
u Make sure that the auxiliary weight which is being removed is properly attached on the auxiliary
crane before releasing the mounting brackets!
u Angular pull is prohibited!
When the fastening equipment is tensioned on the auxiliary weight:

u Release the screw connection on the mounting brackets of the outermost auxiliary weight and re-
move the screws.
WARNING
u Pull the mounting brackets 11 off to the side.
WARNING
If additional auxiliary weights which are being removed are released, then these auxiliary weights can
fall down!
u Make sure, before removing the outermost auxiliary weight, that the other auxiliary weights are se-
cured with the mounting brackets!
If additional mounting brackets must be removed to release the outermost auxiliary weight:
u Reinstall the mounting brackets again immediately, so that only the auxiliary weight which is being
removed is released.
u Lift the auxiliary weight with the auxiliary crane from the pulley block.
u Place the auxiliary weight onto the ground.
u Remove additional auxiliary weights as described above.
3.2.3 Removing the pulley block on cross brace

– The auxiliary weights have been removed.
u Attach the pulley block 4 on the auxiliary crane.
u Unpin the retaining pin 7 at point U and pin into the transport receptacle on the cross brace,
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
point X, illustration 12.

u Swing the pulley block 4 out with auxiliary crane.
u Place the pulley block 4 on the ground, illustration 14.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1161
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108121
copyright by
1162 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
4 Installing a double hook block for parallel operation

4.1 Installing the hook block
If the hook blocks are to be used in parallel operation, then the pulley blocks 4 must be installed on the
left and right on the cross brace 8.
4.1.1 Installing the pulley blocks on the cross brace

– The ground is sufficiently load bearing to take on the weight of the hook block safely.
– The cross brace 8 is placed on the ground, see illustration 1.
DANGER
Risk of tipping the pulley blocks!
If the retaining pins 7, during assembly of the pulley blocks 4 are not pinned on the cross brace, then
the pulley blocks tip to the side when the auxiliary crane is removed!
u Make sure before removing the auxiliary crane that the pulley blocks are properly pinned and secu-
red!
Note
u The installation of two pulley blocks 4 is identical and is described on the example of one pulley
block!
u Attach the pulley block 4 onto the auxiliary crane, illustration 1.

u Position pulley block 4 on the cross brace 8 and align the pin bore V.
u Insert the pin 5 on point V and secure with spring retainer 6.
u Unpin the retaining pin 7 from the transport receptacle (point X).
u Insert the retaining pins 7 into the bores (point U) on the cross brace 8, illustration 1.
When the pulley block 4 is secured by the retaining pins 7 at point U:
u Remove the auxiliary crane, illustration 2.
u Install the second pulley block.
4.1.2 Installing the block connector

– The two pulley blocks 4 are installed and secured on the cross brace 8.
Both pulley blocks 4 are pinned with the block connector 1.
u Attach the block connector 1 on the auxiliary crane.
u Position the block connector 1 with auxiliary crane in pin position, illustration 3.
u Insert the pins 15 on both sides on the pulley blocks 4 and secure with linch pin 16, illustration 3.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
When the block connector 1 is pinned and secured properly:

copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1163
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108120
copyright by
1164 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
Note
WARNING
u The auxiliary weights may only be placed individually and alternating left and right on the pulley
blocks of the hook block!
u When the required auxiliary weight is installed on the pulley blocks, the difference between the left

– The pulley blocks 4are properly installed and secured.
– The retaining pins 7 are pinned in and secured at point U.
– The block connector 1 is properly installed and secured.
WARNING
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley blocks are not properly installed, then they can fall down during
installation or during crane operation!
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
When swinging the auxiliary weights to the pulley block, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
u It is prohibited for anyone to remain between the pulley blocks and the auxiliary weight!
u Swing auxiliary weights in to the pulley block with utmost caution and at the least possible speed!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1165
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108120
copyright by
1166 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
u Align the auxiliary weight 10 on the pulley block 4.

u Move the centering pin 10.1 of the auxiliary weight into the centering bores Z on the pulley block 4,
illustration 7.
WARNING
u Install the mounting brackets 11 on the side and connect the pulley block 4 with the auxiliary
Note
WARNING
The auxiliary weights can fall down to the side when the auxiliary crane is removed!

Note
NOTICE
Retaining pins 7 pinned when lifting the load!
If the retaining pins 7 are not unpinned before the crane operation, then the retaining pins 7 may be
shorn off when lifting the load!
u Unpin the retaining pin 7 from the hook block before crane operation!
When the hook block is properly reeved and has been lifted off the ground:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Unpin the retaining pin 7 and pin and secure into the transport receptacle (point X), illustration 9.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1167
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108143
copyright by
1168 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
4.2 Removing the hook block
Note
NOTICE
Retaining pin 7 unpinned when setting down the hook block!
If the retaining pin 7 - before setting the hook block on the ground - is not pinned, then the pulley
blocks tip away to the side when the hoist rope is unreeved!
u Before setting the hook block on the ground, insert and secure the retaining pins 7 on both pulley
blocks at point U!

weights safely.
u Unreeve the hoist rope(s) according to chapter 4.06 of the Crane operating instructions!
Note
WARNING
u The auxiliary weights may only be removed individually and alternating left and right on the pulley
blocks of the hook block!

– The retaining pins 7 are pinned and secured on both sides at point U.
– The block connector 1 has been removed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1169
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108143
copyright by
1170 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
WARNING
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley blocks are not properly removed, then they can fall down at remo-
val!
WARNING

move the screws.
WARNING
WARNING
fall down!
cured with the mounting brackets 11!
If additional mounting brackets 11 must be removed to release the outermost auxiliary weight:
u Reinstall the mounting brackets again immediately, so that only the auxiliary weight which is being
removed is released.
u Lift the auxiliary weight with the auxiliary crane from the pulley block.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1171
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108143
copyright by
1172 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
4.2.3 Removing the block connector

u Attach the block connector 1 on the auxiliary crane.
DANGER
Risk of tipping the pulley blocks!
If the retaining pins 7, during removal of the block connector 1 are not pinned on the pulley blocks,
then the pulley blocks tip to the side when the block connector is removed!
u Make sure before removing the block connector that the pulley blocks are properly pinned and se-
cured!
u Release and unpin the pins 15 on both sides on the pulley blocks 4.
u Remove the block connector 1 on the auxiliary crane.
u Place the block connector 1 onto the ground.
4.2.4 Removing the pulley blocks on the cross brace
Note
u The removal of two pulley blocks is identical and is described on the example of one pulley block!

– The auxiliary weights have been removed.
– The block connector has been removed.
u Attach the pulley block 4 on the auxiliary crane.
u Unpin the retaining pin 7 at point U and pin into the transport receptacle on the cross brace,
point X, illustration 13.
u Swing the pulley block 4 out with auxiliary crane.
u Place the pulley block 4 on the ground.
u Remove the second pulley block.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1173
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108146
copyright by
1174 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
5 Single hook blocks

5.1 Installing the single blocks
Note
WARNING
u The auxiliary weights may only be installed individually and alternately on the left and right on the
hook block!
u When the required auxiliary weight is installed on the hook block, the difference between the left

WARNING
If the auxiliary weights are not properly installed on the hook block, then they can fall down during in-
stallation or in crane operation!
WARNING
Danger of crushing!
When swinging the auxiliary weights to the hook block, personnel can be severely injured or killed!
u It is prohibited for anyone to remain between the hook block and the auxiliary weight!
u Swing auxiliary weights in to the hook block with utmost caution and at the least possible speed!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1175
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108146
copyright by
1176 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
u Align the auxiliary weight 10 on the hook block.

u Move the centering pin 10.1 of the auxiliary weight into the centering bores Z on the hook block.
WARNING
u Install the mounting brackets 11 on the side and connect the hook block with the auxiliary
Note
WARNING
The auxiliary weights can fall down by removing the auxiliary crane!

Note
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1177
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108146
copyright by
1178 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
5.2 Removing the single blocks
Note

weights safely.
u Unreeve the hoist rope according to chapter 4.06 of the Crane operating instructions!
Note
WARNING
u The auxiliary weights may only be removed individually and alternately on the left and right on the
hook block!
WARNING
If the auxiliary weights on the pulley block are not properly removed, then they can fall down at remo-
val!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1179
027929-04 5.19 Hook blocks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108146
copyright by
1180 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.19 Hook blocks 027929-04
WARNING

move the screws.
WARNING
WARNING
fall down!
cured with the mounting brackets!
If additional mounting brackets must be removed to release the outermost auxiliary weight:
u Reinstall the mounting brackets 11 again immediately, so that only the auxiliary weight which is
being removed is released.
u Lift the auxiliary weight with the auxiliary crane from the hook block.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1181
025804-01 5.21 Boom nose N head piece
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195447
copyright by
1182 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.21 Boom nose N head piece 025804-01
1 Boom nose N-end section

1.1 General
The crane operation with boom nose 1 is designed for quick lifts: The hook block can hereby remain
reeved to the N-end section.
Operating mode TN (luffing lattice jib) with boom nose 1 (illustration 1)
Operating mode TF (fixed lattice jib) with boom nose 1 (illustration 2)
Note
u No special load charts have been programmed for boom nose operation. The respective pro-
grammed load charts apply. The loads reduce by the weight of the boom nose 1 (approx. 550 kg),
the lifting equipment and the fastening equipment in use.
DANGER
Danger of accident due to overloading the crane!
If the limit of the maximum permissible load of 49t is exceeded at the boom nose 1 in boom nose
operation, then the crane can be overloaded or topple over.
u Obtain accurate information about the weight of the load to be lifted.
u For safety reasons, make sure to adhere to the limit of the maximum load on the boom nose 1.
u Exceeding the maximum load of 49t on the boom nose 1 is explicitly prohibited.
Note
u The loads that are displayed in the LMB are greater than the actual loads on the hook during boom
nose operation. The reason for this is that the geometry and own weight of the boom nose 1 can-
not be taken into consideration in the LMB.
DANGER
Danger of accident due to toppling or destruction of the crane!
A hoist limit switch which is not connected or not functioning (-S961) in boom nose operation can
cause the crane to topple or cause the crane to be damaged.
u Connect the hoist limit switch (-S961) properly before operating the boom nose 1.
u Check the function of the hoist limit switch before operating the boom nose 1.
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u Only restricted boom nose operation is possible in TN and TYSN operating modes. The utilization
according to the LMB display (dynamic utilization bar display, see chapter 4.02 „LICCON computer
system“) may be max. 90 %.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1183
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122113
copyright by
1184 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Assembly of the boom nose on the N-end section

The boom nose 1 must be installed with the aid of an auxiliary crane on the N-end section 7.
Component overview:
Pos. Description
1 Boom nose
2 Fastening eyehook
3 Pin
4 Spring retainer
5 Pin
6 Retaining ring
7 N-end section
8 Placement
9 Placement N-head
10 Track roller
1.2.1 Assembly
– The N-end section is positioned above the ground.
1.2.2 Procedure
u Attach the fastening equipment of the auxiliary crane on the fastening eyehooks 2 of the boom
nose 1.
u Lift the boom nose 1 with the auxiliary crane and swing it to the N-end section 7 (illustration 1).
CAUTION
Danger of crushing!
Limbs may be crushed due to the oscillation of the boom nose 1 when fastening the boom nose 1 on
the N-end section 7.
u During the installation of the boom nose 1 it is prohibited to remain between or under the lattice
sections.
u Pin the boom nose 1 on the N-end section 7. Use pin 3 and spring retainer 4 (illustration 2).
u Lower the boom nose 1 until it is placed on the N-end section.
u Remove the fastening equipment.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1185
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195449
copyright by
1186 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Electrical connections
1.3.1 Establishing the electrical connections

The hoist limit switch -S960, the airplane warning light * and the wind sensor* remain attached on the
N-end section. The hoist limit switch -S961 must be connected to the terminal box -S419 for boom
nose operation.
1.3.2 Establishing the electrical connection of the boom nose on the TN-, TYSN-
boom
The electrical connections of the „luffing lattice jib“ are described in chapter 5.04 „Luffing lattice jib-
TN“.
u Plug the cable WL931N in the socket -X931N on the connector box -S419 and in the socket -
X932N on the hoist limit switch -S961, (illustration 1).
1.3.3 Establishing the electrical connection of the boom nose on the TF-, TYSF-
boom
The electrical connections of the „fixed lattice jib“ are described in chapter 5.03.
u Plug the cable WL931N in the socket -X931N on the connector box -S419 and in the socket -
X932N on the hoist limit switch -S961, (illustration 2).

The function check must be performed before operating the crane or before the crane operator carries
out a load lift.
The following checks must be performed.
u Check the plug connections of the hoist limit switch, wind sensor* and airplane warning light* for
proper connection.
u Check the function of the wind sensor* on the LICCON monitor.
u Check the function of the airplane warning light*.
Check the hoist limit switches for easy movement. The following steps are required to perform these
checks.
u Check that the „hoist top“ icon is displayed on LICCON monitor for main boom or boom nose.
u Check that the hoist winch turns off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1187
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195447
copyright by
1188 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.4 Hoist rope reeving

The hoist rope reeving for boom nose operation* in TN, TYSN, TF and TYSF operating modes is
shown in chapter 4.06 „Hoist rope reeving“.

Erection or take down the boom combinations is described in detail in:
chapter 5.03 „Fixed lattice jib-TF“
and
chapter 5.04 „Luffing lattice jib-TN“.
1.6 Crane operation

During single-hook operation via the boom nose 1 it is required, that the hoist limit switch -S960 of the
N-end section 7 remains connected on the LICCON system bus. However the hoist limit switch -S960
must be switched to „inactive“. This is done with the hook closure on the N-end section 7.
1.7 Disassembly of the boom nose on the N-end section

NOTICE
Property damage!
Before placing the N-end section down:
u Remove the auxiliary jib.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1189
025762-00 5.27 Erection and take-down charts
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195218
copyright by
1190 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5.27 Erection and take-down charts 025762-00
1 General
The hook block weight is the weight that is required to lift the maximum load using the respective
boom combination.
DANGER
Risk of accident if crane is overloaded or topples over.
u Do not reeve a larger hook block that the one that is required to lift the maximum load specified in
the load chart.
2 Set-up and take-down chart for T operation

The telescopic boom T-15.4 (0/0/0/0) can be erected up to the specified angles. If the telescopic boom
is raised any further the LICCON switches the lifting movement off. These restrictoions are requried
because of the risk of the crane tilting backwards.
Counterweight Boom position, T-operation

towards the to the side
rear
Counterweight [t] Wide support Reduced sup-
radius [m] basis port basis
6.6 140 82° 44°
130 82° 55°
120 82° 64°
110 82° 72°
100 82° 78°
90 82° 82°
80 82° 82°
70 82° 82°
60 82° 82° 59°
50 82° 82° 70°
40 82° 82° 78°
30 82° 82° 82°
20 82° 82° 82°
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
5.6 140 82° 82°

130 82° 82°
120 82° 82°
110 82° 82°
100 82° 82° 55°
90 82° 82° 59°
80 82° 82° 68°
70 82° 82° 72°
60 82° 82° 78°
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1191

rear
50 82° 82° 82°
40 82° 82° 82°
30 82° 82° 82°
20 82° 82° 82°
0 82° 82° 82°
The telescopic boom can be fully lowered as far as the specified distances without LMB monitoring.
There are restrictions with regard to stability and luffing cylinder pressure.

rear
6.6 140 T-60.1 T-60.1
130 T-60.1 T-60.1
120 T-60.1 T-60.1
110 T-60.1 T-60.1
100 T-60.1 T-60.1
90 T-60.1 T-60.1
80 T-60.1 T-60.1
70 T-60.1 T-60.1
60 T-60.1 T-60.1 T-46.3
50 T-60.1 T-60.1 T-41.1
40 T-51.4 T-51.4 T-36.0
30 T-41.1 T-41.1 T-25.7
20 T-36.0 T-36.0 T-25.7
5.6 140 T-60.1 T-60.1
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
130 T-60.1 T-60.1

120 T-60.1 T-60.1
110 T-60.1 T-60.1
100 T-60.1 T-60.1 T-60.1
90 T-60.1 T-60.1 T-60.1
80 T-60.1 T-60.1 T-56.6
70 T-60.1 T-60.1 T-51.4
60 T-60.1 T-60.1 T-41.1
copyright by
1192 LTM 1400-7-1-007

rear
50 T-56.6 T-56.6 T-36.0
40 T-46.3 T-46.3 T-25.7
30 T-41.1 T-41.1 T-25.7
20 T-36.0 T-36.0 T-20.5
0 T-20.5 T-20.5 T-15.4
3 Set-up and take-down chart for TY operation

The telescopic boom T-15.4 (0/0/0/0) can be erected up to the specified angles. If the telescopic boom
is raised any further the LICCON switches the lifting movement off. These restrictions are required be-
cause of the risk of the crane tilting backwards.
Counterweight Boom position, TY-operation

rear
Counterweight [t] Wide support
radius [m] basis
6.6 140 82° 59°
130 82° 64°
120 82° 70°
110 82° 74°
100 82° 78°
90 82° 82°
80 82° 82°
70 82° 82°
60 82° 82°
50 82° 82°
40 82° 82°
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
30 82° 82°
20 82° 82°
5.6 140 82° 82°
130 82° 82°
120 82° 82°
110 82° 82°
100 82° 82°
90 82° 82°
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1193

rear
radius [m] basis
80 82° 82°
70 82° 82°
60 82° 82°
50 82° 82°
40 82° 82°
30 82° 82°
20 82° 82°
The telescopic boom can be fully lowered as far as the specified distances without LMB monitoring.
There are restrictions with regard to stability and luffing cylinder pressure.

rear
radius [m] basis
6.6 140 T-41.1 T-41.1
130 T-41.1 T-41.1
120 T-41.1 T-41.1
110 T-41.1 T-41.1
100 T-41.1 T-41.1
90 T-41.1 T-41.1
80 T-41.1 T-41.1
70 T-41.1 T-41.1
60 T-41.1 T-41.1
50 T-41.1 T-41.1
40 T-41.1 T-41.1
30 T-36.0 T-36.0
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
20 T-25.7 T-25.7
5.6 140 T-41.1 T-41.1
130 T-41.1 T-41.1
120 T-41.1 T-41.1
110 T-41.1 T-41.1
100 T-41.1 T-41.1
90 T-41.1 T-41.1
80 T-41.1 T-41.1
copyright by
1194 LTM 1400-7-1-007

rear
radius [m] basis
70 T-41.1 T-41.1
60 T-41.1 T-41.1
50 T-41.1 T-41.1
40 T-36.0 T-36.0
30 T-30.8 T-30.8
20 T-25.7 T-25.7
4 Set-up and take-down chart for TF operation

The telescopic boom T-15.4 (0/0/0/0) can be set up and taken down with adapter A-2.3 and the speci-
fied lattice jib lengths without LMB monitoring.
Counterweight Boom position 360° with side support ba-

sis
Counterweight radius [m] [t] TF 0° TF 20° TF 40°
6.6 140 F-56 F-49 F-49
130 F-56 F-49 F-49
120 F-56 F-49 F-49
110 F-56 F-49 F-49
100 F-56 F-49 F-49
90 F-56 F-49 F-49
80 F-56 F-49 F-49
70 F-56 F-49 F-49
60 F-56 F-49 F-49
50 F-56 F-49 F-49
40 F-56 F-49 F-49
30 F-56 F-49 F-49
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
20 F-42 F-42 F-35

5.6 140 F-56 F-49 F-49
130 F-56 F-49 F-49
120 F-56 F-49 F-49
110 F-56 F-49 F-49
100 F-56 F-49 F-49
90 F-56 F-49 F-49
80 F-56 F-49 F-49
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1195

sis
Counterweight radius [m] [t] TF 0° TF 20° TF 40°
70 F-56 F-49 F-49
60 F-56 F-49 F-49
50 F-56 F-49 F-49
40 F-56 F-49 F-49
30 F-49 F-49 F-42
20 F-42 F-42 F-35
5 Set-up and take-down chart for TYSF operation

fied lattice jib lengths without LMB monitoring.

sis
Counterweight radius [m] [t] TYSF 0° TYSF 20° TYSF 40°
6.6 140 F-56 F-49 F-49
130 F-56 F-49 F-49
120 F-56 F-49 F-49
110 F-56 F-49 F-49
100 F-56 F-49 F-49
90 F-56 F-49 F-49
80 F-56 F-49 F-49
70 F-56 F-49 F-49
60 F-56 F-49 F-49
50 F-56 F-49 F-49
40 F-56 F-49 F-49
30 F-42 F-42 F-42
20 F-28 F-28 F-28
5.6 140 F-56 F-49 F-49
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
130 F-56 F-49 F-49

120 F-56 F-49 F-49
110 F-56 F-49 F-49
100 F-56 F-49 F-49
90 F-56 F-49 F-49
80 F-56 F-49 F-49
70 F-56 F-49 F-49
60 F-56 F-49 F-49
copyright by
1196 LTM 1400-7-1-007

sis
Counterweight radius [m] [t] TYSF 0° TYSF 20° TYSF 40°
50 F-56 F-49 F-49
40 F-56 F-49 F-49
30 F-42 F-42 F-42
20 F-28 F-28 F-28
6 Set-up and take-down chart for TN operation

fied lattice jib lengths (needle lengths) without LMB monitoring.
Counterweight TN operation, boom position 360°

with side support basis with reduced support basis
Counterweight [t] in extended in bent-over in extended in bent-over
radius [m] position position position position
6.6 140 N-56 - N-84 N-56 - N-84
130 N-42 - N-84 N-42 - N-84
120 N-35 - N-84 N-35 - N-84
110 N-21 - N-84 N-21 - N-84
100 N-14 - N-77 N-14 - N-84
90 N-14 - N-77 N-14 - N-84
80 N-14 - N-70 N-14 - N-84
70 N-14 - N-63 N-14 - N-84
60 N-14 - N-56 N-14 - N-84 - N-42 - N-70
50 N-14 - N-56 N-14 - N-84 - N-28 - N-63
40 N-14 - N-49 N-14 - N-77 N-14 N-14 - N-49
30 N-14 - N-35 N-14 - N-63 - N-14 - N-42
20 N-14 - N-28 N-14 - N-56 - N-14 - N-21
5.6 140 N-14 - N-84 N-14 - N-84
130 N-14 - N-84 N-14 - N-84
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
120 N-14 - N-84 N-14 - N-84

110 N-14 - N-77 N-14 - N-84
100 N-14 - N-77 N-14 - N-84 N-49 - N-56 N-49 - N-84
90 N-14 - N-70 N-14 - N-84 N-42 - N-49 N-42 - N-77
80 N-14 - N-63 N-14 - N-84 N-28 - N-49 N-28 - N-77
70 N-14 - N-63 N-14 - N-84 N-21 - N-42 N-21 - N-70
60 N-14 - N-56 N-14 - N-84 N-14 - N-35 N-14 - N-63
50 N-14 - N-49 N-14 - N-77 N-14 - N-28 N-14 - N-56
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1197
Counterweight TN operation, boom position 360°

with side support basis with reduced support basis
Counterweight [t] in extended in bent-over in extended in bent-over
radius [m] position position position position
40 N-14 - N-42 N-14 - N-70 N-14 - N-21 N-14 - N-49
30 N-14 - N-35 N-14 - N-63 N-14 N-14 - N-35
20 N-14 - N-28 N-14 - N-56 - -
7 Set-up and take-down chart for TYSN operation

fied lattice jib lengths (needle lengths) without LMB monitoring.
Counterweight TYSN operation, boom position 360°

with wide support basis
Counterweight [t] in extended posi- in bent-over posi-
radius [m] tion tion
6.6 140 N-56 - N-84 N-56 - N-84
130 N-42 - N-84 N-42 - N-84
120 N-35 - N-84 N-35 - N-84
110 N-21 - N-77 N-21 - N-84
100 N-21 - N-77 N-21 - N-84
90 N-21 - N-70 N-21 - N-84
80 N-21 - N-63 N-21 - N-84
70 N-21 - N-56 N-21 - N-84
60 N-21 - N-49 N-21 - N-84
50 N-21 - N-49 N-21 - N-84
40 N-21 - N-35 N-21 - N-77
30 N-21 - N-28 N-21 - N-63
20 N-21 N-21 - N-56
5.6 140 N-21 - N-84 N-21 - N-84
130 N-21 - N-84 N-21 - N-84
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
120 N-21 - N-77 N-21 - N-84

110 N-21 - N-77 N-21 - N-84
100 N-21 - N-70 N-21 - N-84
90 N-21 - N-63 N-21 - N-84
80 N-21 - N-63 N-21 - N-84
70 N-21 - N-56 N-21 - N-84
60 N-21 - N-49 N-21 - N-84
50 N-21 - N-42 N-21 - N-77
copyright by
1198 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Counterweight TYSN operation, boom position 360°

with wide support basis
Counterweight [t] in extended posi- in bent-over posi-
radius [m] tion tion
40 N-21 - N-35 N-21 - N-70
30 N-21 - N-28 N-21 - N-63
20 - N-21 - N-56
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1199
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1200 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6 Additional equipment
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1201
025694-03 6.01 Heater / engine pre-heating
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194795
copyright by
1202 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.01 Heater / engine pre-heating 025694-03
1 Heating the driver's cab

The driver's cab can be heated using three different types of heaters which are independent of each
other:
– Engine-dependent heater
– Engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of up to -40
°C, WEBASTO; Thermo 90 S*
– Engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of less than
-40 °C, WEBASTO; DBW 2020*, Air Top 5000*
The individual adjustment of the heater (for both engine-dependent and engine-independent auxiliary
heaters*) is carried out with the control elements under the crane operator's seat as well as via swit-
ches and indicator lights on the instrument panel.
CAUTION
Risk of damage to the heater control units* when carrying out electrical welding work on the crane!
u Remove the negative and positive cables from the vehicle and crane superstructure batteries and
apply the positive cable respectively to the vehicle earth.
1.1 Heater operation
1.1.1 Adjusting the temperature

The driver's cab is heated using the engine coolant. The temperature may be set in 7 different tempe-
rature stages (0=„cold“ to 6=„warm“).
Note
u The selected settings are maintained after the ignition is turned off.
If you want to increase the temperature:

Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the temperature level set.
If you want to decrease the temperature:

Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the temperature level set.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1203
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194795
copyright by
1204 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.1.2 Adjusting the ventilation

The fan speed can be set in four different stages (0=„off“ to 3=„maximum fan speed“).
If you want to increase the fan speed:
Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the set fan speed.
If you want to decrease the fan speed:

Result:
– The display unit 114 briefly displays the set fan speed.
1.1.3 Adjusting the recirculated air / fresh air

The supply of fresh air into the cab can be controlled using button 153 and button 154.
Recirculated air but- Fresh air button 154 Air distribution

ton 153
On Off Recirculated air only
Off On Fresh air only
On On Approx. 70 % recirculated air and 30 % fresh air
Off Off Approx. 30 % recirculated air and 70 % fresh air

Result:
– The button 153 has been turned on.

Result:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1205
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194795
copyright by
1206 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.1.4 Ventilating the floorboard area / front windshield

The supply of fresh air into the cab can be controlled using button 155 and button 156.
Floorboard area but- Front windshield but- Air distribution

ton 155 ton 156
On Off Floorboard area only
Off On Front windshield only
On On Approx. 70 % floorboard area and 30 % front
windshield
Off Off Approx. 30 % floorboard area and 70 % front
windshield

Result:

Result:
1.1.5 Adjusting the air distribution

u Open air vent 44.
Result:
– Air distribution takes place.
u Close the air vent 44.

Result:
– The air distribution is completed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1207
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194795
copyright by
1208 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater*

The engine-independent auxiliary heater is used to heat the driver cab when the engine is turned off
and as auxiliary heat* at low ambient temperatures if the engine-dependent heater is insufficient.
In summer run the auxiliary heater* once a month for approx. 15 to 20 minutes.
1.2.1 Start up
WARNING
Risk of explosion!
In areas where combustible fumes or dust could form, such as in the vicinity of storage areas for fuel,
coal, wood dust or grain storage or similar and in the vicinity of filling stations or tank depots, there is a
risk of explosion.
u Turn the auxiliary heater off on locations where combustible vapors or dust can form.
WARNING
Risk of poisoning and suffocation in enclosed areas!
If the auxiliary heater is operated in closed rooms, there is a danger of poisoning and suffocation!
u Do not operate the auxiliary heater in closed rooms.
u If the auxiliary heater must be operated in closed rooms, the exhaust gases must be suctioned off
via an exhaust suction system.
NOTICE
Risk of damage to auxiliary heater!
u Fill the auxiliary heater in time with service fluids for winter operation!

Result:
– The function control on the button 144 lights up.
– The fan comes on automatically at level 1 in order to prevent the auxiliary heater from overheating.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1209
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194795
copyright by
1210 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2.2 Turning off

Result:
– The function control on the button 144 turns off.
– A shut off delay runs each time the auxiliary heater is turned off.
The keypad unit remains on even if the ignition key has been removed.
CAUTION
u Turn the battery master switch off only when the heater shut off delay is over.
When the shut off delay is over:

– The keypad unit turns off automatically.
1.2.3 Operation with timer*

For a detailed description of the timer 29 refer to the enclosed manufacturer's operating instructions.
u Set the required turn-on time, temperature and duration of heater operation on the timer 29.
1.2.4 Venting the system

When draining the engine coolant, the contents of the heating system will also be drained because the
engine and heater operate as one circuit. When refilling the system, it must be carefully bled.
u Fill the coolant via the expansion tank of the engine cooling circuit as specified in the lubrication
chart.
u Start the engine, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.
u Set the button 145 to level 3.
u Check the expansion tank for air bubbles.
Result:
– The engine is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
When no more air bubbles appear in the expansion tank:

u Set the button 146 for the driver's cab temperature to level 0.
Result:
– The heating circuit will be bled.

Result:
– The heater circuit is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1211
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194795
copyright by
1212 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater for engine pre-

heating*
At ambient temperatures of less than -20 °C, the engine must be pre-heated by the engine pre-heating
system.
At ambient temperatures below -40 °C, the engine, the injection pump and the transmission must be
preheated with the engine preheating system, which is operated with diesel fuel.
For a detailed description of the engine preheating system, refer to the enclosed manufacturer's ope-
rating instructions.
1.3.1 Start up
WARNING
Risk of explosion!
risk of explosion.
WARNING
NOTICE
u Turn the battery master switch 15 on.

u Set the temperature selection to stage 0=„cold“.
Result:
– The prerun of the engine preheating system turns on and runs for approx. 10 to 25 seconds.
– The engine preheating starts after 10 to 25 seconds.
– The engine preheating runs in automatic regulating mode.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1213
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194795
copyright by
1214 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3.2 Turning off

When the preheating period is over:
Result:
– Engine preheating is completed.
– A shut off delay of the engine preheating will run up to 150 seconds.
1.3.3 Starting up with timer*

For a detailed description of the timer* 29 refer to the enclosed manufacturer's operating instructions.
u Before turning off the engine, set the temperature selection to level 0=„cold“.
u Use the timer* 29 to turn the engine preheating on.
Result:
1.3.4 Turning off with timer*

u Turn the timer off* 29.
Result:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1215
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194795
copyright by
1216 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.4 Operating the air conditioning system*

The climate control system is a combination of heater and ventilation system as well as an air conditio-
ning system, which is used to dehumidify and cool the air in the driver's cab.
Please note:
– In air conditioning operation, the humidity in the driver's cab is decreased. This prevents the wind-
ows from fogging up.
– In case of high outside humidity and high outside temperatures, the condensation can drip from the
evaporator of the air conditioning system and form a puddle under the mobile crane. This is normal
and no sign of leaks.
WARNING
Injuries to persons and property damage!
If the climate control system is turned off and in air circulation operation, the windows can fog up!
u If the windows are fogged up, proceed according to section „Procedure in case of fogged up wind-
ows“!
u Do not expose personnel to low interior temperatures!
u Repair work on the climate control system and maintenance work on the cooling circuit must be
carried out solely by a Service technician from Liebherr-Werk Ehingen!
Note
u In order not to compromise the heater or cooling output and to prevent the windows from fogging
up, the air intake must be clear of ice, snow and contaminants.
u The climate control system works best if the windows and doors are closed. However, if the driver's
cab is heated up too much when the mobile crane is at a standstill, due to sun rays, then the cool
off procedure can be accelerated by opening the windows or doors for a short time.
u Do not cover up the air circulation intake with clothing or other objects!
The maximum cooling output is reached when:

– All air vents are open.
– The air supply is exclusively switched to air circulation.
– The air distribution is exclusively set on the window.
– The fan speed is set to maximum power.
– The temperature stage is set to zero.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1217
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194795
copyright by
1218 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.4.1 Operating the climate control system

– The doors and windows are closed.
u Press the button 146 and set the temperature to the lowest stage (cold).
Result:
– The display 114 shows the selected temperature stage.
u Press the button 147 and set the fan speed at least to stage 1.
Result:
– The display 114 shows the selected fan speed.
u Press the button 152 and turn the climate control system on.
Result:
To change the air supply:

u Press button 153 or button 154.
To change the fan speed:
u Press button 147 or button 148.
Problem remedy
The temperature from the air vents is not noticeably below the ambient temperature?
The air circulation or the fresh air filter or evaporator are dirty.
u Check the air circulation and fresh air filter for contaminants and clean or replace, as necessary.
u Check the evaporator for contaminants and clean, if necessary.
u If none of these measures are helpful, contact the Service Dept. of Liebherr-Werk Ehingen!
1.4.2 Turning the climate control system off

If the climate control system is to be turned off:
Result:
– The climate control system* is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1219
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113816
copyright by
1220 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.5 Procedure in case of fogged up windows

To be able to clear the windows quickly, observe a certain sequence of the settings.
u Set the air distribution: Turn the button 155 „Floorboard“ off and turn the button 156 „Front wind-
shield“ on.
u Open the air vents.
u Set the air circulation distribution: Turn the button 153 „Air circulation“ on and turn the button 154
„Fresh air“ off.
u Press the button 147 and set the fan speed to the highest stage.
u Press the button 152 and turn the climate control system* on.
Note
u The higher the temperature in the driver's cab, the better will the air be dehumidified.
u Press the button 145 and set the temperature stage to the highest stage.
u Press the button 144 and turn the auxiliary heater* on.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1221
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194796
copyright by
1222 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Heating the crane operator's cab

The cab can be heated with three independent types of heat:
– Engine-dependent heater
– Engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of up to -40
°C, WEBASTO; Thermo 90 S*
– Engine-independent auxiliary heater with engine preheating, at ambient temperatures of less than
-40 °C, WEBASTO; DBW 2020*, Air Top 5000*
The individual adjustment of the heater (for both engine-dependent and engine-independent auxiliary
heaters*) is carried out with the control elements under the crane operator's seat as well as via swit-
ches and indicator lights on the instrument panel.
CAUTION
Risk of damage to the heater control units* when carrying out electrical welding work on the crane!
u Remove the negative and positive cables from the vehicle and crane superstructure batteries and
apply the positive cable respectively to the vehicle earth.
2.1 Heater operation
2.1.1 Adjusting the temperature

The cab is heated with the engine coolant.
u Adjust the regulating valve 310.
2.1.2 Adjusting the ventilation

u Set 3-level fan switch 309.
Result:
– The air volume will be regulated.
2.1.3 Adjusting the recirculated air / fresh air

u Actuate the changeover switch 308.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1223
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194796
copyright by
1224 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater*

The engine-independent auxiliary heater is used to heat the cab when the engine is turned off and as
auxiliary heater* at low ambient temperatures, if the engine-dependent heating is insufficient.
In summer run the auxiliary heater* once a month for approx. 15 to 20 minutes.
2.2.1 Start up
WARNING
Risk of explosion!
risk of explosion.
WARNING
NOTICE
u Set the regulating valve 310 to „warm“.

Result:
– The function control on the switch 356 lights up.
2.2.2 Turning off

Result:
– The function control on the switch 356 turns off.
– Each time the auxiliary heating is switched off, tracking takes place for up to 150 seconds.
CAUTION
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

– When the shut off delay is over:

The indicator light 355 turns off.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1225
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194796
copyright by
1226 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2.3 Operation with timer*

u Set the required turn-on time, temperature and duration of heater operation on the timer* 372.
u Open or close the air vents, as desired.
Result:
– Upwards or downwards air distribution will be selected.
2.2.4 Operating the thermostat*

– The regulating valve 310 is set to „warm“.
u Turn the thermostat 321 to the desired temperature.
2.2.5 Venting the system

When draining the engine coolant, the contents of the heating system will also be drained because the
engine and heater operate as one circuit. When refilling the system, it must be carefully bled.
u Fill the coolant via the expansion tank of the engine cooling circuit as specified in the lubrication
chart.
u Start the engine, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.
Result:
– The engine is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
When no more air bubbles appear in the expansion tank:

u Set the regulating valve 310 to „cold“.
Result:
– The heating circuit will be bled.

Result:
– The heater circuit is bled as soon as no more air bubbles rise up.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1227
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194796
copyright by
1228 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater for engine pre-

heating*
At ambient temperatures of under -20 °C, the crane engine must be preheated using engine prehea-
ting which is operated with diesel fuel.
2.3.1 Start up
WARNING
Risk of explosion!
risk of explosion.
WARNING
NOTICE

Result:
– Engine preheating is switched on.
2.3.2 Turning off

Result:
CAUTION
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1229
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194796
copyright by
1230 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3.3 Starting up with timer*

u Use the timer* 372 to turn the engine preheating on.
Result:
2.3.4 Turning off with timer*

u Turn the timer off* 372.
Result:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1231
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194796
copyright by
1232 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Operating the air conditioning system*

The climate control system is a combination of heater and ventilation system as well as an air conditio-
ning system, which is used to dehumidify and cool the air in the crane cab.
Please note:
– In air conditioning operation, the humidity in the crane cab is decreased. This prevents the windows
from fogging up.
– In case of high outside humidity and high outside temperatures, the condensation can drip from the
evaporator of the air conditioning system and form a puddle under the mobile crane. This is normal
and no sign of leaks.
WARNING
Injuries to persons and property damage!
u If the climate control system is turned off and in air circulation operation, the windows can fog up!
u Do not expose personnel to very low temperatures!
u Repair work on the climate control system and maintenance work on the cooling circuit must be
carried out solely by a Service technician from Liebherr-Werk Ehingen!
Note
u In order not to compromise the heater or cooling output and to prevent the windows from fogging
up, the air intake must be clear of ice, snow and contaminants.
u The climate control system works best if the windows and doors are closed. However, if the crane
cab is heated up too much due to sun rays when the mobile crane is at a standstill, then the cool
off procedure can be accelerated by opening the windows or doors for a short time.
u Do not cover up the air circulation intake with clothing or other objects!
The maximum cooling output is reached when:

– Windows and cab door are closed.
– All air vents are open.
– The change over switch 308 is set to air circulation.
– The blower switch 309 is set to maximum power.
– The regulating valve 310 is set to low temperature.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1233
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.194796
copyright by
1234 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4.1 Operating the climate control system

– The battery master switch is turned on.
Result:
– The air conditioning system* is turned on and ready to operate.

u Adjust temperature with the regulating valve 310.
u Open or close the air vents, as desired.
Problem remedy
The temperature from the air vents is not noticeably below the ambient temperature?
The air circulation or the fresh air filter or evaporator are dirty.
u Check the air circulation and fresh air filter for contaminants and clean or replace, as necessary.
u Check the evaporator for contaminants and clean, if necessary.
u If none of these measures are helpful, contact Service at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen!
2.4.2 Turning the climate control system off

u Turn the switch 354 off.
Result:
– The climate control system* is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1235
025696-02 6.04 Support beam monitoring / sliding beam monitoring
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195203
copyright by
1236 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.04 Support beam monitoring / sliding beam monitoring 025696-02
1 General
The LICCON sliding beam monitoring checks the information entered by the crane driver with regard
to the support basis when selecting the load chart on the LICCON monitor.
Note
u The sliding beam monitoring does not monitor the correct support of the crane and the pinning of
the sliding beams at the positions for which they have been constructed.
u The sliding beams must be pinned and secured on the pin points.
2 Support base
This crane can be operated on 2 different support bases. The length of the support bases is unchan-
geable at 10 m and results from the vehicle length. The width of the support bases can be set accor-
ding to the load chart for „wide“ or „reduced“ configurations:
Support base
Wide 9.5 m
Reduced 6.23 m
2.1 Setting the support bases

The support bases have no tolerances. The sliding beams must be pinned onto these support bases.
WARNING
If the following conditions are not met, the crane can topple over and cause fatal injuries!
u All sliding beams must be pinned to preclude any subsequent movement of the support surfaces!
u All retaining pins must be inserted and locked!
u Only the support bases specified in the load chart may be used!
u Intermediate positions are prohibited!
u Pin and secure the sliding beams.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1237
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198702
copyright by
1238 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Working with sliding beam monitoring

u Extend the sliding beams to the required width.
u Pin and secure the sliding beams.
u Support the crane.
u Enter and confirm the load chart on the LICCON monitor.
If the selected load chart corresponds with the support base detected by the sliding beam monitoring:
Result:
– The display on the LICCON monitor changes to the operating illustration and the crane is ready for
use.
3.2 Sliding beam monitoring function and error display
3.2.1 When entering the load chart

See separate error list and „diagnostics“.
u Confirm the entered configuration status with function key F8 8.
For example, if the error determination display indicates a sliding beam length error:
u Extend the sliding beams in accordance with the load chart preselected.
3.2.2 In the crane operation

If a valid load chart has been used, the crane may be operated while observing the relevant guidelines
provided in the operating instructions and the load charts.
Sliding beam length monitoring

The position of the sliding beams is continually monitored during crane operation and compared with
the selected load chart. An error code (illustration 1) will be displayed in the „Horn“ icon if any differen-
ces are detected, (see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02):
– The LICCON overload protection goes to overload.
– It is only possible to work using the bridging options of the LICCON overload protection.
– The slewing gear will be switched to non-operative.
Support force monitoring

In addition to the sliding beam lengths, the support forces are also monitored during sliding beam mo-
nitoring. The system continually checks whether the total support force exceed the minimum crane
weight excluding equipment.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If this is not the case, an error code will be displayed (illustration 2) (see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 4.02):
– The LICCON overload protection goes to overload.
– It is only possible to work using the bridging options of the LICCON overload protection.
– The slewing gear will be switched to non-operative.
Note
u The slewing gear does not shut down during slewing.
The support forces have no effect on the setting of the load chart in the configuration program.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1239
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198702
copyright by
1240 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.3 Procedure to follow in case of an error

It is imperative to distinguish between the following errors:
– Operating errors
– Sensor fault
– Total sensor failure
Error description:
– Operating errors are caused by the crane driver.
– Sensor faults are present, if, for example, a signal lies within a permissible measuring range but
the signal is incorrect. A sensor fault can however also be caused by (for example) an incorrect
length entry if the length sensor rope of the sliding beam has become tangled in the sliding beam
box. Disconnecting the sensor input will simulate the „sliding beam retracted“ condition. The crane
can or may not be operated in this condition.
– A total sensor failure will be detected by the sliding beam monitoring. The sliding beam monito-
ring considers a total sensor failure to be equivalent to the sliding beam „retracted“ condition. The
crane can or may not be operated in this condition.
Note
u As a rule, the sliding beams must be pinned and secured on the pin points.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1241
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.198703
copyright by
1242 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Bypassing the sliding beam length monitoring

4.1 General
Note
u The sliding beam length monitoring can only be bypassed when an exclamation mark „!“ 4.10 ap-
pears in the horn icon.

– An exclamation mark „!“ 4.10 appears in the horn icon.
WARNING
Increased accident risk when bypassing sliding beam length monitoring!
The sliding beam position is no longer monitored when the sliding beam length monitoring is bypas-
sed. An inadequate support base may cause the crane to topple and cause fatal injury.
u The sliding beam length monitoring should only be bypassed by personnel who are aware of the
consequences!
u The crane operator must ensure that the sliding beam position corresponds to the data given in the
load chart and LICCON!
u The crane operator must ensure that the crane is supported using the support base specified in the
load chart!
u Press the SHIFT key 10 and function key F8 8.

Result:
– The sliding beam length monitoring is now bypassed.
– Exclamation marks „!“ 4.9 will appear on the support screen and operating screen.
In order to reactivate the sliding beam length monitoring:

u Press the SHIFT key 10 and function key F8 8 again.
Result:
– Sliding beam length monitoring has been reactivated.
– The exclamation marks „!“ 4.9 on the support screen and operating screen extinguish.
Note
u The bypass of the sliding beam length monitoring turns off when the ignition is „OFF“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1243
0211549-00 6.05 Emergency take-down
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122114
copyright by
1244 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.05 Emergency take-down 0211549-00
1 Emergency operation
To be able to take down the crane in case of failure of the crane hydraulic, the crane electrical system
or the crane engine, ball valves and a hand lever 13 are installed on the superstructure. Via the ball
valves, the corresponding crane movement can be preselected and carried out by deflecting the hand
lever 13.
1.1 General
DANGER
Increased danger of accident during emergency operation!
The crane movements are no longer monitored by LICCON in emergency operation.
u Emergency operation and particularly luffing down of the telescopic boom may only be carried out
in accordance with the information in the load chart.
u If possible, set down the load first.
– For normal „crane operation“, turn the ball valves downward.

– For „emergency operations“, turn the respective ball valves (see following section and emergency
operation sign on the crane superstructure) upward.
– Several movements cannot be carried out at the same time.
– All crane movements must be carried out with extreme caution and slowly.
– The ball valves must always be switched over completely into the corresponding switch position.
1.2 Ball valve positions during emergency operation
1.2.1 Turning the turntable to the left

u Move the ball valve 9, ball valve 11 and ball valve 12 upwards.
u Move the ball valve 10 downward.
1.2.2 Turning the turntable to the right

u Move the ball valve 9 downward.
1.2.3 Luff the telescopic boom up

u Move the ball valve 1 upward.
1.2.4 Luff the telescopic boom down

u Move the ball valve 5 and ball valve 6 upward.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1245
0211549-00 6.05 Emergency take-down
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.122114
copyright by
1246 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.05 Emergency take-down 0211549-00
1.2.5 Lifting the hoist gear

u Switch ball valve 3 and ball valve 8 downwards.
1.2.6 Lowering the hoist gear

u Switch ball valve 2 and ball valve 7 downwards.
1.3 Emergency operation with driving motor

For cranes with two motors (crane motor and engine), the superstructure can be supplied with power
using the engine and a hydraulic transformer 14.
1.3.1 Preparing the crane for emergency operation

u Remove the dummy plugs on the hydraulic connections.
The different diameters of the hydraulic lines prevent incorrect piping.
u Establish the hydraulic connections from the chassis to the transformer 14.
u Establish the hydraulic connections from the transformer 14 to the superstructure.
u Switch the ball valve 15 to emergency operation.
1.3.2 Emergency operation

u Start the engine.
Allow the engine to run at a speed of maximum 1100 rpm.
u Preselect the ball valves (1-12) for the respective crane movement, see the previous section or
emergency operation sign on the crane superstructure.
The deflection of the hand lever 13 determines the speed of the respective crane movement.
u Move the hand lever 13 and carry out the respective crane movement carefully.
1.3.3 Completing emergency operation
DANGER
Danger of accident!
u After „emergency operation“, always change the ball valves over to „crane operation“.
u Change all ball valves to „crane operation“.

u Turn off the engine.
u Release the hydraulic connections and screw in dummy plugs.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1247
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1248 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7 Service and maintenance
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1249
029710-04 7.01 Maintenance and service - General
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1250 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.01 Maintenance and service - General 029710-04
1 Technical safety instructions

WARNING
Maintenance instructions not adhered to!
Death, severe injury, increased wear and failure of components.
u Observe the following listed safety notes and the generally applicable safety rules!
u Adhere to the maintenance intervals.
u Carry out only applicable maintenance tasks.
u Repair and maintenance tasks are to be carried out carefully.
u For aggregates and components: Follow the operating instructions of the manufacturer.
1.1 Description of intervals and tasks

Note
u Fill quantities and descriptions of service items and lubricants are specified in the Service fill.
The maintenance intervals and scope of maintenance are described in several chapters.
For crane maintenance, observe the following chapters:
– Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.02: Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 1)
– Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.02.50: Maintenance intervals Ballast trailer*1)
– Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.03: Maintenance intervals - Crane superstructure 1)
– Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.03.50: Maintenance intervals - Crane boom 1)
– Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04: Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 2)
– Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05: Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 2)
– Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.50 Maintenance guidelines - Crane boom 2)
– Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.06: Fill quantities, lubrication chart
– Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.07: Service items and lubricants
1)
These chapters contain a list of maintenance intervals for all maintenance tasks.
2)
For aggregates, observe and adhere to additionally to the instructions of the manufacturer.
1.2 Definition of „Checking“

The action of „Checking“ includes all required task in connection with the maintenance, for example:
– Determining a specified value
– Cleaning
– Adjusting
– Refilling
– Replacing
1.3 Maintenance intervals

Use the following rules for interval determination:
– Carry out maintenance and inspection tasks on the crane chassis after reaching the specified dri-
ven mileage, operating hours or calendar intervals. The interval which occurs first is the deciding
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
factor.
– Carry out maintenance and inspection tasks on the crane superstructure after reaching the speci-
fied operating hours or calendar intervals. The interval which occurs first is the deciding factor.
– The maintenance intervals complement each other. If a higher interval is coming up, then carry out
the tasks according to the lower interval also.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1251
1.4 Securing against operation

WARNING
Impermissible driving or crane operation during maintenance or repair tasks!
Death, severe injury, severe property damage.
u Make sure that driving and crane operation is not possible during maintenance and repair tasks.
u Show clearly with signs that maintenance or repair tasks are being carried out on the mobile crane.
u Use signs which show without a doubt that it is prohibited to drive and operate the crane.
u Adhere to the national regulations regarding tagging on mobile crane and signs.
u Turn the engine on the crane superstructure and the crane chassis off!
u Apply the „parking brake crane chassis“.
If possible:
u Lock the driverʼs cab and the crane cab.
u Hand the ignition key from the crane superstructure and the crane chassis to an authorized person.
1.5 Personnel
WARNING
Unauthorized and untrained expert personnel!
Improper maintenance, personal injury, property damage.
u Carry out maintenance or repair tasks exclusively with authorized and trained expert personnel.
u Make sure that exclusively authorized persons are within the danger zone.
1.6 Securing against falls

WARNING
Personnel is not secured against falls!
During maintenance tasks on the crane superstructure or boom, personnel must be secured with ap-
propriate safety measures to prevent them from falling. If this is not observed, working personnel can
fall and be killed or severely injured.
u For all tasks on the crane where there is a danger of falling, take suitable safety measures.
u The crane superstructure or the boom may not be accessed without suitable aids.
u Suitable aids are, for example: Lifting platforms, scaffoldings, ladders, assembly platforms, auxiliary
crane.
u If railings are present on the crane superstructure, then they must be swung into operating position
and secured for all tasks. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.06.
u Only step on such aids with clean shoes.
u Keep aids clean, free of snow and ice.
u If tasks cannot be carried out using these aids or from the ground, then the maintenance personnel
must be protected from falling using approved fall arrest systems. See Crane operating instructi-
ons, chapter 2.04.
u It is prohibited to step on the driverʼs cab or cab roof and specially marked surfaces. See Crane
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Dirty slip-resistant mats!
Fall
u Keep slip-resistant mats clean and free of snow and ice!
u Only step on slip-resistant mats with clean shoes!
u Replace or renew missing or damaged slip-resistant mats!
copyright by
1252 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.7 Preventing fires

WARNING
Excess fuel, excess oil in engine compartment during operation!
Death, severe injury, fire damage.
u Check the diesel engine after repairs and Service tasks but also in regular intervals for leaking oil
and fuel.
u Make sure that the V-area of the Diesel engine is free of oil and fuel.
WARNING
Disregard of general safety regulations during tasks on the fuel system or on the electrical system!
Severe burns, fire damage.
u Disconnect the battery from the power supply.
u Do not smoke.
u Do not work near open flames.
u Keep a functioning fire extinguisher ready.
WARNING
Insulation (sound insulation) are contaminated with solvents or foreign matter!
Solvents, engine oils, gear oils, hydraulic oils or fuels can ignite the insulation.
Severe burns, fire damage.
u Remove any polluted insulation immediately and replace immediately with Original Liebherr
spare parts.
1.8 Protecting from burns

WARNING
Hot surfaces of crane components, especially on the exhaust system or travel gear!
Severe burns.
u Let any components to be maintained or inspected cool off.
u Do not spill any service fluids over the hot components.
u Avoid short circuits in the electrical system, especially on the battery.
u Replace or change missing or defective protective insulation.
1.9 Protecting from scalding

WARNING
Cooling system is pressurized!
When the coolant reservoir is opened, hot coolant can escape explosively.
Severe scalding.
When the engine is warm:
u Do not open the cover of the coolant reservoir.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u To protect face, hands and arms from hot steam of hot coolant, cover the cap with a large rag
when opening.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1253
1.10 Rotating parts

WARNING
Rotating parts, ignition system on running engine!
The cooler fan could turn on suddenly.
Death, severe injury.
u Proceed especially careful.
u Do not reach into rotating parts.
u Never reach into the cooler fan when the engine is warm.
1.11 Protecting from aggressive environmental conditions

NOTICE
Aggressive environmental conditions!
When using cranes under aggressive environmental conditions, for example at places with maritime
climates and particularly salty air, hydraulic cylinders can corrode and thereby be destroyed or sever-
ely damaged.
Elaborate and expensive repairs.
If the crane is taken out of operation for an extended period of time:
u Take down the crane.
u Fully retract all crane hydraulic cylinders.
When hydraulic cylinders can not be retracted completely:
u Protect exposed areas of the piston rod from corrosion, for example with grease.
u Grease any exposed areas on the piston rods, for example on luffing cylinders and ballasting cylin-
ders, especially carefully.
1.12 Use suitable operating fluids

WARNING
Operating fluids not suitable for ambient temperature!
u Match the operating fluids in time to the ambient temperatures.
1.13 Replacing damaged crane components

WARNING
Damaged crane components not replaced!
Death, severe injury, failure of components.
u Maintain crane components according to the data in the maintenance intervals, the maintenance
guidelines and the chart for service items and lubricants.
u Replace damaged crane components immediately.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
1.14 After replacement of components

Type of oil, see data tag and supplied „Service fill“.
The following instructions must be observed when replacing components such as engine, gear or axle:
copyright by
1254 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Maintenance of a replaced component not carried out!
u Before start up, be sure to refill with the correct type of oil to the center of the minimum / maximum
mark.
u Carry out first maintenance. See chapter „Maintenance intervals“.
u Adhere to regular maintenance intervals.
u Follow the break-in guidelines. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.02.
2 Warranty and coverage

NOTICE
Maintenance intervals and maintenance guidelines not adhered to, impermissible lubricants used!
Damage, failure of crane components.
The warranty for the respective crane component is voided.
u Maintain crane components according to the data in the maintenance intervals, the maintenance
guidelines and the chart for service items and lubricants.
NOTICE
Not using Original Liebherr spare parts and not using Original Liebherr Service items!
In the event that replacement parts are used that are not Original Liebherr replacement parts and not
Original Liebherr service items and lubricants, Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH disclaims all liability for
system functionality as well as for the parts.
u Use exclusively Original Liebherr spare parts.
Note
u Original Liebherr replacement parts have been tested for crane operational use and may be used
without risking safety.
The buyer in entitled to warranty or coverage only:

– when exclusively Original Liebherr spare parts are used.
– when Liebherr Service items and Liebherr lubricants are used for the Liebherr crane.
3 Liebherr Service
Liebherr mobile cranes, whether truck-mounted, mobile or crawler cranes - are technically advanced
products, which prove their worth daily even under tough conditions.
The high technical standards of these cranes provide functional security, resistance to failure and
ease of maintenance.
Liebherr is continuously developing the drive and control components. The combination of well proven
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
units and modern manufacturing methods produces cranes that are safe to operate and easy to main-
tain.
Several hundred cranes are built every year for the international market, supported by international
service.
Liebherrʼs „After Sales Service“ plays an important role at Liebherr in ensuring operational readiness
and high crane availability.
With Liebherr, Service begins when the crane is handed over. Your crane operators will be professio-
nally trained in line with their level of knowledge and we devote much time to this.
We also train your workshop staff in all crane-specific matters, because we know that they can deal
with more than just minor repairs themselves. Often there are specialists who can quickly and reliably
carry out crane repairs.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1255
We have special service advisers available who will solve any problems you may have. This phone
contact saves time and money. You should take advantage of it as soon as possible.
Our service technicians are specialists with years of experience, who can be deployed from local sup-
port points. Naturally these experts have specialized knowledge and special tools.
But before you call these specialists, it is worth making use of the facilities for getting advice menti-
oned above.
4 Oil and lubricant analysis

NOTICE
Oil analysis intervals and oil change intervals not adhered to!
Gear damage.
u Strictly adhere to the oil analysis and oil change intervals.
u If an earlier oil change is required due to oil analysis results: Change the oil.
u Carry out regular lubricant analysis for gear oils in travel gear, slewing gear and winch gears.
u Adhere to the maintenance intervals. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.02, 7.03 and
chapter 7.03.50.
The following properties of the oil can be determined through oil analysis:
– Degree of wear of gear components
– Composition of mechanical abrasion in the oil
– Viscosity of the oil
– Degree of oil contamination
– Other relevant properties of the oil
Advantages of oil or lubricant analysis:
– Technical evaluation regarding further use of the gear or the oil
– The gear oil change intervals can be matched according to the operating conditions and the results
of the oil analysis, without risk, effectively and economically.
– A just starting gear damage can be recognized in time and as a result, the correct time of gear re-
placement can be determined.
– Operating times or repairs can be planned more effectively.
– Am earlier repair of gear components protects from larger and unforeseen damage.
– Subsequent damage can therefore be avoided to the greatest possible extent.
4.1 Taking an oil sample

WARNING
Tasks on components and operating fluids at operating temperature!
Burns.
u Carry out all tasks with utmost caution.
u Wear protective clothing.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

– Gear was shut down immediately
– Oil has normal operating temperature
u Always take oil on the same location of the gear.
u Take oil always according to the same method.
u For gears with double slipring seal: Take oil additionally from the slipring sealing chamber.
u Do not take oil right after an oil change.
u Do not take oil immediately after larger amounts of oil have been added.
Note
Recommendation:
u Fill oil into original sample containers.
copyright by
1256 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Fill oil exclusively in a clean and dry sample container.
5 Cleaning
5.1 Exhaust system
NOTICE
Infiltration of water into the exhaust system on engines with exhaust aftertreatment SCR!
Sensors for exhaust aftertreatment can be destroyed, the coating of the SCR catalytic converter can
be washed off.
u Make sure that no water gets into the exhaust.
u During cleaning, keep sufficient distance to the exhaust.
5.2 Insulation (sound insulation)

NOTICE
Improper cleaning (tools or cleaning methods)!
Insulation can be destroyed or damaged.
u Remove severe contamination with suitable tools, for example with soft plastic scrapers.
u Do not use tools with sharp edges.
u Use steam cleaners exclusively with extreme caution and with a sufficient distance to the insula-
tion and with low water pressure.
u Do not use solvents for cleaning.
Note
u Sound insulation may not be removed!
Sound insulation in the area of engines and other noise sources is an integral part of the total const-
ruction. Sound insulation limits the noise generation of vehicles and the sound level in the workplace
to the legally specified values in connection with sound insulation and the design of the equipment.
Sound insulation is therefore an integral part for the construction permits for the machines.
From a construction point of view, sound insulation has been designed to be maintenance-free. Sound
insulation has been equipped with surfaces that repel dirt, oil and water. Sound insulation is very
flame-resistant and in part, depending on application, is fireproof.
For these reasons, sound insulation requires no care. Any small dirt deposits can be disregarded, as
the acoustic effectiveness of the parts is not reduced.
5.3 Slip-resistant mats

u Before every access: Check the slip-resistant mats for slip resistance and cleanliness.
u If dirty: Clean the slip-resistant mats with a brush with hard plastic bristles.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u For cleaning the surfaces, use commercially available cleaners.

u Flush with water.
5.4 Driverʼs cab and crane cab

Note
u The steering wheel, centre console, instrument panel cover, floor covering and dirty upholstery in
the driverʼs cab and the crane cab should only be cleaned with warm water mixed with dishwashing
detergent!
u Do not use any scouring agents!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1257
5.5 Ladders
u Remove any dirt on the ladders.
u Make sure that the grooves on the rungs are free of dirt.
6 Disposal
6.1 Service items and lubricants
WARNING
Operating items and lubricants are dangerous waste products!
u Dispose of operating fluids and lubricants separately.
u Service items and lubricants may not be disposed of in the ground, bodies of waters, wastewater
systems, sewers or in the groundwater.
u Dispose of operating items and lubricants in an environmentally safe manner.
u When disposing operating items and lubricants observe and follow the valid regulations of the rele-
vant authorities.
Service items and lubricants are:

– Fuels
– Coolant
– Urea
– Engine oils, gear oils
– Hydraulic fluids
– Brake fluids
– Window washer concentrate
– Greases
6.2 Batteries
WARNING
Batteries contain harmful substances!
u Do not dispose of batteries in regular household trash.
u Collect batteries separately and send them for environmentally safe disposal.
u Leave batteries at a qualified workshop or at a collection points for used batteries.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1258 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1259
026282-21 7.02 Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1260 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.02 Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 026282-21
1 Crane chassis maintenance and inspection schedule

Note
u Carry out maintenance work after reaching the specified driven mileage, operating hours or calen-
dar intervals. The interval which occurs first is the deciding factor!
u The maintenance intervals complement each other. If a higher interval is coming up, then carry out
the work according to the lower interval also!
First Operating hour intervals Calendar intervals Work to be carried out

mainte- or driven mileage
nance
after 250 h 500 h 1000 h Daily Weekly An-
nually
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Safety systems
X Personal protective equipment
Follow the instructions of the manufacturer
X Height rescue system
Fall protection equipment
X Check protection points
X Check safety ropes
Check the ladders for technically immaculate
X
condition
Check railings, steps and pedestals for safe
X
function
Check catwalks and open mesh flooring for
X
safe function
Crane surface
X Check accessible surfaces for cleanliness
Check accessible surfaces for completeness
X
and slip resistance
X Check labels for completeness and legibility
Diesel engine
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
X Check the oil level

For all other maintenance tasks, observe the
instructions of the engine manufacturer
Cooling system
X Check the coolant level in the expansion tank
Every 4 Replace the coolant if filled with Liebherr An-
6000 h
years tifreeze OS Mix
Every 2
3000 h Replace the coolant
years
SCR Exhaust after-treatment
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1261

nance
nually
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Every 2
4500 h Replace foam and filter element of urea pump
years
Air filter
X Check monitoring device
X Clean, change the filter insert
Observe the instructions of the engine manu-
facturer
Receptacle frame telescoping boom
X Grease
Hydraulic system
X Check hydraulic system for leaks
X Hydraulic tank check the oil level
500 h X X Check hydraulic oil, required degree of purity:
20/18/15
Take oil sample and have it tested by oil supp-
lier
100 h X Replace bleeder filter of hydraulic tank
100 h X Replace the return filter
100 h X Replace oil filter insert
X Check hydraulic pressure, readjust, if neces-
sary
Hydraulic hose lines
X Check for leaks and damage
X Have safe working condition checked by ex-
pert
Steering
X Check that steering gear and tie rods are
firmly attached, check cotter pin
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
X Check hydraulic steering system for leaks

X Check hydraulic hoses for leaks and damage
X 1) Check track alignment, readjust, if necessary
100 h X Replace pressure filter insert
X Check hydraulic steering stop, adjust if neces-
sary
X Check steering using test program
copyright by
1262 LTM 1400-7-1-007

nance
nually
5000 10000 20000
km km km
X 6) X Support the crane. Deflect the steering wheel
in steering program 2 and 3 with maximum
steering deflection to the right and left.
Every 2 Spray steering uncoupling LTC 1045-3.1
weeks
Hydraulic fan
100 h X Replace pressure filter insert of hydraulic fan
Hydraulic supports
X Check sliding beam for ease of movement,
grease
X Check sliding beam cables
X Grease sliding beam cylinder mounting pins
X Lubricate bearing points of the swingable
swing beams (folding beams)
X Check sight gauge, adjust if necessary
Axle suspension
X Function test as blocking cylinder
X 4) X 4) Check pressure accumulator pretension
pressure (nitrogen)
Automatic transmission
X Check oil pressure
X Check operating temperature
X Check for leaks
X Check mounting screws, retighten if neces-
sary
100 h X X Oil change
100 h X X Replace oil filter
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Powershift transmission
X Check for leaks
100 h X X Replace oil filter
Automatic transmission AS-Tronic, AS-Tronic HD
X Check for leaks
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1263

nance
nually
5000 10000 20000
km km km
Every 3 Oil change
years 5)
Every 3 Replace oil filter
years 5)
Torque converter transmission TC 2
X Check for leaks
X Oil change
X Replace oil filter
Torque converter transmission TC HD
X Check for leaks
X Oil change
X Replace suction filter
X Replace pressure filter
Drop box
X Check for leaks
X Check mounting
1000 X X Oil change
km
Distributor gear
1000 X X Oil change
km
X Check for leaks
X Check mounting screws, retighten if neces-
sary
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
X Check the transfer function of on-road / off-

road gear
X Check all-wheel drive enabling function
Every 2 Have tachograph / trip recorder checked
years
X X Clean breather nipple
Hydrostatic travel drive
X Check hydraulic hoses for leaks and damage
100 h X Clean filter unit
copyright by
1264 LTM 1400-7-1-007

nance
nually
5000 10000 20000
km km km
X Replace the filter insert
Pump distributor gear
X Check for leaks
X Check mounting
Miter gear crane drive
X Check for leaks
X Check mounting
100 h 1500 h X Oil change
Gear shafts and bearing block
100 km 25000 Every 6 Check flange screws, retighten if necessary
km months
25000 Every 6 Visual inspection of gear shafts
km months
25000 Every 6 Visually check the intermediate shaft bearing
km months and bearing block
100000 Every 2 Lubricate gear bearings, if they can be lubrica-
km years ted
100000 Every 2 Lubricate length compensation, if it can be lu-
km years bricated
Drive shafts between the engine and transmission or transmission and distributor gear
Notice: These checks should only be carried out by authorized and trained expert personnel!
100000 Every 2 Check resistance or play in joint by manually
km years bending it after removal
100000 Every 2 Check length compensation for impermissible
km years bending play after removal. Replace the drive
shaft if the bending play exceeds 0.17 mm.
Axle, driven
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
X Check for leaks

X Oil level checks at axle housing, differential
housing and wheel hubs
10000 X Grease steering knuckle bearings
km
X Check mounting
1000 X Every 2 Oil change
km years
Every 2 Replace wheel bearing grease filling, if lubri-
years cated with grease
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1265

nance
nually
5000 10000 20000
km km km
X X Clean breather nipple on axle housing
Axles, non-driven
10000 X Grease steering knuckle bearings
km
X Check mounting
X X Replace wheel hub grease filling
X X Adjust wheel bearings
Electrical system
X Check vehicle lighting for function
X Cable connections
Every 6
months Service the batteries
3)
Every 6
months Empty the acid container
3)
Fuel system
X Check for leaks
X X Check condition and mounting
X X Drain off water and sediments
X X Clean preliminary filter for auxiliary fuel pump
Every Check fuel preliminary filter, drain off water if
50 h necessary
X Replace preliminary fuel filter
Tires
X Check for external damage
X Check tire pressure
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
X Check profile wear and depth

Observe the regulations as stipulated by law
100 km X Check lug nuts for tight seating, retighten if
necessary
Brake system
X Check brake system
X Check brake lining thickness
X Brakes, readjust if necessary
X Brake pads, replace if necessary
copyright by
1266 LTM 1400-7-1-007

nance
nually
5000 10000 20000
km km km
X Check the brake discs
X Check the brake drums
X Check function of parking brake and service
brake
Eddy current retarder
5000 X X Check mechanical and electrical parts
km
Compressed air system
X Check for leaks
X Check operating pressure of brake system
X Check shut off pressure
X Drain air pressure tank
X Replace air drier granular cartridges
X Clean air drier preliminary filter
Driverʼs cab
X Check instruments for function
X Check indicator lights for function
X Check engine brake actuation
X Check retarder actuation
Every 2 Grease glide shoes of cab guide on vehicle
weeks frame LTC 1045-3.1
Window washer system, camera washer system
X Check the fluid level in the reservoir for the
washer system
Emergency operation
X Check for correct function
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Support plates with equalization

X Replace grease filling
X Perform function test
1)
in frequent off-road application: every 500 km to 2000 km
2)
in frequent off-road application: at least 1x a year
3)
in hot climate zones: Every 3 months
4)
observe chapter 7.04, Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis
5)
only when using ZF-Ecofluid M, otherwise every 2 years
6)
in winter: when road salt is used or near the ocean
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1267
029711-05 7.03 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1268 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.03 Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure 029711-05
1 Crane superstructure maintenance and inspection

schedule
Note
u Carry out maintenance work after reaching the specified operating hours or calendar intervals. The
interval which occurs first is the deciding factor!

mainte-
nance
nually
Safety systems
X
condition
X
function
X
safe function
Crane surface
X
and slip resistance
Fire extinguishing system
X Carry out a visual inspection of the system
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

instructions of the fire extinguisher manufactu-
rer.
Every 5 Replace trigger elements and extinguisher
years tank.
Diesel engine
instructions of the engine manufacturer
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1269

mainte-
nance
nually
Cooling system
X Check the coolant level in the expansion tank
Every 4 Replace the coolant if filled with Liebherr An-
6000 h
years tifreeze OS Mix
Every 2
3000 h Replace the coolant
years
SCR Exhaust after-treatment
Every 2
4500 h Replace foam and filter element of urea pump
years
Engine independent heater
X Check the fluid level in the expansion tank
Operate for 10 minutes with cold engine and
Monthly
lowest fan setting
Carry out service work before and after every
X
heating period
Every 2
Replace the fluid for the heating system
years
Air filter
X Check monitoring device
X Clean, change the filter insert
Observe the instructions of the engine manu-
facturer
Slewing ring connection
X Lubricate the gears
X 1)
Lubricating the slewing ring connection
250 h X X Check the mounting screws for tight seating
X Check the tilt play
Winches
250 h X Check the mounting screws for tight seating
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
X Check for leaks

X X Check the gear oil via oil analysis
Every 4
250 h 3000 h Replace the gear oil
years
Lubricate the space between V-ring / winch
X X
bearing (only LR 11000)
Check the condition of the tooth flanks; deter-
200 h X mining factor are the operating hours of the
winch (only for winches with gear ring drive)
copyright by
1270 LTM 1400-7-1-007

mainte-
nance
nually
Check the remaining theoretical utilization life
X
by a technical expert
Every 4 Check the remaining theoretical utilization life
years by authorized specialist
Winch brakes
X Check for leaks
Relapse supports
X X Lubricate the bearings
Check the oscillation guard for easy move-
X 2), 6)
ment
Relapse cylinder
X 2), 6) X Check for leaks
X 2), 6) X X Check pretension pressure (nitrogen)
X 2), 6) X X Check the oil quantity
Pneumatic springs
X 2), 5), 6) X X Check for correct function
A-bracket
X Lubricate the bearing
Check the lever for the limit switch on the A-
X 2), 6) X frame 3 for easy movement and reset of
spring
Check the rods with guide rail on the A-
X 2), 6) X frame 2 and A-frame 3 for easy movement
and distortion
Counterweight
or
1,000
10,000 X Check tightening torque of mounting screws
km
km
Concrete ballast plates (ballast container) (only LR 13000)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
X Check for damage

Every 5
Check by licensing agency
years
Ballasting
X Check the swing play (only LTM 11200-9.1)
Press on pulleys of rope winches
X X Grease guides
Rope pulleys
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1271

mainte-
nance
nually
Check for wear, damage, cracks and easy
X X
movement
X X Grease
Crane cab
X Check instruments for function
X Check indicator lights for function
Replace the filter insert for switch cabinet ven-
X
tilation
X Replace filter insert in water heater
Check fluid level in expansion tank of engine
X
control
X X Check the sliding or incline device for function
Lubricate the bearings of the sliding or incline
X X
device
Check the lift device (telescope arm) for func-
X X 7)
tion
Lubricate the bearings of the lift device and te-
X X 7)
lescope arm
Window washer system, camera washer system
Check the fluid level in the reservoir for the
X
washer system
Overload protection
X X Check length sensor for function
X X Check length sensor rope for damage
Remote diagnostics device
X Check the validity of the SIM card
Electrical system
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
X Cable connections
Every 6
months Service the batteries
3)
Every 6
months Empty the acid container
3)
Replace the interior compartment filter of the

X 5)
switch cabinet ventilation
Fuel system
copyright by
1272 LTM 1400-7-1-007

mainte-
nance
nually
X Check for leaks
X Check condition and mounting
X Drain off water and sediments
X Clean preliminary filter for auxiliary fuel pump
Every Check fuel preliminary filter, drain off water if
50 h necessary
Every
Replace preliminary fuel filter
1000 h
Slewing gear
250 h X Check the mounting screws for tight seating
X Check for leaks
X X Check the gear oil via oil analysis
Every 4
250 h 3000 h Replace the gear oil
years
Slewing gear brakes
X Check for leaks
Turntable lock
X X Grease
X X Check for correct function
Bearings
X Checking the retaining elements
Pump distributor gear
X Check for leaks
500 h X X Replace the gear oil
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

X Check for safe condition by expert
Hydraulic system
X Check for leaks
Replace the servo pressure and replenishing
250 h X X
pressure filter inserts
Replace return filter inserts (only for cranes
250 h X X
with open hydraulic circuit)
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1273

mainte-
nance
nually
250 h X X Replace bleeder filter of hydraulic tank
Check hydraulic oil, required degree of purity:
500 h X X
20/18/15
Take oil sample and have it tested by oil supp-
lier
Hydraulic cylinder
X Check for leaks
Hydraulic pressure accumulator (nitrogen)
X 4) X 4) Check pretension pressures
Compressed air system
X Check for leaks
X Check operating pressure
X Check shut off pressure
X Check operation of automatic drain valve
X Replace air drier granular cartridges
X Clean air drier preliminary filter
Central lubrication system
X Check the grease container fill level
Emergency operation
Suspended ballast
X Check the fall protection equipment
Check frame, suspension and guide section
X
for distortion and cracks
1)
if the crane is not moved: Every 3 months
2)
before every operation: Check visually
3)
in hot climate zones: Every 3 months
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4)
note chapter 7.05, Crane superstructure maintenance instructions
5)
and as necessary
6)
and during assembly
7)
in Great Britain: Every 6 months
copyright by
1274 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1275
029709-02 7.03.50 Maintenance intervals - Crane boom
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1276 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.03.50 Maintenance intervals - Crane boom 029709-02
1 Crane boom maintenance and inspection schedule

Note
u Carry out maintenance work after reaching the specified operating hours or calendar intervals. The
interval which occurs first is the deciding factor!

mainte-
nance
nually
Safety systems
X
condition
X
function
X
safe function
Surface of crane boom
X
and slip resistance
Lattice sections
X Check cracks, damage and distortion
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

X Check railings and pedestals for safe function
X
safe function
Guy rods
Check for cracks, damage and distortion by a
X
technical expert
Every 4 Check for cracks, damage and distortion by an
years authorized inspector
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1277

mainte-
nance
nually
X Checking the retaining elements
Relapse supports
Check the oscillation guard for easy move-
X 2), 6)
ment
Relapse cylinder
X 2), 6) X Check for leaks
X 2), 6)
X X Check pretension pressure (nitrogen)
X 2), 6) X X Check the oil quantity
X Check for safe condition by expert
Hydraulic cylinder
X Check for leaks
Hydraulic pressure accumulator (nitrogen)
X 4) X 4) Check pretension pressures
Rope pulleys
Check for wear, damage, cracks and easy
X X
movement
X X Grease
Telescopic boom with rope mechanism
Check telescopic boom for distortions and
X
cracks
Grease the sliding surfaces of the telescopic
X X
boom bearing
Check change over pulleys of push out me-
X X
chanics for damage and cracks
Grease the change over pulleys of push out
X X
mechanism
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Check mounting screws on change over pul-

X X
leys for tight seating
250 h X Check, adjust rope mechanism
Every
20000 h 10 Disassemble and check the boom
years
Telematik telescopic boom system
Check telescopic boom system for distortion,
X
damage and cracks
copyright by
1278 LTM 1400-7-1-007

mainte-
nance
nually
Check hydraulic components for leaks and da-
X
mage
Check telescoping cylinder for proper condi-
X X
tion
Check pull knob retainer and mounting screws
X
for tight seating
Check mounting screws of push out cylinder
X
for tight seating
Check twist guard of cylinder pinning and tele-
X
scopic boom pinning
X X Check push out gripper for proper condition
Check locking pins and locking bores for pro-
X X
per condition
Check inner and outer sliding surfaces for pro-
X X
per condition
X 5) Lubricating the gliding surfaces
Grease the guide rails on the telescoping cy-
X 5)
linder
Every
20000 h 10 Disassemble and check the boom
years
Telescopic boom guying
X Check cracks, damage and distortion
Every 3
Lubricate the TA/TY-guying on the grease fit-
months
5), 6)
tings
X Check guy winch for leaks

Every 6
Check the oil level on the guy winch
months
250 h X X Check the mounting screws for tight seating
Check the rope connection between the guy
X 4) rope and the auxiliary rope (only
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
LTM 1400-7.1)
Every 4
Replace gear oil of guy winch
years
Crane ropes
X Check for damage and distortion
Monthly Check, grease by expert personnel
X Check by technical expert
Every 4
Check by authorized inspector
years
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1279

mainte-
nance
nually
Hook blocks
X X Lubricate hooks and rope pulleys
Check rope pulleys for distortion, wear, da-
X X
mage and cracks
Every 6
Replace batteries on incline sensor
months
X Check distance dimension (y)
Check for distortion, wear, damage and cracks
X
by expert
Every 4 Check for distortion, wear, damage and cracks
years by expert
2)
before every operation: Check visually
4)
note chapter 7.05, Crane superstructure maintenance instructions
5)
and as necessary
6)
and during assembly
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1280 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1281
026848-03 7.04 Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102333
copyright by
1282 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.04 Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 026848-03
1 Diesel engine
Never step on fuel lines during maintenance or repair work in the engine area!
DANGER
Danger of fire!
u Make sure that the engine area is kept free of diesel fuel.
u Extreme cleanliness is vital, particularly during filter changes and bleeding. Wipe up any spilled
fuel!
u When changing the filter it is advisable to place some cotton rags underneath to absorb the fuel
before removing the filter.
1.1 Engine oil
1.1.1 Checking the oil level, illustration 1

– The crane is in horizontal position.
– The engine is turned off and the oil has collected in the oil pan.
u Remove and wipe the dipstick off.
u Reinsert the dipstick and pull it out again.
The oil level must be between the min. and max. mark on the dipstick.
u Check the oil level.
NOTICE
Danger of damaging the engine!
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum mark, top up engine oil as shown in the lubricant chart
until the oil level is between the minimum and maximum marks.
u Add engine oil and check again.
u Reinsert the dipstick.
1.1.2 Changing the oil

Refer to separate operating instructions „LIEBHERR Diesel engines“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1283
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102333
copyright by
1284 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Engine coolant, illustration 2

WARNING
Danger of skin burns!
u The engine must be cold when checking the coolant.
u Turn the cap on the filler neck of the water cooler expansion tank to the first notch.
u Release excess pressure.
u Remove the cap.
Add coolant as specified in the lubrication chart only on the filler neck of the water cooler expansion
tank.
u Add coolant if required.
1.3 Air filter, illustration 3

The air filter is monitored electrically. If the vacuum in the intake pipe has increased because of dirty
air filter inserts, the warning light 183 in the driverʼs cab display unit lights up.
If the warning light 183 lights up:
u Clean or replace the filter insert.
1.4 Diesel particle filter*

DANGER
Danger of igniting the diesel particle filter*!
u The diesel particle filter* may only be regenerated under the supervision of operating personnel!
Carry out the operation and maintenance of the diesel particle filter* according to the separate opera-
ting instructions of the diesel particle filter* manufacturer.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1285
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102553
copyright by
1286 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.5 Fuel preliminary filter
1.5.1 Draining the fuel preliminary filter
Note
u The water separator 2 on the fuel preliminary filter must be drained at regular intervals.
u Turn the engine off.

u Place a catch basin under the water separator.
u Close the ball valve 1.
u Open the drain valve 3 and drain water until fuel emerges.
u Close the drain valve 3.
u Open the ball valve 1.
u Remove the catch basin and dispose of the fluid.
1.5.2 Cleaning the filter strainer
DANGER
Danger of fire and explosion.
u Do not smoke.
u Avoid naked flames.
u Work only when the diesel engine is turned off.
u Maintain utmost cleanliness during all work.

u Place a catch basin under the fuel preliminary filter.
u Close the ball valve 1.
u Open the drain valve 3 until no more fuel emerges.
u Remove the catch basin and dispose of the fluid.
u Remove the screws 4 and remove the cover 8.
u Remove the filter strainer 6 and clean it properly.
u Insert the cleaned filter strainer 6 properly.
u Install the cover 8 with seals properly.
u Properly tighten the screws 4.
u Open the ball valve 1.
u Open the breather screw 5.
u Operate the hand pump 7 and properly bleed the fuel filter.
u Properly tighten the breather screw 5.
u Start the engine and check the fuel preliminary filter for leaks.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1287
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102521
copyright by
1288 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Automatic transmission with torque converter coup-

ling
NOTICE
Danger of damaging the transmission!
u Maintain utmost cleanliness during all work to prevent any dirt from entering the inside of the gear.
u Check the transmission for leaks at regular intervals.
u Have leaking transmission sealed immediately and professionally.
2.1 Checking the oil level on the automatic transmission

– The gear oil has cooled down (less than 40 ° C).
u Remove the oil filler plug 1.
The oil level must reach the edge of the bore.
u Perform a visual inspection.
NOTICE
Danger of gear damage!
Too little oil causes lubricating problems and reduces the service life of the gear. Too much oil causes
more displacement work and causes the gear to overheat.
u Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart up to the overflow on the oil filler plug 1 and recheck the
level.
u The deciding factor for exact oil quantity is always the correct procedure for adding oil and che-
cking the oil level after a trial run.
u Install the oil filler plug 1 with new seal and tighten.
2.2 Replacing the oil in the automatic transmission

– The transmission is at operating temperature.
u Remove the oil drain plug 2 and the oil drain plug 3 and drain the gear oil.
u Clean the magnet on the oil drain plugs.
u Reinstall the oil drain plug 2 and the oil drain plug 3 with a new seal and tighten.
u Add oil according to the lubrication chart on the bore of the oil filler plug 1 until it starts to run over.
u After adding the oil, install the oil filler plug 1 with a new seal and tighten.
u Test drive the vehicle.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Check the oil level and add oil, if necessary.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1289
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102522
copyright by
1290 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Checking the oil level of torque converter coupling

– The oil temperature is 30 °C.
The retarder may not be operated while checking the oil level.
u Remove the dipstick 13 and check the oil level.
If the oil level has dropped below the permissible mark „cold“, then oil must be added.
If there is too much oil in the system it must be drained using the drain plug on the oil reservoir.
Note
Important control note!
The oil on the dipstick must be transparent. Milky oil means that foam is forming in the system.
u Let the engine run at idling speed until the oil on the entire dipstick is clear. This procedure can
take several minutes.
NOTICE
more displacement work and causes the gear to overheat. If too much oil is added, oil can escape
during retarder operation and / or during longer downtime.
u Add oil as shown in lubrication chart and recheck.
u Insert the dipstick 13.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1291
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102522
copyright by
1292 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Changing the oil on the torque converter coupling

– The transmission is in neutral position.
– The transmission is at operating temperature.
Note
Important safety instructions!
u Do not drive against converter when stationary!
u Do not drive against retarder when stationary!
u Remove the dipstick 13.

u Remove the oil drain plugs 5 and the torque converter discharge plug 11 and drain the oil.
Note
u The oil in the torque converter cannot be drained completely. The oil remaining in the torque con-
verter is approx. 9 l. Depending on the version and location, a certain amount of oil, which cannot
be drained, also remains in the connector lines.
u Clean the magnet on the oil drain plugs 5.

u Reinstall the oil drain plugs 5 and torque converter discharge plug 11 with new seal ring and tigh-
ten.
u Add oil as specified on the lubrication chart on the oil filler tube 12 (approx. 20 l).
u Start the engine.
u With the engine running at idling speed, check the oil level constantly and add oil until the oil level
on the oil dipstick 13 remains steadily in the range of the 30 °C cold mark.
NOTICE
Danger of damage!
u If too much oil has been added, then it must be drained.
The oil should be at approx. 30 °C , allow oil to cool down if necessary.

u Check oil level at 30 °C cold mark with the engine at idling speed.
u Add oil if necessary.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1293
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102523
copyright by
1294 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.5 Replacing the suction filter

The suction filter 6 must be replaced at every oil change.
u Remove the old suction filter 6.
u Install the new suction filter 6 properly.
2.6 Changing the pressure filter

The pressure filter 7 must be replaced at every oil change.
u Remove the old pressure filter 7.
u Install the new pressure filter 7 properly.
2.7 Bleeding the gear

The gear oil heats up while the vehicle is being driven. This creates overpressure which is conti-
nuously released via a breather valve.
Make sure that the function of the breather valve is ensured at all times. The vent must be clean and
the plastic cover must be removed.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1295
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.107750
copyright by
1296 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Distributor gear
Maintain utmost cleanliness during all work to prevent any dirt from entering the inside of the gear.
3.1 Checking the oil level

– The crane vehicle is in horizontal position.
u Remove the level control plug 2.
The oil level must be up to the edge of the bore for the level control plug 2.
NOTICE
If more than 0.5 l runs out on the bore edge of the level plug 2, then this is a sign of a defect in the oil
circuit!
u Contact the Service Dept. at Liebherr Werk Ehingen!
NOTICE
more displacement work and overheats the gear!
u Add oil up to the overflow level of the level plug 2, as specified in the lubrication chart, and recheck
the level!
u Reinstall the level control plug 2 with new seal and tighten.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1297
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.107750
copyright by
1298 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2 Changing the oil

– The crane vehicle is in horizontal position.
– The gear is warm.
u Remove the oil filler plug 1 and the level control plug 2.
u Remove the oil drain plug 3, drain the oil and determine the oil quantity.
Note
u During removal, the check valves 4 must remain on the supply line 5 and the return line 6 on the
transfer gear.
u Remove the supply line 5 and the return line 6 on the distributor gear, drain the oil and determine
the oil quantity.
If necessary:
u Carefully blow out the oil lines with maximum 4 bar to drain all the oil.
Note
u If the determined oil quantity is significantly less that the oil quantities specified in the Crane opera-
ting instructions, chapter 7.06, then this is a sign that there is a leak in the oil circuit. Find the rea-
son for the leaky oil circuit and fix it.
u Check the supply line 5 and the return line 6 for damage.
u Install the supply line 5 and the return line 6 properly.
u Install the oil drain plug 3 and the level plug 2 with a new seal and tighten.
u Add the complete oil quantity for the distributor gear with oil cooler and lines as specified in the lu-
brication chart on the oil filler plug 1. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.06 and chap-
ter 7.07.
u Drive the mobile crane about 10 km.
Note
u After about 10 km, the oil cooler is filled with oil.
u Check the oil level as described in paragraph „Checking the oil level“ and add more oil or drain oil,
as necessary.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1299
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195224
copyright by
1300 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Hydraulic system
Extreme cleanliness must be maintained when adding oil.
4.1 Hydraulic tank
4.1.1 Checking the oil level

– The support cylinders and sliding beams have been fully retracted.
– The vehicle has been lowered to the lowest axle suspension level.
NOTICE
Danger of accident if hydraulic pump is damaged!
If the oil level is too low, the hydraulic pump may be damaged, which will increase the risk of accident
because of incapacity to steer. The cylinders cannot be fully extended and the vehicle cannot be level-
led.
u Check oil level and add oil, if necessary.
The oil level must be in the center of the oil level sight gauge 1.
u Check the oil level on the oil level sight gauge 1 of the hydraulic oil tank.
Problem remedy
No oil is visible in the oil level sight gauge 1?
u Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart using a fine-meshed filter until the oil level is visible in
center of oil level sight gauge 1.
4.1.2 Checking the aeration / bleeder filter

u Open the cover with the turn lock.
u Check the filter 2 for impurities (visual inspection).
In the event of heavy contamination:
u Replace the filter 2.
u Close the cover with the turn lock again.
u Start the engine.
u Slowly run through all crane movements.
u Check the oil level again and add oil if necessary.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1301
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195224
copyright by
1302 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.1.3 Checking and replacing the return filter

One of the two return filters 3 is equipped with a maintenance indicator 4.
If the red mark is visible when the oil is warmed up and ready for operation:
u Replace filter unit.
u Unscrew and remove both filter covers.
u Remove the filter units.
u Rinse out the filter housing.
u Clean the sealing surfaces on the covers and filter housings.
u Insert new filter units.
u Lubricate the rubber seal rings in the covers with oil.
u Place both filter covers and tighten.
u Start the engine and check the filter for leaks.
u Check the oil level and add oil if necessary.
4.1.4 Pressure filters, illustration 4

The pressure filters are equipped with a maintenance indicator. If the red bar indicator is visible when
the oil is at operating temperature, then the filter cartridge must be replaced.
u Release the filter cartridge and collect any escaping oil in a suitable container.
u Remove and dispose of the filter cartridge.
u Clean the sealing surface on the filter bracket.
u Lubricate the rubber seal ring on the new filter cartridge with oil.
u Install a new filter cartridge and tighten.
u Start the engine and check for leaks.
Result:
– This bleeds the hydraulic system.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1303
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102557
copyright by
1304 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Diaphragm reservoirs of axle suspension / axle locking system

Diaphragm reservoirs have been installed in the hydraulic system. The pretension pressures are spe-
cified in the hydraulic circuit diagram as well as on the individual diaphragm reservoirs. The pretension
pressure must be measured separately in each diaphragm reservoir.
NOTICE
Risk of travel gear damage!
If the outside temperature fluctuates considerably, e.g. after transport to extremely hot or cold count-
ries or in countries with considerable differences between the summer and winter temperatures, the
gas accumulator pressures may change. Inadequate gas pretension may cause the reservoir diaph-
ragms to be overstressed. If the pretension is too high, the spring action in the axle suspension if no
longer guaranteed.
u Check the gas accumulator pressures and correct if necessary.

– The axle suspension / axle blocking system is in the suspended position.
– The function control on button 130 does not light up.
u Lower the vehicle down as far as possible using button 119, button 120, button 135, button 136
and enter 143 until the oil has drained from the diaphragm reservoirs.
DANGER
Danger of explosion!
The pressure in the nitrogen cylinder must be less than the maximum permitted operating pressure of
the reservoir or the pressure gauge. Otherwise install a pressure reducer between the cylinder and the
filling device.
u Do not use air or oxygen to fill the diaphragm reservoir!
The pretension pressure in the hydraulic reservoirs may only be checked by an expert with appro-
priate training and equipment. In addition, the national regulations for pressurized container inspecti-
ons must also be observed.
u Check the pretension pressure with a testing and filling device and correct, if necessary.
u Press level button 129 and ENTER 143 until the function control on the level button 129 blinks.
Result:
– The vehicle is at the level setting (level for on-road driving).
4.3 Hydraulic hose lines

WARNING
Damaged and leaky hydraulic hose lines!
Fire, accidents, death, severe injury, property damage.
If leaky areas are found during the visual inspection:
u Have these leaky areas inspected immediately by authorized and trained expert personnel and re-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
medied.
If damage is found during the visual inspection:
u Have hydraulic hose lines checked by an expert person for hydraulic hose lines.
Note
u For annual inspection of hydraulic hose lines and for definition of expert person for hydraulic
hose lines, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.06.
Hydraulic hose lines must be inspected once a year by an expert person for hydraulic hose lines.
The system must be visually inspected daily.
The system must be visually inspected before starting to work.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1305
4.3.1 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for damage

Hydraulic hose lines must be inspected by an expert person for hydraulic hose lines when one of
the following defects is found:
– Damage on outer surface, such as chafe marks, cuts and cracks
– Brittleness due to aging of outer layer (cracks)
– Distortion, such as splitting of hose layers, bubbles, crushed areas, kinks, twists
– Damage or distortion of hose fixtures or hose fitting (seal is endangered)
u Inspect the hydraulic hose lines for damage.
If one of the listed defects is found:
u Document conspicuous findings, decisions and replacements comprehensibly, see Crane opera-
4.3.2 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for leaks

u Check the crane for escaped hydraulic oil.
u Check the ground under the crane for leaks.
When the hydraulic system leaks:
u Have these leaky areas inspected by authorized and trained expert personnel and remedied.
or
Contact Liebherr Service.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1306 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1307
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.107751
copyright by
1308 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Air dryer compressed air and brake system, illustra-

tion 5
5.1 Replacing the granular cartridge
CAUTION
Danger of accident due to pretensioned granular cartridge!
The granular cartridge is under spring tension.
u Caution when replacing the granular cartridge!
u Replace granular cartridge once per year.
6 Steering
6.1 Active rear axle steering
WARNING
Fire. Loss of steering ability. Death, severe injury, property damage.
If leaky areas are found during the visual inspection:
medied.
If damage is found during the visual inspection:
Note
u For annual inspection of hydraulic hose lines and for definition of expert person for hydraulic
hose lines, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.06.
Hydraulic hose lines must be inspected once a year by an expert person for hydraulic hose lines.
The hydraulic hose lines must be visually inspected daily.
The hydraulic hose lines must be visually inspected before starting to work.
6.1.1 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for damage

Hydraulic hose lines must be inspected by an expert person for hydraulic hose lines when one of
the following defects is found:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Distortion, such as splitting of hose layers, bubbles, crushed areas, kinks, twists
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1309
Fig.119290: Steering cylinder

u Check the hydraulic hose lines 2 of the steering centering cylinder 1 to the control valve on the rear
axle steering for damage.
u Have the hydraulic hose lines 2 checked by an expert person for hydraulic hose lines.
6.1.2 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for leaks

u Check the ground under the crane for leaks.
u Have these leaky areas inspected by authorized and trained expert personnel and remedied.
or
7 Tires
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Minimum profile depth fallen below!
When the legal minimum profile depth is reached:
u Replace the tire.
For EM-tires (Earthmover tires) there is no legal specification for tire replacement due to tire aging ei-
ther from the tire manufacturer or by law.
To reach a long service life for the tires on the crane vehicle, adhere to the following recommendati-
ons:
– Observe the axle loads specified by law.
– Observe the valid travel conditions specified by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
copyright by
1310 LTM 1400-7-1-007
– Check in regular intervals:

• Tire profile depth
• Tire surface for cracks, damage or foreign particles
• Tire outer wall for cracks or damage
• Tire pressure
• Track adjustment for all axles
– Remove foreign particles (for example: rocks) which are stuck or wedged in the tire profile.
– Rotate the wheels as described in Section "Rotating the wheels".
7.1 Checking the tires

This section contains information for the external inspection of the tires.
If the external properties of the tires are without recognizable defects, damage can be present in the
interior of the tires.
To be able to determine damage in the interior of the tires, you can only observe the changes of the
dynamic behavior, for example:
– Increasing noises
– Vibrations
When the properties of the tires get worse during travel, then the tires can be defective.
WARNING
Damage in the interior of the tires!
Worsening of dynamic behavior during travel.
u Look for any change of dynamic behavior, such as increasing noises or vibrations.
If the dynamic behavior worsens:
u Have tires inspected by authorized and trained expert personnel of the tire manufacturer.
u After eight to ten years: Have tires inspected by authorized and trained expert personnel of the
tire manufacturer.
u Pay attention to the result of the inspection and follow the specifications regarding further use of
the tire.
u Replace defective tires.
WARNING
Use of non-approved wheels (tires and disk wheels)!
Damage of mobile crane and surrounding area.
u Use exclusively spare wheels approved in writing by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
u Use of non-approved spare wheels is prohibited.
u Only use tires which were approved for the respective disk wheel type (1-part or 3-part disk wheel).
Note
u Tires and disk wheels approved by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH. See Crane operating instructi-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
ons, chapter 1.03.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1311
7.1.1 Inspecting the tires
WARNING
Impermissible tire properties!
If the minimum legal profile depth is reached or if the tires are damaged:
u Replace the tire.
u Adhere to the specified tire pressure. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 1.03.
When the tire pressure has dropped below 3 bar:
u Have the tires inflated exclusively by qualified and trained expert personnel.
The profile depth of the tires must be the legally specified minimum value.
u Check the tread depth of the tires.
u Check tires for damage.
Fig.120146: Disk wheel with tire

The tire bead must touch the inside and outside of the disk wheel evenly.
u Make sure that the tire 3 is correctly seated on the disk wheel 1.
u Check the tire pressure.
7.1.2 Inspecting the disk wheels

Types of disk wheels 1:
– 1-part
– 3-part
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1312 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.120144: 1-part disk wheel

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1313
WARNING
Damaged disk wheels!
When the disk wheels are damaged:
u Replace the disk wheels 1.
u Check wheel disks 1 for damage.

u Check wheel disks 1 for corrosion.
u Check welding seams and bore edges for cracks, see illustrations.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1314 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.1.3 Checking the side ring and locking ring

On 3-part disk wheels the side ring and the locking ring must be checked.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury if the lock ring 2 is not properly seated!
If the locking ring 2 is not correctly seated in the groove, then the locking ring 2 can jump off explosi-
vely when pumping the tire up.
u Check to ensure that the lock ring is correctly seated.
If there is any doubt about the correct seating of the locking ring 2:
u Consult authorized and trained expert personnel for inspection.
When the locking ring 2 is not seated correctly in the grove:
u Consult authorized and trained expert personnel.
u Do not change the tire pressure.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1315
Indications of an incorrectly installed lock ring are present if:

– The locking ring 2 is not completely seated with its entire circumference in the groove (point P1) of
the disk wheel.
– The gap of the installed locking ring 2 is outside the permissible tolerance range of 3 mm to 12 mm.
u Check the gap on the locking ring 2 .
u Visually check the side ring 4 and locking ring 2 for correct seating.
7.2 Check the tire pressure

WARNING
Impermissible tire pressure!
Damage on tire body, failure of tire.
u Ensure permissible tire pressure.
u Do not exceed or fall below the permissible tire pressure.
u Check the tire pressure exclusively when the tire is cold.
Note
u The specified tire pressure must be within the tolerance range of ± 0.2 bar.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1316 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.2.1 1-part disk wheel

– The tire 3 is correctly seated on the disk wheel 1.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Inflate the tire to the pressure which is specified for installed tires. See Crane operating instructi-
ons, chapter 1.03.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1317

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– The tire 3 is correctly seated on the disk wheel 1.

– The locking ring 2 is seated correctly in the groove (point P1) on the disk wheel 1.
copyright by
1318 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Danger of fatal injury if the lock ring 2 is not properly seated!
If the tire pressure has dropped to less than 3 bar , the locking ring 2 can jump off explosively if the
tires are improperly inflated.
u When checking the tire pressure on the vehicle or after tire installation, make sure that the locking
ring 2 is correctly installed on the disk wheel.
When the tire pressure is less than 3 bar:
u Have the tires inflated exclusively by authorized and trained expert personnel.
When the locking ring 2 is not correctly seated on the disk wheel:
u Consult exclusively authorized and trained expert personnel.
u Do not make any tire pressure changes on your own.
The gap on the locking ring 2 must be between 3 mm and 12 mm.

u Check the gap on the locking ring 2 .
u Inflate the tire to the pressure which is specified for installed tires. See Crane operating instructi-
ons, chapter 1.03.
7.3 Changing the tires

WARNING
Use of non-approved wheels (tires and disk wheels)!
u Use exclusively spare wheels approved in writing by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
u Use of non-approved spare wheels is prohibited.
u Only use tires which were approved for the respective disk wheel type (1-part or 3-part disk wheel).
WARNING
Use of non-approved tires!
u Use exclusively replacement tires approved in writing by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
u Use of non-approved replacement tires is prohibited.
WARNING
Death or severe injury due to improper assembly or disassembly!
u Install or remove tires on the disk wheel exclusively according to Specification 98011958 of
u Have tires installed and removed exclusively by authorized and trained expert personnel.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
WARNING
Death or severe injury due to improper assembly or disassembly!
u Have tires installed and removed exclusively by authorized and trained expert personnel.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1319
7.4 Changing the wheels in case of a flat tire

WARNING
Accident due to a flat tire!
Shaky steering wheel, obstruction of traffic, endangerment of crane personnel.
When the steering wheel shakes:
u Hold the steering wheel with both hands.
u Do not endanger road traffic when stopping.
u Select the location for changing the wheel in such a way that the crane is horizontally aligned.
u Select the location for changing the wheel in such a way that the traffic is obstructed as little as
possible.
u Select the location for changing the wheel in such a way that crane personnel is not endangered
when changing the wheel.
u Secure the vehicle and the changing location.
u Carry out crane operation only when supported.
WARNING
Toppling wheel!
The wheel can fall over when changing the wheel and seriously injure personnel.
u Secure the wheel to prevent it from falling over.
u Actuate the support solely when no wheel is leaned against a sliding beam or a support cylinder.
u When the wheel starts to tip, move away quickly, do not try to hold the wheel.
u Change the wheel solely with an aid and with the proper assembly tools.
u Apply the parking brake. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.
u Block the axle suspension. See Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.03.
u Loosen the lug nuts on the defective wheel.
DANGER
Death due to impermissible support base!
Toppling crane.
u Select the support base in such a way that the mobile crane will not topple over.
u Support the mobile crane insofar until the wheels can be changed. See Crane operating instructi-
ons, chapter 3.05.
Wheels that are on their side are extremely difficult to lift up. Do not lay the wheels down when chan-
ging a wheel.
u Lift the spare wheel using the crane, set it down next to defective wheel and prevent it from rolling
away or toppling over.
u Unscrew lug nuts and dismount defective wheel.
WARNING
Mortal danger due to defective spare wheel!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
When a 3-part disk wheel is installed:

u Before installation, check the disk wheel, side ring, locking ring and tires visually.
u Make sure that a defective spare wheel is not installed.
u Replace a defective spare wheel.
u Install only wheels which are approved for the vehicle.
u Mount the spare wheel.
copyright by
1320 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Accidents due to damaged or loosening lug nuts!
u Replace damaged lug nuts.
u Keep the lug nut threads and wheel bolt threads free of oil and grease.
u Adhere to the tightening torque of 600 Nm.
u Do not overtighten the lug nuts.
u Use lug nuts exclusively approved by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH.
u Install the lug nuts and tighten them crosswise with 600 Nm.
After driving 50 km:
u Check the lug nuts for tight seating and retighten if necessary.
7.5 Rotating the tires

Crane vehicle tires are subjected to differing loads during operation.
Note
Recommendation!
u To obtain an even wear pattern of all tires on a vehicle, rotate the wheels.
u As soon as an irregular wear pattern is recognizable, rotate the wheels.
u Proven intervals are between 5000 km and 10000 km.
u Rotate the wheels crosswise (see following illustrations).

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.119259: Example of tire rotation
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1321
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1322 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1323
Fig.119263: Example of tire rotation LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1324 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

When a wheel has an even wear pattern:
u Remove the wheel and change it with a wheel with irregular wear pattern.
When a wheel has an uneven wear pattern:
u Remove the wheel and change it with a wheel with regular wear pattern.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1325
7.6 Checking the wheel alignment

NOTICE
Increased tire wear due to incorrect alignment!
u Check the wheel alignment in regular intervals.
When the tire is subjected to especially high strain:
u Have the wheel alignment carried out immediately.
When the tires hit on a curb, for example, then an especially high strain is present.
u Have the wheels aligned exclusively by trained and authorized expert personnel.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1326 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1327
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102556
copyright by
1328 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8 Axles
Maintain extreme cleanliness during all work to prevent dirt from entering the interior of the axle ca-
sings.
8.1 Axle casings, illustration 7

The position of the oil filler plug 2 and the oil drain plug 1 depends on the respective axle version.
Ensure that the crane is horizontal.

NOTICE
Danger of damage!
If the oil level has dropped, always add oil as specified in the lubrication chart up to the overflow of the
oil filler plug 2.
u Reinstall the oil filler plug 2 with new seal ring and tighten.

u Unbolt oil drain plug 1 and drain gear oil.
u Install the oil drain plug 1 with new seal ring and tighten.
u Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart on the oil filler plug 2 until it starts to overflow at the
edge of the bore.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1329
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102556
copyright by
1330 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.2 Wheel hubs, illustration 8

– The crane is supported (wheels are not in contact with the ground).

u Turn each driven wheel until the oil drain plug 3 reaches its lowest point and the line 2 is exactly
horizontal.
NOTICE
Danger of damage!
If the oil level has dropped, always add oil as specified in the lubrication chart up to the overflow of the
oil filler plug 1.

u Turn each driven wheel until the oil drain plug 3 reaches its lowest point and the line 2 is exactly
horizontal.
u Unbolt oil drain plug 3 and drain gear oil.
u Install the oil drain plug 3 with new seal ring and tighten.
u Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart on the oil filler plug 1 until it starts to overflow at the
edge of the bore.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1331
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.109852
copyright by
1332 LTM 1400-7-1-007
9 Tilting the driverʼs cab

The driverʼs cab can be tilted forward for assembly or disassembly purposes to max. 24°.
Note
u Depending on the version, the support rod 1 is carried along on front on the bumper, see point P1
or behind the driverʼs cab, see point P2!
9.1 Measures before tilting

Before the driverʼs cab may be tilted forward over the front bearing, the following measures must be
taken, depending on the version.
u Mark the position of drive shaft in relation to the miter gear.
u Unscrew the drive shaft from the miter gear to the steering gear on the flange.
u Remove the shock absorbers and stabilizers (if necessary) from rear wall of driverʼs cab.
Pay attention to cables and hoses on underside of driverʼs cab.
u Loosen any mountings, if necessary.
WARNING
Danger of accident if cab tilts forward in an uncontrolled manner!
u The maximum angle that the driverʼs cab may be tilted forward is 24°.
u The driverʼs cab must be properly supported in the tilted position and secured with a support rod 1.
u Screw and secure the support rod 1 with a nut M10 2 and washer on top on the driverʼs cab.
u Pin the support rod 1 on the bottom with pins 3 on the vehicle frame and secure with cotter pin 4.
u Remove front bumper completely (depending on model) or loosen it, pull it out and tilt it downward.
9.2 Reinstalling the drive shaft after tilting the driverʼs cab
u Check the drive shaft for ease of movement and operation of joints and slider.
u If the drive shaft is damaged, replace it with a new drive shaft.
u Install the drive shaft according to the marks that were made.
10 Electrical system
10.1 Bulbs and fuses
NOTICE
Property damage on the electrical system!
u Defective fuses may not be bypassed with wire or the like.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Always replace defective fuses with fuses for the same current strength.
u Always replace defective bulbs with bulbs for the same output.
When the same fuse of bulb becomes defective repeatedly:
u Check the electrical system.
10.2 Lines
u Make sure that all electrical lines are properly routed and fastened in their retainers.
u Fix any chafes or brittle areas in the insulation and coverings immediately.
u Any installation lines that are not in perfect condition must be immediately and professionally re-
placed.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1333
10.3 Batteries
10.3.1 Safety guidelines
WARNING
Danger of accidents due to discharged batteries!
u Plug in the cable of the external power supply on the Liebherr charger.
u Make sure that the batteries are charged while the crane is not in operation.
WARNING
Chemical burns due to battery acid!
Eye damage and skin irritation on contact.
u Make sure that eyes and skin do not come in contact with battery acid.
u Wear eye protection.
u Wear protective gloves.
When eyes came in contact with battery acid:
u Flush the eyes out immediately with clear water and consult a physician.
When skin came in contact with battery acid:
u Flush the skin immediately with water and consult a physician.
Note
u All safety signs on the batteries must be complete and always legible.
u Observe and adhere to the manufacturerʼs operating instructions.
Sign Explanation
Follow the guidelines on the battery, in the instruction manual and in the
Crane operating instructions.
Wear eye protection.
Keep children away from acid and batteries.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Danger of explosion! A highly explosive acoustic mixture is created when

charging batteries.
Warning! Fire, sparks, open light and smoking is prohibited. Avoid spark
formation when handling cables and electrical devices. Avoid short circuits.
copyright by
1334 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Sign Explanation
Danger of chemical burns! Battery acid is very caustic, for that reason:
Wear protective gloves and eye protection. Do not tilt the battery, acid can
emerge from the vent openings.
First aid: Flush splashed acid in the eye immediately for several minutes
with clear water and consult a physician immediately. Neutralize splashed
acid on skin or clothing immediately with an antacid or soap and flush with
lots of water. When acid was ingested, contact a physician immediately.
Warning! Do not expose batteries unprotected to direct daylight. Dischar-

ged batteries can freeze. Store batteries frost free.
Disposal! Dispose old batteries at a collection point. During transport, ob-

serve the guidelines of the manufacturer. Never dispose of old batteries in
general trash.
Back to the manufacturer! Used batteries with this sign are reusable as-
sets. Send batteries for recycling. Old batteries, which are not recycled
must be disposed of as hazardous waste under observation of all regulati-
ons.
10.3.2 Checking the batteries
DANGER
Mortal danger due to electric shock!
u When working on the electrical system of the crane, disconnect batteries from the electric circuits.
u Avoid spark formation caused by electrostatic charge.
When working on batteries:
u Wear a ground strap.
u Do not bring oil, grease, fuel or solvents into contact with the battery casting compound.
u Keep batteries dry and clean.

u Release dirty terminals, clean and grease them with an acid-free and acid-resistant grease.
NOTICE
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Property damage due to excessively high or low acid level!

u Check the acid level in the battery only with a wooden stick or cardboard strip.
u Never check the acid level in the battery with metallic material.
u Adhere to the „minimum“ or „maximum“ acid level over the lead plates in the batteries according to
the specifications of the battery manufacturer.
u Check the acid level in the batteries every six months.

u In summer and in hot climates, check it at least every three months.
u If necessary, add distilled water to the specified „max mark“.
An acid container is located in the battery box.
u Check the acid container.
u Fill the acid in the acid container into the battery.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1335
The charge condition of a battery is determined by measuring the acid density.

Measure the acid density: The optimal acid temperature is + 20 °C.
When distilled water was added:
u Measure the acid density after 30 minutes.
u For the charge condition test, adhere to the specifications, see the following chart.
Acid density Charge condition Measure

in kg/l at +25 °C
1.28/1.23* charged —
1.20/1.16* semi-charged charge
1.12/1.08* discharged charge immediately
Specifications for the charge condition test
* in tropical countries
Reduced battery performance requires greater power requirements.

u Charge batteries in time.
u Make sure that batteries are charged in the cold season.
10.3.3 Charging batteries with the Liebherr charger*

The Liebherr charger is integrated in the crane electric.
u Turn the battery master switch off.
A socket for external power supply for the Liebherr charger is located on the crane.
u Plug in the cable of the external power supply on the socket.
10.3.4 Charging the battery with an external charger
WARNING
Danger of injuries!
u Do not place tools on batteries and keep out of open light.
u Eliminate spark formation caused by electrostatic charge.
u Work solely in well ventilated rooms.
u Before working on batteries, wear a ground strap.
u Do not tilt or shake the batteries.
NOTICE
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Property damage if charge voltage is more than 33 V !

u Make sure that the external charger delivers a charge voltage of maximum 33 V.
NOTICE
Loss of data due to disconnected battery!
When the battery is disconnected:
u Make sure that the temporary data memory is not needed.

copyright by
1336 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Charging the battery while installed

u Use an external charger with a charge voltage of maximum 33 V.
u Charge the battery professionally with an external charger.
Charging the battery while removed
NOTICE
Damage to alternator!
u Disconnect batteries solely if the diesel engine has been turned off.
Removing the batteries

u Use an external charger with a charge voltage of maximum 33 V.
u Disconnect the negative terminal first (ground cable), then the positive terminal.
u Disconnect the vent hose from the vent channels of the batteries.
u Remove the batteries.
Charging the batteries externally
NOTICE
Damage to batteries!
u Charge only with direct current: Maximum current: 1/10 of the battery capacity.
Example for charging: To charge a battery with 170 Ah , the maximum charge current is 17.0 A.
u Thaw frozen batteries before charging.
When a plug is present:
u Before charging, remove all plugs.
u Check the acid level in the battery, see section „Maintaining the batteries“.
u Make sure that the battery is ventilated during the charging procedure (danger of oxyhydrogen ex-
plosion).
u Connect the battery to a battery charger (positive to positive and negative to negative).
u Turn on the battery charger after connecting the battery.
Stop charging immediately if:
– The acid temperature exceeds 55 °C (casing more than warm to the touch).
– The battery starts to give off gas.
– The electrolyte concentration or the charging voltage has not changed for 2 hours.
u Turn the battery charger off after charging, then remove the connector cables individually from bat-
tery and battery charger.
Installing the batteries

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Check the acid level in the battery, see section „Checking the batteries“.
u Reinstall the batteries tightly in the vehicle.
u Connect the vent hose on the vent channels of the batteries.
u Connect the positive terminal to the battery first, then the negative terminal (ground cable).
u Check that the terminals are tightly seated (low transfer resistance).
u Grease the terminals and terminal posts with acid-free and acid-resistant grease (use corrosion
protection even for modern maintenance-free batteries).
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1337
11 Ladders
WARNING
Danger of falling!
If the following safety guidelines are not observed, personnel can fall down and be killed or severely
injured.
u Observe and adhere to the installation and safety guidelines for ladders.
u Observe and adhere to the safety signs on the ladders.
u Install and secure the ladders properly.
u Do not use damaged ladders and replace them immediately.
u Have ladders repaired exclusively at authorized expert repair shops.
11.1 Lubricating ladders
Fig.109766
– Repairs and maintenance work is carried out by competent personnel.
u Grease joints and pivot points on the ladders according to maintenance interval and check them for
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
easy movement, see illustration 1 and illustration 2.
copyright by
1338 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1339
0211546-00 7.05 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102576
copyright by
1340 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.05 Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 0211546-00
1 Crane engine
Never step on fuel lines during maintenance or repair work in the engine area!
DANGER
Danger of fire!
u Make sure that the engine area is kept free of diesel fuel.
u Extreme cleanliness is vital, particularly during filter changes and bleeding. Wipe up any spilled
fuel!
u When changing the filter it is advisable to place some cotton rags underneath to absorb the fuel
before removing the filter.
1.1 Engine oil
1.1.1 Checking the oil level, illustration 1

– The engine is turned off and the oil has collected in the oil pan.
u Pull out the dipstick and wipe it off.
u Reinsert the dipstick and pull it out again.
The oil level must be between the min. and max. mark on the dipstick.
CAUTION
Danger of damaging the engine!
If the oil level has dropped below the minimum mark, add engine oil according to the lubrication chart
until the oil level is between the minimum and maximum mark.
u Reinsert the dipstick.

Refer to separate operating instructions „LIEBHERR Diesel engines“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1341
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102577
copyright by
1342 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Engine coolant, illustration 2

The coolant level is monitored by the LICCON computer system. If the coolant level is too low the
„Low coolant level“ 13 icon appears on the LICCON monitor.
The coolant temperature for the crane engine can be read in [°] on the „Engine coolant tempera-
ture“ 12 icon.
WARNING
Danger of skin burns!
u The engine must be cold when checking the coolant.
u Turn the cap 1 on filler neck of water cooler expansion tank to the first notch.
u Release excess pressure.
u Remove the cap 1.
Add coolant as specified in the lubrication chart only on the filler neck of the water cooler expansion
tank.
u Add coolant to overflow level if necessary.
1.3 Air filter, illustration 3

The air filter is monitored by the LICCON computer system. If an increased vacuum occurs in the in-
take line due to dirty filter inserts, then the „Air filter blocked“ 14 icon is displayed.
If the „Air filter blocked“ 14 icon is displayed:
u Clean or replace the filter insert.
1.4 Diesel particle filter*

DANGER
Danger of igniting the diesel particle filter*!
u The diesel particle filter* may only be regenerated under the supervision of operating personnel!
Carry out the operation and maintenance of the diesel particle filter* according to the separate opera-
ting instructions of the diesel particle filter* manufacturer.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1343
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.104967
copyright by
1344 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.5 Bleeding the injection lines

Note
u Two persons are required to bleed the injection lines!

– The diesel engine in the superstructure is turned off.
– The ignition switch in the crane operatorʼs cab is in the „0 position“ (OFF).
– The diesel engine in the superstructure is easy to access.
DANGER
Danger of falling!
During the bleeding process of the injection lines, the assembly personnel must be protected from fal-
ling with suitable aids, depending on the turntable position. If this is not observed, assembly personnel
could fall and suffer life-threatening injuries.
u All assembly work from a height of 2 m must normally be carried out using suitable aids (scaffol-
ding, ladders, etc.)! The height above which assembly / maintenance work must be carried out with
aids depends on national regulations. The national regulations must be adhered to!
1.5.1 Activating the bleeding function

The bleeding function is activated from the crane operatorʼs cab.
A high injection rate is required to bleed the injection lines on the diesel engine. It is therefore neces-
sary to operate the manual feed pump 4 on the diesel engine during the bleeding process.
u Turn the ignition on in the crane operatorʼs cab: Turn the ignition switch 1 to „position I“.
When the ignition is turned on:
u Floor the engine regulation 2 within 10 s.
u Repeat this step within the next 10 s: Release the engine regulation 2 and floor it again.
u To activate the bleeding function: Repeat this procedure five times.
Result:
– The bleeding function is now activated.
– The LICCON monitor 3 displays an operating error message with the text: „Bleeding function acti-
vated“.
Problem remedy
If the LICCON monitor 3 does not display an operating error message with the text: „Bleeding function
activated“?
The bleeding function has not been correctly carried out or the specified time has been exceeded.
u Turn the ignition off: Turn the ignition switch 1 to „position 0“.
u Repeat the procedure according to the description.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1345
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.104967
copyright by
1346 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.5.2 Carrying out the bleeding procedure
Note
u Do not operate the engine regulation during the bleeding procedure!

– The bleeding function is activated.
– The operating error message is displayed on the LICCON monitor.
Pump the manual feed pump 4 to operate it during the entire engine start procedure (approx. 20 s).
u Turn the ignition switch 1 in the crane operatorʼs cab to „position II“ and hold it for approx. 20 s in
„position II“.
When the ignition switch 1 is actuated:
u Immediately pump the manual feed pump 4 for approx. 20 s , but at least as long as the ignition
switch is being turned.
Result:
– The injection lines are bled.
– The diesel engine starts up and runs at low idle speed after a successful bleeding procedure.
– The bleeding function will be deactivated.
– The system switches over to normal operation.
Problem remedy
The injection lines are not bled and the diesel engine does not run at low idle speed?
The ignition switch 1 was not operated long enough or the manual feed pump 4 was used incorrectly.
u Hold the ignition switch 1 for 20 s in „position II“.
u Continuously pump the manual feed pump 4.
Note
u The starter block is deactivated if the bleeding function has been activated. Several starting at-
tempts can be made without turning the „ignition OFF“.
1.5.3 Deactivating the bleeding function
Note
u The bleeding function is automatically deactivated after successfully bleeding the injection lines or
when the ignition is turned off.
Once the injection lines have been successfully bled, the diesel engine is regulated by the engine
electronic to low idle speed after a short period and the bleeding function is automatically deactivated.
u Turn the ignition off: Turn the ignition switch to „position 0“.
Result:
– The diesel engine is turned off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– The bleeding function is deactivated.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1347
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102578
copyright by
1348 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Pump distributor gear


Make sure that the crane is in horizontal position.
u Remove the dipstick 1 and wipe it off.
u Reinsert the dipstick 1 and pull it out again.
The oil level must be between the min. and max. mark on the dipstick 1.
CAUTION
If the oil level has dropped below the Minimum mark, top up engine oil as shown in the lubrication
chart until the oil level is between the Minimum and Maximum marks.
u Add oil and check again.
u Reinsert the dipstick 1.

u Remove the oil drain plug 3 and drain the oil.
u Install the oil drain plug 3 with new seal and tighten.
u Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart on the oil filler plug 2 until the oil level is between the
min. and max. mark on the dipstick 1.
u Install the oil filler plug 2 with new seal.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1349
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195240
copyright by
1350 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Hydraulic system
Extreme cleanliness must be maintained when adding oil.
3.1 Hydraulic oil tank

– The luffing cylinders and telescoping cylinder are fully retracted.
The oil level must be in the center of the oil level sight gauge 1.
u Check the oil level on the oil level sight gauge 1 of the hydraulic oil tank.
Problem remedy
No oil is visible in the oil level sight gauge 1?
u Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart using a fine-meshed strainer until the oil level is visible
in center of oil level sight gauge 1.
3.1.2 Checking the aeration / vent filter

u Open the cover with the turn lock.
u Check the filter 2 for impurities (visual inspection).
In the event of heavy contamination:
u Replace the filter 2.
u Close the cover with the turn lock again.
u Start the engine.
u Slowly run through all crane movements.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1351
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195240
copyright by
1352 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2 Pressure filters, illustration 4

The pressure filters are equipped with a maintenance indicator. If the red bar indicator is visible when
the oil is at operating temperature, then the filter cartridge must be replaced.
u Release the filter cartridge and collect any escaping oil in a suitable container.
u Remove and dispose of the filter cartridge.
u Clean the sealing surface on the filter bracket.
u Lubricate the rubber seal ring on the new filter cartridge with oil.
u Install a new filter cartridge and tighten.
Result:
3.3 Line filter, illustration 5

The line filter is equipped with a maintenance indicator. If the pointer moves into the red zone when
the oil is warmed up ready for operation the filter must be changed.
u Remove the old filter properly.
u Install the new filter properly.
Result:
3.4 Diaphragm reservoirs

Diaphragm reservoirs have been installed in the hydraulic system. The pretension pressures are spe-
cified in the hydraulic circuit diagram as well as on the individual diaphragm reservoirs. The pretension
pressure must be measured separately in each diaphragm reservoir.
CAUTION
Danger of damaging the hydraulic system!
If the outside temperature fluctuates considerably, e.g. after transport to extremely hot or cold count-
ries or in countries with considerable differences between the summer and winter temperatures, the
gas accumulator pressures may change.
u Check the gas accumulator pressures and correct if necessary.
Ensure that the crane engine is turned off.

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
DANGER
Danger of explosion!
The pressure in the nitrogen cylinder must be less than the maximum permitted operating pressure of
the reservoir or the pressure gauge. Otherwise install a pressure reducer between the cylinder and the
filling device.
u Do not use air or oxygen to fill the diaphragm reservoir!
The pretension pressure in the hydraulic reservoirs may only be checked by an expert with appro-
priate training and equipment. In addition, the national regulations for pressurized container inspecti-
ons must also be observed.
u Check the pretension pressure with a testing and filling device and correct, if necessary.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1353
3.5 Hydraulic hose lines

The hydraulic hose lines must be checked according to ISO 9927-1 by an experienced technician or
expert mechanic, as required, depending on the duration of use and the operating conditions, but at
least once a year.
Experienced technicians are persons who have adequate knowledge of cranes because of their pro-
fessional background and experience and are adequately familiar with the relevant settings to detect
deviations from the correct situation (i.e. specially trained personnel).
Expert mechanics are mechanics who have experience in the design, construction or maintenance of
cranes and have adequate knowledge of the relevant settings and standards and the necessary
equipment to perform an inspection, and are in a position to assess the safety standards of the crane
and decide which action needs to be taken to ensure that the crane can continue to be operated sa-
fely.
Note
u The applicable national regulations must also be complied with!
3.5.1 Checking the hydraulic hoses within area of responsibility of the German em-
ployerʼs liability insurance associations
At least once a year, an expert must inspect the hydraulic hoses to ensure they are in operationally
safe condition. The crane must be inspected by an authorized inspector every four years from the
day it was first licensed. After the 12th year of operation, the crane must be inspected annually by an
authorized inspector.
The expert or authorized inspector must document the fact that the hydraulic hoses can continue to
be used in the crane!
An expert is someone whose technical training and experience means that he has adequate know-
ledge in the field of hydraulic hoses and hose systems and is adequately familiar with the relevant na-
tional work safety regulations, accident prevention regulations, directives and generally accepted tech-
nical regulations (e.g. DIN standards, VDE regulations, technical regulations of other EU member
states or other countries that have signed the European Economic Community agreement) that he is
in a position to assess whether hydraulic hoses and hose systems are safe to work with.
An authorized inspector is someone employed by supervisory authorities. In Hamburg this is the
Amt für Arbeitsschutz (work safety office) and in Hessen it is the technical supervisory offices or an
authorized inspector employed by the professional associations.
3.5.2 Examples of possible defects in hose lines
DANGER
Risk of fire and accident!
If problems are discovered during inspections, then they must be remedied immediately or suitable
measures are to be taken. Failure to do this can result in serious injury to persons, death or damage to
property.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Remedy problems or take suitable measures!
– Damage to the outer layer as far as the intermediate later (e.g. chafing, cuts and cracks).
– Outer layer brittleness (hose material cracking).
– Deformation that differs from the natural shape of the hose or hose system when depressurized or
pressurized or when the hose is bent (e.g. layer separation, bubbling, crushing or kinking).
– Leaks.
– Failure to follow installation instructions.
– Damage or deformation of hose fittings which inhibit the operation and strength of the fitting or the
hose / fitting connection.
– Hose slipping out of fitting.
– Fitting corrosion that inhibits operation and strength.
– Storage time or usage period exceeded.
copyright by
1354 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5.3 Maintenance of hose lines

– We recommend to check all hoses, hose lines and screw fittings daily, but at least every two weeks
for leaks and externally recognizable signs of damage.
– Damaged parts must be replaced immediately! Oil spray can lead to injuries and fires.
– Hydraulic lines and hoses may not be repaired.
– Hoses that have already been used as a part of a hose line may not be reinstalled in hose lines.
– Always use original LIEBHERR spare parts when replacing hoses and hose lines.
– Always ensure that the hoses are routed free of torsion. If high pressure hoses are being used, at-
tach the screws of the half clamps or full flange at both ends of hose and then tighten.
– When using high pressure hoses with a bent fitting, tighten the end with the bent fitting first when
tightening the flanges, then the end with the straight fitting.
– Any mounting clamps in the hose center may be attached and tightened only thereafter.
– Route the hoses in such a way that chafing with other hoses or other structures is prevented. Main-
tain minimum clearance of approximately ½ the outer diameter of the hose from other parts. The
clearance may never be less than 10 to 15 mm.
3.5.4 Replacing the hose lines
DANGER
Risk of fire and accident!
Failure to replace hose systems at appropriate intervals can cause serious injury to persons, death or
damage to property.
u Replace hose lines according to appropriate intervals!
This must be documented in the craneʼs log by the expert or the authorized inspector.
The service life of a hose line may not exceed six years, including a storage period of a maximum of
two years. (Pay attention to manufacturing date of hoses.) The duration of use can also be defined by
the expert or authorized inspector in accordance with existing test and empirical data in the indivi-
dual application areas, taking the usage conditions into consideration.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1355
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102592
copyright by
1356 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4 Central lubrication system

The turntable and auxiliary equipment such as winch 2 and winch 3 are equipped with a new central
lubricating system. All grease points (see diagram on left) are automatically provided with the correct
quantity of grease.
If the crane has not been moved for more than 3 months, then it must be lubricated every 3 months
with an external grease pump until grease emerges from all grease points. Then the relevant crane
movement must be repeated several times and the lubrication procedure must be carried out again.
4.1 Turntable central lubricating system, illustration 6

Pump operation period: 7 cycles.
Idle time: 2 h.
4.1.1 Components of the system

1 Grease container
Grease fitting 2: - Filling the central lubricating system.
Grease fitting 3: - Filling the lubrication lines.
Push button 4: - Intermediate lubrication.
Latched switch 5: - Cycles.
Latched switch 6: - Idle time h.
LED 7 green
LED 12 red
4.1.2 Setting the pump running time and idle time

The pump running time and idle time are set in the factory.
u Adjust cycles with the latched switch 5.
u Adjust the idle time with the latched switch 6.
4.1.3 Cycle control

The central lubrication system is progressively monitored. This means that a proximity switch converts
the piston strokes of the central lubrication system distributor into electric control signals and relays
them to the control unit. If the control signals are not present or incomplete, the indicator light 340
shows a malfunction.
Blinker code - cycle control

The LED 7 and LED 12 correspond in function to indicator light 340.
During operation
Ignition on, ready for operation:

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
The indicator light 340 lights up for 1.5 s and turns off.
Lubrication:
The indicator light 340 lights up statically.
In case of a problem
Excess pressure error:

The indicator light 340 lights up for 2 s and is off for 4 s etc.
Motor driver error:
The indicator light 340 lights up.
Error Monitoring time cycle input:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1357
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102592
copyright by
1358 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Additional equipment central lubricating system, illustration 7

Lubricating time: 1 min
Cycle time: 3 h
4.2.1 Components of the system

1 Grease container
Grease fitting 2: - Filling the central lubricating system.
Grease fitting 3: - Filling the lubrication lines.
Push button 4: - Intermediate lubrication.
Latched switch 8: - Lubricating time.
Latched switch 9: - Cycle time h.
LED 10 green
LED 11 red
4.2.2 Setting the lubricating time and cycle time

The lubricating time and the cycle time are set in the factory.
u Adjust the lubricating time with the latched switch 8.
u Adjust the cycle time with the latched switch 9.
4.2.3 Cycle control

The central lubrication system is progressively monitored. This means that a proximity switch converts
the piston strokes of the central lubrication system distributor into electric control signals and relays
them to the control unit. If the control signals are not present or incomplete, the indicator light 370 and
the indicator light 380 indicate a malfunction.
Blinker code - cycle control

The LED 10 performs the equivalent function of the indicator light 370.
The LED 11 performs the equivalent function of the indicator light 380.
During operation
Ignition on, ready for operation:

Indicator light 380 does not light up.
The indicator light 370 lights up for 1.5 s and turns off.
Lubrication:
Indicator light 370 lights up during the lubricating period.
In case of a problem
Error Monitoring time cycle input:

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fill level error:
The indicator light 380 lights up.
Memory error, battery error:
The indicator light 380 lights up for 0.5 s and is off for 0.5 s etc.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1359
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102592
copyright by
1360 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.3 Central lubricating system in general
4.3.1 Intermediate lubrication

Intermediate lubrication can be performed manually after washing the crane, for example.
u Press the push button 4.
Result:
– Components are greased.

Ensure that the ignition is turned on.
u Trigger 2 or 3 grease pulses using the push button 4.
Result:
– Grease exits from the pressure relief valve.
4.3.3 Filling the grease container
CAUTION
Risk of damage due to insufficient lubrication!
u There must be sufficient grease in the grease container 1 at all times.
u Observe utmost cleanliness when filling the grease container 1.
u Fill grease container 1 using grease pump via the grease fitting 2.
4.3.4 Filling the lubrication lines

The lubrication lines must be refilled after any repair on components, which are lubricated with grease.
CAUTION
Risk of damage due to insufficient lubrication!
The lubrication lines must be refilled after any repair on components, which are lubricated with grease.
If this is not observed, the component may run dry.
u Sufficient grease must be available in the grease lines after every repair on greased assembly
units.
u Observe utmost cleanliness when filling the grease lines!
u Add grease with an external grease pump via the grease fitting 3.
or
With the ignition turned on, press the red push button 4 on the engine protection housing of the
pump.
4.3.5 Bleeding the central lubricating system

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If the grease container 1 has been emptied, then it may be necessary to bleed the central lubrication
system.
u Fill the grease container 1.
u Unscrew the main line from the pump outlet.
u Activate intermediate greasing until bubble-free grease exits from the pump outlet.
u Reconnect the main line.
u Trigger intermediate lubrication.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1361
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.102592
copyright by
1362 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.4 Troubleshooting on the central lubrication system
Problem Cause Remedy

Pump is not working Integrated electronic control de- Replace lower part of motor pro-
fective, electrical line interrup- tection housing, replace electri-
ted, pump defective cal line, replace pump
Pump operates, but does not Air cushion in delivery piston Bleed pump, fill reservoir, re-
deliver has dropped below minimum fill place pump element
level, pump element defective
No grease collar on all lube Pump not operating, idle time See „Pump not operating“, re-
points too high or cycle time too short, duce idle time or increase num-
system blocked ber of cycles, refer to „Grease
emerges on pressure relief
valve“
No grease collar on several lube Supply lines to secondary distri- Replace lines, tighten or replace
points butors broken or leaking, screw screw connections
connections leaking
No grease collar on one lube Associated lube line broken or Replace line, tighten or replace
point leaking, screw connection lea- screw fitting
king
Pump speed reduced High system pressure, low am- Check system / bearing points,
bient temperature no damage: lubricate 1 or 2
times in between, if necessary
Grease escapes at the pressure System pressure too high, pro- Check system, replace distribu-
relief valve gressive distributor blocked, tor, repair blocked / seized bea-
system blocked, defective valve ring point, replace pressure re-
spring lief valve
Red LED lights up in 0.5 second Error CPU / memory Consult Liebherr Service
interval
Red LED and indicator light Error in the monitoring period Proximity switch is defective,
blink in 1 second interval from cycle start possibly consult Liebherr Ser-
vice
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1363
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105098
copyright by
1364 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Slewing ring connection

5.1 Lubricating the slewing ring connection
Before and after long breaks in operation, particularly before and after any winter break, carry out the
lubrication procedure especially diligently in order to provide the best possible corrosion protection.
If the crane has not been moved for more than 3 months, then it must be lubricated every 3 months
with an external grease pump until grease emerges from all grease points, see also section of „Central
lubrication system“. Then the relevant crane movement must be repeated several times and the lubri-
cation procedure must be carried out again.
u Lubricate the slewing ring connection.
5.2 Lubricating the gear ring and the slewing gear pinion
Before and after extended breaks in service, grease the gear ring 1 and the slewing gear pinion 2 to
ensure the best possible protection from corrosion.
u Grease the gear ring 1 and the slewing gear pinion 2 externally.
5.3 Tilt play of roller ring connection

The wear of the roller ring connection is determined by measuring the „tilt play“ with the ring installed.
Note
u The determination of the „tilt play“ must be carried out according to the test instructions of
u Contact the Service Dept. at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH for test instructions.
DANGER
Danger of accident if tilt play of roller ring connection is too large!
If the permissible tilt play of 2.0 mm is exceeded, then safe crane operation is no longer possible.
u Replace the roller ring connection if the tilt play is larger than 2.0 mm !
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1365
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195242
copyright by
1366 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6 Winch 1, 2 and 3, illustration 6

6.1 Overflow container, illustration 8

When the oil heats up in the hydraulic motor of winch 2 or 3, the oil can enter the overflow contai-
ner 10 via a check valve, but cannot flow back into the hydraulic system after cooling off. For this rea-
son the oil that has collected in the overflow container 10 must be disposed of at regular intervals.
6.2 Hoist gear

– The winch is at a standstill.

The oil level must be between the min. and max. mark on the dipstick 1.
CAUTION
If the oil level has dropped below the Minimum mark, top up engine oil as shown in the lubrication
chart until the oil level is between the Minimum and Maximum marks.
6.2.2 Oil change

u Unscrew the breather screw 2.
u Remove the oil drain plug 3 and drain the oil into a suitable container.
u Open oil filler port by removing the dipstick 1.
u Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart at the oil filler port until the oil level is between the mini-
mum and maximum mark on the dipstick 1.
u Insert the breather screw 2 with new seal and tighten.
u Check the oil level as described above.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1367
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195242
copyright by
1368 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6.3 Hoist gear brake

– The winch is at a standstill.

CAUTION
Risk of transmission damage.
u If the oil level has dropped, add the oil specified in the lubrication chart up to the overflow of the
level control screw 4.
6.3.2 Oil change

u Unscrew the breather screw 7 and level control screw 4.
u Add oil on the oil filler plug 5 as specified in the lubrication chart until oil starts to overflow on the
u Screw in oil filler plug 5, breather screw 7 and level control screw 4 with new seal and tighten.
7 Assembly winch, illustration 7

7.1 Oil change
Ensure that the assembly winch has been spooled out.
u Add oil as specified on the lubrication chart on the oil filler plug 8.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1369
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195242
copyright by
1370 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8 Replacing hoist rope / control rope

8.1 Replacing hoist rope / control rope
The winch turn sensor is adjusted in the factory. If the equipment is used properly the winch turn sen-
sor will not need readjusting.
DANGER
The following situations must be observed, otherwise the winch sensor must be readjusted.
u Do not pull the end of rope underneath the winch by spooling the rope winch up!
u Do not pull the rope from the „stationary“ winch.
u The winch sensor must also be readjusted if it is noticed during operation or when changing the
hoist rope that no shut off occurs for spooling out the winch when 4 rope coils are left on the winch.
Procedure for „changing the hoist rope“

u Slowly spool out the hoist rope until shut off at 4 rope coils.
u Check the shut off.
If the rope winch does not shut off at 4 rope coils:
u Have winch turn sensor readjusted by Liebherr Service.
u Change the winch over to emergency operation: See Crane operating instructions, chapter „6.02
Emergency operation“, section „Emergency operation without LICCON“.
u Spool the remaining 4 rope coils out in emergency mode: See Crane operating instructions, chap-
ter „6.02 Emergency operation“, section „Emergency operation without LICCON“.
u Remove the old rope.
u Attach a new rope.
u Spool up at least 3 rope coils in emergency mode: See Crane operating instructions, chapter „6.02
Emergency operation“, section „Emergency operation without LICCON“.
u Turn off the emergency mode: See Crane operating instructions, chapter „6.02 Emergency opera-
tion“, section „Emergency operation without LICCON“.
DANGER
Danger of accident if rope grip rips out or due to uncontrolled winch shut off!
u Make sure that the winch has been correctly adjusted before resuming crane operation by checking
the shut off point.
u Operating the crane with an incorrectly adjusted winch is strictly prohibited!
u Check the shut off point by approaching carefully: Shut off point Winch spooled out (less than 4
rope coils).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1371
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195473
copyright by
1372 LTM 1400-7-1-007
9 Guy winches
The guy winch must be removed to check the oil level or change the oil.
Make sure that the guy winch is horizontal.

CAUTION
Risk of transmission damage.
u If the oil level has dropped, add the oil specified in the lubrication chart up to the overflow of the
9.2 Oil change

u Unscrew the breather screw 1 and level control screw 3.
u Add oil on the oil filler plug 2 as specified in the lubrication chart until oil starts to overflow on the
u Screw in oil filler plug 2, breather screw 1 and level control screw 3 with new seal and tighten.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1373
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195243
copyright by
1374 LTM 1400-7-1-007
10 Slewing gear

Make sure that the crane is in horizontal position.
The oil level must be between the two notches on the dipstick 1.
CAUTION
If the oil level has dropped below the lower notch, add oil as specified in the lubrication chart until the
oil level is between the two notches.

u Open the oil filler port by unscrewing the dipstick 1.
u Remove the oil drain plug 2 and drain the oil.
u Add oil as specified in the lubrication chart on the oil filler port until the oil level is between the two
notches on the dipstick 1.
u Close the oil filler port by installing the dipstick 1.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1375
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195472
copyright by
1376 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11 Air dryer for Compressed air and brake system

11.1 Replacing the granular cartridge
CAUTION
Danger of accident due to pretensioned granular cartridge!
The granular cartridge is under spring tension.
u Caution when replacing the granular cartridge!
u Replace granular cartridge once per year.
12 Hydraulic hose lines

12.1 Maintaining hydraulic hose lines
Note
13 Electrical system
13.1 Maintaining the electrical system
Note
14 Ladders
14.1 Maintaining ladders
Note
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1377
029992-00 7.05.50 Maintenance guidelines - Crane boom
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113809
copyright by
1378 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.05.50 Maintenance guidelines - Crane boom 029992-00
1 Telescopic boom
1.1 Lubricating the telescopic boom
WARNING
When lubricating the telescopic boom and the specified extension conditions of the telescopes are de-
viated from, there is a danger of accidents!
The crane can topple over and personnel can be killed or severely injured!
u For lubrication, adhere to the specified extension conditions of the telescopes!
u Do not telescope out more telescopic sections than specified!
WARNING
Danger of accident!
During telescoping, no personnel may remain within the danger zone of the telescopic boom!
u Make sure that during telescoping no personnel remains within the danger zone of the telescopic
boom!
u Lubricate the telescopic boom only in resting status!
Note
u For the gliding surfaces of the telescopic boom use special grease according to the lubrication
chart as lubricant, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.07.
u To grease the outer gliding surfaces, every telescopic section can be telescoped out individually to
100 %.
u The inner gliding surfaces of the telescopic sections (plastic glide bearing plates) are lubricated via
grease fittings.
u The grease fittings can be accessed from the outside via inspection ports on both sides of the pivot
section as well as on the telescopic sections.
u If the telescopic boom is pinned on the respective point, the grease fittings on the bearing shoes
are automatically in the correct position.

– The crane is supported on a wide support base and horizontally aligned.
– At least a counterweight of 20,0 t is installed on the turntable.
– No auxiliary boom / accessories are installed on the telescopic boom.
– No hook block is reeved (reeving n=0).
– The LICCON overload protection has been set according to the set up configuration.
– The hoist rope is spooled up and secured on the winch.
– The telescopic boom is aligned in horizontal position to the rear (0°- main boom angle).
– The telescoping program is selected on the LICCON computer system, see Crane operating instru-
ctions, chapter 4.05.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1379
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113809
copyright by
1380 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.1.1 Lubricating on the inspection ports

Extension conditions Lube points

of telescopes
Lubricate on the 92 % inspection ports on telescopic section 3, see illustra-
(0/0/46/92)
tion 1.
Lubricate on the 46 % inspection ports on telescopic section 3, see illustra-
(0/0/92/46)
tion 2.
(0/46/92/0) Lubricate on the 92 % inspection ports on telescopic section 2.
(0/92/46/0) Lubricate on the 46 % inspection ports on telescopic section 2.
Lubricate on the 46 % inspection ports on the pivot section and on the
(46/92/0/0)
92 % inspection ports on telescopic section 1, see illustration 3
Lubricate on the 92 % inspection ports on the pivot section and on the
(92/46/0/0)
46 % inspection ports on telescopic section 1, see illustration 4.
u Run all extension conditions of the telescopes one after the other and lubricate the telescopic secti-
ons at the lube points.
1.1.2 Lubricating the gliding surfaces

u Telescope every telescopic section out individually to 100 % and spray special grease on the outer
gliding surfaces, see illustration 5.
Note
Optimum lubrication result
u To obtain an optimum lubrication result, let the sprayed on special grease cure four to eight hours
before telescoping in!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1381
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.114493
copyright by
1382 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 TY-guying
2.1 Checking the rope connection between guy rope and auxiliary rope
Note
u The rope connection between the guy rope 1 and the auxiliary rope 2 must be checked by an ex-
pert or authorized inspector according to the maintenance intervals in the Crane operating instructi-
ons, chapter 7.03 on both TY-guy frames.

u Erect the TY-guying completely.
u Telescope the telescopic boom out until the rope connection between the guy rope 1 and auxiliary
rope 2 is visible on the maintenance port.
Note
u The minimum permissible control dimension between the connecting link 3 and the swivel 4 is
28 mm.
WARNING
Failure of TY-guying!
If the control dimension is fallen below, safe crane operation with the TY-guying is no longer ensured!
u Crane operation with TY-guying and fallen below control dimension is prohibited!
u Contact the Service Dept. at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH!
u Measure the control dimension between the connecting link 3 and swivel 4.
3 Rope pulleys and guide pulleys

3.1 Check bearings for easy movement
Stiff or blocked rope pulleys or compensation pulleys wear rapidly and unevenly and cause serious
rope abrasion.
Ineffective compensation pulleys can lead to irregular rope tension.
u Check the rope pulleys for proper movement in their bearings.
When rope pulleys are not easily moveable in their bearings:
u Fix the bearings.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
3.2 Checking for mechanical damage

Ropes can cause mechanical damage, such as stress marks.
u Check guide pulleys and rope pulleys for mechanical damage.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1383
4 Crane ropes
4.1 Personal protective equipment
WARNING
Injury due to wires and skin irritation due to lubricant!
u When working with ropes, always wear work gloves.
WARNING
Injuries if protective equipment is not worn!
u Wear hard hat, safety shoes and safety glasses.
4.2 Safe and problem-free operation

WARNING
Wear, overload, incorrect use, damage, improper maintenance!
Failure of ropes. Death, severe injuries, property damage.
u Prevent failure of ropes: Observe and adhere to the following notes.
Carry out the following measures to ensure safe and problem-free rope operation.
– Service ropes and rope end connections regularly according to the maintenance intervals.
– Check ropes and rope end connections regularly according to the inspection intervals.
– When it is determined that the ropes should be withdrawn from service, do not continue to use
them further.
– Exclude contact of rope with components except rope drive elements.
– Exclude contact of rope with structural parts, power lines or other objects within the surrounding
area.
– Avoid corrosive and chemical surroundings.
– Avoid excessive soiling.
– Avoid excessive heat influence.
– Ensure proper condition of all elements of rope drive.
– Ensure proper spooling formation on the rope drum.
– Use the entire rope length of hoist ropes.
– Avoid slack rope formation on the drum.
– Do not bring outer twists into the rope.
– Avoid shock relief of the rope, such as sudden set down of the load.
– Avoid non-permissible angular pull, for example by pulling the load at an angle.
4.3 Temperature operating limits

Adhere the temperature operating limits for steel ropes. The determining factors are wire material, lu-
bricant, rope end connections. See Manufacturerʼs specifications.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4.4 Qualification Maintenance personnel

– The maintenance personnel is trained and instructed in maintenance tasks.
– The maintenance personnel is assigned (authorized) for the maintenance by the crane operator.
4.5 Damage on rope

Rope removal criteria: If severe damage reduces the operational safety, then the rope can reached
the removal criteria.
This section provides an overview for possible damage on the rope. For clearer illustration, the distorti-
ons on the illustrations are exaggerated.
copyright by
1384 LTM 1400-7-1-007
The displayed ropes show a condition, which is far above the removal criteria.
Damage on the rope causes uneven load distribution in the affected areas.
Damage on the rope is most often localized.
Typical examples for damage, which can be recognized during maintenance work:
– Broken strands
– Wire breaks
– Reduction of rope diameter
– Localized increase of rope diameter
– Corrosion
– Flattenings
– Corkscrew-like distortion
– Basket formation
– Protruding, distorted inlay or braiding
– Loop formation
– Kinking, rope loops (grommets) pulled closed
– Buckles
– Influence of heat or electrical voltage, such as arcing
4.5.1 Broken strands

A strand consists of several individual wires.
When a complete braid is broken, then the rope must be taken down.
4.5.2 Broken wire

Externally visible broken wires are the result of wear caused by operation.
Additional types of broken wires:
– Broken wire in the inside of the rope
– Broken wire in the strand valleys
– Broken wire on a rope connection
A broken wire does not endanger the safety of the rope.
4.5.3 Reduction of rope diameter

The rope diameter changes due to abrasion, settling and external influences.
Abrasion of cover wires of outer strands of rope due to frictional contact. Especially in those areas
where ropes are in contact with the rope pulleys during start up or slow down of the load.
Wear is increased by lack of or incorrect lubrication and the effect of dust.
Abrasion reduces the tensile strength of steel ropes because the cross section of the steel is reduced.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1385
Fig.121001: External abrasion on the rope

When the rope diameter is reduced, the rope must be checked by expert personnel for crane rope
inspection.
4.5.4 Localized increase of rope diameter

An increase, which occurs over a longer area of the rope can be caused by absorption of moisture in
the fiber insert or due to corrosion in the inside of the rope.
Fig.120992: Increase of rope diameter

When a localized increase of the rope diameter is present, then the rope must be checked by expert
personnel for crane rope inspection.
4.5.5 Corrosion
Corrosion occurs due to insufficient lubrication, in maritime climates and in an atmosphere polluted by
industrial fumes.
External corrosion is indicated by a rough wire surface. A superficial rust film can be wiped off.
Significant corrosion reduces the strength and elasticity of the rope due to the reduction of the rope
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
diameter.
Inner corrosion is hard to detect.
copyright by
1386 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.120994: External corrosion
Fig.120995: Magnification of external corrosion for better depiction

When significant corrosion is present, the rope must be checked by expert personnel for crane rope
inspection.
4.5.6 Flattening
Flattening occurs when the rope runs through the rope pulleys. In this area the rope wears quicker.
Corrosion occurs faster on retaining ropes and guy ropes.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120997: Localized limited flattening, which leads to broken wires (single layer rope)
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1387
Fig.120996: Flattenings on multi layer spoolings

When flattening is present, the rope must be checked by expert personnel for crane rope inspec-
tion.
4.5.7 Corkscrew-like distortion

Distortion where the rope is in the form of a corkscrew along its longitudinal axis.
Corkscrew-like distortion causes rope wear, broken wires and bearing damage on rope pulleys.
Fig.120988: Corkscrew-like distortion

When corkscrew-like distortion is present, the rope must be checked by expert personnel for crane
rope inspection.
4.5.8 Basket formation

This distortion occurs due to different layers between the outer strand layers and the inside of the
rope.
Causes for basket formation are high angular pull angles during the run over the rope pulleys and run-
in rope pulleys. Even load distribution over the entire cross section is not possible.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120989: Basket formation

When basket formation is present, then the rope must be taken down.
copyright by
1388 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.5.9 Protruding, distorted inlay, braiding

This distortion is a special form of basket formation: The insert or the core of the rope protrudes bet-
ween the external braids or an external braid protrudes from the rope banding.
Fig.120990: Protrusion of an insert (rope single layer)
Fig.120991: Distorted or protruding strand

When the insert or a strand protrudes or is distorted, place the rope down. Have expert personnel for
crane rope inspection check if the rope area with the distortion can be removed.
4.5.10 Loop formation

At loop formation individual wires protrude from the rope banding, when no broken wire ends can be
seen.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120993: Emergence of individual wires

When loop formation is present, take the rope down.
4.5.11 Kinking, rope loops (grommets) pulled closed

Deformation, where a loop has formed in the rope, without the possibility to rotate around its own axis
during a load. The rope is subjected to more wear.
The rope is deformed. The strength remains only in part.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1389
Fig.120998: Severe kinking or knots

When kinking or rope loops are present, place the rope down.
4.5.12 Buckles
Buckles are angular deformations. The rope was damaged due to external influences. Strong defor-
mations of the rope cause stronger wear.
Fig.120999: Severe buckle

When buckles are present, take the rope down.
4.5.13 Effects of heat, arcs

Damage caused to the rope by welding work, for example.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Unusual heat impact is visible by tempering colors and loss of lubricant.

When heat impact has occurred on the rope, then the rope must be taken down.
4.6 Checking the ropes

WARNING
Operation with damaged rope!
Failure of rope. Death, severe injury, property damage.
When damage, wear and deformations are present:
u Have expert personnel for crane rope inspection determine if the rope has to be taken down.
copyright by
1390 LTM 1400-7-1-007
The following sections describe the tasks for daily visual inspection.
The crane operator can carry out a daily visual inspection if he is sufficiently trained in the tasks and
considered to be able to do so.
4.6.1 Intervals
Intervals and situations where the daily visual inspection must be made:
– Daily, before starting to work
– In case of change of the reeving of the crane rope due to
• Transport
• New reeving
• Removal and installation
4.6.2 Areas
The rope must be checked over the entire length.
The following areas must be checked with special diligence:
– Rope end connections
– Safety coils and fixed point on the winch
– Areas of the rope which run through the hook block
– Areas of the rope which run over the rope pulleys or laying on the rope pulleys
– Areas of the rope which are spooled on the winch, especially cross over areas
– Areas of the rope which are laying above the compensation pulleys
– Areas of the rope which are subjected to abrasion due to external components
– All areas of the rope which are subjected to temperatures above 60°C
4.6.3 Documentation of rope condition

Every visible change of the wire rope must be documented in the crane records.
4.6.4 Checking the lubrication
WARNING
Missing lubrication!
Functional problems. Inner and outer corrosion.
u Lubricate the rope regularly.
u Make sure that the rope is lubricated all around.
u Select manual or automatic lubrication procedures.
The lubrication must be checked at least once a month.

When the rope shows signs of drying out:
u Lubricate the rope, see section „Lubricating the rope“.
4.6.5 Check for wear and distortion

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Check all visible parts of the rope for wear and distortion.
u Check the rope end connections and fixed points especially carefully for wear, damage, cracks and
distortion.
u Check pressed together rope end connection for slipping and traces on the rope.
Note
u The maximum permissible number for broken wires over a certain rope length may not be excee-
ded.
u Determine the maximum permissible number of broken wires, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 8.04.
u Check the rope end connection and rope area near the rope end connection for broken wires.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1391
When broken wires are present on the rope:

u Remove the broken wire, see section „Removing broken wires“.
When broken wires or damage is present on the rope end connection:
u Document visible changes of the rope condition.
u Have the rope checked by expert personnel for crane rope inspection.
When the rope can be shortened without reducing the operational safety:
u Shorten the rope, see section „Shortening the rope“.
4.6.6 Checking the rope drive for spooling problems

Lacking pretension of the rope on the winch can cause spooling problems in multi layer spooling.
Fig.120967: Possible spooling problems on the rope winch

1 Cutting into the lower rope layers 2 Loop formation in the lower rope layers
u Check the spooling behavior of rope on the rope winch for cutting into the lower rope layers 1.
u Check the spooling behavior of rope on the rope winch for loop formation in the lower rope
layers 2.
When spooling defects are found:
u Renew the pretension, see section „Renewing the pretension of hoist ropes“.
4.6.7 Checking the position

u Check the correct position of the rope on the rope pulleys.
When the rope is not correctly laying on the rope pulley:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Have the rope and rope pulley checked by expert personnel for crane rope inspection.
4.6.8 Checking for corrosion

A superficial „rust film“ can be wiped off.
u Do not clean the rope with solvents or cleaners.
u Clean the rope solely with a wire hand brush.
u Check rope for corrosion.
When the rope shows a rough surface:
u Document visible changes of the rope condition and have the rope checked by expert personnel
for crane rope inspection.
copyright by
1392 LTM 1400-7-1-007
If there is any uncertainly regarding the condition of the rope:

u Place the rope down or contact Liebherr Service.
4.6.9 Checking for flattenings

In the cross over area of the spooled up rope layers on the winch the rope is stressed more. The rope
can be flattened as a result.
Fig.120966: Maximum flattening of wires on the outer strands

u Check the rope in the ascent zones of the rope spooling on the winch for flattenings.
When the outer braids are flattened more than half of the wire diameter:
u Have the rope inspected by expert personnel for crane rope inspection or place the rope down.
u Shorten the rope on the rope drum fixed point, see section „Shortening the rope“.
4.7 Checking the control rope for distortions

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.114002: Distortion on control ropes

u Check the first rope layer of the control rope for crushed areas and distortions.
When distortions are present:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1393
4.8 Lubricating the rope

WARNING
Missing lubrication!
Functional problems. Inner and outer corrosion.
u Lubricate the rope regularly.
u Make sure that the rope is lubricated all around.
u Select manual or automatic lubrication procedures.
NOTICE
Too much or incorrect lubricant!
Excessive soiling. Wear on rope, on rope pulley and on winch. Recognition of take down criteria is im-
peded.
u Use lubricant, which is compatible with the rope and the original lubricant.
u Do not clean the rope with solvents or cleaners.

u Clean the rope solely with a wire hand brush.
Areas, which must be lubricated especially well are bending zones on winch and rope pulleys.
u Lubricate the rope.
4.9 Removing broken wires

NOTICE
Broken wires!
Damage of other components in crane operation, for example rope pulleys and compensation pulleys.
u Remove broken wires.

– Suitable pliers are on hand.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120979: Remove broken wire

u Grasp the wire on the upper end with pliers. Bend the wire back and forth until the wire breaks off
in the braid valley.
copyright by
1394 LTM 1400-7-1-007
The position of a broken wire is important for subsequent inspection. Individual broken wires are coun-
ted and are recorded later in the evaluation for withdrawal from service.
u Document the position of the broken wires in the crane record. Inspection checklist, see chapter
8.04.
4.10 Turning an extremely rotation-resistant hoist rope out

WARNING
Damage of rope due to incorrect procedure!
u Use extreme caution for the following procedures.
u Observe the following instructions exactly.
The cause for the turn-in of the hook block can have various reasons.
Check the crane for the following peculiarities:
– Scrub marks: Are hoist rope scrub marks present on the crane components? If scrub marks are
present, check the hoist rope run and correct it.
– Rope pulleys: Did the groove diameter become too small?
• Groove diameter dimensional stability must be present.
• If this is not the case, the rope pulley must be replaced.
– Rope lubrication: Has the hoist rope been sufficiently lubricated? If the rope surface is dry, the hoist
rope must be re-lubricated.
If the crane does not display other peculiarities, the hoist rope must be spun out.
The following sections describe two methods of how to spin out the hoist rope. The methods must be
applied in the described sequence.
4.10.1 Spinning out with single strand reeving

u Reeve in the single strand hoist rope.
u Extend the boom to the maximal boom length and hook height.
u Lower hooks to approximately 1 m above the ground and allow the hoist rope to spin out.
u With an empty hook block, carry out one complete hoist cycle.
u Lower the hook again to approximately 1 m above the ground and allow the hoist rope to spin out
again.
u Reeve the number of strands of hoist rope carefully and spin free where the twisting of the hook
block is largest.
u Distribute the spin out to the entire rope length: Run at least two entire hoist cycles at maximum
boom length and hook height.
Note
When the hook block continues to turn in:
u Spin the rope out, see section „Spinning out by turning the hook block out“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4.10.2 Spinning out by turning out the hook block

– The hook block is reeved with the number of strands where the twisting is the largest.
u Extend the boom completely and lower the hook block.
u Attach a load of approximately 10 % of the nominal rope pull on the hook block.
Before lifting the load, a helper must rotate the twisted hook block to a straight position by hand until
the rope strands no longer touch each other.
u Continue to turn the hook block by one entire turn.
Result:
– The rope strands touch again.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1395
NOTICE
The hook block turns back under load in a straight position!
When the hook block turns back in a straight position:
u Release the hook block.
u Hold the hook block in the prescribed position until the load lifts off the ground.
u Move the load until approximately 15 m before the uppermost hook position of the completely ex-
tended boom.
u Lower load and set it down.
4.11 Renewing the pretension of hoist ropes

WARNING
Lacking pretension of the rope on the winch!
Excessive rope wear in the lower spooling layers, gap formation, rope cutting in.
When the lower rope layers on the winch are hardly used or not:
u Renew the pretension in the entire rope regularly.

– A reeving is selected where the entire rope length can be spooled.
– Clean spooling pattern on the drum at spooling.
Note
Recommendation!
u The rope application is the most economical when the entire rope length is utilized.
When only a part of the rope length is used for a longer period of time:
u Use a proportionally shorter rope.
u Spool the rope out until three safety coils.

u Spool the rope up with a rope tensile force of 10 % of the maximum rope tensile force.
4.12 Shortening the rope

WARNING
Distortions and mechanical damage!
Operational safety significantly disturbed, uneven load distribution within the rope.
u Have the manufacturer check if the distorted and damaged area can be severed.
Visible form changes often occur localized or in short rope sections.

When a safe operation of the rope is ensured, a distorted and damaged area can be severed.
To shorten the rope there are different prerequisites:
– Rope shows flattenings
– Broken wires occur solely within the area of the rope end connection, the remaining rope is unda-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
maged
DANGER
Minimum number of remaining coils on the winch fallen below!
Rope releases or rips off, falling load. Death, severe injury, property damage.
u Make sure, after shortening the rope that at least three remaining coils remain on the winch in all
working positions of the crane.

– The rope was shortened by authorized and trained expert personnel.
Multi layer spooling: When the rope on the fixed point on the winch is shortened by half the winch
diameter, then the service life of the rope increases significantly.
copyright by
1396 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.120972: Tie the rope before shortening it

d Rope nominal diameter L Length of tie, at least 2d
The length of the tie L must be at least 2 times the rope nominal diameter (2d).
The shortening of the rope in this section applies to a single layer rope. On rotation-resistance, parallel
roped ropes it may be necessary to tie several times to prevent the rope from jumping open when it is
cut.
u Tie the rope on both sides with wire.
u Twist the end of the wire with the pliers to prevent them from releasing.
WARNING
Danger of injury due to flying sparks!
u Wear safety glasses and safety gloves.
u Separate the rope vertically to the rope axis.

u Fasten the end connections on the rope according to the manufacturerʼs instructions.
u Remove the tie on both ends of the separation from the rope.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1397
029022-00 7.06 Fill quantities, lubrication schedule
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.107744
copyright by
1398 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.06 Fill quantities, lubrication schedule 029022-00
1 Fill quantities
1.1 Fill quantities for crane chassis
The specified fill quantities (change quantities) are orientation values. The marks on the dipsticks, in-
spection ports and sight gauges are decisive for filling.
NOTICE
u Do not mix synthetic oils with mineral oils!
Position Components Fill quantity

1 Diesel engine 65.0 l
2 Cooling system 137.0 l
3 Fuel tank 580.0 l
4 Automatic transmission 23.5 l
5 Converter clutch unit 26.0 l
5.1 Converter oil cooler and lines 14.2 l
6 Transfer gear box 5.5 l , oil cooler and lines 2.1 l , Total fill quantity: 7.6 l
7 1. Axle, axle drive 19.0 l
1. Axle, per wheel side 1.4 l
9 5. Axle with 14 x 8*, axle drive 20.5 l
5. Axle with 14 x 8*, per wheel side 1.4 l
11 Hydraulic oil tank, crane chassis 1 (oil change volume) 295.0 l
Contents of lines 120.0 l
1
When the oil level is checked, all hydraulic cylinders must be retracted. The oil level must be in the center of the sight gauge.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1399
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.107745
copyright by
1400 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Fill quantities crane superstructure and boom

NOTICE

1 Diesel engine 40.0 l
2 Cooling system 62.0 l
3 Fuel tank 275.0 l
4 Winch 1 7.5 l
Winch brake, winch 1 0.8 l
5 Slewing gear 6.9 l
6 Pump distributor gear, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.9 l
7.07, line 6.2.
7 Hydraulic oil tank1 1670.0 l
Central lubrication system 2.5 kg
1
When the oil level is checked, all hydraulic cylinders must be retracted. The oil level must be in the center of the sight gauge.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1401
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.107746
copyright by
1402 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.3 Fill quantities - Equipment

NOTICE

1 Winch 2 7.5 l
2 Winch 3 6.5 l
3 Assembly winch 0.4 l
4 Winches TY-guying (right / left), per winch 2.0 l
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1403
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.107747
copyright by
1404 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2 Lubrication schedule
2.1 Lubrication schedule - Crane chassis
Fig.107729
Note
u The lube points are marked with this icon.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1405
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.107725
copyright by
1406 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.2 Lubrication schedule - Crane superstructure and boom
Fig.107729
Note
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1407
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.108145
copyright by
1408 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Lubrication schedule - Equipment
2.3.1 Lubrication schedule - Hook block / load hook
Fig.107729
Note
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1409
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.114494
copyright by
1410 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3.2 Lubrication schedule Guying
Fig.107729
Note
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1411
023098-31 7.07 Service fluids and lubricants
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1412 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.07 Service fluids and lubricants 023098-31
1 Specified service items and lubricants for Liebherr

cranes
No. Crane components Ambient temperature for driving and crane operation
-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
1.1 Diesel engine with LWE Id. No.: 10871536 LWE Id. No.: 10871536
Exhaust aftertreatment Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30 Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30
US Tier 4 SAE 5W-30 and ACEA E4 SAE 5W-30 and ACEA E4
EU-Stage IV Observe the instructions of the Observe the instructions of the
engine manufacturer engine manufacturer
EU-Stage III A Derivat Below -20 °C with pre-heating Below -20 °C with pre-heating
1.2 Diesel engine with LWE Id. No.: 10663796 LWE Id. No.: 11100934
Exhaust aftertreatment Liebherr Motoroil Liebherr Motoroil
10W-40 low ash 5W-30 low ash
US Tier 4 interim SAE 10W-40 low ash and SAE 5W-30 low ash and ACEA
ACEA E6 E6
EU-Stufe III B Observe the instructions of the Observe the instructions of the
Below -20 °C with pre-heating Below -20 °C with pre-heating
Note:To improve the cold start ability of the diesel engine at an ambient temperature below -10 °C , we
recommend the use of Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30 low ash, LWE-Id. No.: 11100934
1.3 Diesel engine without LWE Id. No.: 861005308 LWE Id. No.: 10871536
Exhaust aftertreatment Liebherr Motoroil 10W-40 Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30
as 1.2 or SAE 10W-40 and ACEA E4 SAE 5W-30 and ACEA E4
optionally also Observe the instructions of the Observe the instructions of the
Below -20 °C with pre-heating Below -20 °C with pre-heating
Note:To improve the cold start ability of the diesel engine at an ambient temperature below -10 °C , we
recommend the use of Liebherr Motoroil 5W-30, LWE-Id. No.: 10871536
2 Drive axle LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
with differentials, Liebherr Gear Hypoid 90 EP Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90
planetary gear and SAE 90 and API GL 5 SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5
installed distributor gear
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
3 Axle drive ZF DK-7 LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
Liebherr Gear Hypoid 90 EP Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90
ZF TE-ML 05 ZF TE-ML 05
4.1 Vehicle distributor gear LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
KESSLER Liebherr Gear Hypoid 90 EP Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90
VG 1800, VG 2400, VG 2550, VG SAE 90 and API GL 5 SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5
2600, VG 3750
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1413
-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
W3750
4.2 Vehicle Distributor gear with PTO for LWE Id. No.: 10425142 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
crane operation
KESSLER Liebherr Syntogear Plus Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90 75W-90
VG 2700 with PTO SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5 SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5
VG 3751 mit PTO
4.3 Vehicle distributor gear LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
ZF Passau, STEYR PUCH Liebherr Gear Hypoid 90 EP Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90
VG 1200, VG 1600, VG 2000, VG ZF TE-ML 19 ZF TE-ML 19
3800
5 Miter gear for crane operation LWE Id. No.: 10425142 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
Liebherr Syntogear Plus Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90 75W-90
SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5 SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5
6 Offset gear (drop box) LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
ZF Passau, STEYR PUCH Liebherr Gear Hypoid 90 EP Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90
7.1 Pump distributor gear LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
filled with mineral gear oil Liebherr Gear Hypoid 90 EP Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90
SAE 90 and API GL 5 SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5
filled with synthetic gear oil Liebherr Gear PG 220 Liebherr Gear PG 150
CLP PG 220, DIN 51517-3 CLP PG 150, DIN 51517-3
WARNING: May not be mixed WARNING: May not be mixed
with other oils! with other oils!
LTC 1055-3.1 Liebherr Syntogear Plus Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90 75W-90
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5 SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5

8.1 Powershift transmission LWE Id. No.: 861005308 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF Torque converter transmission WG Liebherr Motoroil 10W-40 Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF
120, WG 150, WG 180, WG 181, WG
200, WG 201
Below -20 °C run until warm Below -20 °C run until warm
according to operating instructi- according to operating instructi-
ons ons
8.2 Powershift transmission LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
copyright by
1414 LTM 1400-7-1-007
-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
ZF torque converter WG 251* Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF
ZF ERGOPOWER WG 210, WG 260, ZF TE-ML 03 ZF TE-ML 03
WG 310
* also for ambient temperatures above Below -20 °C run until warm Below -20 °C run until warm
-10 °C according to operating instructi- according to operating instructi-
ons ons
9 Powershift transmission LWE Id. No.: 861005308 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
CLARK Liebherr Motoroil 10W-40 Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF
SAE 10W-40 and ACEA E4 ATF Dexron II D and ALLISON
C4
ons ons
10 Offset gear (drop box) LWE Id. No.: 861005308 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ALLISON Liebherr Motoroil 10W-40 Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF
SAE 10W-40 and API CF, ATF Dexron II D or ALLISON
ACEA E4 C4
ons ons
11.1 Automatic transmission LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861903708
ALLISON Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF CASTROL Transynd
CLBT 740, CLBT 750, CLBT 754, ATF Dexron III or ALLISON C4 ATF Dexron III or ALLISON C4
CLBT 755
HT 755, HD 4560 Below -20 °C run until warm Below -20 °C run until warm
ons ons
11.2 Automatic transmission LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF
ons ons
12 Automatic transmission LWE Id. No.: 10218305 LWE Id. No.: 10218305
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
ZF AS-Tronic ZF-Ecofluid M ZF-Ecofluid M

ZF TC-Tronic (basic gear) ZF TE-ML 02 ZF TE-ML 02
ZF TC-Tronic HD (basic gear) below -20 °C preheat gear ac-
cording to operating instructi-
ons
13.1 Torque converter coupling LWE Id. No.: 10218305 LWE Id. No.: 10218305
ZF TC HD ZF-Ecofluid M ZF-Ecofluid M
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1415
-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
below -20 °C preheat gear ac-
cording to operating instructi-
ons
13.2 Torque converter coupling LWE Id. No.: 861900608 LWE Id. No.: 861900608
ZF TC 2 Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF Liebherr Hydraulic-Gear ATF
14 Gearbox LWE Id. No.: 10218305 LWE Id. No.: 10218305
ZF ECO-Split ZF Ecofluid M ZF Ecofluid M
15 Slewing gear LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
Liebherr Gear PG 220 Liebherr Gear PG 220
16.1 Rope winch LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
Liebherr Gear PG 220 Liebherr Gear PG 220
16.2 Rope winch LWE Id. No.: 11000948 LWE Id. No.: 11000948
LR 13000 Liebherr Universalfett 9900 Liebherr Universalfett 9900
KPF2N-25, DIN 51502 KPF2N-25, DIN 51502
17 Winch of LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
Telescopic boom guying Liebherr Gear PG 220 Liebherr Gear PG 220
18.1 Crane hydraulics LWE Id. No.: 861903508 LWE Id. No.: 10293807
Crane chassis and crane superstruc- Liebherr Hydraulic 37 Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arc-
ture tic
HVLP, DIN 51524-3 HVLPD HC, DIN 51524-3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
18.2 Crane hydraulics LWE Id. No.: 10293807 LWE Id. No.: 10293807
Crane chassis and crane superstruc- Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arc- Liebherr Hydraulic Plus Arc-
ture tic tic
LTM 11200-9.1 HVLPD HC, DIN 51524-3 HVLPD HC, DIN 51524-3
LTR 11200
LR 13000, LR 11000, LR 1600/2,
LR 1600/2-W
LTC 1055-3.1
19 Brake system LWE Id. No.: 861000108 LWE Id. No.: 861000108
copyright by
1416 LTM 1400-7-1-007
-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
if hydraulically actuated DOT 4 DOT 4
SAE J 1703e SAE J 1703e
20 Clutch actuator LWE Id. No.: 861000108 LWE Id. No.: 861000108
DOT 4 DOT 4
SAE J 1703e SAE J 1703e
21 King pin bearing LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 10296825
Drive shaft Liebherr Spezialfett Liebherr Universalfett Arctic
9610 Plus
if not maintenance-free KP2K-20, DIN 51502 KPFHC1N-60, DIN 51502
22 Glide and roller bearing LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 10296825
roller bearing joint Liebherr Spezialfett Liebherr Universalfett Arctic
9610 Plus
KP2K-20, DIN 51502 KPFHC1N-60, DIN 51502
23 Central lubrication system LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 10296825
Liebherr Spezialfett Liebherr Universalfett Arctic
9610 Plus
24.1 Slewing ring connection LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 10296825
Roller bearing Liebherr Spezialfett Liebherr Universalfett Arctic
9610 Plus
24.2 Slewing ring connection LWE Id. No.: 11000948 LWE Id. No.: 10296825
LR 13000 Liebherr Universalfett 9900 Liebherr Universalfett Arctic
KPF2N-25, DIN 51502 KPFHC1N-60, DIN 51502
25.1 Support plate with equalization LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
Liebherr Teleskopfett Liebherr Teleskopfett
9613 Plus 9613 Plus
KP2K-30, DIN 51502 KP2K-30, DIN 51502
25.2 Glide shoes for cab guidance on vehi- LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
cle frame
LTC 1045-3.1 Liebherr Teleskopfett Liebherr Teleskopfett
9613 Plus 9613 Plus
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
KP2K-30, DIN 51502 KP2K-30, DIN 51502

26 Sliding beam LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
Plastic glide bearing Liebherr Teleskopfett Liebherr Teleskopfett
9613 Plus 9613 Plus
Beam for track adjustment KP2K-30, DIN 51502 KP2K-30, DIN 51502
27.1 Telescopic boom LWE Id. No.: 861303608 LWE Id. No.: 861303608
Plastic glide bearing Liebherr Teleskopfett Liebherr Teleskopfett
9613 Plus 9613 Plus
Corner guide top KP2K-30, DIN 51502 KP2K-30, DIN 51502
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1417
-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
Outer glide bearing Liebherr Spezialfett 1336 Liebherr Spezialfett 1336
Lower shell KP2K-30, DIN 51502 KP2K-30, DIN 51502
Inner glide bearing Spray grease Spray grease
(only during assembly)
LTC 1045-3.1 Bechem Berulub TCG 1 V Bechem Berulub TCG 1 V
LTM 1050-3.1
28 Boom lock LWE Id. No.: 861301308 LWE Id. No.: 10296825
Liebherr Spezialfett Liebherr Universalfett Arctic
9610 Plus
29 Guide rail on LWE Id. No.: 861303308 LWE Id. No.: 861303308
Telescoping cylinder Liebherr Spezialfett 1336 Liebherr Spezialfett 1336
KP2K-30, DIN 51502 KP2K-30, DIN 51502
Spray grease Spray grease
30 Gear ring rotary connection LWE Id. No.: 861007708 LWE Id. No.: 861007708
Slewing gear drive pinion RHS-Fluid RHS-Fluid
OGPFOS-20, DIN 51502 OGPFOS-20, DIN 51502
31 Running rope LWE Id. No.: 10173371 LWE Id. No.: 10173371
Liebherr WR-Lube SC Liebherr WR-Lube SC
Adhesive grease Adhesive grease
32 Radiator fluid LWE Id. No.: 10871121 LWE Id. No.: 10871121
Diesel engine and heating system Liebherr Antifreeze OS Mix Liebherr Antifreeze OS Mix
Pre-mixed corrosion inhibitor / Pre-mixed corrosion inhibitor /
antifreeze antifreeze
WARNING: May not be dilu- WARNING: May not be dilu-
ted and / or mixed with other ted and / or mixed with other
corrosion inhibitors / anti- corrosion inhibitors / anti-
freeze! freeze!
33.1 Travel gears Crawler crane see data tag see data tag
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
33.2 Travel gear LWE Id. No.: 861901008 LWE Id. No.: 10425142
LTR 1060 Liebherr Gear Hypoid 90 EP Liebherr Syntogear Plus
75W-90
LTR 1100 SAE 90 and API GL 5 SAE 75W-90 and API GL 5
33.3 Travel gear LWE Id. No.: 861901208 LWE Id. No.: 861901208
LTR 11200 Liebherr Gear PG 220 Liebherr Gear PG 220
copyright by
1418 LTM 1400-7-1-007
-25 °C to +50 °C -40 °C to +30 °C
34 Recovery winch See data tag and manufactu- See data tag and manufactu-
rerʼs instructions rerʼs instructions
35 Recovery winch rope See manufacturerʼs instructions See manufacturerʼs instructions
36 Steering uncoupling LWE Id. No.: 10800345 LWE Id. No.: 10800345
LTC 1045-3.1 Teflon-Spray Teflon-Spray
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1419
028369-01 7.15 Procedure in case of problems
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.197077
copyright by
1420 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.15 Procedure in case of problems 028369-01
1 Procedure to follow in case of a problem

This chapter is supportive for the following questions:
– What to do in case of a problem?
– Which displays and component groups are relevant for error diagnostics?
– How can an error diagnostics be carried out?
– How to proceed in case of error messages of the LICCON computer system?
– Which measures are to be taken for defective components?
– Which measures are to be taken in clear problem cases?
– Which data is important for communication with Liebherr Service?
WARNING
Erroneous or insufficient repair!
If a crane is not properly or insufficiently repaired, then his can result in accidents!
u The crane may only be repaired by authorized and trained expert personnel!
WARNING
Measures without the help of Liebherr Service!
Measures in case of a problem, which are carried out without consulting Liebherr Service can cause
damage to the crane!
u If problems remain or in case of error messages, consult Liebherr Service to determine the cause
of the problem and further procedure.
WARNING
Problems with raised load!
If a crane is checked, diagnosed or repaired with a raised load, then there is a danger of accidents!
During accidents, personnel could be killed or seriously injured!
u If possible, set the load down!
u If possible, telescope in / place down the boom system!
u If the load cannot be set down and / or the boom system cannot be telescoped in / placed down,
secure a wide-ranging danger zone!
Note
u The display illustrations in this chapter are only examples. The display values may differ depending
on the crane. In addition, some illustrations show a display with multiple icons. In normal crane
operation, an identical display may not appear on the LICCON monitor.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1421
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112958
copyright by
1422 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.1 Overview of displays and component groups for error diagnostics

Various displays and component groups allow the crane driver:
– To localize error messages.
– To prepare quicker and more precise communication with Liebherr Service.
– To diagnose and remedy errors with the help of the „Diagnostics operating instructions“.
Note
u Displays and components in the driver's cab are only relevant for cranes with Liebherr crane chas-
sis!
u If separate Operating instructions have been provided by the supplier as part of the scope of deli-
very for the crane, then it must be observed!
Position Driver's cab (only Liebherr LTM chassis)

10 Fuses in driver's cab
17 Display unit
18 Operating unit
24 Ignition switch Driver's cab
Position EMERGENCY STOP switch (location and number depending on crane type)
60 EMERGENCY STOP switch in chassis*
350 EMERGENCY STOP switch in crane superstructure*
651 EMERGENCY STOP switch in BKE
Position Crane operator's cab

20 Fuses in crane operator's cab
324 LICCON monitor
F8 Function key
I LED supply voltage
326 Ignition switch
430 Touch display left (only certain crane types)
460 Touch display right (only certain crane types)
650 Operating and control unit BKE (only certain crane types)
652 Indicator lights BKE (only certain crane types)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1423
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112958
copyright by
1424 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Position Bluetooth™ Terminal BTT (abbreviated BTT, only certain crane types)
4 BTT
550 Indicator light transmission signal
552 Indicator light charge condition
Position Battery box (sample illustration - location and number depending on crane type)
50 Battery box
51 Battery master switch
52 Main fuses
Position Ignition switch on frame

700 Ignition switch (only certain crane types)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1425
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112957
copyright by
1426 LTM 1400-7-1-007
1.2 Type of problem

Problems can be assigned to various error sources:
– Operating errors
• Displayed by error number / LEC: B......
• To be remedied by crane operator.
– System errors in LICCON computer system
• Displayed by error number / LEC: E......
• To be remedied by crane operator / Liebherr Service.
– Errors on mechanics / components
– Combination of error sources
Note
LICCON Error Code Manual (LICCON Error code list)
u All error numbers / LEC are listed in the „LICCON Error Code Manual“ (LICCON error code list).
2 Carry out error diagnostics

The crane is monitored:
– By the LICCON computer system for operating / system errors.
– By indicator lights.
If errors occur, error messages are issued and / or indicator lights light up.
Error messages appear in:
– Horn icon of LICCON monitor, see illustration 1
– Window of test system in BTT, see illustration 2
– Window and warning light in display unit, see illustration 3
Indicator lights are located within view:
– In the driver’s cab.
– In the Crane operator's cab.
– On Components.
WARNING
Risk of accident!
When carrying out the error diagnostics, there is a danger of accidents!
During accidents, personnel could be killed or seriously injured!
u Take the crane out of service!
u In case of safety defects, secure the crane to prevent continued operation!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u The crane may only be inspected, diagnosed and repairs at a standstill and in shut down condition!
u Inspections, error diagnostics and repairs, for which the crane must be in operation are only per-
missible with extreme caution and constant visual and voice contact between all associated per-
sonnel!
u Inspections, error diagnostics and repairs may only be carried out by expert or trained personnel!
u For inspections, error diagnostics and repairs of electrical devices on the crane, power must be tur-
ned off and ensured to remain so for the duration of the work!
u Test operation after a repair must be made by the crane operator or in his presence!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1427
Note
u Always observe error messages and illuminated indicator lights!
u For detailed procedure in case of error messages, see Diagnostics operating instructions, chapter
20.05.
u For overview of indicator lights on the crane chassis, see Crane operating instructions, chapter
3.01.
u For overview of indicator lights on the crane superstructure, see Crane operating instructions,
chapter 4.01.
Several possibilities exist for an error diagnostics:

– Without the help of Liebherr Service.
– With the help of Liebherr Service: Error diagnostics by phone.
– With the help of Liebherr Service: Remote diagnostics.
2.1 Error diagnostics without the help of Liebherr Service

WARNING
Acting on your own authority!
If measures are carried out on your own authority in case of a problem, then this can result in damage
to the crane!
Damage on the crane can cause erroneous functions and accidents!
u Observe and adhere to the notes and instructions in this chapter.
u Observe the Diagnostics operating instructions.
u In case of lack of clarity, contact Liebherr Service.
u If problems remain or in case of error messages, consult Liebherr Service to determine the cause
of the problem and further procedure.
2.1.1 Error message in BTT
Note
u Only for crane types with BTT.
After display of an error message in the BTT:

Result:
– The error code is displayed on the BTT display (error determination display in the „test system“).
– In addition, all errors are listed in a separate error list (error text, cause, remedy).
In the error code, two different error types are differentiated:

– Operating errors - Error code starts with a „B“.
– System errors / application errors - Error code starts with an „E“.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If an error code starts with a „B“:

u Correct the operating error.
If an error code starts with an „E“:
u Call up the test system, see Diagnostics operating instructions.
or
In case of lack of clarity:
Consult Liebherr Service.
2.1.2 Error message in the display unit

After display of an error message in the display unit:
u Press the i-key 110.
copyright by
1428 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Result:
– The error code is shown alternately as long as the i-key 110 is pressed.

– Operating errors - Error code starts with a „b“.
Note
LICCON Error Code Manual (LICCON Error code list)
u All error numbers / LEC are listed in the „LICCON Error Code Manual“ (LICCON error code list).
If an error code starts with a „b“:

or
2.1.3 Error message in the LICCON monitor

After display of an error message in the LICCON monitor:
Result:
– Acoustic warning is turned off.
u Press function key F8 again.

Result:
– The error code is displayed on the LICCON monitor (error determination display in the „test sys-
tem“).
– In addition, all errors are listed in a separate error list (error text, cause, remedy).

– Operating errors - Error code starts with a „B“.
If an error code starts with a „B“:

or
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
2.1.4 Calling up the test system
Note
u For calling up the test system, see Diagnostics operating instructions!
2.1.5 Problems on the mechanics / components of the crane

u Determine the damage and remedy it properly by using original spare parts.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1429
2.1.6 Problems on pipes / hoses

Supply lines, return lines and control lines handle various media:
– Pneumatic pipes / hoses.
– Hydraulic pipes / hoses.
– Pipes / hoses for fluids and gases.
2.1.7 Problems in electrical connections of the crane

– If a component / component group does no longer react, then the electrical connections may be
interrupted.
u Check the error messages.
u Check the plug connections.
u Check the electrical connections visually.
Problem remedy
u Check if all sensors or dummy plugs with integrated electronic have been connected properly.
or
Observe the Diagnostics operating instructions.
or
2.2 Error diagnostics with the help of Liebherr Service
2.2.1 Which data is required by Liebherr Service?

If the assistance of Liebherr Service is required, always provide the following information:
– Crane type
– Crane number
– Complete error number and any error message displayed on the LICCON monitor 324
– Complete error code and any error message from the BTT 4
– Application conditions of crane.
– Action during which the error occurs.
– Possibly frequency of error.
2.2.2 Error diagnostics by phone

If there is any lack of clarity, contact Liebherr Service to determine the cause of the problem and fur-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
ther procedure.
u Contact Liebherr Service.
u Observe and adhere to the notes and instructions given by Liebherr Service.
2.2.3 Remote diagnostics*

The remote diagnostics makes it possible for Liebherr Service to check Liebherr cranes from a remote
location in case of problems.
– The crane is equipped with the optional Remote diagnostics*.
u Contact Liebherr service by phone.
u Follow the instructions given by Liebherr Service to set up the Remote diagnostics*.
copyright by
1430 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Keep the phone connection to Liebherr Service up during the Remote diagnostics*.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1431
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112959
copyright by
1432 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3 Measures in clear problem cases

Note
If a problem occurs, which is not described in this chapter:
u Contact Liebherr Service to determine the cause of the problem and further procedure.
3.1 Remedying temporary errors during system start

Note
u While the LICCON computer system starts, temporary error messages 1 can occur, see illustra-
tion 1.
Errors, which occur temporarily, can have various causes, for example:
– Fluctuations in the power supply.
– Error message can be a subsequent error.
u Turn the LICCON computer system off and restart it after waiting for at least 5 s.
u Repeat this procedure up to three times (wait 2 min after 3 start attempts).
If the same error image appears several times:
3.2 Monitoring function reports a problem

Note
u For a detailed description of monitoring functions, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
NOTICE
Danger of severe engine damage!
If the monitoring functions report a problem and / or warning occurrence, then you must react immedi-
ately and remedy the problem!
u React to problems and / or warning occurrences immediately and remedy the problem!
u If necessary, stop crane operation and turn the engine off!
The following alarm functions are indicated by blinking icons on the LICCON monitor (illustration 2):
– 44 Advance warning - engine
– 46 Engine stop
u If an „Advance warning - engine“ 44 or an „Engine stop“ 46 is triggered, react immediately.
u In case of an Engine stop 46, stop crane operation and turn the engine off.
u Find the cause and remedy it.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1433
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112958
copyright by
1434 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.3 Engine does not start

Make sure that:
– There is sufficient fuel in the fuel tanks.
– There is sufficient voltage in the batteries.
3.3.1 Cranes with one engine

Make sure that no EMERGENCY STOP switch is actuated:
– 60 EMERGENCY STOP switch Chassis*
– 350 EMERGENCY STOP switch Crane superstructure*
– EMERGENCY STOP switch 651 on the BKE* 650
The engine does not start from the driver's cab?

No EMERGENCY STOP switch is actuated:
u Turn the ignition off.
u Start the engine again.
If the engine still cannot be started:
u Check the indicator lights on the display unit 17.
Note
u Problem remedy, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 3.04.

The engine does not start from the crane operator's cab?
u Watch the indicator lights 652 on the BKE 650.
Note

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1435
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112958
copyright by
1436 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.3.2 Cranes with two engines

Make sure that no EMERGENCY STOP switch is actuated:
– 60 EMERGENCY STOP switch Chassis*
– 350 EMERGENCY STOP switch Crane superstructure*
– EMERGENCY STOP switch 651 on the BKE* 650
The engine in the crane chassis does not start?

u Check the indicator lights on the display unit 17.
Note

The engine in the crane superstructure does not start?

u Watch the indicator lights 652 on the BKE 650.
Note

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1437
Fig.112952
3.4 Bluetooth™ Terminal

Note
u Required only for cranes with Bluetooth™ Terminal (BTT).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
3.4.1 The display of the BTT remains dark?
Note
u Indicator light Charge condition 552 shows the charge condition.
u Indicator light Transmission signal 550 shows the quality of the radio contact connection.
When the indicator light charge condition 552 does not light up or lights up red:
u Plug the BTT 4 into the charging module 22.
When the LED 552 does not light up with the BTT 4 plugged in or the BTT 4 cannot be turned on:
copyright by
1438 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.4.2 Is the radio contact connection faulty?

If the radio contact connection to the BTT 4 is faulty or interrupted (Indicator light Transmission sig-
nal 550 lights up red), then it can be bypassed with line 20.
The radio contact connection to the BTT 4 can become faulty or interrupted by the following occurren-
ces:
– By interference signals from a nearby radio tower.
– The radio module on the BTT 4 or on the BTB is defective.
– The rechargeable battery in the BTT 4 is discharged.
– Due to bad selection of location by the operator.
Bypassing the radio contact connection

– The line 20 to bypass the radio contact connection has been removed from the switch cabinet of
the crane cab.
– The BTT 4 has been removed from the charging module 22 and is turned on.
– The caps on the plug connection 23 and the plug connection 29 have been removed.
u Screw the line 20 on the charging module 22 onto the plug connection 23.
u Screw the line 20 on the BTT 4 onto the plug connection 29.
Result:
– The radio contact connection is bypassed.
Note
If the BTT 4 does not turn on, even though the line 20 is connected with the charging module 22, then
the rechargeable battery may be defective!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1439
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112960
copyright by
1440 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.5 LICCON monitor
3.5.1 Operating errors: Did an alarm function occur?
Note
u For a detailed description of alarm functions, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02.
u In case of an alarm function, an error message 3 with LICCON error code appears at the same
time.
The following alarm functions are indicated by blinking icons on the LICCON monitor:
– 41 Boom limitation
– 42 Hoist top limit switch
– 43 Advance warning
– 45 LMB Stop
The limit ranges of the crane movements are monitored by:
– Hoist limit switch
– Angle sensors
– Pressure sensors
– Length sensors
– Wind sensor
– Inductive sensors
If the limit ranges for these sensors are exceeded, the crane movements are turned off (LMB-STOP).
3.6 Is telescoping not possible?

– Telescoping is not functioning.
Possible causes:
– An operating error has occurred.
– A system error has occurred.
– The valves are mechanically defective.
– The electrical connection is interrupted.
Note
If the crane is equipped with the optional „Hydraulic emergency control*“, then the crane can be taken
down in case of failure of the crane hydraulic, crane electric and crane engine.
u For hydraulic emergency control, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 6.05.
3.6.1 Telescopic boom system Telematic

If an operating error is present:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If no operating error is present:
WARNING
Increased danger of accidents in case of defective telescoping lock!
There is an increased risk of accident if the following danger notes are not observed!
u „Emergency control telescoping“ may only be carried out by authorized expert personnel trained on
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen mobile cranes, who know the dangers of emergency operation!
u It is imperative that the next Liebherr Service location or Liebherr-Werk Ehingen is contacted!
u All crane movements must be carried out with extreme caution!
u Telescoping must be constantly monitored by a second person!
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1441
If the cause of the problem is unclear:

3.6.2 Telescopic boom with rope mechanism

If an operating error is present:
If no operating error is present:
If the cause of the problem is unclear:
4 Measures for defective components

WARNING
Impairment of crane safety!
When using non-original spare parts, crane safety can be impaired!
Changed or manipulated components can fail!
Safety relevant components can malfunction!
The crane license as well as the manufacturer's warranty will become void!
Risk of accident!
u Use only original spare parts or spare parts approved by Liebherr Werk Ehingen!
u Leave installed original parts unchanged!

– Error diagnostics has been carried out.
– Defective component has been determined.
4.1 Failure of hydraulic, electric or engine

Note
If the crane is equipped with the optional „Hydraulic emergency control*“, then the crane can be taken
down in case of failure of the crane hydraulic, crane electric or crane engine.
u For hydraulic emergency control, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 6.05.
u Take the crane down with the hydraulic emergency control* and repair it, contact Liebherr Service if
necessary.
or
If the crane has no „Hydraulic emergency control*“:
Secure the crane and danger zone wide-ranging.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4.2 Defective power supply (NT)

u Replace the power supply with a functioning power supply.
Note
u For instruction of replacement of a defective power supply, see Diagnostics operating instructions.
4.3 Central processing unit (CPU)

u Replace the CPU with a functioning CPU.
copyright by
1442 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Note
u For instruction of replacement of a defective CPU, see Diagnostics operating instructions.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1443
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112958
copyright by
1444 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.4 Replacing a defective fuse

If a fuse is defective, then it must be replaced.
– All battery master switches 51 are in position 0.
– All ignition switches 24/328/700 are in position 0.
– A spare fuse of the same size and strength is available.
Fuses are located:
– 10 In the fuse box in the driver's cab.
– 20 In the fuse box in the crane operator's cab.
– In the battery box 50 (main fuses 52)
– Directly on the individual components.
u Replace a defective fuse.
u Check the function.
Problem remedy
The same fuse fails again?
u Continue troubleshooting, contact Liebherr Service if necessary.
u Never bypass a defective fuse or replace it with a stronger fuse.
4.5 The LICCON monitor remains dark

If the LICCON monitor 324 does not turn on after turn on:
u See section Monitor errors in the Diagnostics operating instructions.
If the problem cannot be remedied:
4.6 The touch display remains dark

If the Touch display 430 or the touch display 460 does not turn on after turning the ignition on:
u Check the error messages.
If the problem cannot be remedied:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1445
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.110964
copyright by
1446 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.7 Defective sensors
4.7.1 General
Depending on the classification of the sensor, crane operation with defective sensor:
– Can be continued without restriction.
– Can be continued with restriction.
– Can be continued only in LMB emergency operation.
WARNING
Limited warning functions!
If there is a defect on a participating sensor (LMB) and the crane is continued to be operated by by-
passing the sensor other otherwise, then the warning functions and the shut offs of the LICCON over-
load protection are deactivated / limited!
u If there is a defect on a participating sensor (LMB), then the crane may be operated further only in
emergency cases!
u Fix / replace the sensor before starting crane operation again!
Certain crane functions are also monitored with two sets of sensors.
Defective sensors can occur in the LICCON monitor as follows:
– Length sensor defective, see illustration A.
– Angle sensor defective, see illustration B.
– Pressure sensor defective, see illustration C.
If a defective sensor is shown:
u Replace / repair the defective sensor.
4.7.2 Defective length sensor

If the length sensor is defective, the crane operating screen is shown in the LICCON monitor as in
illustration A:
u Carry out error diagnostics via the test system, see Diagnostics operating instructions.
u Contact Liebherr Service to determine further procedure.
4.7.3 Defective angle sensor

If the angle sensor is defective, the crane operating screen is shown in the LICCON monitor as in
illustration B:
4.7.4 Defective pressure sensor

If the pressure sensor is defective, the crane operating screen is shown in the LICCON monitor as in
illustration C:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4.8 Defective limit switch

Depending on the classification of the limit switch, crane operation with defective limit switch:
– Can be continued without restriction.
– Can be continued with restriction.
– Can be continued only in LMB emergency operation.
Certain crane functions are monitored with two sets of limit switches.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1447
WARNING
Limited warning functions!
If one of the double version limit switches is not ok and the crane is continued to be operated, then the
warning functions of the LICCON overload protection are limited!
u The crane can only be operated in an emergency after failure of a double version limit switch!
If a defective limit switch is shown:

u Replace / repair the defective limit switch.
4.9 Bypass of overload protection

DANGER
Bypassing the overload protection!
If the overload protection is bypassed, there is no further protection against crane overload!
can topple over!
u The bypass of the overload protection is only permitted in emergency cases!
u The bypass may only be carried out by persons who are aware of the effects of their acts regarding
the bypass of the overload protection!
u Bypassing the overload protection requires the presence of an authorized person and must be per-
u Missing values must be monitored manually and must match the load chart.
WARNING
down charts!
As a rule, all specifications in the load chart must be adhered to strictly:

– The exact weight of the load, including load suspension equipment, must be known.
– The boom status and the boom geometry must be known.
– The boom length and boom radius must be measured manually.
– It must be ensured that the telescopic boom has been pinned accordingly (telescopic boom system
Telematic).
– All values must match the values in the respective load chart.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4.9.1 Bypass of overload protection: Failure of the overload protection
Note
u Does not apply for cranes with CE-mark and configuration according to EN 13000:2010!
u For description of set up button D, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.02!
copyright by
1448 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.112955
u Press the set up button D:
Result:
– The overload protection is bypassed.
– The crane is emergency operation.
To turn the bypass of overload protection off:

u Press the set up button D again.
Result:
– The bypass of the overload protection is turned off.
4.9.2 Bypass of overload protection: Failure of overload protection (according to

EN 13000:2010)
Note
u Applies only apply for cranes configuration according to EN 13000:2010!
u For location and detailed description of the bypass device outside the crane operator's cab, see
Crane operating instructions, chapter 4.01 and chapter 4.02.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1449
Fig.112961
The bypass of the overload protection can be carried out with the restriction, that:
– The bypass is automatically reset when the engine is turned off.
The bypass is made, depending on crane type, either:
– With the respective key switch S
or
– via the sensor 47 through the transponder 48.
Note
Actuation of sensor 47.
u To actuate the sensor 47, the transponder 48 must be placed momentarily and then removed
again.
u If the transponder 48 remains too long or permanently on the sensor 47, then the bypass is not
active and an error message is issued.
u Actuate the key switch S.

or
Actuate the sensor 47 through the transponder 48.
Result:
– The overload protection is bypassed.
– The crane is emergency operation.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
To turn the bypass of overload protection off:

u Actuate the key switch S again.
or
Actuate the sensor 47 through the transponder 48 again.
Result:
– The bypass of the overload protection is turned off.
4.10 Ending the load lift to avert emergency situations

When the crane movements must be carried out manually (for example with the optional „Hydraulic
emergency control*“.
copyright by
1450 LTM 1400-7-1-007
WARNING
Crane operation without overload protection!
If the LICCON overload protection is no longer functioning properly because of one or more errors,
then there is a danger of accidents if crane operation is continued!
Due to operation of the crane with failed LICCON overload protection, the crane can be overloaded
and collapse!
u Crane operation without overload protection is only permissible in emergency cases!
u Crane operation without overload protection may only be carried out by persons who know the ef-
fects of their actions regarding crane operation without overload protection!
u Crane operation without overload protection requires the presence of an authorized person and
must be performed with utmost caution!
u Missing values must be monitored manually and must match the load chart.
u Do not take up regular crane operation again until the overload protection is functioning again!
Ending the load lift to avert emergency situations:

– Before continuing the load lift, contact the nearest Liebherr Service center or the Liebherr-Werk in
Ehingen.
If this is not possible, then the load lift can be completed with utmost caution, as follows:
– All values that are needed for the exact determination of the equipment configuration and the asso-
ciated load chart must be measured or manually determined.
As a rule, all specifications in the load chart must be adhered to strictly:
– The exact weight of the load, including load suspension equipment, must be known.
– The boom status and the boom geometry must be known.
– The boom length and boom radius must be measured manually.
– It must be ensured that the telescopic boom has been pinned accordingly (Telescopic boom sys-
tem Telematic).
– All values must match the values in the respective load chart.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1451
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1452 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8 Inspections of cranes
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1453
029935-01 8.01 Periodic crane inspections
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1454 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.01 Periodic crane inspections 029935-01
1 General
This crane was tested at the manufacturerʼs facilities prior to shipment in accordance with the valid
ISO, FEM and DIN Standards and BGV D6 (BGG 905).
The safety level achieved during initial commissioning may not be attainable during operation.
Examples of the root cause of such deviations include; e.g., wear and tear, corrosion, effects of exter-
nal forces, changes in the environment and changes to the mode of operation.
The operator is responsible for taking the necessary steps to ensure that the level of safety is maintai-
ned.
The crane operator is therefore obligated to have the crane inspected by an expert, at intervals de-
pending on the operational conditions but at least once per year, from the first day of vehicle registra-
tion.
The crane must be inspected by an authorized inspector every four years after it has been licensed.
The crane must be annually inspected by an authorized inspector after its twelfth year of operation.
To ensure the high safety standard of the crane, we recommend - no later than the 12th year, in the
20th year, in the 26th year and then every 4 years - to have the crane undergo a general inspection by
an authorized inspector. At that time, in addition to the usual scope of inspection, all load carrying
parts of the crane - the complete steel structure with all welding seams as well as all components and
connecting devices - are to be subjected to a complete visual inspection. The following procedural no-
tes for repeat inspections are to be observed for that.
WARNING
There is a risk of weakening the supporting components when major changes or repairs are made to
the crane!
u In this case, the operator must have the crane reinspected by an authorized inspector before pla-
cing it back into service!
In addition, all respective local and national regulations also apply.

Expert: Is a person whose technical training and experience means that he has adequate knowledge
in the field of inspecting technical equipment. They must be familiar with regulations on safety at work,
as well as guidelines and standards that allow them to assess the safe condition of technical equip-
ment (e.g. cranes). Potential experts are workshop staff and customer service engineers.
Note
u Experts are not authorized inspectors!
Authorized inspector: Is a person whose technical training and experience means that he has expli-
cit knowledge in the field of inspecting technical equipment. They must be familiar with regulations on
safety at work, as well as guidelines and standards that allow them to assess the safe condition of
technical equipment (e.g. cranes). They are responsible for testing technical equipment and giving an
expert opinion. Authorized inspectors can be active engineers.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Note
u Authorized inspectors are legally recognized experts who have received special training!
Periodic inspection are principally a visual inspection, where the inspector (either type) appraises the
condition of the crane and its components.
The purpose of the inspections is to avoid accidents by detecting deficiencies early on. Any deficien-
cies determined by the inspector must be documented, corrected, and subsequently reinspected.
A number of important examples of items that are particularly important during the periodic crane in-
spections are listed in the following. We wish to advise that the authorized inspectors / experts take
sole responsibility for the crane inspections that they carry out.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1455
Note
u The inspection may not be solely limited to the following positions shown in the sample construc-
tion illustrations. Rather the entire crane structure must be subjected to a careful inspection!
In the Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.90 is a checklist to assist the inspector during the perio-
dic inspections of Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes.
If the inspector has any questions they should be directed through our Service Department to
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbHʼs technical departments.
WARNING
Danger of accident!
u Adhere to the following inspection guidelines and intervals.
2 Inspection of carrying crane structures, especially

steel structures
2.1 Basic principles and procedure
DANGER
The crane structures, particularly steel constructions have to be checked by an expert or authorized
inspector at least once a year. If this is not the case, they could fail and cause fatal injury or seriously
damage the crane!
u Crane structures, particularly steel structures must be checked by an expert or an authorized in-
spector at least once a year!
u Shorten the inspection intervals when the crane is subjected to above-average load spectrums, for
example when handling large material quantities or frequently erecting long boom systems.
u When the crane was subjected to excessive operating loads; e.g., due to an unusual impact, the
crane structure, especially the steel structures must be inspected immediately!
Crane structures, especially steel structures, such as booms, turntables, chassis, support equipment
(e.g., sliding beams or folding outriggers) must be carefully inspected, at the very least during the an-
nual recommended crane inspections. Inspect welding seams especially through an intensive visual
inspection.
If paint damage with corrosion (rust) is found on load carrying parts of the crane structure, especially
on telescopic booms, lattice booms, lattice jibs, pull rods etc., then the rust must be removed, primed
and painted.
During an electrolyte process, such as corrosion in combination with water, an atomic hydrogen is
created, which causes to hydrogen induced corrosion with resulting cracks on high tensile fine grain
construction steel.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
If disassembly and assembly work on the crane is required to carry out the inspections, then they must
be carried out by taking the manufacturerʼs data into account or in coordination with the crane manu-
facturer.
We would like to point out that the framework of mobile cranes is designed for a limited number of
stress work cycles. This also determines the utilization or service life of the framework. The service life
is not determined solely by the number of stress cycles. It also depends on the loads (load spectrum)
applied during the time in operation.
Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes are designed for specific characteristics and movements, such as
constant deployment of drive forces, only occasional operation and load conditions according to EN
13000:2010.
copyright by
1456 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes are designed for assembly operation and - according to
EN 13000:2010, chapter 4.1.2.1 - they can only take on a limited number of work cycles (N = 32000)
when grouping them into collective class Q1 = light (kp = 0.125).
Example of a load collective according to grouping in collective class Q1 = light (kp = 0.125).
Fig.104716
Lᵢ: Load proportion in relation to maximum nᵢ: Load cycles in relation to maximum num-
load [%] ber [%]
Note
u The service life of Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes can be drastically reduced, for example
when used in magnet, grapple or material handling applications!
u Repeated inspection of crane structure, especially the steel structure and the welding seams must
then be carried out in shorter intervals than specified.
For that reason, the steel structures and the welding joints must be subjected to an visual intensive
inspection by the expert during the specified periodic inspections.
If any damage (such as cracks or suspicion of cracks) are apparent on any part of the steel structure,
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
the total extent of the damage must be determined by qualified specialists using appropriate material
testing methods, such as magnetic crack detection, ultrasound or x-rays. Thereafter, the qualified per-
sonnel must determine whether or not the damaged area can be repaired by welding or by other
means.
The following diagrams are samples of the load-bearing welding structures. The welding joints or
seams or steel structural zones that require inspection may be present more than once and in various
forms. The joints or zones must be inspected all around at the locations identified by arrows.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1457
Note
u The scope and extent of all inspections remain the sole responsibility of the inspectors!
u The scope and results of tests should be documented to permit reproducibility. This documentation
forms part of the crane records and should be safely stored during the entire service life of the
crane!
u The following diagrams are provided to assist the inspector. The illustrations are only examples
and are not necessarily 100 % complete!
2.2 Repair welds

If defects such as cracks or permanent deformation are detected on load-bearing steel components,
they should be immediately reported to the Service Department at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH
(hereinafter called LWE).
Furthermore, the defect must immediately be appraised by an authorized inspector in accordance with
standard welding technology rules. The inspector must immediately ascertain whether or not the crane
can continue to be safely operated until the time of the repair.
The following items apply to the repair weld:
– Repair welds may only be carried out by LWE personnel or third party personnel contracted by
LWE, with appropriate welding qualifications according to EN 287-1 for the subject material and
welding method!
– The repair weld must be carried out in accordance with the latest revision of LWEʼs internal wel-
ding guideline ISR B 010!
– The repaired structural component must subsequently be subjected to a load test.
The required test loads and boom configurations are to be determined by LWE Service!
Successful test results are to be documented in the crane inspection log!
– We also refer to observing the accident prevention regulations „Principles for testing cranes by au-
thorized inspectors or experts in accordance with UVV Cranes BGV D6 and BGG 905“!
WARNING
Danger of accidents in case of defective repair welds!
Due to defective repair welds, severe personnel and property damage can result!
u Observe and adhere to the instructions and welding regulations!
Note
Exclusion of liability!
For repair welds, which are not made by LWE personnel or by personnel authorized by LWE,
Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH excludes liability for the system functionality as well as for the parts!
u Have repair welds only made by LWE personnel or by personnel authorized by LWE! LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1458 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.3 Example for test points

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.118052: Example for 1-part disk wheel
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1459
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.118053: Example for 3-part disk wheel
copyright by
1460 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185046: Example for vehicle frames
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1461
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1462 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1463
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105687: Example for tow coupling
copyright by
1464 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.113940: Example for intermediate frame
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1465
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.114000: Example for intermediate frame
copyright by
1466 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105698: Example for sliding beam
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1467
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1468 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1469
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1470 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185060: Example for swingable sliding beam
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1471
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1472 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1473
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105725: Example for crawler center section
copyright by
1474 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1475
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1476 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1477
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105727: Example for cross carrier
copyright by
1478 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1479
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1480 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.115919: Example for carrier for central ballast
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1481
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105728: Example for crawler carrier
copyright by
1482 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1483
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1484 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1485
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1486 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185048: Example for turntable frame
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1487
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1488 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1489
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1490 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1491
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1492 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1493
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1494 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1495
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1496 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1497
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1498 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1499
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1500 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105801: Example for ballasting cylinder
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1501
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105705: Example for mounting plate
copyright by
1502 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105807: Example for base plate
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1503
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120273: Example for pivot section
copyright by
1504 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185050: Example for telescopic boom
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1505
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1506 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1507
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1508 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1509
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105891: Example for push out mechanics telescopic boom
copyright by
1510 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105892: Example for boom nose
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1511
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105689: Example for dolly console
copyright by
1512 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185051: Example for lattice jib
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1513
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185052: Example for NA / WA-frame
copyright by
1514 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105713: Example for end section
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1515
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105836: Example for pivot section, adapter and boom nose
copyright by
1516 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185058: Example for folding jib
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1517
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105697: Example for folding jib
copyright by
1518 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105732: Example for W-connector head
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1519
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185053: Example for assembly unit with lattice jib
copyright by
1520 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105838: Example for NA frames
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1521
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185054: Example for pulley head
copyright by
1522 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.116609: Example for P-adapter
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1523
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185055: Example for guy rod

copyright by
1524 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.185059: Example for TA-guying
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1525
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.105707: Example for TY-guying
copyright by
1526 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1527
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1528 LTM 1400-7-1-007
2.4 Inspection of lattice sections

Note
u The illustration is only an example and is valid for all lattice sections!
u Check all diagonal and frame pipe connections!
u Check all bores of the fork - finger connections!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121023: Example for lattice sections
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1529
3 Inspection of the rope feed mechanism in the tele-

scopic boom
3.1 Checking the ropes of the rope feed mechanism
– For inspection of rope end mounts, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.
– For inspection of the pretension on the retraction ropes, see Crane operating instructions, chapter
7.05.
– Inspection of ropes for damage according to ISO 4309, see Crane operating instructions, chapter
8.04.
3.2 Checking the change over pulleys of the rope feed mechanism
DANGER
Danger of accident in case of damage or cracks!
u Replace the change over pulley immediately!
Check the entire change over pulley assemblies for damage and cracks once a year.
Also check for wear in the rope groove. Replace the change over pulley if the bottom of the rope
groove has been run down up to 1/4 of the rope diameter.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1530 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.109286
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1531
4 Inspection of locking system of telescopic boom

4.1 For cranes with pneumatic boom locking system
– To check the function, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
– To check the pin wear pattern, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
– To check the wear, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
– To check the safety control, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.11.
4.2 For cranes with telescopic boom system Telematik

– Inspection of the pull knob safety 1 and all mounting screws 2 for tight seating
– Inspection of twist guards of cylinder pinning 3 and the telescopic boom pinning 11
– Inspection of the length sensor rope 4 for damage
– Inspection of the cylinder barrel in the area of all welding seams 5 for crack formation
– Inspection of the locking pockets 6 for damage
– Grease the guide rail 7
– In case of leakage: Inspection of the piston rod 8 for grooves
– Inspection of the wear pattern on the cylinder pinning 3 and the telescopic boom pinning 11
– Inspection of guide rail 7 for distortion of contour
– Inspection of plastic guide 9 on cylinder bottom for damage
– Inspection of all mounting screws 10on the push out cylinder for tight seating
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1532 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112739
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1533
5 Inspection of safety ropes and anchor points

WARNING
Danger of falls due to damaged safety ropes or anchor points!
The safety ropes 1 and anchor points 3 must be checked at least once a year by expert personnel
for safety and damage!
If any defects are found on the safety ropes 1 or anchor points 3 during the inspections, then the sa-
fety ropes 1 or anchor points 3 must be replaced immediately by expert personnel! If this is not ob-
served, assembly personnel could be killed or fatally injured in a fall!
u The rope pretension on the safety ropes must be 800 N !
u Have damaged safety ropes 1 or anchor points 3 replaced immediately by expert personnel!
Note
Document the inspections in writing!
u The scope and results of tests should be documented to permit reproducibility. This documentation
forms part of the crane records and should be safely stored during the entire service life of the
crane.
5.1 Check of rope pretension on telescopic booms, illustration 1
Fig.112738
The rope pretension must be 800 N. This can be checked with the aid of a spring balance, which is
pulled centered on the safety rope. If the specified deflection (f) depending on the rope length (L) ac-
cording to the following charts results for the raised load F = 100 N then the rope pretension of 800 N
is set correctly.
Rope pretension is 800 N if:

Rope length (L) 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 2.5 m 3.5 m
Deflection (f) 15 mm 25 mm 30 mm 40 mm 55 mm

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

copyright by
1534 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.112739
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1535
5.2 Check of rope pretension on lattice sections, illustration 2
Fig.117747
The rope pretension is 800 N , if a sag (f) according to the chart is present on the safety rope accor-
ding to the rope length (L).

Deflection (f) 0 1 mm 2 mm 3 mm 6 mm

6 Inspection of membrane accumulator

Note
u The national regulations for pressurized container inspection must be observed!
The inspection of the membrane accumulators for specified gas pressure must be carried out by au-
thorized and trained expert personnel, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.04, 7.05.
7 Inspection of relapse cylinders

WARNING
Fatal accidents due to defective relapse cylinders!
Loss of oil or corrosion can damage the relapse cylinders!
Safe crane operation is no longer ensured!
u Crane operation with defective relapse cylinders is prohibited!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
7.1 Pressure test of relapse cylinders

The relapse cylinders must be inspected annually by an authorized expert. The purpose of the inspec-
tions is to avoid accidents by detecting deficiencies early on.
copyright by
1536 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7.2 Checking the gas pressure and oil fill before operation
WARNING
Fatal accidents due to defective relapse cylinders!
Loss of oil or corrosion can damage the relapse cylinders!
Safe crane operation is no longer ensured!
u Before every operation: Carry out a visual inspection for leaks, damage and corrosion on the re-
lapse cylinders.
u If any defects are found, the relapse cylinders must be inspected by the cylinder manufacturer!
The gas pressure and the oil fill must be checked by authorized and trained expert personnel for
pressure tanks.
8 Inspection of the safety controls on the relapse cy-

linders
For inspection of the safety control or limit switches on the relapse cylinders and the boom A-frames,
see Crane operating instructions, chapter 8.12.
9 Inspection of rope pulleys

9.1 Check for damage and cracks
DANGER
Danger of accident in case of damage or cracks!
u Replace rope pulley immediately!
Check the entire rope pulley assemblies for damage and cracks once a year.
If rope pulleys are subjected to any impacts (e.g., with buildings) or are otherwise overloaded, they
must be visually inspected for damage or cracks immediately.
9.2 Checking the groove diameter

NOTICE
Worn rope pulleys!
The functionality and service life of the rope is reduced. Damage on rope.
u Before placing the rope, check the groove diameter of rope pulleys.
Visible wear on rope pulleys:

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Reduced groove diameter

– Negative impressions of the rope profile in the groove
Make sure that the following tools are available:
– Groove caliber
– All components to be inspected are cleaned
– The rope does not obstruct the inspection of the components
Note
u The actual groove diameter must be larger than the actual diameter of the rope.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1537
The groove diameter of rope pulleys and winches must be at least 6 % larger than the nominal rope
diameter.
Check the rope pulleys with a groove caliber for wear. When wear exists on the rope grooves: Fix the
rope pulleys or replace.
10 Inspecting the function of the overload protection

Position the longest boom at minimum and maximum radius: Check the load indicator, using the hook
block as a test load.
The indicator reading may not deviate by more than 10 % off the true load value at these two extreme
positions.
Measure the indicated radius for the longest boom at its minimum radius and at a boom angle of 45°.
The indicator readings may not deviate more than 10 % off the measured radius.
11 Inspecting the roller slewing ring connection

For tilt play measurement, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05
12 Inspection of the mounting of the load bearing

equipment
Check that the mounting bolts for the roller slewing ring, winches, slewing gears and hitch are properly
seated.
The slewing ring connection mounting bolts are pre-stressed at the factory, so that no loosening of the
screw connections will occur during normal crane operation.
However, the screw connection may become overloaded and the bolts may be permanently stretched
if the crane is overloaded or if the load is pulled free. It is therefore important to check these screws for
tight seating during the annual crane inspection or after an overload.
Remove loose screws completely as well as the two adjacent screws on the right and left and check
them for damage closely. Inspect the screws especially for cracks or permanent distortion. If a screw
has been stretched by more than 0.2 % (in relation to its original length) or if cracks or other damage
are detected, then the damaged screws must be replaced. If the screws have been stretched or there
is other damage, then the adjacent screws must also be replaced.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1538 LTM 1400-7-1-007
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.109096
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1539
13 Inspection of the tele extension with eccentric, illust-

ration 1
– Inspection of twist guard 1 for damage and loose screw connection.
– Inspection of rotator 2 for easy turnability.
– Inspection of all clamps 3 for damage and function.
14 Inspection of change over pulleys, illustration 2

– Inspection of twist guard 4 for damage and loose screw connection.
– Inspection of rotator 5 for easy turnability.
15 Inspection of the oil and fuel reservoirs

Visually check the oil and fuel tanks at least once a year for leaks and safe mounting.
Repairs may only be carried out by trained and knowledgeable specialists.
Improper repairs; e.g., welding, hard or soft soldering is not permitted, particularly if the Service de-
partment at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH has not been consulted!
16 Inspection of the auxiliary reeving winch, recovery

winch and spare wheel winch
Determine the service life of the auxiliary reeving winch, the recovery and spare wheel winches from
their respective original manufacturer.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1540 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1541
029937-00 8.03 Inspecting the hoist and retracting winches
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1542 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.03 Inspecting the hoist and retracting winches 029937-00
1 Inspecting the hoist and retracting winches

The hoist and retracting winches are designed in sealed planetary gear version. These gears are si-
zed for long service life and the drive shafts and gears are rated for endurance.
Even though the hoist and retracting winches are designed for long life, an external visual inspection is
not adequate, since their life can be significantly affected by bad maintenance (insufficient oil), using
oil that does not meet specification requirements, defective seals, improper operation or overloading.
The annual inspection must therefore be carried out by an expert in accordance with the following re-
quirements.
The winches must be inspected by an authorized inspector every four years after the initial license.
Within the territorial validity of the BGV D6, after the 10th year in operation, counted from the first day
of initial license, when the theoretical utilization time is not over, the winches must be checked an-
nually by an authorized inspector.
2 Checking the groove diameter

WARNING
Worn winches!
Damage of flanged disks, high rope wear, operational problems. Broken rope, falling load.
u Before placing the rope, check the groove diameter of winches.
Visible wear on winches:

– Reduced groove diameter
– Mechanical damage, for example scrub marks or scouring on flanged disks
Make sure that the following tools are available:
– Groove caliber
– All components to be inspected are cleaned
– The rope does not obstruct the inspection of the components
Note
u The groove radius may not be smaller than the actual diameter of the rope.
The groove diameter of rope pulleys and winches must be at least 6 % larger than the nominal rope
diameter.
Check winches with a groove caliber for wear. When wear is present: Fix the winch or replace.
3 Inspection intervals
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
At least once a year, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.03.
4 Checking the oil level

Check the oil level with the dipstick.
For hoist and retracting winches without a dipstick, we recommend that the oil is drained and the
amount compared to the specified oil quantity.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1543
5 Evaluating oil color

Assume that the oil has been overheated if it is black and / or a burnt oil smell is detected. Change the
oil.
6 Checking for solid foreign substances

As a rule, a qualified laboratory should carry out an oil analysis.
For simple testing, the following procedure can be used:
Drip the used oil on a specified filter fleece. Visual inspection with a magnifying glass may reveal co-
arse particles. If particles are detected, all the oilʼs properties must be examined by a qualified labora-
tory.
Note
u The evaluation of the foreign particles found in the oil must be made by a qualified laboratory!
u The maximum permissible quantity of foreign material measured by weight is 0.15 % of total oil
weight!
u Maximum permissible foreign particle size from fine abrasion is 0.25 microns!
u If the above value have been exceeded, remove the gear and search for the cause of the incre-
ased abrasion!
u Damaged components must be replaced and the gear refilled with fresh oil!
NOTICE
u Repairs may only be carried out by specialists with appropriate technical knowledge!
7 Visual inspection for leaks

The gears must be checked for leaks, since oil losses - in addition to polluting the environment - can
lead to gear failure.
8 Inspecting the gear brakes

Check the brakes each time the gears are inspected.
In order to do so, proceed as follows:
– Attach a load, which creates 40 % of the maximum rope pull in the uppermost layer of the coil and
raise it just off the ground.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
– Remove the plug on the brake vent magnet.

This means the brake remains applied when activated.
– Activate the winch in the lowering direction.
Note
u The brake may not slip, in other words, the winch may not turn. If the brake slips, contact the Ser-
vice department at Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH!
u Only operate the crane after it has been checked and approved for use by the Service department
at Liebherr Werk Ehingen GmbH!
copyright by
1544 LTM 1400-7-1-007
NOTICE
u Only qualified personnel with specialized knowledge may be used to evaluate gears and brakes!
9 Documenting the completed inspection

The results of the annual inspections and maintenance work, including the steps taken, must be docu-
mented by the competent or authorized inspector, including attachments from the inspection labs and
qualified service companies if applicable.
This documentation must be filed in the crane inspection log under the heading "Periodic inspections".
10 Requirements for monitoring the winches

10.1 Theoretical service life
The designer of your crane used a theoretical total operating time when designing and sizing the win-
ches. This resulted in the theoretical service life of the equipment.
The winches of your crane are classified according to ISO 4301/1 as follows:
Winches Classification
Power train group: M3
Load spectrum: L1
Load spectrum factor Km: 0,125
Theoretical service life D: 3200 h
Note
u The „theoretic service life“ is not equal to the real (true) service life of a winch!
The actual life of the winch is affected by many additional outside factors; for example:
– Overloads caused by unapproved use of the crane.
– Inadequate maintenance: Oil is not changed in a timely manner
– Improper operation:
• Extreme acceleration or deceleration of the load
• Load falling into the ropes
– Maintenance errors:
• Using the wrong type of oil
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
• Too much or too little oil

• Contamination during oil change
– Assembly errors during repair and maintenance
– Undetected leakage
– Incorrectly set safety devices
– Hidden damage from accidents
– Extreme environmental conditions:
• Extreme low or high temperatures
• Corrosive atmosphere
• Dust and dirt
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1545
10.2 Used proportion of the theoretical service life.

The crane operator is obligated to carry out an inspection of the crane at least once a year.
At this time, the actually used part of the theoretical service life must also be calculated. If necessary,
the crane operator must contract an authorized inspector.
For the determination of the used part of the theoretical service life, the actual operating conditions
(load spectrum) and the hoist gear operating hours for each inspection interval are to be determined.
The operator is responsible for the documentation in the crane inspection log.
10.2.1 Determining the operating conditions (load spectrum)

The load spectrum of the crane is divided into groups, please refer to ISO 4301/1.
Select one of the following load spectrums and record it in the crane inspection log for the respective
inspection interval based on the actual operating conditions. A more precise determination of the load
spectrum is permissible.
Load spectrum class: Light L1
Fig.195234: Graphic illustration Load spectrum L1

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are subjected to maximum stress only in exceptional cases, but nor-
mally only operate at very light loads.
Operating time rates:
10 % of the time at maximum load (dead load and 1/1 working load)
40 % of the time with dead load and 1/3 working load
50 % of the time only with dead load
Factor of load spectrum:
Km = 0.125
Note
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
u Load spectrum L1 with load spectrum factor Km = 0.125 is normally applied to cranes used for as-
sembly operations!
copyright by
1546 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Load spectrum class: Medium L2

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are subjected to maximum load relatively often, but normally only ope-
rate at light load.
1/6 of the time at maximum load (dead load and 1/1 working load).
1/6 of the time with dead load and 2/3 working load.
1/6 of the time with dead load and 1/3 working load.
Km = 0.25
Load spectrum class: Heavy L3

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are frequently subjected to maximum load and normally operate at me-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
dium load.
Km = 0.5
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1547
Load spectrum class: Very heavy L4

Definition:
Power train or parts thereof are regularly subjected to near maximum loads.
Km = 1
10.2.2 Determining the effective operating hours Ti

The effective operating hours calculated as follows must be entered into the crane inspection log for
the respective inspection interval.
There are four different scenarios:
1. Operating hour meter installed on every winch.
If an operating hour meter is installed on every winch, the effective operating hours Ti can be read
directly during each inspection.
2. Operating hour meter installed for the overall crane drive.
The winch proportion of the total superstructure operating hours must be estimated.
For cranes used in assembly operations, the operating time for the hoist winches can be estima-
ted generally at 20 % of the total operating hours of the superstructure.
3. One operating hours meter is used for both the crane engine and the crane drive
The winch proportion of the total crane operating hours must be estimated.
For cranes used in assembly operations, the operating time for the superstructure can be estima-
ted at 60 % of the total operating hours of the crane. If the hoist winch proportion is estimated at
20 % of the superstructure operating hours (see previous item), then the result in relation to the
total operating hours of the crane is: 12 %.
4. No operating hour meter installed.
In this case, the operator must estimate and document the actual operating hours of the winch.
The approximate percentages stated above normally apply to main hoist winches. For auxiliary
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
hoist winches or boom control winches, the proportion of the total operating hours can be signifi-
cantly less and should therefore be estimated by the operator.
10.2.3 Determining the used proportion of the theoretical service life

For an inspection interval i (max. 1 year), the actually used proportion Si of the theoretical Service life
is derived from the formula:
copyright by
1548 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.195230
Abbreviation Explanation
Si Used proportion of the theoretical service life.
Km Load spectrum factor that was used to calculate the winch rates. This factor is
provided in the Operating instructions.
Kmi Load spectrum factor for inspection interval i according to section „Determining
the operating conditions“.
Ti Effective operating hours for inspection interval i according to section „Determi-
ning the effective operating hours Ti“.
The actually used proportion is subtracted from the remaining theoretical service life Di after each in-
spection interval (see example).
If the remaining theoretical service life is not long enough to cover the next projected operating period,
a general overhaul of the winch is required.
If the theoretical service life D has been reached (see chapter on „Theoretical service life“), then the
winch may only be operated after conducting a general overhaul.
A general overhaul of the winch is required not later than 10 years after commissioning.
The general overhaul must be arranged by the operator and carried out by the manufacturer or the
manufacturerʼs authorized representatives and must be documented in the inspection log. After the
general overhaul, the manufacturer or the manufacturerʼs authorized representative will define a new
theoretical service life D.
When the design life has not been reached after 10 years, continued operation of the winch without a
general overhaul is acceptable, when the craneʼs authorized inspector has confirmed the accuracy of
the actual usage calculation by signing the crane inspection log at each authorized inspection interval.
In such a case, the authorized crane inspector must thoroughly inspect the winch. This comprises at
least:
– External visual inspection (leakage, damage, deformation, etc.).
– Oil check, especially for metal residues.
– Load test at minimum and maximum rope tension and at maximum possible speed in both cases.
At least one layer must be spooled up. Pay particular attention to any unusual noises during this
load test.
The authorized crane inspector must confirm this inspection in the crane inspection log and must
make a statement regarding suitability of the winch for continued operation. The next inspection must
take place at the end of the 12th operating year and annually thereafter.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
10.3 Example
According to the manufacturerʼs operating manual, a mobile crane with a separate operating hour me-
ter for the crane engine and the crane drives is classified as follows:
– Power train group: M3
– Load spectrum: Light L1
– Factor of load spectrum: Km = 0.125
– Theoretical service life: D = 3200 h
Actual usage proportion S of the theoretical service life is calculated using the individual inspection in-
tervals as follows:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1549
10.3.1 First inspection (first year)

The crane was used for assembly work during the past year:
Load spectrum L1, in other words Km1 = 0.125.
The superstructure hour meter indicates 800 h. The winch was operated about 20 % of the time; i.e. T1
= 160 h.
The actual usage proportion S of the theoretical service life at the time of the first inspection is there-
fore:
Fig.195231
Remaining theoretical service life:
D1 = 3200 h – 160 h = 3040 h
The above values are recorded in the crane inspection log.
10.3.2 Second inspection (second year)

The crane was used at a harbor for unloading work:
The superstructure hour meter indicates 2000 h ; i.e., during this period:
2000 h – 800 h = 1200 h ( 800 h were used in the first year of operation)
The winch was operated about 40 % of the time; i.e. T2 = 480 h.
The actual usage proportion S2 of the theoretical service life at the time of the second inspection is
therefore:
Fig.195232
D2 = 3040 h – 1920 h = 1120 h
10.3.3 Third inspection (third year)

The crane was used for assembly work and occasionally at a harbor for unloading work:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

The superstructure hour meter indicates 3000 h ; i.e., during this period:
3000 h – 2000 h = 1000 h ( 2000 h were used in the first two years of operation)
The winch was operated about 30 % of the time; i.e. T3 = 300 h.
The actual usage proportion S3 of the theoretical service life at the time of the third inspection is there-
fore:
copyright by
1550 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.195233
D3 = 1120 h – 600 h = 520 h
10.4 Chart for determining the theoretically remaining service life

Chart 1 includes an example.
The remaining theoretical service life is to be documented in chart 2.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1551
1552
Chart to determine the remaining theoretical service life of winch No. 1 (Main hoist winch)
Crane type: LTM 1050
029937-00
Fabrication No.: 0010 540 08 Si = Used part of theoretical service life since last inspection
Put in service : 12345 Di = Remaining theoretical service life
Serial number of winch according to data tag: 0815 Di > 1 = Remaining theoretical service life after previous inspection
Last general overhaul performed on: ................... Km = Factor of load collective, which was taken for calculation of winch.
Configuration data of winch (see Operating Manual): This factor is to be taken from the Operating Manual
Drive gear group: M3 Kmi = Factor of load collective in inspection interval i
Load collective: L1 Ti = Effective operating hours in inspection interval i
Factor of load collective Km: 0.125
Theoretical service life D: 3200 hrs. (*) In the following pages, carry over the last line from the previous page.
Fig.121551-en: Chart 1
Inspection Date of Operating Factor of Total crane Operating Operating Operating Operating Used part Remaining Name of Signature Remarks Name of Signature
interval initial conditions load operating hours of hours of hours of hours of of theoretical inspector expert
No. service since last connective hours super> super> winch winch since theoretical service life
(max. inspection structure structure last service life
annually) data of (load since last inspection D: Di =
inspection collective) inspection Ti Si = Di > 1 > Si
Kmi
&&&&& ¥ Ti
Km
i Kmi [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h]
(*) 0 10.06.90 > > > 0 0 3200
copyright by
160 (20 %
1 05.06.91 L1 0,125 > 800 800 > of 800) 160 3040 MÂller
480 (40 %
2 20.05.92 L3 0,5 > 2000 1200 > of 1200) 1920 1120 Huber
300 (30 %
3 18.05.93 L2 0,25 > 3000 1000 > of 1000) 600 520 Maier
CAUTION: Perform general overhaul at least once every 10 years! In case of deviation, see guidelines in this chapter.
General overhaul last performed on : .........................
LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.03 Inspecting the hoist and retracting winches
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Chart to determine the remaining theoretical service life of winch No. ....
Crane type: ...................
Fabrication No.: ................... Si =
Used part of theoretical service life since last inspection
Put in service: ................... Di = Remaining theoretical service life
Serial number of winch according to data tag: ................... Remaining theoretical service life after previous inspection
Di > 1 =
LTM 1400-7-1-007
Last general overhaul performed on: ................... Km = Factor of load collective, which was taken for calculation of winch.
Configuration data of winch (see Operating Manual): ................... This factor is to be taken from the Operating Manual
Drive gear group: M................ Kmi = Factor of load collective in inspection interval i
Load collective: L................. Ti = Effective operating hours in inspection interval i
Factor of load collective Km: ...................
Theoretical service life D: ................... *) In the following pages, carry over the last line from the previous page.
Fig.121552-en: Chart 2
Inspection Date of Operating Factor of Total crane Operating Operating Operating Operating Used part Remaining Name of Signature Remarks Name of Signature
interval initial conditions load operating hours of hours of hours of hours of of theoretical inspector expert
No. service since last connective hours super> super> winch winch since theoretical service life
(max. inspection structure structure last service life
annually) data of (load since last inspection D: Di =
inspection collective) inspection Ti Si = Di > 1 > Si
Kmi
8.03 Inspecting the hoist and retracting winches
&&&&& ¥ Ti
Km
i Kmi [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h]
(*)
copyright by
CAUTION: Perform general overhaul at least once every 10 years! In case of deviation, see guidelines in this chapter.
General overhaul last performed on : .........................

029937-00
1553
029943-00 8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1554 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes 029943-00
1 Importance of inspection
Rope removal criteria: If severe damage reduces the operational safety, then the rope can reached
the removal criteria.
The importance of regular inspections is demonstrated by:
– Evaluation of operational safety of ropes
– Determination of rope removal criteria
– Determination of next inspection

WARNING
Injury due to wires and skin irritation due to lubricant!
u When working with ropes, always wear work gloves.
WARNING
Injuries if protective equipment is not worn!
u Wear hard hat, safety shoes and safety glasses.
3 Qualification Inspection personnel

– Inspection personnel are expert personnel for crane rope inspection.
– Expert personnel for crane rope inspection
•are trained in the inspection of crane ropes according to DIN ISO 4309 and have practical expe-
rience in the evaluation of rope removal criteria.
• have practical experience in the evaluation of rope removal criteria according to DIN ISO 4309.
– The inspection personnel is assigned (authorized) for the maintenance by the crane operator.
4 Unscheduled inspection
In the following situations the rope must be inspected:
– after unusual strain
– if non-visible damage is suspected
– when a rope or the end connection is damaged
– when the rope has been placed again after removal
– when the rope has been out of service for longer than three months
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
5 Intervals
Intervals for crane inspection:
– according to determination by expert personnel for crane rope inspection
– or at least once a year
Note
u Shortening the inspection interval: The older a rope is the more frequently will wire breaks occur.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1555
Determining factors for determination of inspection intervals are:

– Legal regulations in the country where the crane is operated
– Climate conditions under which the rope drive is utilized
– Power train group
– Results of previous inspections on current or comparable machine and under comparable opera-
ting conditions
– Frequency and type of use of a rope
– Service life of rope
6 Areas
WARNING
Broken wires and distortions on ropes in cross over areas!
Rope performance can decrease significantly. Rope rupture. Death, severe injuries, property damage!
u Inspection rope cross over areas especially diligently.
Fig.120969: Important inspection areas for multi layer spooled up ropes

A Rope sections, which run in the area of C Rope sections, which are subjected in
the load rise into the lower rope pulleys the cross over areas to the strongest ef-
(the load is raised here). fects (maximum deflection angle).
B Rope intake on the first rope pulley in the
area of the load rise
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
The following areas must be checked with special diligence:

– Rope end connections
– Safety coils and fixed point on the winch
– Areas of the rope which run through the hook block
– Areas of the rope which run over the rope pulleys or laying on the rope pulleys
– Areas of the rope which are spooled on the winch, especially cross over areas
– Areas of the rope which are laying above the compensation pulleys
– Areas of the rope which are subjected to abrasion due to external components
– All areas of the rope which are subjected to temperatures above 60°C
copyright by
1556 LTM 1400-7-1-007
7 Documentation of inspection results

Note
u The results of the inspections must be documented in the inspection checklist.
u Form for an inspection checklist, see section „Current checklist“.
8 Wire ropes and rope end connections

DANGER
Danger of accident!
u Correct choice and use of the wire rope and the rope end connections are a decisive precondition
for proper and accident-free crane operation.
The wire ropes and rope end connections are selected according to their application. It must be deter-
mined if a rotation-resistant or non-rotation resistant rope is required for the application. The type of
rope that is selected then determines the corresponding rope end connections.
8.1 Rotation-resistant ropes and their rope end connections

Rotation-resistant ropes are special ropes that produce extremely little torque and twisting at the rope
end connection when they are under strain.
Note
u Rotation-resistant ropes are used as hoist ropes.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195653
Typical rotation-resistant wire rope structures are ropes with 15 to 18 outer strands. Rotation-resistant
ropes are symbolically depicted with 15 outer strands (circles) (see table 1).
Rotation-resistant ropes can be optionally used with the following rope end connections:
– Rotating rope end connection in the form of a PFEIFER pouch socket with swivel or twist compen-
sator / swivel.
– Non-rotating rope end connection in the form of a PFEIFER pouch socket without swivel or gib
and cotter.
If possible, preference should be given to the use of a rotating rope end connection to reduce rotatio-
nal stress with rotation-resistant ropes (see table 2).
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1557
DANGER
Danger of severe injuries to personnel and property damage!
u Never use rotating rope end connections with non-rotation resistant ropes!
Note
Application warning notes
u The application warning notes on the rotating PFEIFER pouch socket with swivel indicates that this
rope end connection may not be used for non-rotation resistant ropes (see table 3)!
8.2 Non-rotation resistant ropes and their rope end connections

Non-rotation resistant ropes generate high torque levels on the rope end connection under strain. For
this reason, the rope ends must be protected from twisting using an appropriate rope end connection
to prevent the rope from unscrewing under strain!
Note
u Non-rotation resistant ropes are used as guy ropes or control ropes.
Fig.195654
Typical non-rotation resistant wire rope structures are ropes with 8 to 10 outer strands. Non-rotation
resistant ropes are symbolically depicted with 8 outer strands (circles) (see table 4).
Non-rotation resistant ropes can only be used with the following rope end connections:
– Non-rotating rope end connection in the form of a PFEIFER pouch socket without swivel or gib
and cotter.
A non-rotating rope end connection is also the mounting of the rope on the fixed point of the winch
drum.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
DANGER
Danger of severe injuries to personnel and property damage!
u Never use rotating rope end connections with non-rotation resistant ropes!
u Never install a twist compensator / swivel!
Note
Application warning notes
u The application warning note on PFEIFER pouch sockets without swivel and cotter indicates that
this rope end connection may not be used for non-rotation resistant ropes in combination with a
twist compensator / swivel (see table 5)!
copyright by
1558 LTM 1400-7-1-007
9 Degree of severity
The deciding factor for the removal criteria is which removal criteria are resent and to which degree
they occur.
When various removal criteria are not present to a full degree, then the removal criteria must be eva-
luated as a total entity. For every individual removal criteria a degree of severity must be determined
(percentage value).
For a certain rope section the sum of individual degrees of severity results in a combined degree of
severity, see section „Combined degree of severity“.
When the combined degree of severity is more than 100 %, then the rope must be taken down.
10 Abbreviations Rope diameter

Abbreviations Description
Rope nominal diameter d Rope diameter, identification of rope
Reference diameter dref Measured rope diameter of a straight rope section, di-
rectly after placing the rope
6d Length of 6-fold rope nominal diameter
30d Length of 30-fold rope nominal diameter
Abbreviations Rope diameter
11 Distortions and mechanical damage

WARNING
Distortions and mechanical damage!
Operational safety significantly disturbed, uneven load distribution within the rope.
u Have the manufacturer check if the distorted and damaged area can be severed.
Visible form changes often occur localized or in short rope sections.

When a safe operation of the rope is ensured, a distorted and damaged area can be severed.
12 Removal criteria Overview

The following chart provides an overview between removal criteria and the respective method for in-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
spection. The degree is described, when the removal criteria is reached.

The removal criteria is described in detail in the subsequent sections.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1559
Removal criteria Degree for removal criteria Inspection method

Broken strands One strand is broken Visual check
Broken wires on ropes, which run Maximum number of broken wires Count
over rope pulleys and are spooled in reached, see Section Determining
multiple layers the number of broken wires
Broken wire in the strand valleys Two or more broken wires in strand Count
valleys, on the contact points of two
neighboring strands within an angu-
lar length (corresponds approx. to
6d)
Broken wire nests On occurrence Visual check
Reduction rope diameter at even di- Maximum reduction of rope diameter Measurement, calcula-
ameter reduction reached tion
Localized increase of rope diameter Maximum increase of rope diameter Measurement
reached
Significant corrosion Surface of rope is significantly affec- Visual check
ted or rust film emerges, according
to decision of expert personnel for
crane rope inspection
Corkscrew-like distortion Maximum permissible distortion rea- Measurement, calcula-
ched tion
Basket formation On occurrence Visual check
Wires or bunches of wires protruding On occurrence, if more than one Visual check
from the rope wire protrudes from the rope
Flattenings Larger than half of the diameter of Visual check
the outer strand, according to deci-
sion of expert personnel for crane
rope inspection
Loop formation Loops on several wires Visual check
Kinking or remaining distortion On occurrence Visual check
Buckles or contusions On occurrence, according to deci- Visual check
sion of expert personnel for crane
rope inspection
Heat influence, electric voltage Bluish discoloration, broken or mel- Visual check
ted wires
Combined degree of severity Degree of severity 100 % or above, Calculation of individual
according to decision of expert per- degrees of severity
sonnel for crane rope inspection
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Removal criteria Overview
13 Checking for broken strands

A strand consists of several individual wires.
If a complete strand is broken:
u Take the rope down.
copyright by
1560 LTM 1400-7-1-007
14 Determining the number of broken wires
Fig.120980: Determine broken wires by bending

By bending the rope, broken wires can be recognized better.
– The rope is clean
– Inspection checklist is on hand
14.1 Scattered occurring broken wires

The following different rope types each have their own chart for the permissible number of broken wi-
res:
– Single layer and parallel roped ropes
– Rotation resistant ropes
The charts in this section are valid exclusively for scattered occurring broken wires.
14.1.1 Wire break increase rate

The wire break increase rate is an increase of broken wires, which can skyrocket with increasing use
of the rope.
u Include the inspection checklists for the previous inspection and use it to draw a conclusion for the
wire break rate increase.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1561
14.1.2 Single layer and parallel roped ropes
Number of visible outer wire breaks2

Total number of
Rope cate- Rope sections, which run over steel pulleys Rope sections, which
load carrying wires
gory number and / or spool up on a single layer spooling spool up on a multi
in the outer strand
RCN drum layer drum
layer of rope1
n (coincidental distribution of broken wires) spool up3
Class M1 to M4, or class unknown4 All classes
Lang lay Even lay Lang lay and even lay
Over a Over a Over a Over a Over a Over a
length of length of length of length of length of length of
6d5 30d5 6d5 30d5 6d5 30d5
01 n ≤ 50 2 4 1 2 4 8
02 51 ≤ n ≤ 75 3 6 2 3 6 12
03 76 ≤ n ≤ 100 4 8 2 4 8 12
04 101 ≤ n ≤ 120 5 10 2 5 10 20
05 121 ≤ n ≤ 140 6 11 3 6 12 22
06 141 ≤ n ≤ 160 6 13 3 6 12 26
07 161 ≤ n ≤ 180 7 14 4 7 14 28
08 181 ≤ n ≤ 200 8 16 4 8 16 32
09 201 ≤ n ≤ 220 9 18 4 9 18 36
10 221 ≤ n ≤ 240 10 19 5 10 20 38
11 241 ≤ n ≤ 260 10 21 5 10 20 42
12 261 ≤ n ≤ 280 11 22 6 11 22 44
13 281 ≤ n ≤ 300 12 24 6 12 24 48
n > 300 0.04 x n 0.08 x n 0.02 x n 0,04 x n 0.08 x n 0.16 x n
Note: Ropes with outer strands in Seale type, number of wires per strand 19 or less (for example 6 × 19 Seale),
are classified in this chart as two lines over the line, which would be defined due to the number of load carrying
wires in the outer strands.
Maximum number of broken wires for single layer and parallel roped ropes according to DIN ISO 4309
1) For the purpose of this international standard, fill wires are not considered to be load carrying wires and are not included in the value for n.
2) A broken wire has two ends (counted as one wire).
3) The values apply for damage in the cross over areas and the layers of coils due to deflection angles (not for rope sections, which run only
over rope pulleys and do not spool up on the winch).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
4) For ropes on drive gears of groups M5 to M8 twice the number of broken wires listed can be used.
5) d = Rope nominal diameter
u Check the rope over the entire length for visible broken wires.
When visible broken wires are scattered present:
u On the point of a broken wire, mark the rope sections on a length of 30d in both directions.
u Count visible broken wires in the marked rope sections and record them.
u Take the RCN (Rope category number) from the manufacturerʼs documentation of the rope.
When the make for rotation-resistant ropes is not listed in the chart:
u Determine the total number of load carrying wires in the rope: Add all wires in the strands of the
outer layer, not not count fill wires.
copyright by
1562 LTM 1400-7-1-007
u Compare the number of broken wires of each marked rope section 30d with the number of broken
wires in the chart.
When the number of visible broken wires is smaller than listed in the chart:
u Within the rope section with the most broken wires: Mark the rope section with the most broken
wires on a length of 6d.
u Count visible broken wires in the marked rope sections 6d and record them.
u Compare the number of broken wires of the marked rope section with the number of broken wires
in the chart.
When the number of visible broken wires is larger than listed in the chart:
u Enter the results in the inspection checklist.
14.1.3 Rotation resistant ropes
Number of visible outer wire breaks2

Total number of
Rope cate- Rope sections, which run over
load carrying wires Rope sections, which spool up on
gory number steel pulleys and / or spool up on
in the outer a multi layer drum
RCN a single layer spooling drum
strands of rope1
(coincidental distribution of bro-
n spool up3
ken wires)
over a length of over a length of over a length of over a length of
6d4 30d4 6d4 30d4
21 4 strands n ≤ 100 2 4 2 4
3 or 4 strands
22 2 4 4 8
n ≥ 100
at least 11 strands in
the outer layer
23–1 71 ≤ n ≤ 100 2 4 4 8
23–2 101 ≤ n ≤ 120 3 5 5 10
23–3 121 ≤ n ≤ 140 3 5 6 11
24 141 ≤ n ≤ 160 3 6 6 13
25 161 ≤ n ≤ 180 4 7 7 14
26 181 ≤ n ≤ 200 4 8 8 16
27 201 ≤ n ≤ 220 4 9 9 18
28 221 ≤ n ≤ 240 5 10 10 19
29 241 ≤ n ≤ 260 5 10 10 21
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
30 261 ≤ n ≤ 280 6 11 11 22
31 281 ≤ n ≤ 300 6 12 12 24
n > 300 6 12 12 24
Note: Ropes with outer strands in Seale type, number of wires in each strand 19 or less (for example 18 × 19
Seale - WSC), are classified in this chart as two lines over the line, which would be defined due to the number of
load carrying wires in the outer strands.
Maximum number of broken wires for rotation-resistant ropes according to DIN ISO 4309
1) For the purpose of this international standard, fill wires are not considered to be load carrying wires and are not included in the value for n.
2) A broken wire has two ends (counted as one wire).
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1563
3) The values apply for damage in the cross over areas and the layers of coils due to deflection angles (not for rope sections, which run only
over rope pulleys and do not spool up on the winch).
4) d = Rope nominal diameter
u Check the rope over the entire length for visible broken wires.
When visible broken wires are scattered present:
u On the point of a broken wire, mark the rope sections on a length of 30d in both directions.
u Count visible broken wires in the marked rope sections and record them.
u Take the RCN (Rope category number) from the manufacturerʼs documentation of the rope.
When the make for rotation-resistant ropes is not listed in the chart:
u Determine the total number of load carrying wires in the rope: Add all wires in the strands of the
outer layer, not not count fill wires.
u Compare the number of broken wires of each marked rope section 30d with the number of broken
wires in the chart.
When the number of visible broken wires is smaller than listed in the chart:
u Within the rope section with the most broken wires: Mark the rope section with the most broken
wires on a length of 6d.
u Count visible broken wires in the marked rope sections 6d and record them.
u Compare the number of broken wires of the marked rope section with the number of broken wires
in the chart.
When the number of visible broken wires is larger than listed in the chart:
u Enter the results in the inspection checklist.
14.2 Broken wires in the strand valleys and on strand crests

The broken wires in these areas point to the fact that the condition in the inside of the rope is deterio-
rating.
Fig.121004: Broken wires on strand crests

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121005: Broken wire in the strand valleys
copyright by
1564 LTM 1400-7-1-007
When two or more broken wires occur within a 6d long rope section:
14.3 Broken wires on rope end connections

When broken wires are near an end connection and two or more wires are affected:
14.4 Broken wires in rope sections, which are not spooled up on the
winch
When the broken wires are concentrated on one or two strands, the removal criteria can be present at
fewer broken wires as noted in the chart (rope section 6d).
u Have the rope inspected by expert personnel for crane rope inspection.
14.5 Broken wire nests

When broken wires are very close to each other or when the broken wires are concentrated on one
strand, then the rope must be taken down, even at fewer broken wires than noted in the chart (rope
section 6d).
15 Check rope diameter

15.1 Even reduction of rope diameter
WARNING
Spooling problems due to reduced rope diameter!
u Take the rope down even when the removal criteria according to DIN ISO 4309 has not yet been
reached.
The values in this section do not apply for rope sections, which were damaged in cross over areas
due to multi layer spooling on a winch.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121001: External abrasion on the rope

The rope diameter changes due to abrasion, settling and external influences.
Abrasion of cover wires of outer strands of rope due to frictional contact. Especially in those areas
where ropes are in contact with the rope pulleys during start up or slow down of the load.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1565
Wear is increased by lack of or incorrect lubrication and the effect of dust.

Abrasion reduces the tensile strength of steel ropes because the cross section of the steel is reduced.
Additional possible causes for reduction of rope diameter:
– Wear in the inside of the rope
– Wear of fiber insert
– Breakage of a steel insert
– Broken inner strands
This section is valid solely for the following ropes:
– Ropes, which spool up on single layer winches
– Ropes, which run through a steel rope pulley
Fig.121372: Formula Reduction of rope diameter

dV = even reduction of rope diameter dm = measured rope diameter
dref = rope diameter, which was determi- d = rope nominal diameter: Take value
ned before placement from inspection checklist
The following chart applies exclusively for ropes, which spool up on single layer winches and /
or run through a steel rope pulley.
Even reduction of diameter dV Classification of degree of severity

Rope type
(in percentages of rope nominal diameter d) Description %
Less than 6 % — 0
6 % and above, but less than 7 % Light 20
7 % and above, but less than 8 % Medium 40
Single layer rope
8 % and above, but less than 9 % High 60
with fiber insert
9 % and above, but less than 10 % Very high 80
10 % and above Rope removal criteria 100
Less than 3.5 % — 0
3.5 % and above, but less than 4.5 % Light 20
Single layer rope 4.5 % and above, but less than 5.5 % Medium 40
with steel insert or
parallel roped rope 5.5 % and above, but less than 6.5 % High 60
6.5 % and above, but less than 7.5 % Very high 80
7.5 % and above Rope removal criteria 100
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Less than 1 % — 0
1 % and above, but less than 2 % Light 20
Rotation-resistant 2 % and above, but less than 3 % Medium 40

rope 3 % and above, but less than 4 % High 60
4 % and above, but less than 5 % Very high 80
5 % and above Rope removal criteria 100
Degree of severity and removal criteria depending on rope type and even diameter reduction according to
DIN ISO 4309
copyright by
1566 LTM 1400-7-1-007
The medium value from the smallest and the largest measured diameter results in the value for dm.
u Measure rope diameter on several locations and calculate measured diameter dm.
u Calculate even reduction dV of rope diameter with formula.
u Read the degree of severity in the chart, depending on the rope type.
u Document the degree of severity in the inspection checklist.
When the degree of severity has reached 100 %:
15.2 Localized reduction of rope diameter

Localized reductions of rope diameter point to the fact that a rope insert may have failed, for example.
Fig.120983: Localized reduction of rope diameter

u Check the rope for localized reduction of rope diameter.
When a localized reduction of the rope diameter is found:
15.3 Localized increases of rope diameter
Fig.120992: Localized increase of rope diameter

An increase over a longer area of the rope can be caused by absorption of moisture in the fiber insert
or due to corrosion in the inside of the rope.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Rope insert Maximum increase of rope diameter during operation

Steel 5%
Fiber 10 %
u Check the rope for localized increases of rope diameter.

When the increases exceed the maximum values:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1567
16 Checking for corrosion

Corrosion occurs due to insufficient lubrication, in maritime climates and in an atmosphere polluted by
industrial fumes.
External corrosion is indicated by a rough wire surface. A superficial rust film can be wiped off.
Significant corrosion reduces the strength and elasticity of the rope due to the reduction of the rope
diameter.
Inner corrosion is hard to detect.
Do not use solvents to clean the rope.
– Rope is cleaned (wiped and brushed)
16.1 External corrosion

The various types of corrosion are classified and noted with the classification for removal criteria in
percentages:
Fig.120984: Surface light corrosion: Classification 0 % of removal criteria

Superficial light corrosion (rust film) can be wiped off.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120985: Surface feels rough: Classification 20 % of removal criteria
copyright by
1568 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Fig.120986: Surface feels very rough: Classification 60 % of removal criteria
Fig.120987: Surface very decayed, spaces between individual wires can be easily recognized: Classi-
fication 100 % of removal criteria
When 100 % of removal criteria is reached:
16.2 Internal corrosion

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120982: Corrosion in the inside of the rope

Internal corrosion is present when clearly visible corrosion particles migrate between the valleys of the
outer strands: Classification 100 % removal criteria.
When internal corrosion is found:
u Have the rope removal criteria evaluated by expert personnel for crane rope inspection or place
the rope down.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1569
16.3 Friction corrosion

Friction corrosion occurs as a type of brown powder, which migrates from the inside of the rope to the
outside: Classification 100 % of removal criteria.
u Check the rope diligently for friction corrosion.
If friction corrosion is found:
u Have the rope removal criteria evaluated by expert personnel for crane rope inspection or place
the rope down.
17 Corkscrew-like distortion
Fig.120988: Corkscrew-like distortion

Distortion where the rope is in the form of a corkscrew along its longitudinal axis.
Effects of corkscrew-like distortion:
– Irregular rope drive
– Rope wear
– Broken wire
– Bearing damage on rope pulleys
If the distortion is very pronounced, then other components can be affected in their function when the
affected rope section runs through in crane operation.
u Check the entire rope for corkscrew-like distortion.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120971: Diameter for calculation

d = rope nominal diameter d1 = Diameter of covered casing of dis-
torted rope
copyright by
1570 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Differentiation rope area Formula to determine maximum diameter of covered ca-

sing d1max
Straight rope area, without contact
to rope pulley or winch
Straight rope area, with contact to

rope pulley or winch
When corkscrew-like distortion is present:

u Calculate d1max with formula.
When the determined value is the same or more than d1max:
18 Basket formation
This distortion occurs due to different layers between the outer strand layers and the inside of the
rope.
Causes for basket formation are high angular pull angles during the run over the rope pulleys and run-
in rope pulleys. Even load distribution over the entire cross section is not possible.
Fig.120989: Basket formation

u Check the entire rope for basket formation.
When basket formation is present:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
19 Protruding, distorted insert or strand

This distortion is a special form of basket formation. The insert or the core of the rope protrudes bet-
ween the outer strands or an outer strand protrudes from the rope banding.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1571
Fig.120990: Protrusion of an insert (rope single layer)
Fig.120991: Distorted or protruding strand
Fig.121373: Protrusion of rope insert on rotation-resistant rope

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
When the insert or a strand protrudes or is distorted, place the rope down. Have expert personnel for
crane rope inspection check if the rope area with the distortion can be removed.
u Check the entire rope for protruding, distorted insert or strand.
When protruding, distorted insert or braid is present:
u Have expert personnel for crane rope inspection check if the rope area with the distortion can
be removed.
copyright by
1572 LTM 1400-7-1-007
20 Loop formation
At loop formation individual or several wires protrude from the rope and bulge upward (bird-caging).
These areas are most often on the opposite side of the rope pulley groove.
– There are no broken wire ends
If only a core wire of the rope insert protrudes through the outer strands, then the rope does not have
to be taken down when:
– the wire can be removed.
– the wire does not disturb other elements of the rope drive.
Fig.120993: Emergence of individual wires

u Check rope for loop formation.
When solely a core wire protrudes:
u Remove the core wire.
When several wires are affected from the loop formation:
21 Flattenings
Rope sections with flattenings, which move over the rope pulleys tend to higher wear and a higher
number of broken wires. Rope pulleys can be damaged.
Flattenings on stationary ropes (guy ropes boom) promote quicker corrosion, especially in the areas
where the outer strands have opened. In these areas, moisture can penetrate significantly faster,
which makes it necessary to shorten the intervals between rope inspections. If the reduction of inter-
vals between rope inspections is not possible, then the rope must be taken down.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120997: Localized limited flattenings, which lead to broken wires (single layer rope)
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1573
Flattenings, which derive from the rising zones of the multi layer spoolings do not necessarily mean
that the rope has to be taken down. Prerequisite is that the number of permissible broken wires is not
exceeded, see section „Determining the number of broken wires“.
Fig.120996: Flattenings on multi layer spoolings

u Check the entire rope for flattenings.
When flattenings are present on stationary ropes:
u Shorten the intervals for rope inspection.
When it is not possible to shorten the intervals for the rope inspection:
In the cross over area of the spooled up rope layers on the winch the rope is stressed more. The rope
can be flattened as a result.
When flattenings are in the area of the rising zones of multi layer spoolings:
u Check the number of permissible broken wires according to the respective chart, see section „De-
termining the number of broken wires“.
When the number of permissible broken wires is exceeded:
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120966: Maximum flattening of wires on the outer strands

When the outer strands are flattened by more than half the wire diameter:
u Have the rope inspected by expert personnel for crane rope inspection or place the rope down.
u Shorten the rope on the rope drum fixed point, see Crane operating instructions, chapter 7.05.50.
copyright by
1574 LTM 1400-7-1-007
22 Kinking or rope loops pulled closed
Fig.121007: Kinking or rope loop pulled closed

At this deformation a loop has formed in the rope, without the possibility to rotate around its own axis
during a load. The rope is subjected to more wear.
The rope is significantly distorted. The strength remains only in part.
Fig.121002: Positive Kinking

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121003: Negative Kinking

u Check the rope for kinking or rope loops pulled closed.
When kinking or rope loops pulled closed occur:
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1575
23 Buckles
Buckles are angular deformations. The rope was damaged due to external influences. Strong defor-
mations of the rope cause stronger wear.
Fig.120999: Severe buckle

A buckle is a serious matter if a fold is visible on the underside of the rope.
When buckles are present:
When a distortion and degree of severity permits further operation:
u Shorten the inspection interval.
When the take down criteria is reached:
24 Effects of heat, arcs

Damage caused to the rope by welding work, for example.
Unusual heat impact is visible by tempering colors and loss of lubricant.
When heat influence has occurred on the rope:
25 Combined degree of severity

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Note
u For a method to determine the effect of a combined degree of severity and damage on the rope,
see DIN ISO 4309.
When the condition of the rope deteriorates, then often a combination of various causes occurs.
To determine the degree of severity, the expert personnel for crane rope inspection must:
– take varying damage into account, especially within a rope section
– evaluate the entire effect of the damage and the distortions
– decide about the operational safety of the rope
– evaluate if inspection intervals must be adjusted
– decide if the rope must be taken down
When the combined degree of severity is more than 100 %, then the rope must be taken down.
copyright by
1576 LTM 1400-7-1-007
26 Checking the control rope for distortions
Fig.114002: Distortion on control ropes

u Check the first rope layer of the control rope for crushed areas and distortions.
Fig.121006: Largest, smallest diameter on the distortion area
Fig.121374: Formula to calculate the rope distortion

V = rope distortion in percentages dmax = largest diameter of distortion area
d = control rope nominal diameter dmin = smallest diameter of distortion area
When distortions are present:
u Calculate the distortion V with the formula and document it in the inspection checklist.
When distortion V is larger than 5 %:
u Check the control rope before every assembly and erection procedure.
When distortion V is larger than 10 %:
u Take the control rope down.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1577
Crane and use:
1578
Rope application: RCN3): Installation date:
Brand name: Nominal diameter: Take-down date:
029943-00
1)
Make :  Right hand  Left hand Minimum tensile strength
1)
Direction of lay :  Lang's lay  Ordinary lay Permissible number of visible
external broken wires
Intermediate layer1):  IWRC  FC  WSC Datum diameter
1)
Wire surface :  Bare  Galvanized Permissible diameter reduction: 6d: 30d:
Damage,
deformation
Visible external broken wires Diameter Corrosion
27 Current checklist
Date
Signature
Fig.121369-en: Form for current checklist

inspection
copyright by
Combined severity level2)
Name of expert for the wire rope
Number in length of
Position in the rope
Severity level2)
JJ/MM/TT 6d 30d 6d 30d 6d 30d
Measured
Actual reduction to datum
diameter
Severity level2)
Severity level2)
Severity level2)
1)
Check where applicable.
2)
State extent of damage; slight or 20%; medium or 40%; high or 60%; very high or 80%; take-down or 100%
3)
RCN = Rope Category Number
LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.04 Inspection of crane wire ropes
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1579
029934-00 8.05 Inspection of load hooks
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1580 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.05 Inspection of load hooks 029934-00
1 Safety guidelines
DANGER
Death, severe injury, property damage due to welding on load hooks!
u Do not weld load hooks to repair wear.
u Replace the load hook in case of impermissible wear.
Make sure that the following regulation is followed:

– Do not carry out any welding work on load hooks, for example to repair wear.
By recognizing defects in time, accidents are prevented.
An inspection must be made before operation.
Load hooks must be inspected as needed, but at least once a year by an expert.
The load hook must be inspected very 4 years by an expert.
3 Inspecting and monitoring the load hook

Any defects found must be remedied and documented.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121531: Description of measured distances of load hooks
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1581
029934-00 8.05 Inspection of load hooks
3.1 Checking the load hook for distortion

DANGER
Death, severe injury, property damage due to expansion of hook jaw!
u Replace the load hook in case of impermissible expansion.
The initial dimension (y) for the single hook is marked on the load hook.
The initial dimension (y₁) and the initial dimension (y₂) for the double hook is marked on the load
hook.
The expansion of the hook jaw may not exceed more than 10 % in reference to the initial dimen-
sion (y) or the initial dimension (y₁) and the initial dimension (y₂).
u Measure dimension y or dimension y₁ and dimension y₂ from center punch to center punch.
u Check for dimensional accuracy within the permissible tolerance.
3.2 Checking the load hook for surface cracks

DANGER
Death, severe injury, property damage due to surface cracks and damage on the load hook!
u Replace the load hook in case of surface cracks and damage.
When distortions are found on the hook jaw:

u Check the load hook for surface cracks with a suitable procedure.
u Check the load hook for damage
3.3 Checking the load hook for wear

DANGER
Death, severe injury, property damage due to wear on the hook base!
u Replace the load hook in case of impermissible wear.
The wear on the hook base may be no more than 5 % of the initial nominal dimension h₂ for single
hooks or initial nominal dimension h for double hooks.
The initial nominal dimensions h2 for single hooks and h for double hooks are listed in the chart.
Hook Single hook Double hook

Number h2 [mm] h [mm]
4 67 —
5 75 —
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
6 85 75
8 95 85
10 106 95
12 118 106
16 132 118
20 150 132
25 170 150
32 — 170
copyright by
1582 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.05 Inspection of load hooks 029934-00
Hook Single hook Double hook

Number h2 [mm] h [mm]
40 — 190
50 — 212
63 — 236
80 — 265
100 — 300
125 — 335
160 — 375
200 — 425
250 — 475
320 — 545
Initial nominal dimensions h2 for single hooks and h for double hooks
u Measure dimension h₂ for single hooks or dimension h for double hooks.

u Check for dimensional accuracy within the permissible tolerance.
3.4 Checking load hooks for corrosion and wear

DANGER
Death, severe injury, property damage due to corrosion and wear on the thread!
u Replace load hooks which are not dimensionally accurate.
When wear or impermissible axial play on the hook nut is present:
u Replace the hook nut.
To check the threads regarding corrosion and wear, the hook nut must be unscrewed from the hook
shaft.
u Check the load hook thread and hook nut for corrosion and wear.
When reconditioning work is required to remove corrosion notches:
u Carry out a test for dimensional accuracy.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1583
029844-01 8.06 Inspection of hydraulic hose lines
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1584 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.06 Inspection of hydraulic hose lines 029844-01
1 Safety guidelines
WARNING
Fire, accidents, death, severe injury, property damage.
If leaky areas are found:
medied.
If damage is found:
u Have the hydraulic hose lines replaced exclusively by authorized and trained expert personnel.
If it is determined that the service life is over:

– A competent person for hydraulic hose lines inspects the hydraulic hose lines.
A competent person for hydraulic hose lines has the following knowledge:
– Knowledge and experience in hydraulic and mechanics
– Knowledge of all requirements regarding valid standards:
• ISO 8331
• ISO 2230
• ISO 1402
• ISO/TR
• EN 853 to EN 857
• National regulations
– or: Knowledge of all requirements regarding the valid German standards, for example:
• DIN 20066:202-10
• BGR 237 Feb 2008, BG-Regulation
The inspection of hydraulic hose lines must be carried out in the following intervals:
– when the crane is up to 10 years old, at least one inspection every twelve months
– when the crane is older than 10 years, at least one inspection every six months
3 Checking the end of the service life

Hydraulic hose lines have a limited service life.
When hydraulic hose lines are properly stored, installed and used, then the manufacturer guarantees
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
a service life of at least 10 years.

The life expectancy of hydraulic hose lines can deviate significantly from the noted service life of hyd-
raulic hose lines.
Note
Special case: Active rear axle steering!
u The life expectancy of hydraulic hose lines is six years, including a storage period of maximum two
years.
The life expectancy of a hydraulic hose line depends on various factors:

– Environmental influences, for example: Temperature, humidity, corrosive air
– Use
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1585
– Working cycles
– Number of bending cycles
– Friction
– Fluid
The following factors reduce the life expectancy significantly:
– Heat
– Repeated bending under pressure
Fig.120159: Example for identification of hydraulic hose lines

The manufacturing date is marked on the fixtures or fittings.
u Read the quarter 1 of manufacture.
u Read the year 2 of manufacture.
When the life expectancy of a hydraulic hose line has been exceeded, then a competent person can
decide not to replace the hydraulic hose line. Document the decisions, see section „Documenting the
inspection“.
When the end of the service life is determined:
4 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for damage

Hydraulic hose lines must be replaced when one of the following damage is present:
– Distortion, such as splitting of hose layers, bubbles, crushed areas, kinks, rotational stress
– Leakages
– Movement between hose and hose line, hose working itself loose from the fixture or the fitting
– Requirements for installation not observed
– Corrosion of fixture or fitting (solidness or function of fitting is endangered)
When the hydraulic hose line is not completely accessible:
u Remove the hydraulic hose line.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
When the hydraulic hose line is protected with a protective hose:

u Check the hose protection for abrasion Abrasion on a hose protective hose can indicate abrasion
on the hydraulic hose line.
u Check hydraulic hose lines for distortion in pressureless and pressurized status and during bend-
ing.
When the hydraulic hose line is slightly damaged, then a competent person can decide not to re-
place the hydraulic hose line. Document the decisions, see section „Documenting the inspection“.
If damage is found:
copyright by
1586 LTM 1400-7-1-007
5 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for leaks

u Check the crane for leaks by visually checking the ground under the crane.
u Have these leaks inspected immediately by authorized and trained expert personnel and remedied.
or
6 Documenting the inspection

– A competent person for hydraulic hose lines documents noticeable observations.
The following data about hydraulic hose lines is documented:
– Installation location
– Condition
– Date
– Time
u Document noticeable observations comprehensibly.
When the life expectancy of a hydraulic hose line has been exceeded of if the hydraulic hose line is
slightly damaged, then a competent person can decide not to replace the hydraulic hose line.
When the hydraulic hose line is not replaced:
u Document decisions and replacements comprehensibly.
u Document the date for the next inspection comprehensibly.
7 Replacing hydraulic hose lines

To ensure maximum safety, sealing and service life, the following guidelines apply for replacement of
hydraulic hose lines.
WARNING
Impermissible spare parts!
u Do not use repaired or used hydraulic hose lines.
u Use exclusively Original Liebherr spare parts.
u Use exclusively hydraulic hose lines according to manufacturerʼs specification (including fixtures,
rubber piece goods and manufacturing process).
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
NOTICE
Routing of hydraulic hose lines changed!
Abrasion. Incorrect bending radius. Stress. Shortened service life.
u Keep the routing of hydraulic hose lines.
u Inspect the hydraulic hose lines according to intervals.
u Adhere to the hose bending radii according to the manufacturerʼs specifications.

u Ensure the routing of hydraulic hose lines according to manufacturerʼs specifications (pressureless
and pressurized condition).
u Ensure the distance between lines and structures.
If necessary:
u Check moving parts in the area of hydraulic hose lines.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1587
When the hydraulic hose line is installed in straight direction:

u Ensure a sag of the hose.
u Avoid mechanical tension and twisting of the hose during installation.
u Fasten the hydraulic hose line according to manufacturerʼs specification.
u Do not cross hydraulic hose lines for high pressure and low pressure.
u Keep hydraulic hose lines away from hot components.
When hydraulic hose lines are in a surrounding with high temperatures:
u Install protective insulation according to manufacturerʼs specifications.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1588 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1589
025045-01 8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum brakes
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.190108
copyright by
1590 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum brakes 025045-01
1 General
Air braking systems on mobile cranes must be inspected annually.
In Germany, the main inspection and safety tests must be conducted in accordance with section 29 of
STVZO.
Local national laws apply in other countries.
2 Visual inspection
Check that the following requirements are met:
– Piping and hoses are not damaged, not corroded and are properly installed
– Devices are properly installed and fastened
Ensure that the breathing holes 4 on the diaphragm cylinders are not blocked (plugs removed). If
this is not done, the membrane bellows may twist. The spring loaded-brake will then not be com-
pletely released and the brake will run hot.
The breathing holes 1 breathing holes 2 and breathing holes 3 must nevertheless be closed by
plugs.
– The air pressure tank is not damaged and no corrosion is visible on the outside.
The tank is labeled as specified.
No welding may be done nor heat be applied to the tank walls.
– Pressure tank is drained
– Dust seals are not damaged
– Joints are properly secured, operate freely and are properly seated
– Rods have not been repaired by welding, are not bent, move freely and are not otherwise damaged
– The wheel brakes are properly adjusted (brake lining clearance, brake cylinders stroke, lining thick-
ness, slack adjuster)
3 Operation and performance test

3.1 Operation test
– Pressure regulator, Air compressor: Test low and high pressure settings and delivery rate
– Pressurized air system: Check for sealing and supply pressure
– Multi-circuit safety valve, spill valve and warning system: Check operation
3.2 Performance test

Note
u The following values are valid for an axle load of 12 t.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Brake action can be checked using the observation ports located in the metal covers:
– Press on the brake pedal: Both brake shoes contact the drum
– Release the brake pedal: Brake shoes immediately return to their starting position
Check brake performance:
– Measure the retarding force
– Measure stopping distance
– Determine braking performance using brake stands
Determine retarding force using a retarding force measuring instrument
When applying a pressure of 6.5 bar , the measured average retarding force dm should be greater than
4.5 m/s2.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1591
025045-01 8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum brakes
Measure stopping distance

When applying a pressure of 6.5 bar , the stopping distance, s, should be less than the value given in
the charts.
Test speed Stopping distance

v [km/h] s [m]
20 6.5
30 12.5
40 19.8
50 29.0
Measure the braking performance using a brake stand

When braking forces are measured at the vehicle axles, braking performance shall be determined as
follows:
Fig.195327
Fig.195328
Fig.195329
Gz = allowable total vehicle weight [N]
z = braking performance [%]
F1 = braking force at the first axle, which was determined at pressure p1 [N]
F2 = braking force at the second axle, which was determined at pressure p2 [N]
Fn = braking force at the last axle, which was determined at pressure pn [N]
pN1...n = max. braking pressure at the respective axle [bar]
p1...n = braking pressure actually transmitted to the wheel cylinder at the respective axle [bar]
4 Internal inspection of the wheel brakes

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
DANGER
Risk of accident!
u All brake maintenance and repair work shall be carried out only by authorized and trained person-
nel.
Check the brake lining condition every three months using the inspection ports in the metal covers.
Perform an internal inspection of the individual brake components by removing the brake drum every
12 months.
copyright by
1592 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.07 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum brakes 025045-01
WARNING
Risk of damaging the brakes!
u Do not activate the brakes while the brake drum is removed!
When brake linings measure 5.5 mm (new brake lining thickness 18 mm), not including metal shoes,
replace the linings. Burned, shiny or oil-covered linings must also be replaced.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
u Always replace brake linings on both wheels of each axle.
Only the following brake linings may be used for replacement purposes Jurid 546, Bremskerl 6275
and Beral 1549 .
Thoroughly turn down the brake drums. When turning down the brake drums, do not exceed the per-
missible turn-down measurement of 0.75% of nominal diameter.
Example:
Nominal diameter: 500.00 mm
Permissible turn-down measurement: 3.75 mm
Permissible inner diameter: 503.75 mm
DANGER
Risk of accident!
u Replace the brake drum when the inner diameter is larger than 503.75 mm.
The brake is equipped with an automatic adjustment device, that corrects for brake lining wear and
centers the brake.
The automatic adjustment mechanism is maintenance-free.
DANGER
Risk of accident!
u If any individual components are damaged, replace the complete adjustment assembly.
u Use the „Adjustment“ repair kit.
Replace the pressure and tension springs, as well as sealing rings, protection covers and bellows at
least every two years.
Repeat the visual, functional and performance tests after reassembly.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1593
025706-00 8.12 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supports
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195474
copyright by
1594 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.12 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supports 025706-00
1 Function check of limit switch initiators at jib stop

The jib stop has ident. no. 512399508.
1.1 Check operation of limit switch initiators

Cover individual limit switch initiators at jib stop with a metal plate.
– The N-adjusting winch „reel-in“ movement must stop.
– The symbol must appear on the LICCON monitor.
1.2 Check limit switch initiators at switching point „in steepest posi-
tion“
Check operation of limit switch initiators in built-in condition before setting up the boom. Raise both A-
frames by specified amount (see illustration) until switching contact opens.
– The N-adjusting winch „reel-in“ movement must stop.
– The symbol must appear on the LICCON monitor.
Return A-frames to set-up condition after checking.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1595
025708-00 8.14 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195476
copyright by
1596 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.14 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylinder 025708-00
1 Checking jib stop cylinder pressure

The jib stop cylinder pressure must be checked using the LICCON special display before and after
crane operation. (see diagnosis)
The actual pressure displayed on the LICCON special display must correspond with the target press-
ure in the table.
Note
Note
u The specified target pressure depends on the outside temperature.
u The maximum permitted difference between the target pressure and the actual pressure is +/- 10
bar.
The jib stop cylinder pressure is checked as follows:

1. Checking cylinder pressure with „jib stop extended to maximum limit“
2. Checking cylinder pressure with „jib stop in test position“
1.1 Checking cylinder pressure with „jib stop extended to maximum li-
mit“
– Set main boom and lattice jib to angles specified in table.
– Compare target pressure in table with actual pressure in special LICCON display.
„Extend jib stop to maximum limit“

Boom angle Lattice jib an- Cylinder
Lift Target pressure in bar
(α) gle (β) length
[°] [°] [mm] [mm] -20° C 0° C 20° C 40° C
82 14,9 5900 0 70,8 76,4 82 87,6
1.2 Testing cylinder pressure with „jib stop in test position“

– Set main boom and lattice jib to angles specified in table.
– Compare target pressure in table with actual pressure in special LICCON display.
„Jib stop in test position“

Boom angle Lattice jib an- Cylinder
Lift Target pressure in bar
(α) gle (β) length
[°] [°] [mm] [mm] -20° C 0° C 20° C 40° C
82 23 + 2 5700 200 78,4 84,8 91,6 98,8
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1597
021714-03 8.15 Inspection of guy rods
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.180875
copyright by
1598 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.15 Inspection of guy rods 021714-03
1 General
Always check the entire length of the guy rods before every assembly.
Also check the concealed bearing surfaces and bores.
2 Repeat inspection of guy rods

The guy rods must be checked at least once a year by an expert according to VGB D6.
The inspection must be carried out by an authorized expert every 4 years.
If a load was dropped or if the crane was overloaded, an additional inspection by an expert is required.
The inspections must be documented.
DANGER
Risk of accident in case of guy rod failure!
u If the following damage is found, the guy rods may no longer be used and must be replaced imme-
diately!
2.1 Cracks and dents

The guy rods must be thoroughly inspected visually for cracks and dents.
If cracks are present, the guy rods must be replaced. Repairs are not permitted.
Note
u In case of doubt, the relevant areas must be carefully examined, for example with magnetic crack
detection!
2.2 Stretching
Check for guy rod stretching by measuring the guy rods.
The stretch may be no more than max. 0.2 %, for example 14 mm , for an initial dimension (L) of
7000 mm.
Note
u The initial dimension (L) of the guy rods is noted in the separate rod diagram!
2.3 Wear
Check the bores, pins and pin retainers for signs of wear.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
2.4 Damaged paint

Check the paint on the guy rods at regular intervals (signs of corrosion).
Repair damaged paint.
Note
u The guy rods may not be stored in aggressive media, such as salt water!
2.5 Ductile distortion

After a ductile distortion, such as bending, the guy rods must be replaced.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1599
029929-00 8.17 Inspection of ladders
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1600 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.17 Inspection of ladders 029929-00
1 Safety guidelines
WARNING
Damaged ladders!
Accident. Death, severe injury, property damage.
If damage is found:
u Have ladders repaired by authorized and trained expert personnel.
If it is determined that the ladder cannot be repaired:
u Scrap the ladder immediately.

– Authorized and trained expert personnel checks the ladders.
The authorized and trained expert personnel has the following expertise:
– Knowledge, experience and abilities in repairing ladders
– Is familiar with the necessary prerequisites as determined by the contractor for the inspection of
ladders
– Has the knowledge about the type, scope and intervals for the required inspections as determined
by the contractor
The inspection of ladders must be carried out in the following intervals:
– The contractor determines the required intervals
– But there must be at least one inspection every 12 months
Intervals depend on:
– Operating conditions
– Frequency of use
– Operational demands during use
– Frequency and severity of defects found during previous inspections
3 Inspecting ladders
– Ladder inspection sheets are on hand. For blank form, see section „Inspection form for the inspec-
tion of ladders and steps“
– Check lists are on hand. For blank form, see section „Check list for the inspection of ladders and
steps“
u For every ladder and every step: Enter the data in the ladder inspection form.
or
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Get the ladder inspection form for ladders or steps.

u Check the ladders and steps according to the check list and document the results.
u Collect the ladder inspection forms and check lists in the crane documentation.
4 Inspection sheet and check list

The following is shown, as an example: Inspection form and check list for the inspection of ladders
and steps.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1601
4.1 Inspection form for the inspection of ladders and steps
Ladder control sheet

Stock no. of the ladder/steps
Location/installation location
Ladder type Stepladder
Leaning ladder
Leaning ladder with overshoot
Vertical ladder
Vertical ladder with overshoot aid
Platform ladder
Steps
Other
Material of the ladder Aluminium
Plastic
Steel
Stainless steel
Number of rungs/stairs
Ladder length/ladder shortened to
Manufacturer/dealer
Article/type number
Date of purchase
Date of discard
Name of representative
Next inspection
Control sheet for inspecting ladders and steps

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121361-en
copyright by
1602 LTM 1400-7-1-007
4.2 Check list for the inspection of ladders and steps
Inspection criteria 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

Inspec- Inspec- Inspec- Inspec- Inspec-
tion tion tion tion tion
1. Beams
Deformation
Damage (for example cracks)
Sharp edges, splinters, burrs
Wear
Protective treatment
2. Rungs/stairs/platform
Deformation
Damage
Sharp edges, splinters, burrs
Connection to the beam (for example, flanging,
screw/rivet connections, welding seam)
Wear (for example, stepping surfaces, platform
overlay)
3. Spreader safety
Completeness/fastening
Functionality
Damage
4. Fitting parts
Damage/corrosion
Functionality
Wear
Lubrication (mechanical parts)
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121362-en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1603
Inspection criteria 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th

Inspec- Inspec- Inspec- Inspec- Inspec-
tion tion tion tion tion
5. Ladder/stands/pulleys
Wear/damage
Functionality
6. Accessories (for example, beam extension, base expansion, wall support)
7. Identification
Operating instructions (for example,
pictogram)
8. Inspection result
Ladder OK and usable
Repair necessary
Discard ladder immediately
Comments
Next inspection (month/year)

Ladder inspected
Date
Signature
Check list for inspecting ladders and steps
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.121363-en
copyright by
1604 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1605
029823-00 8.80 Weighing procedure for mobile cranes
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1606 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.80 Weighing procedure for mobile cranes 029823-00
1 Weighing error
Every weighing is afflicted with weighing errors.
The following weighing errors are possible:
– Measuring uncertainty of scale in use
– Friction influences of axle suspension
– Systematic measuring deviations due to incorrectly positioning of axles on the scale
NOTICE
The static weighing per axle with plate scales results in incorrect weighing results!
The above noted and additional error influences cause incorrect measuring results for the total weight
and axle loads in this weighing procedure.
u Weigh mobile cranes exclusively with one-part or two-part vehicle scales.
u Calculate the total weight and axle load as follows.
2 Symbol
Definition of symbols
Sign Unit Description
Gk [kg] Total weight mobile crane
Gk1 [kg] Weighing result Section 1
Gk2 [kg] Weighing result Section 2
Wa1 (2, 3, ...) [kg] Axle load Axle 1 (2, 3, ...)
n Each Number of axles
ng1 Each Number of axles Axle group 1
ng2 Each Number of axles Axle group 2
Symbol
3 Weighing the mobile crane

– All axles are suspended
– Mobile crane is in Travel program On-road travel
– Mobile crane is in level position for on-road travel
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
3.1 Determining the axle groups

The axle groups for mobile cranes are shown in the following illustrations.
The distribution of the axle groups depends on the mobile crane type and the number of axles.
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1607
Fig.120006: Example Axle groups: Crane with 2 axles, ng1 = 1, ng2 = 1
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1608 LTM 1400-7-1-007

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1609
Fig.120013: Example Axle groups: LTM 1750-9.1, ng1 = 6, ng2 = 3
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.120014: Example Axle groups: LTM 11200-9.1, ng1 = 2, ng2 = 7

u Determine the respective axle groups for the weighing according to the illustrations.
copyright by
1610 LTM 1400-7-1-007
3.2 Weighing the mobile crane with a two-part vehicle scale
Fig.120004: Example of two-part vehicle scale: ng1 = 2, ng2 = 3

Gk1 Section 1 Wa3 Axle load Axle 3
Wa1 Axle load Axle 1 Wa5 Axle load Axle 5
Wa2 Axle load Axle 2
The calculations are shown as an example for a mobile crane with 5 axles.
u Drive the mobile crane on a two-part vehicle scale.
Every axle group must be positioned on a section of the vehicle scale.
u Weight axle groups simultaneously.
u Take the measuring uncertainty of vehicle scales into account.
u Calculate the total weight and axle load per axle: Replace the values for the example in the chart
with measured values.
Result:
Description Value
Weighing result Vehicle scale Section 1 Gk1 = 23900 kg
Gk = Gk1 + Gk2 = 23900 kg + 36000 kg =
Total weight mobile crane
59000 kg
Number of axles Axle group 1 ng1 = 2
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Number of axles Axle group 2 ng2 = 3

Axle load Axle 1 and Axle 2 Wa1 + Wa2 = Gk1 = 23900 kg
Axle load Axle 1 Wa1 = Gk1 : ng1 = 23900 kg : 2 = 11950 kg
Axle load Axle 3 to Axle 5 Wa3 + Wa4 + Wa5 = Gk2 = 36000 kg
Calculation example
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1611
3.3 Weighing the mobile crane with a one-part vehicle scale
Fig.120005: Example of one-part vehicle scale: n = 5

The calculations are shown as an example for a mobile crane with 5 axles.
u Drive the mobile crane on a one-part vehicle scale.
All axles must be positioned on the vehicle scale.
u Take the measuring uncertainty of the vehicle scale into account.
u Calculate the total weight and axle load per axle: Replace the values for the example in the chart
with measured values.
Result:
Description Value
Total weight mobile crane Gk = Gk1 = 59900 kg
Number of axles n=5
Wa1 + Wa2 + Wa3 + Wa4 + Wa5 = Gk = 59900
Axle load Axle 1 to Axle 5
kg
Axle load Axle 1 Wa1 = Gk : n = 59900 kg : 5 = 11980 kg
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

Calculation example
copyright by
1612 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1613
029936-00 8.90 Inspection chart for cranes
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1614 LTM 1400-7-1-007
8.90 Inspection chart for cranes 029936-00
1 Inspection chart for recurring inspections of

Liebherr cranes
The following is a checklist to assist the inspector during the periodic inspections of Liebherr mobile
and crawler cranes.
Company: Inspector:
Crane manufacturer: Liebherr Crane type:
Serial number: Stock number:
Year of construction: Date:
Inspectorʼs signature for No. 1 to 22:
1. Inspection category: Crane document

Component to be inspected A B C D E Comments
Crane inspection log
Operating and installation instructions
Crane control log
Load chart manual
Job planner
2. Inspection category: Signs / identification

Factory tag
Load data
Operating instruction label
Prohibition and command signs
Other safety signs
3. Inspection category: Travel gear1

Frame2
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Supports3
Axles
Wheels
Tires
Bearings
Transmission
Universal drive shaft
Leaf springs / springs
Shock absorbers
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1615
3. Inspection category: Travel gear1

Steering
Brakes
Hydraulic axle suspension
4. Inspection category: Chassis1

Coverings
Accessible surfaces
Counterweight holders2
Towing devices
Accesses, ladders
Holding devices, handles
Platforms, railings
Retainer for hook block2
Boom support2
5. Inspection category: Chassis - driverʼs cab1

Doors
Windows / windshields
Windshield wipers
Mirrors
Seat
Heater
Ventilation
Sound absorber
Trip recorder
First aid kit
Spare bulbs
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Hazard warning triangle

Safety vest
6. Inspection category: Chassis - drive1

Combustion engine
Exhaust system
Fuel tank
copyright by
1616 LTM 1400-7-1-007
6. Inspection category: Chassis - drive1

Filters
Sound absorber
Engine mount
Oil levels
Fuel lines
7. Inspection category: Chassis - hydraulics1

Oil container
Filter with maintenance indicator
Pumps
Motors
Valves
Lines
Hoses
Cylinder
Pressure limiting valves
8. Inspection category: Chassis - pressurized air system1

Compressor
Filters
Air tanks
Valves
Lines
Hoses
Cylinder
9. Inspection category: Chassis - electrical system1

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en

Motors
Generators
Battery
Switch
Lines
Fuses
Resistors
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1617
9. Inspection category: Chassis - electrical system1

Lighting
Brake lights
Blinkers
Tail lights
Working lights
Signaling systems
Indicator lights
Battery switch
Limit switches: Transmission, steering,
drive train
Support pressure indicator2
10. Inspection category: Chassis - control devices1

Engine regulation
Transmission
Couplings
Circuits
Brakes
Steering
Indicator displays
Engine shut off line
Control of supports2
Axle suspension
Crane leveling
Rear axle steering
11. Inspection category: Superstructure

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Frame
Coverings
Treads
Bearings
Counterweights
Relapse retainer
Slewing ring connection: Tilt play
Slewing ring connection: Mounting screws
copyright by
1618 LTM 1400-7-1-007
11. Inspection category: Superstructure

Slewing ring connection: Gears
Slewing gear: Mounting screws
Slewing gear: Gears
12. Inspection category: Superstructure - crane operatorʼs cab

Doors
Windows / windshields
Windshield wipers
Mirrors
Seat
Heater
Ventilation
Sound absorbers
Joystick for working functions
Gear shifts
Safety: Crushing / shear locations
13. Inspection category: Superstructure - Retaining and protection devices

Accesses, ladders
Handles
Coverings
Covers
Hatches
Treads
14. Inspection category: Superstructure - drive train

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Combustion engine
Exhaust system
Fuel tank
Filters
Sound absorber
Engine mount
Fuel lines
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1619
15. Inspection category: Superstructure - hydraulic system

Oil container
Filters
Pumps
Motors
Valves
Lines
Hoses
Cylinder
Pressure limiting valves
Lowering brake valves
Brake control: Hoist gear
Brake control: Slewing gear
16. Inspection category: Superstructure - electrical system

Motors
Generators
Batteries
Switch
Lines
Fuses
Resistors
Lighting
17. Inspection category: Superstructure - control systems

Engine regulation
Transmission
Flexible couplings
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Circuits
Engine shut off line
Monitoring indicators
copyright by
1620 LTM 1400-7-1-007
18. Inspection category: Superstructure - rope drives

Winch 1 3
Winch 23
Winch 33
Winch 43
Winch 53
Winch 63
Assembly winches 3
Rope pulleys
Rope end connection
Rope for winch 1
Rope for winch 2
Rope for winch 3
Rope for winch 4
Rope for winch 5
Rope for winch 6
Rope for assembly winches
Guy ropes
19. Inspection category: Superstructure - hook

Pulleys
Rope guards on pulleys
Axle support
Load hook
Load hook mounting
Hook retention
20. Inspection category: Superstructure - safety and switch systems

LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Hoist emergency limit switch I

Hoist emergency limit switch II
Lowering emergency limit switch I
Lowering emergency limit switch II
Boom emergency limit switch I
Boom emergency limit switch II
Luffing jib: Boom limit switch I
Luffing jib: Boom limit switch II
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1621
20. Inspection category: Superstructure - safety and switch systems

Load moment limiter
Angle display: Boom
Angle display: Luffing jib
Angle display: Slewing gear
Safety devices: Control
Working range limitation
Pressure sensors
Speed sensor
Wind sensor
Sliding beam monitoring
Support pressure indicator
Incline display
Length indicator: Radius, boom length
Emergency off system
Engine stop
21. Inspection category: Boom

Weld structure
Rope pulleys
Change over pulleys feed mechanism
Luffing cylinder
Telescoping cylinder
Boom extension ropes
Boom retraction ropes
Boom bearings
Boom pinning
Guy rods
Relapse cylinders
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
22. Inspection category: Equipment

Weld structure
Rope pulleys
Relapse cylinder
Relapse support
Oscillation guard
copyright by
1622 LTM 1400-7-1-007
22. Inspection category: Equipment

A-frame bearings
Pinning of components
Guy rods with pinning
Rods with guide rail on A-frame 2 and A-
frame 3
All limit switches with switch mechanism
Inspection chart for periodic inspections of Liebherr mobile and crawler cranes
Inspection criteria:
A = present / complete
B = condition / maintenance
C = function
D = repair / replace
E = reinspection required
Evaluation:
Satisfactory = x
Unsatisfactory = -
Not required = 0
Comments:
1
Inspection of the crane carrier vehicle road worthiness is also fulfilled if it has already been certi-
fied by the road traffic department certification authority. For cranes that are not certified for use on
public roads, an expert or authorized inspector must conduct the required tests to validate the ve-
hicleʼs road worthiness.
2
These inspections must be carried out by an authorized inspector even if it has passed the road
traffic department test and is certified.
3
Inspection of the winches regarding the used portion of the theoretical service life.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1623
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1624 LTM 1400-7-1-007
90 Attachment
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1625
028514-03 90.01 Foreword to attachment
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1626 LTM 1400-7-1-007
90.01 Foreword to attachment 028514-03
1 Preface
This crane may only be used in flawless technical condition and according to its mission as well as
with constant awareness of safety and dangers. Any problems, which could affect safety must be fixed
immediately.
Note
u Modifications on the crane may only be made with written approval by Liebherr-Werk Ehingen
GmbH.
1.1 Changes and updates for Operating instructions

Changes and updates for Operating instructions, which you receive in the circular as Customer infor-
mation, must be filed in the Operating instructions for the respective crane under chapter 90.05.
Note
Procedure after receiving customer information!
u Attach the decals 1, which are enclosed in the customer information to the footer of the respective
chapter. See following example.
u Fill out the update confirmation form in chapter 90.05 of the operating instructions,
u Insert changes and updates under chapter 90.05 of the operating instructions.
Fig.113870
Example:
A change or update affects the Crane operating instructions, chapter 2.04.
u Attach the decal 1 in the footer of chapter 2.04.
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1627
028515-03 90.05 Update confirmation
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fig.195219
copyright by
1628 LTM 1400-7-1-007
90.05 Update confirmation 028515-03
1 Update confirmation
Chapter Change / update Completed
on by
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
2 Customer information
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1629
Empty page!
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1630 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Index
Index Additional controls for cranes on tires on the front and

supported on the rear 810
Additional controls for cranes supported on the front
and on tires on the rear 810
Additional controls for cranes with crane support 809
1 Additional controls for cranes with derrick boom 810
11-pulley hook block 689, 695, 707 Additional controls for cranes with luffing auxiliary
14 x 8 drive 42 boom / accessories 810
1-part disk wheel 1317, 1319 Additional controls for freestanding crane operation
1-pulley hook block / load hook 679, 697, 711, 721 (on tires) 810
Additional emergency operating modes 423
Additional equipment 42, 1201
3 Additional equipment central lubricating system, illust-
3-part disk wheel 1318, 1319 ration 7 1359
3-point support 139 Additional notes 3
3-pulley hook block 681, 699, 713, 723 Addition of longitudinal differential lock in transfer ge-
arbox + longitudinal differential lock axle 3 + axle 6
(with 14x8 drive) * 295
5 Adjusting the air distribution 1207
5-pulley hook block 683, 701, 715 Adjusting the crane operator's seat 507
Adjusting the driver's seat 229
Adjusting the mirrors 231
7 Adjusting the recirculated air / fresh air 1205, 1223
7-pulley hook block 685, 691, 703 Adjusting the steering wheel 231
Adjusting the temperature 1203, 1223
Adjusting the ventilation 1205, 1223
9 After replacement of components 1254
9-pulley hook block 687, 693, 705 Air dryer compressed air and brake system, illustra-
tion 5 1309
Air dryer for Compressed air and brake system 1377
A Air filter, illustration 3 1285, 1343
Abbreviations Rope diameter 1559 Air pressure in crane tires 1129
Aborting telescoping 577 Alarm functions 407
Access for unauthorized personnel prohibited (posi- Aligning the crane 97
tion 12) 154 Aligning the crane horizontally 321
Accessible walking and stepping surfaces 185 Aligning the movable back pulley 589
Access prohibited (position 66) 155 All-wheel steering 307
Access to lattice sections or booms 83 Angle adjustment on the fixed lattice jib 826
Access to the crane 172 Angle assembly of lattice jib 887
Acoustic / visual warnings outside the crane opera- Angle setting 20° 887
tor's cab 735, 773 Angle setting 40° 887
Acoustic / visual warnings within the crane operator's Angle settings 887
cab 733, 771 Angular pulling 647
Acoustic and optical warning devices 535 Antifall guards on the crane 162
Activating / deactivating individual winches 461 Applying 259
Activating manual telescoping operation 579 Applying the slewing gear brake 567
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Activating the bleeding function 1345 Areas 1391, 1556

Activating the bypass at assembly and disas- Ascent and descent on the crane chassis 177
sembly 857 Ascent and descent via the ladder 179
Active rear axle steering 1309 Assemble the guy rod 29 on the N-pivot section, il-
Active stand-by operation / alarm 499 lustration 6 and 7 923
Actual load 371 Assembling / disassembling the straps 1079
Actuation 263 Assembling / disassembling the wedge lock 605
Adding service fluids 173 Assembling / disassembly of hydraulic lines 859
Adding transverse differential lock axle 3 + axle 5 + Assembling the auxiliary equipment * 677
axle 6 (with 14x8 drive) * 297 Assembling the fixed lattice jib 1033
Adding Urea solution 173 Assembling the fixed lattice jib on the TF-adap-
Additional components 175 ter 823
Additional controls for certain crawler cranes 810 Assembling the guy ropes 1017, 1033
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1631
Index
Assembling the lattice jib 923 Attachment points on fitted winch 3, „rear“ 615
Assembling the lattice sections, illustrations 8 and Attachment points on fitted „replacement weight
9 925 winch 3“ 615
Assembling the load hook * 597 Attach supply lines to winch3 * 1065, 1069
Assembling the sliding beam box 1141, 1145 Attach winch unit, „up“ 1067
Assembling the stay ropes 983 Automatic 327
Assembling the straps 1079 Automatic operation 271
Assembling the telescopic boom 1087, 1089, 1109 Automatic transmission 265
Assembling winch3 * with adjusting cylinder 1057 Automatic transmission with torque converter coup-
Assembly / disassembly 816 ling 1289
Assembly / disassembly of booms 818 Auxiliary boom 653
Assembly / disassembly of boom systems for suppor- Auxiliary device * 677
ting on ascending terrain (assembly / disassembly Auxiliary guying 813
schematic) 851 Auxiliary jib 654
Assembly / disassembly of boom systems for suppor- Auxiliary jib on fixed lattice jib 668
ting on descending terrain (assembly / disassembly Auxiliary jib on luffing lattice jib 671
schematic) 854 Auxiliary jib on telescopic boom 663
Assembly / disassembly of electrical lines 859 Axle casings, illustration 7 1329
Assembly / disassembly of lattice sections for lattice Axle loads 45, 59, 1095
mast cranes 841 Axle loads above 12t 247
Assembly / disassembly of lattice sections on telesco- Axle loads up to 12t, illustration 1 247
pic cranes with guyed auxiliary boom with an auxiliary Axle loads when moving with attached TY
crane 829 guying 997
Assembly / disassembly of lattice sections on telesco- Axle loads without the rear outrigger box, figure
pic cranes with self-supporting auxiliary boom, wi- 3 1097
thout an auxiliary crane 837 Axle loads without the rear sliding beams, figure
Assembly / disassembly of lattice sections on telesco- 2 1095
pic cranes with self-supporting auxiliary boom with an Axle locking system 245
auxiliary crane 833 Axles 39, 1329
Assembly drawings 818 Axles locked 237
Assembly of boom systems on ascending terrain 851 Axles sprung 237
Assembly of boom systems on descending ter- Axle suspension / axle locking system 237
rain 854 Axle suspension system 236, 239
Assembly of fixed lattice jib with auxiliary 879
Assembly of fixed lattice jib without auxiliary
crane 881 B
Assembly of lattice jib 869 Ballast 41
Assembly of lattice sections 841 Ball valve positions during emergency opera-
Assembly of lattice sections for guyed auxiliary boom tion 1245
with an auxiliary crane 829 Basic principles and procedure 1456
Assembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxili- Basket formation 1388, 1571
ary booms, without auxiliary crane 837 Batteries 1258, 1334
Assembly of lattice sections on self-supporting auxili- Before leaving the jobsite 329
ary boom with an auxiliary crane 833 Before starting to travel 220
Assembly of the boom nose on the N-end sec- Before starting to work 127
tion 1185 Bleeding the central lubricating system 1361
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Assembly procedure 927 Bleeding the gear 1295

Assembly procedure for winch3 * / deposit location Bleeding the injection lines 1345
„rear“ and „up“ 1063 Blinker code - cycle control 1357, 1359
Assembly winch, illustration 7 1369 Blocking the axle suspension 311
At ambient temperatures of less than -20 °C * 251 Block position of relapse cylinders when setting down
Attaching / removing the hoist limit switch weight 601 the load 811
Attaching and removing the load hook * 597 Bluetooth™ Terminal 1438
Attaching the hoist limit switch weight 601 Boom combination 25
Attaching the load hook * 597 Boom combinations 27, 29
Attaching the supply cables for winches 2 and 3 625 Boom nose * 60
Attaching the winch unit, „rear“ 1063 Boom nose N-end section 1183
Attachment 1625 Boom nose N head piece 1182
Attachment points 615 Boom nose on fixed lattice jib 667
copyright by
1632 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Index
Boom nose on lattice jib 654 Change over procedure 895

Boom nose on luffing lattice jib 670 Changes and updates for Operating instructi-
Boom nose on telescopic boom 653, 661 ons 1627
Boom nose telescopic boom 1043 Changing between operating modes 307
Boom nose - telescopic boom 1042 Changing from crane operation to travel mode 315
Brakes 40 Changing from driving operation to crane opera-
Breaking away fixed loads 649 tion 311
Break-in instructions 64 Changing minimum and maximum support force li-
Bringing the folding ladder to ascent and descent po- mits 475
sition 177 Changing the adjusting cylinder position 1071
Bringing the rung ladder to ascent and descent posi- Changing the current Tempomat speed 289
tion 181 Changing the current Temposet speed 291
Bringing the support plates from operating position (il- Changing the idling speed 257
lustration 2) into transport position (illustration 1) 313 Changing the idling speed with the engine regula-
Bringing the support plates from transport position (il- tion 257
lustration 1) into operating position (illustration 2) 313 Changing the idling speed with the steering column
Bringing the support plates to transport position and switch 257
securing them 325 Changing the lattice jib from 20°/40° to 0° 895
Broken strands 1385 Changing the maximum luffing speed 463
Broken wire 1385 Changing the maximum rotation speed 461
Broken wire nests 1565 Changing the maximum rotation speed of slewing
Broken wires in rope sections, which are not spooled gear 461
up on the winch 1565 Changing the oil on the torque converter coup-
Broken wires in the strand valleys and on strand ling 1293
crests 1564 Changing the pressure filter 1295
Broken wires on rope end connections 1565 Changing the tires 1319
Buckles 1390, 1576 Changing the wheels in case of a flat tire 1320
Bulbs and fuses 1333 Charging batteries with the Liebherr charger * 1336
Bypass at assembly and disassembly 858 Charging the batteries externally 1337
Bypass for assembly and disassembly 857 Charging the battery while installed 1337
Bypassing during crawler assembly 858 Charging the battery while removed 1337
Bypassing the hoist top shut off 815 Charging the battery with an external charger 1336
Bypassing the LICCON overload protection 814 Chart for determining the theoretically remaining ser-
Bypassing the overload protection 813, 814 vice life 1551
Bypassing the PAT overload protection 815 Check bearings for easy movement 1383
Bypassing the radio contact connection 1439 Check for damage and cracks 1537
Bypassing the sliding beam length monitoring 1243 Check for wear and distortion 1391
Bypass of overload protection 529, 1448 Checking and accepting the new set up configuration
Bypass of overload protection: Emergency situation and hoist rope reeving 525
(according to EN 13000:2010) 530 Checking and replacing the return filter 1303
Bypass of overload protection: Failure of overload Checking components on the crane chassis 173
protection (according to EN 13000:2010) 530, 1449 Checking compressed air supply I, II and III 281
Bypass of overload protection: Failure of the overload Checking cylinder pressure with „jib stop extended to
protection 529, 1448 maximum limit“ 1597
Bypass of shut off luffing the telescopic boom / at- Checking for broken strands 1560
tachment down 763, 801 Checking for corrosion 1392, 1568
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Bypass of the hoist top shut off 759, 797 Checking for flattenings 1393
Bypass „Hoist top“ 425 Checking for mechanical damage 1383
Checking for solid foreign substances 1544
Checking jib stop cylinder pressure 1597
C Checking load hooks for corrosion and wear 1583
Calling up the test system 1429 Checking the aeration / bleeder filter 1301
Carrying out the bleeding procedure 1347 Checking the aeration / vent filter 1351
Carry out error diagnostics 1427 Checking the batteries 1335
Catch bar 543 Checking the central lubrication system 504
CE marking 6 Checking the change over pulleys of the rope feed
Central lubricating system in general 1361 mechanism 1530
Central lubrication system 1357 Checking the control rope for distortions 1393, 1577
Central processing unit (CPU) 1442 Checking the coolant level 221, 503
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1633
Index
Checking the coolant level in the expansion tank 173 Check of rope pretension on lattice sections, illustra-
Checking the coolant temperature 283 tion 2 1536
Checking the dismantling of console 1005 Check of rope pretension on telescopic booms, illust-
Checking the end of the service life 1585 ration 1 1534
Checking the engine oil level 173 Check operation of limit switch initiators 1595
Checking the engine oil pressure 281 Check rope diameter 1565
Checking the fuel level 223, 504 Checks before starting to work with the crane 639
Checking the fuel preliminary filter 173 Checks before start up 503
Checking the fuel reserve 283 Checks to be performed 329
Checking the fuses 231 Checks with the ignition turned off 235
Checking the gas pressure and oil fill before opera- Check the tire pressure 1316
tion 1537 Check with ignition switched on (ignition switch at po-
Checking the gear oil temperature 285 sition „1“) 235
Checking the general condition of the crane 503 Chocks 175
Checking the general transport condition 225 Cleaning 1257
Checking the groove diameter 1537, 1543 Cleaning the filter strainer 1287
Checking the horn 513 Closing the end section 820
Checking the hydraulic hoses within area of responsi- Closing the fixed lattice jib 825
bility of the German employerʼs liability insurance as- Combination of luffing lattice jib 907
sociations 1354 Combined degree of severity 1576
Checking the important operating instruments 235 Command and prohibition signs 153
Checking the instruments after starting the en- Command signs 153
gine 253, 519 Company / driver card 233
Checking the instruments on LICCON monitor 519 Company card 233
Checking the lights 227 Comparison 371
Checking the load hook for distortion 1582 Completing emergency operation 1247
Checking the load hook for surface cracks 1582 Component overview 31
Checking the load hook for wear 1582 Component overview on the N-assembly unit, illustra-
Checking the lubrication 1391 tion 1 915
Checking the oil level, illustration 1 1283, 1341 Components 1113
Checking the oil level and filter on the hydraulic oil Components for use with fixed lattice jib (TF,
tank 173 TYSF) 35
Checking the oil level and filters 221, 504 Components for using with the luffing lattice jib (TN,
Checking the oil level of torque converter coup- TYSN) 37
ling 1291 Components of fixed lattice jib 867
Checking the oil level on the automatic transmis- Components of luffing lattice jib 909
sion 1289 Components of the system 1357, 1359
Checking the position 1392 Components on the crane 173
Checking the retaining elements 807 Connecting the supply lines between the turntable
Checking the rigging and fastening points 76 and the luffing cylinders 1111
Checking the rope connection between guy rope and Connecting the supply lines between the turntable
auxiliary rope 1383 and the telescopic boom 1091, 1111
Checking the rope drive for spooling problems 1392 Consideration of wind conditions 99
Checking the ropes 807, 1390 Control elements DTCO trip recorder * 193
Checking the ropes of the rope feed mecha- Control elements Roof console 355
nism 1530 Control measures 808
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Checking the safety measures 98 Control of crane movement Telescoping 569

Checking the settings 891 Control release 543
Checking the side ring and locking ring 1315 Controls 41
Checking the steering circuit II 281 Conversion chart 8
Checking the supports 323 Conversion chart for wind force 104
Checking the tires 223, 1311 Conversion chart for wind speed and dynamic press-
Checking the wheel alignment 1326 ure 104
Checking the window cleaning fluid 223, 504 Corkscrew-like distortion 1388, 1570
Check limit switch initiators at switching point „in stee- Corrosion 1386
pest position“ 1595 Counterweight 608
Check list for the inspection of ladders and Counterweight and / or ballast 122
steps 1603 Counterweight combinations 609
Crab steering 308
copyright by
1634 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Index
Cracks and dents 1599 Defective pressure sensor 1447

Crane at the job site 310 Defective sensors 1447
Crane boom maintenance and inspection sche- Defective transmission 332
dule 1277 Definition of directional data for crawler cranes 8
Crane cab 41 Definition of directional data for mobile cranes 8
Crane cab with incline adjustment 72 Definition of „Checking“ 1251
Crane cab with retractable / extendable step 71 Degree of severity 1559
Crane chassis 31, 39 Descending from lattice sections or booms 83
Crane chassis maintenance and inspection sche- Description 237
dule 1261 Description of acoustic / visual warnings 731, 769
Crane chassis operation 187 Description of crane 23
Crane documentation 3 Description of intervals and tasks 1251
Crane drive 40 Destined use 6, 124
Crane driving conditions 247 Detaching the hoist rope 595, 599
Crane engine 40, 485, 1341 Determining the axle groups 1607
Crane geometry and load information 401 Determining the effective operating hours Ti 1548
Crane movement - Telescoping 640 Determining the number of broken wires 1561
Crane operation in case of thunderstorms 125 Determining the operating conditions (load spect-
Crane operation in „Support“ program 469 rum) 1546
Crane operation - TF 891 Determining the used proportion of the theoretical
Crane operation with a load 121 service life 1548
Crane operation with auxiliary block * 607 Diaphragm reservoirs 1353
Crane operation with auxiliary block * on the telesco- Diaphragm reservoirs of axle suspension / axle lo-
pic boom 607 cking system 1305
Crane operator responsibilities 85 Diesel engine 1283
Crane ropes 1384 Diesel particle filter * 1285, 1343
Crane speeds 47 Differential locks 295
Crane start up and taking the crane out of ser- Dimensions 45, 967
vice 502 Dimensions, figure 1 1095
Crane superstructure 40 Direct selection 307
Crane superstructure maintenance and inspection Disassembling the counterweight plates 635
schedule 1269 Disassembling the fixed lattice jib 1041
Cranes with cam limit switch 808 Disassembling the fixed lattice jib without an auxiliary
Cranes with one engine 1435 crane 903
Cranes with two engines 1437 Disassembling the guy ropes 1025
Cranes with winch turn sensor 808 Disassembling the lattice jib with the auxiliary
Current checklist 1578 crane 901
Customer information 1629 Disassembling the luffing lattice jib 1025
Cycle control 1357, 1359 Disassembling the pulley block 959
Disassembling the sliding beam box 1131
Disassembling the sliding beam box, figure 3 and
D 4 1133
Damaged paint 1599 Disassembling the spacer and folding it in 1027
Damage on rope 1384 Disassembling the spacer and removing it 1029
Danger of burns (position 29) 149 Disassembling the spacers 1027, 1041
Danger of crushing 649 Disassembling the stay ropes 999
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Danger of crushing when closing the windows 69 Disassembling the straps 1079
Danger of falling! 650 Disassembling the telescopic boom 1083
Dangerous conditions without shut off 811 Disassembly of boom systems on ascending ter-
Danger zone of crane 69 rain 852
Data recording device 2 Disassembly of boom systems on descending ter-
Deactivating the bleeding function 1347 rain 855
Defective angle sensor 1447 Disassembly of lattice sections 843
Defective axle(s) 333 Disassembly of lattice sections for guyed auxiliary
Defective distributor gear 332 boom with an auxiliary crane 831
Defective engine 331 Disassembly of lattice sections on self-supporting au-
Defective length sensor 1447 xiliary booms, without auxiliary crane 839
Defective limit switch 1447 Disassembly of lattice sections on self-supporting au-
Defective power supply (NT) 1442 xiliary boom with an auxiliary crane 835
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1635
Index
Disassembly of telescopic boom 1081 Emergency operation LICCON overload protection

Disassembly of the boom nose on the N-end sec- (according to EN 13000:2010) 423
tion 1189 Emergency operation LICCON overload protection
Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable (crane without CE mark) 423
and telescopic boom 1083 Emergency operation with driving motor 1247
Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable Emergency stop (quick stop) 114
and the luffing cylinders 1101 Emergency stop switch 175
Disconnecting the supply lines between the turntable EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMERGENCY OFF
and the telescopic boom 1101 switch 541
Dismantling the telescopic boom 1103 Emergency take-down 1244
Dismantling winch3 * 1077 Enabling the maneuvering mode 277
Display area of load chart values 387 Endangering air traffic 98
Display current support forces 473 Ending crane operation 129
Displaying the current Tempomat speed 287 Ending the load lift to avert emergency situati-
Displaying the current Temposet speed 291 ons 1450
Displays in „Operation“ program 465 Ending travel 293
Display unit 203 End operation, no longer follow my instructions 114
Disposal 1258 Engine / Travel motor 485
Distortions and mechanical damage 1559 Engine coolant, illustration 2 1285, 1343
Distributor gear 1297 Engine does not start 1435
Documentation 84 Engine monitoring. 519
Documentation of inspection results 1557 Engine monitoring icons 485
Documentation of rope condition 1391 Engine oil 1283, 1341
Documenting the completed inspection 1545 Engine speed 549
Documenting the inspection 1587 Entering / exiting a swung crane superstructure 72
Draining the fuel preliminary filter 1287 Entering / exiting of crane superstructure alignment
Driver cab 40 length axis crane chassis 71
Driver card 233 Equalizing the inclined position of the ballast when lif-
Driverʼs cab and crane cab 1257 ting 625
Drive shafts 39 Equipment 805
Driving 257 Equipment and spare parts 7
Driving condition 1, Fig. 1 237 Erecting the boom 891
Driving condition 2, Fig. 2 237 Erecting the TY frames 981
Driving condition 3, Fig. 3 237 Erection 935
Driving direction forward „D“ 269 Erection / take down 1017, 1033
Driving downhill with an ascending gradient following Erection / take down 860, 1189
on shortly afterwards 267 Erection / take down for crawler cranes 861
Driving speeds with 385/95 R 25 tires 46 Erection / take down for mobile cranes 861
Driving speeds with 445/95 R 25 and 525/80 R 25 ti- Erection and take down charts 935
res 47 Erection and take-down charts 1190
Driving with the equipment in place 245 Erection and take down charts for TYSN-opera-
DTCO trip recorder * 233 tion 1017, 1023
Ductile distortion 1599 Erection procedure in bent position, illustration 1 -
During operation 1357, 1359 4 937
During winch attachment, „rear“ 1073 Erection procedure in stretched position, illustration 1
During winch fitting, „up“ 1075 - 4 941
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Error diagnostics by phone 1430

Error diagnostics without the help of Liebherr Ser-
E vice 1428
Effects of heat, arcs 1390, 1576 Error diagnostics with the help of Liebherr Ser-
Electrical connections 889, 931, 1187 vice 1430
Electrical system 40, 41, 1333, 1377 Error message in BTT 1428
Emergency exist crane cab 74 Error message in the display unit 1428
Emergency exit 74 Error message in the LICCON monitor 1429
Emergency exit - driverʼs cab 74 Establishing the electrical connection of the boom
Emergency exit through front window 75 nose on the TF-, TYSF-boom 1187
Emergency exit through the roof window 75 Establishing the electrical connection of the boom
Emergency exit with EMERGENCY hammer * 75 nose on the TN-, TYSN-boom 1187
Emergency operation 1245, 1247
copyright by
1636 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Index
Establishing the electrical connecti- Flying disassembly of lattice sections 847

ons 889, 931, 1187 Folding in TY frames 987
Evaluating oil color 1544 Folding jib 655, 664
Even reduction of rope diameter 1565 Folding out TY frames into operational position 987
Example 1549 Folding TY frames out / in 987
Example for test points 1459 Footboard / step 509
Examples of possible defects in hose lines 1354 For cranes with pneumatic boom locking sys-
Exceedance of the maximum permissible load mo- tem 1532
ment 755, 793 For cranes with telescopic boom system Telema-
Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload tik 1532
protection 421 Foreword to attachment 1626
Exceeding the shut off limits of the LICCON overload Frame 39, 40
protection during erection / take down procedures Friction corrosion 1570
(assembly operation) 765, 803 Fuel preliminary filter 1287
Exhaust system 1257 Function check 889, 933, 1051, 1187, 1361
Exhaust systems and other crane components with Function check of limit switch initiators at jib
high temperatures 69 stop 1595
Extending the sliding beams with the support control Function controls 303
unit 319 Function key line 486, 489
Extending the support cylinders with support control
unit 321
Extend the boom 120 G
Extend the step 509 General checks before starting to drive 221
External corrosion 1568 General control measures before crane opera-
tion 809
General information line 385
F General information on LICCON 979
Failure of hydraulic, electric or engine 1442 General operating elements 189, 351
Failure of the overload protection 529 General regulations 57
Fall protection equipment: Safety ropes 169 General safety instructions 59
Fastening points 967, 1011, 1031 General safety technical guidelines 68
Fastening points N-assembly unit 915 General specifications for disassembling 999
Fastening points TN/TF adapter with attached General traffic regulations 58, 59
spacer 1011, 1031 Getting the upper pulley block, illustration 4 and
Fastening positions for assembly / disassembly of the 5 921
lattice jib 820 Gravity actuated relapse retainer 544
Fastening the hoist rope 593, 597 Grounding 99
Fastening the load 643 Grounding the crane 99
Fastening the seatbelt 231 Grounding the load 99
Fast mode (Rapid gear) 425 Grounding the mobile crane 219
Filling the grease container 1361 Guiding crane sections, lattice sections or crane com-
Filling the lubrication lines 1361 ponents 818
Fill quantities 1399 Guiding the load 649
Fill quantities, lubrication schedule 1398 Guying procedure 1034
Fill quantities crane superstructure and boom 1401 Guying the pivot section in flying mode with the der-
Fill quantities - Equipment 1403 rick boom 849
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Fill quantities for crane chassis 1399 Guying the pivot section in flying mode with the SA-
First aid measures after rescue 84 frame 847
First commissioning 65 Guying the TY-frames 1019, 1033
First inspection (first year) 1550 Guying the TY-frames, in general 1033
Fixed lattice jib 656, 665 Guying TY frames 989
Fixed lattice jib, guyed 1030 Guying „without load“ 991
Fixed lattice jib - TF 866 Guy rods 812
Flashing beacon * 889, 933 Guy winches 1373
Flattening 1387
Flattenings 1573
Flying assembly / disassembly of lattice sections 845 H
Flying assembly of lattice jib 927 Handling of hook blocks 1151
Flying assembly of lattice sections 845 Hand signals for guidance 112
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1637
Index
Hand signs 113 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for da-
Hanging the telescopic boom onto the auxiliary mage 1306, 1309, 1586
crane 1081, 1099 Inspecting the hydraulic hose lines for le-
Heater / engine pre-heating 1202 aks 1306, 1310, 1587
Heater operation 1203, 1223 Inspecting the roller slewing ring connection 1538
Heating 509 Inspecting the tires 1312
Heating the crane operator's cab 1223 Inspection before operation 125
Heating the driver's cab 1203 Inspection chart for cranes 1614
Height dependent wind speeds according to EN Inspection chart for recurring inspections of Liebherr
13000:2010 105 cranes 1615
Hoist cable reeving 1049 Inspection form for the inspection of ladders and
Hoist gear 41, 1367 steps 1602
Hoist gear, hoist rope 122 Inspection intervals 1543, 1581, 1585, 1601
Hoist gear 1 553 Inspection of accumulator pressure in relapse cylin-
Hoist gear 2 42 der 1596
Hoist gear 2 / 3 or slewing gear 553 Inspection of carrying crane structures, especially
Hoist gear 3 with adjusting cylinder 42 steel structures 1456
Hoist gear brake 1369 Inspection of change over pulleys, illustration 2 1540
Hoisting limit switch 1051 Inspection of crane wire ropes 1554
Hoist limit switch 889, 933 Inspection of guy rods 1598
Hoist limit switch „Hoist top“ 535 Inspection of hydraulic hose lines 1584
Hoist rope reeving 1189 Inspection of ladders 1600
Holding the luffing lattice jib 823 Inspection of lattice sections 1529
Hook block 60 Inspection of load hooks 1580
Hook block overview 1151 Inspection of locking system of telescopic
Hook blocks 1148 boom 1532
Hook operation 657 Inspection of membrane accumulator 1536
Hook operation depending on the load 658 Inspection of pneumatic brake system for drum bra-
Horizontal movements 116 kes 1590
Hydraulic hose lines 1305, 1354, 1377 Inspection of relapse cylinders 1536
Hydraulic oil tank 1351 Inspection of rope pulleys 1537
Hydraulic safety valves 543 Inspection of safety ropes and anchor points 1534
Hydraulic system 1301, 1351 Inspection of safety switching on the relapse supp-
Hydraulic tank 1301 orts 1594
Inspection of the auxiliary reeving winch, recovery
winch and spare wheel winch 1540
I Inspection of the mounting of the load bearing equip-
Icons of operating interface „Tele guying“ 493 ment 1538
Identification 84 Inspection of the oil and fuel reservoirs 1540
If the coolant temperature is above 20°C or the en- Inspection of the rope feed mechanism in the telesco-
gine is at operating temperature 249 pic boom 1530
Importance of inspection 1555 Inspection of the safety controls on the relapse cylin-
Important indicator instruments while driving 281 ders 1537
In case of a problem 1357, 1359 Inspection of the tele extension with eccentric, illust-
Inching gear or very slow movement 114 ration 1 1540
Independent steering 309 Inspection sheet and check list 1601
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Indicator lights 305 Inspections of cranes 1453

Indirect selection using the operating mode „Indepen- Inspections of retaining ropes and anchor points 171
dent steering“ 307 Installation of the hoist rope 929
Initial calibration 233 Installation of the spacers 1013, 1033
Inspecting and monitoring the load hook 1581 Installation with spacer folded in 1013
Inspecting ladders 1601 Installation with spacer removed 1015
Inspecting the crane vehicle 65 Installing a double hook block for parallel opera-
Inspecting the disk wheels 1312 tion 1163
Inspecting the function of the overload protec- Installing a double hook block for single opera-
tion 1538 tion 1153
Inspecting the gear brakes 1544 Installing the auxiliary weights 1155, 1165, 1175
Inspecting the hoist and retracting win- Installing the batteries 1337
ches 1542, 1543 Installing the block connector 1163
copyright by
1638 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Index
Installing the front sliding beams 1127 Levelling the crane vehicle 239
Installing the guy rods from the N-end section to the Levelling the crane vehicle automatically 241
NA-frame 1, illustration 9 and 10 925 Levelling the crane vehicle manually 241
Installing the hook block 1153, 1163 LICCON computer system 370, 527, 553
Installing the luffing lattice jib 1017 LICCON computer system after engine start 523
Installing the N-assembly unit 917 LICCON computer system boot up 375
Installing the pulley block on cross brace 1153 LICCON computer system in stand-by mode 499
Installing the pulley blocks on the cross brace 1163 LICCON job planner 95
Installing the receptacle frames 337, 341 LICCON monitor 1441
Installing the retaining ropes 1083 LICCON overload protection 528
Installing the single blocks 1175 Liebherr Service 1255
Installing the sliding beams 1123 Lifting / lowering 559
Installing the sliding beams with own crane * 1125 Lifting / lowering a load with even speed 115
Installing the sliding beams with the auxiliary Lifting / lowering winch 1 559
crane 1123 Lifting / lowering winch 2 559
Installing the TY-frames on the transport device 345 Lifting / lowering winch 3 561
Installing the wedge lock 605 Lifting a joint load 673
Instructions for resuming crane movements for cra- Lifting a joint load solely with auxiliary boom 673
nes with CE mark 729 Lifting heights 47
Instructions for resuming crane movements for cra- Lifting joint load with two booms 675
nes without CE mark 767 Lifting of personnel 124
Insulation (sound insulation) 1257 Lifting the hoist gear 1247
Intermediate lubrication 1361 Lifting the load 647
Internal corrosion 1569 Lift slowly 115
Internal inspection of the wheel brakes 1592 Lift the boom 119
Interrupting crane operation 127 Lift the boom and lower the load at the same
Interrupting travel with the engine running 293 time 121
Intervals 1391, 1555 Lift with auxiliary winch 119
In the crane operation 1239 Lift with main winch 119
Is telescoping not possible? 1441 Light and / or heavy work 139
Is the radio contact connection faulty? 1439 Limitation of maximum driving speed (posi-
tion 21) 153
Limitation of maximum driving speed (posi-
J tion 42) 153
Job planning 66, 67 Limiting the speed in the event of defects in the active
Joint lifting of a load with two cranes 111 rear axle steering 303
Limit switch, general 933
Limit switch Boom system 543
K Limit switch flap in position lattice jib „steepest“ posi-
Keyboard 197 tion, mechanical relapse support 933
Kinking, rope loops (grommets) pulled closed 1389 Limit switch lattice jib, „flattest“ position 933
Kinking or rope loops pulled closed 1575 Limit switch lattice jib, „steepest“ position, relapse cy-
linder 933
Limit switch Luffing accessories 544
L Limit switch Telescopic boom 544
Ladder access 138 Limit switch winch spooled out 537
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Ladder inspection 137 Line filter, illustration 5 1353

Ladder on telescopic boom 165 Lines 1333
Ladders 132, 1258, 1338, 1377 Load handling equipment 46
Ladder safeguards 138 Loading the preassembled lattice jib 826
Lattice jibs 42 Load spectrum class: Heavy L3 1547
Leaning (extension) ladder 141 Load spectrum class: Light L1 1546
Leaning (extension) ladder with transition 143 Load spectrum class: Medium L2 1547
Legal prerequisites 124 Load spectrum class: Very heavy L4 1548
Leveling instrument in the BTT 533 Load take up with cross bar 645
Leveling instruments 533 Localized increase of rope diameter 1386
Leveling instruments in the LICCON monitor 533 Localized increases of rope diameter 1567
Leveling instruments on the chassis with support con- Localized reduction of rope diameter 1567
trol unit 533 Locking the engine rpm 549
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1639
Index
Locking the superstructure 547 Manual 327

Loop formation 1389, 1573 Manually telescoping the telescopic boom 579
Loss of air pressure 275 Manual rope winches for assembly support of compo-
Lowering entire vehicle 243 nents 812
Lowering the hoist gear 1247 Manual shift operation 271
Lowering the hook block 595, 1149 Maximum load according to load chart and ree-
Lowering the hook block if slack rope forms 1149 ving 371
Lowering the load hook 599 Measurement of wind speed 101
Lowering the TY frames 981 Measures before tilting 1333
Lowering vehicle 243 Measures for defective components 1442
Lower slowly 116 Measures in case of a defective distributor gear 332
Lower the boom 120 Measures in case of a defective engine 331
Lower the boom and lift the load at the same Measures in case of defective axle(s) 333
time 121 Measures in clear problem cases 1433
Lower the load while stationary 116 Monitored auxiliary functions for crane operation 427
Lubricating ladders 1338 Monitoring function reports a problem 1433
Lubricating on the inspection ports 1381 Motor 39
Lubricating the gear ring and the slewing gear pi- Movable back pulley * 589
nion 1365 Move away from me 117
Lubricating the gliding surfaces 1381 Move boom nose to operating position 1045
Lubricating the rope 1394 Move boom nose to transportation position 1055
Lubricating the slewing ring connection 1365 Move both track chains 117
Lubricating the telescopic boom 1379 Movement on the crane 69
Lubrication schedule 1405 Move one track chain 118
Lubrication schedule - Crane chassis 1405 Move pulley carrier to operating position 1047
Lubrication schedule - Crane superstructure and Move pulley carrier to transportation position 1053
boom 1407 Move toward me 117
Lubrication schedule - Equipment 1409 Moving / swinging in specified direction 116
Lubrication schedule Guying 1411 Moving the crane vehicle away from the dolly 1143
Lubrication schedule - Hook block / load hook 1409 Moving the crane vehicle to the dolly, figure 5 1135
Luffing 555 Moving the railing in position for assembly / disas-
Luffing gear 41 sembly, illustration 1 167
Luffing in with suspended load 753, 791 Moving the railing into transport position, illustra-
Luffing lattice jib 656, 669 tion 2 167
Luffing lattice jib, guyed 1010
Luffing lattice jib * with master switch 400 555
Luffing lattice jib * with master switch 420 555 N
Luffing lattice jib - TN 906 N-assembly unit 37
Luffing the boom down 1149 National traffic regulations 62, 63
Luffing the telescopic boom 555 Neutral position „N“ 269
Luff the telescopic boom down 893, 1245 N-lattice jib lengths 909
Luff the telescopic boom up 891, 1245 No load chart is available 421
Non-accessible walking and stepping surfaces 185
Non-destined use 6
M Non-rotation resistant ropes and their rope end con-
Machine related movements 119 nections 1558
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Maintaining hydraulic hose lines 1377 Note for speed limiter (position 50) 159
Maintaining ladders 1377 Notice sign for data logger 161
Maintaining the electrical system 1377 Notice sign for hydraulic oil change (position 62) 159
Maintanance intervals - Crane superstructure 1268 Notice sign for refueling (position 49) 159
Maintenance and service - General 1250 Notice sign for vehicle height (position 19) 158
Maintenance guidelines - Crane boom 1378 Notice signs 157
Maintenance guidelines - Crane chassis 1282
Maintenance guidelines - Crane superstructure 1340
Maintenance intervals 1251 O
Maintenance intervals - Crane boom 1276 Obligations of the crane operator 86
Maintenance intervals - Crane chassis 1260 Oil and lubricant analysis 1256
Maintenance of hose lines 1355 Oil change 1367, 1369, 1369, 1373
Maneuvering mode 277 One hook operation 657
copyright by
1640 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Index
On long downhill slopes 261 Overview of displays and component groups for error
On-road driving 307 diagnostics 1423
On snow, ice and dirty road surfaces 261 Overview of the components for TY guying 965
Opening the end section 822
Opening the front window 513
Operating and control instruments 351 P
Operating and control instruments on the crane chas- Parking 255
sis 188 Parking brake 259
Operating and control instruments on the crane su- Parking the vehicle 129
perstructure 350 Parking the vehicle when the engine is running 293
Operating and control instruments - Vehicle 189 Performance test 1591
Operating conditions 261 Periodic crane inspections 1454
Operating elements Control panel 365 Permissible ground pressures 93
Operating elements of the LICCON computer sys- Permitted ground pressure for crawler cranes 93
tem 379 Permitted ground pressure for mobile cranes 94
Operating elements on camera - monitor 363 Personal protective equipment 78, 163, 1384, 1555
Operating elements on camera-monitor * 195 Personnel 1252
Operating elements on the operating panel for the Pin connections 818
counterweight frame 369 Pinning the counterweight frame to the turntable 623
Operating elements switch cabinet 353 Pinning the counterweight with the counterweight
Operating errors: Did an alarm function occur? 1441 frame 627
Operating instructions chassis (position 16) 157 Pinning the luffing cylinders via the luffing cylinder
Operating instructions for cranes (position 13) 157 suspension on the telescopic boom 1101
Operating instructions for maneuvering mode (posi- Pinning the relapse retainer on the N-pivot section, il-
tion 22) 158 lustration 4 959
Operating instructions Superstructure cab (position Pinning the TY frame to the telescopic boom 973
23) 158 Placement points 967
Operating interface Tele guying * 489 Placing down the telescopic boom 315
Operating mode preselection on the LICCON compu- Placing the counterweight on the chassis 633
ter system 377 Placing the counterweight on the transportation vehi-
Operating mode TF 14m, illustration 2 873 cle 637
Operating mode TF 7m, illustration 1 873 Placing the hoist / control ropes 807
Operating mode TYSF 14m, illustration 4 875 Placing the lattice jib into the pulley cart 821
Operating mode TYSF 7m, illustration 3 875 Placing the retaining plate, center plate and counter-
Operating the air conditioning system * 1217, 1233 weight frame on the chassis 617
Operating the climate control system 1219, 1235 Placing the telescopic boom on the dolly, figure 6 and
Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater 7 1135
* 1209, 1225 Placing the TY frame in deposit location 971
Operating the engine-independent auxiliary heater for Placing the TY frame on to transporter 1009
engine preheating * 1213, 1229 Platform ladder 145
Operating the thermostat * 1227 Pneumatic springs for assembly support of compo-
Operating the windshield washer system 513 nents 811
Operating the windshield wiper 513 Positioning the guy rods into operating position 975
Operating the windshield wiper / windshield washer Positioning the guy rods into transport position 1003
system 513 Positioning the lattice jib 887
Operation and performance test 1591 Possible engine monitoring advance warning, warn-
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Operation of crane superstructure 349 ing and STOP events 481

Operation test 1591 Preconditions for crane operation 993
Operation with timer * 1211, 1227 Preface 2, 1627
Optional equipment and functions 8 Preparatory work 969, 1001
Other operating elements 397, 447 Preparing the crane 1117, 1125, 1239
Overflow container, illustration 8 1367 Preparing the crane for emergency operation 1247
Overload protection (LMB) 371 Preparing the hook block 591
Overview load chart for cranes with CE mark 729 Preparing the hook block for crane opera-
Overview load chart for cranes without CE mark 767 tion 1157, 1167, 1177
Overview of acoustic / visual warnings for cranes with Preparing the hook block for remo-
CE mark 731 val 1159, 1169, 1179
Overview of acoustic / visual warnings for cranes wi- Prerequisites for crane equipment and accesso-
thout CE mark 769 ries 125
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1641
Index
Prerequisites for crane operation 1021, 1037 Reeve in the auxiliary rope 20 and get the hoist rope
Prerequisites for lifting of personnel 124 19, illustration 2 919
Prerequisites for operation with lifting cage (cherry pi- Reeve in the auxiliary rope and get the hoist rope, il-
cker) 125 lustration 5 959
Pressure filters, illustration 4 1303, 1353 Reeving in, TN / TYSN operation * 707
Pressure test of relapse cylinders 1536 Reeving in TF / TYSF operation * 717
Preventing fires 1253 Reeving in TF and TN-operation with boom nose
Problems in electrical connections of the crane 1430 * 717
Problems on pipes / hoses 1430 Reeving in the hoist rope and connecting it with the
Problems on the mechanics / components of the upper pulley block, illustration 6 959
crane 1429 Reeving in the hoist rope with the assembly winch
Procedure 1073, 1075, 1185 * 585
Procedure for shut off of crane movements 724 Reeving in the hook block 591
Procedure in case of fogged up windows 1221 Reeving plans 676, 679
Procedure in case of problems 1420 Reeving plan Telescopic boom with three back pul-
Procedure in case of slack rope 1149 leys 679
Procedure to follow in case of an error 1241 Reeving procedure 585
Procedure to follow in case of a problem 1421 Reeving Telescopic boom with two back pulleys
Procedure with attached TY guying 997 * 697
Product description 38 Reeving the hoist rope 885
Program configuration 467 Reeving the hoist rope, illustration 3 919
Prohibition signs 154 Reeving the hook block in and out 591
Protecting from aggressive environmental conditi- Refueling 173
ons 1254 Refueling fuel * 173
Protecting from burns 1253 Reinstalling the drive shaft after tilting the driverʼs
Protecting from scalding 1253 cab 1333
Protruding, distorted inlay, braiding 1389 Releasing 259
Protruding, distorted insert or strand 1571 Releasing superstructure lock 547
Pulley head with 9 rope pulleys * 677 Releasing the electrical connections 899, 955
Pulling the upper pulley block to the lower pulley Releasing the engine rpm lock 549
block, illustration 7 and 8 961 Releasing the transport retainers, illustration 1 A and
Pull the upper pulley block to the N-assembly B 919
unit 919 Releasing the TY-frames 1023, 1039
Pump distributor gear 1349 Remarks 473
Remedying temporary errors during system
start 1433
Q Remote diagnostics * 1430
Qualification Inspection personnel 1555 Removal criteria Overview 1559
Qualification Maintenance personnel 1384 Remove sliding beams with auxiliary crane 1115
Quick test Crane geometry 527 Removing broken wires 1394
Quick test EMERGENCY STOP switch / EMER- Removing the auxiliary weights 1159, 1169, 1179
GENCY OFF switch 541 Removing the batteries 1337
Quick test Hoist limit switch 535 Removing the block connector 1173
Quick test Leveling instrument 533 Removing the front sliding beams 1119
Quick test Limit switch winch 539 Removing the guy rods, illustration 1 - 3 957
Quick test Overload protection 527 Removing the guy ropes 1041
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Quick test Wind speed sensor 537 Removing the hoist limit switch weight 603
Removing the hook block 1159, 1169
Removing the load hook * 599
R Removing the N-assembly unit 963
Railing 167 Removing the pulley block on cross brace 1161
Raising and lowering TY frames 981 Removing the pulley blocks on the cross brace 1173
Raising entire vehicle 241 Removing the receptacle frames 337, 341
Raising vehicle 241 Removing the retaining ropes 1091
Ram work or pulling sheet piles 650 Removing the single blocks 1179
Read the operating instructions (position 35) 158 Removing the sliding beams 1115
Reduced sheer out rate 308 Removing the sliding beams with own crane * 1117
Reduction of rope diameter 1385 Removing the telescopic boom on the dolly 1141
Removing the TY-frames on the transport device 345
copyright by
1642 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Index
Removing the wedge lock 605 Safety signs 133

Renewing the pretension of hoist ropes 1396 Safety systems 7
Repair welds 1458 Safety technical instructions for working with a
Repeat inspection of guy rods 1599 load 639
Replacing a defective fuse 1445 Safety technical notes for assembly and disas-
Replacing damaged crane components 1254 sembly 806
Replacing hoist rope / control rope 1371, 1371 Saving the Tempomat speed 287
Replacing hydraulic hose lines 1587 Saving the Temposet speed 291
Replacing safety ropes subjected by a fall 171 Scattered occurring broken wires 1561
Replacing the granular cartridge 1309, 1377 Second inspection (second year) 1550
Replacing the hose lines 1355 Securing against falls 1252
Replacing the oil in the automatic transmission 1289 Securing against operation 1252
Replacing the suction filter 1295 Securing assembly personnel 165
Requirements for monitoring the winches 1545 Securing the assembly personnel against falling 82
Rescuing the assembly personnel 84 Securing the counterweight 621
Resuming crane operation 129 Securing the folding ladder in transport position 179
Resuming the old Tempomat speed 289 Securing the refueling ladder in transport posi-
Retaining the engine monitoring screen 483 tion 183
Retarder 261 Selecting the gear with the buttons 273
Retracting the luffing cylinder 1093 Selecting the gear with the steering column
Retracting the luffing cylinder with removed telesco- switch 273
pic boom 1093 Selecting the location 311
Retracting the sliding beams with the support control Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3 87
unit 325 Selecting the target via the configuration screen 573
Retracting the support cylinders with the support con- Selecting the target via the telescoping screen 575
trol unit 325 Selecting the telescoping target 573
Retract the boom 120 Selecting the travel direction 269
Retract the step 509 Self-assembly Fixed lattice jib 873
Reverse travel direction „R“ 269 Service and maintenance 1249
Revolving platform 31 Service brake 261
Rigging the guy rods on lattice booms on placed Service fluids and lubricants 1412
down boom system 862 Service items and lubricants 1258
Road driving / off-road driving 239 Setting a new hoist rope reeving 525
Rope diameter 47 Setting a new set up configuration and new hoist rope
Rope end connections 583 reeving 525
Rope guide 885, 897 Setting a new set up configuration with short
Rope pulleys 807 code 525
Rope pulleys and guide pulleys 1383 Setting a new set up configuration with the function
Rope reeving 582, 607 keys 525
Rotating parts 1254 Setting the cab to horizontal position 511
Rotating the tires 1321 Setting the lubricating time and cycle time 1359
Rotation resistant ropes 1563 Setting the operating mode and set up configura-
Rotation-resistant ropes and their rope end connecti- tion 381
ons 1557 Setting the pump running time and idle time 1357
Setting the support bases 1237
Set-up and take-down chart for TF operation 1195
S
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Set-up and take-down chart for TN operation 1197

Safe and problem-free operation 1384 Set-up and take-down chart for T operation 1191
Safety 55 Set-up and take-down chart for TY operation 1193
Safety and warning notes 2 Set-up and take-down chart for TYSF operation 1196
Safety bar 73 Set-up and take-down chart for TYSN opera-
Safety devices on the crane 533 tion 1198
Safety equipment 41, 526 Set up for auxiliary jib on telescopic boom 664
Safety harness warranted for a maximum of two per- Set up for boom nose on telescopic boom 662
sons (position 65) 154 Set up for operation with auxiliary jib on fixed lattice
Safety notes for external power feed (100 V AC to jib 669
400 V AC) 126 Set up for operation with auxiliary jib on luffing lattice
Safety notes for towing 331 jib 672
Safety ropes on the telescopic boom 169
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1643
Index
Set up for operation with boom nose on fixed lattice Stand-by mode 553
jib 668 Starting / stopping the program 467
Set up for operation with boom nose on luffing lattice Starting and stopping the engine 249
jib 671 Starting and stopping the superstructure engine 515
Set up for operation with fixed lattice jib 666 Starting engine at ambient temperature of less than
Set up for operation with folding jib 665 -20 °C * 517
Set up for operation with luffing lattice jib 670 Starting LICCON computer system in stand-by
Shifting down 273, 273 mode 499
Shifting up 273, 273 Starting out in strong side wind 567
Shift transmission 39 Starting the engine 249
Short designation of boom systems 25 Starting the program 453, 457, 465, 467, 479, 489
Shortening the rope 1396 Starting the superstructure engine, with the engine at
Show the horizontal distance 118 operating temperature or a coolant temperature of
Show the vertical distance 115 more than 20 °C 515
Shut off Crane movement with danger of tipping to Starting the superstructure engine with heat flange
the rear 744, 782 controls, with a coolant temperature below 20 °C 517
Shut off due to error message 745, 783 Starting to drive 265
Shut off hoist top 743, 781 Starting up with timer * 1215, 1231
Shut off Luffing cylinder (pressure too high) 745, 783 Start operation, follow my instructions 113
Shut off Luffing the attachment up / down 742, 780 Start prevention 500
Shut off Luffing the telescopic boom Start up 1209, 1213, 1225, 1229
up / down 741, 779 Statutory regulations 63
Shut off of crane movement 741, 779 Steering 40, 301, 1309
Shut off of crane movement: LML-STOP by LICCON Stepladder 140
overload protection 749, 787 Stop (normal stop) 113
Shut off spooling the winch up / out 742, 780 Stopping 293
Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom in (limit Stopping the program 467
length) 744, 782 Stopping the slewing movement in strong side
Shut off Telescoping the telescopic boom out (limit wind 567
length) 743, 781 Stretching 1599
Signs on the crane 148 Superstructure 547
Single hook blocks 1175 Supplied fall arrest system (safety harness and height
Single-hook operation 1051 safety equipment) 80
Single layer and parallel roped ropes 1562 Support 95
Slackening TY frames 995 Support base 1237
Slackening „without load“ 995 Support beam monitoring / sliding beam monito-
Slewing gear 41, 1375 ring 1236
Slewing gear, general 565 Support control unit 211, 317
Slewing range (position 41) 151 Support force monitoring 1239
Slewing ring connection 1365 Support force monitoring * 471
Sliding beam box Disassembly / assembly 1128 Support forces 46
Sliding beam box disassembly/assembly * 1129 Supporting automatically 323
Sliding beam disassembly / assembly 1112 Supporting manually 321
Sliding beam length monitoring 1239 Supporting the crane 95, 245, 321
Sliding beam monitoring * 477 Supporting the crane with variable support 96
Sliding beam monitoring function and error dis- Support plates (illustration 3) 313
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
play 1239 Supports 39

Slip-resistant mats 1257 Suspension 39
Slopes and excavations, illustrations 4 and 5 91 Swinging the rope guide pulley into operating posi-
Spacer fastening points 1011, 1031 tion 885
Special functions 421 Swinging the rope guide pulley into transport posi-
Specified service items and lubricants for Liebherr tion 897
cranes 1413 Switching back to the „Operation“ program 463
Speeds 46 Switching between automatic and manual shift opera-
Spinning out by turning out the hook block 1395 tion 265
Spinning out with single strand reeving 1395 Switching on axle locking 245
Spooling op loose hoist rope 1149 Switching the slewing gear to coasting 567
Spooling the assembly winch out / up 561 Symbol 1607
Stacking the counterweight plates 619
copyright by
1644 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Index
T The engine in the crane superstructure does not

start? 1437
Table for turning without rear support 1137 The function key line 391, 443
Take down 947, 1023, 1039 The LICCON monitor remains dark 1445
Take down in bent position, illustration 1 -3 947 Theoretical service life 1545
Take down in straightened position, illustration 1 - The touch display remains dark 1445
4 951 The vehicle swings out (position 27) 158
Taking an oil sample 1256 The „Engine monitoring“ program 479
Taking-down the fixed lattice jib 1039 The „Operation“ program 399
Taking down the luffing lattice jib 1023 The „Support“ program 467
Taking on a load 643 The „Working range limitation“ program * 465
Taking over the previously selected set up configura- Third inspection (third year) 1550
tion and hoist rope reeving 523 Three hook operation 658
Taking the boom down 893 Tilting the cab upward 511
T-boom combination 25 Tilting the crane cab 511
Technical data 44 Tilting the driverʼs cab 1333
Technical safety instructions 1251 Tilt play of roller ring connection 1365
Tele angle chart for tensioning and releasing 1034 Tire inflation connection 175
Telescopic boom 25, 33, 41, 1379 Tires 39, 42, 45, 1310
Telescopic boom, guyed - TY 964 Tires with „speed symbol E“ 45
Telescopic boom angle greater than 5° 979 Tires with „speed symbol F“ 45
Telescopic boom angle less than / equal to 5° 979 T-operation with three end pulleys (American ree-
Telescopic boom disassembly / assembly, luffing cy- ving) 691
linder on the crane superstructure 1078 Towing the crane 330
Telescopic boom disassembly / assembly, luffing cy- Traffic endangerment and environmental damage 70
linder on the telescopic boom 1094 Traffic regulations 56, 57
Telescopic boom disassembly/assembly * 1095 Transfer (between two cranes or two hooks) 118
Telescopic boom distortion because of sunshine on Transmission can be shifted into neutral position 332
one side 640 Transmission can not be shifted into neutral posi-
Telescopic boom guying 42 tion 332
Telescopic boom system Telematic 1441 Transmission error 275
Telescopic boom with fixed lattice jib 27 Transporting components 811
Telescopic boom with luffing lattice jib 29 Transporting lattice sections 811
Telescopic boom with rope mechanism 1442 Transporting the 50 m telescopic boom 337
Telescoping 569, 629, 945, 1019, 1033 Transporting the 84 m telescopic boom 341
Telescoping and pinning the telescoping cylinder 581 Transporting the hook block 645
Telescoping and pinning the telescoping section 579 Transporting the telescopic boom 335
Telescoping in / out the telescopic boom 985 Transporting the telescopic boom with a transport de-
Telescoping the counterweight 629 vice 339, 343
Telescoping the telescopic boom 985 Transporting the TY-frames with transport de-
Telescoping to the selected target 575 vice 347
Telescoping with the operating screen 577 Transporting the TY-guying 345
Temperature operating limits 1384 Transport of crane and crane components 334
Tempomat 287 Transport variations Telescopic boom 335
Temposet 291 Transport variation Telescope expansion 50m 335
Terminology 24 Transport variation Telescope expansion 84 m 335
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
Testing cylinder pressure with „jib stop in test posi- Travel and crane operation 127
tion“ 1597 Travel conditions of the crane 63
TF-boom combination (0°) 27 Travel operation 246
TF-boom combination (20°) 27 Troubleshooting on the central lubrication sys-
TF-boom combination (40°) 27 tem 1363
The crane engine is running. 553 Turning 563
The display of the BTT remains dark? 1438 Turning / driving in reverse 129
The engine does not start from the crane operator's Turning an extremely rotation-resistant hoist rope
cab? 1435 out 1395
The engine does not start from the driver's Turning crane superstructure (360°) without rear sup-
cab? 1435 port 1137
The engine in the crane chassis does not start? 1437 Turning crane superstructure without rear support
(360°) 1137
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1645
Index
Turning off 279, 1211, 1215, 1225, 1229 Unreeving the hoist rope 897
Turning off the engine in case of danger 255 Unreeving the hook block 595
Turning off with timer * 1215, 1231 Unscheduled inspection 1555
Turning off „Power Plus“ rapid gear 551 Update confirmation 1628, 1629
Turning on „Power Plus“ rapid gear 551 Uphill or downhill driving 267
Turning the axle blocking off 315 Used proportion of the theoretical service life. 1546
Turning the climate control system off 1219, 1235 Use of double-stranded height safety equipment, il-
Turning the crane superstructure 563 lustration 2 82
Turning the crane superstructure to the front 1147 Use of single-stranded height safety equipment, illust-
Turning the crane superstructure to the rear, figures 1 ration 1 82
and 2 1131 Use personal protective equipment (position 63) 153
Turning the differential locks off 299 User guidelines 137
Turning the engine off 255 User interface 453, 459, 465
Turning the heater / ventilation on 231, 509 Use suitable operating fluids 1254
Turning the parking brake on / off 565
Turning the seat heater * on 509
Turning the sliding beam illumination on 327 V
Turning the superstructure engine off 521, 521 Ventilating the floorboard area / front wind-
Turning the superstructure engine off in the event of shield 1207
danger 521 Ventilation 509
Turning the Tempomat off 289 Venting the system 1211, 1227
Turning the Temposet off 291 Vertical ladder with transition aid 144
Turning the turntable by 180° to the front 1087, 1107 Vertical movements 115
Turning the turntable by 180° to the rear 1085 Vibrations 46
Turning the turntable by 180° toward the back 1105 Vibration sensor 553
Turning the turntable to the left 1245 Visual check for damage 640
Turning the turntable to the right 1245 Visual inspection 1591
Turning the „Telescopic guying“ operating screen Visual inspection for leaks 1544
on 979
Turntable central lubricating system, illustration
6 1357 W
Two hook operation 652, 657 Waiting for the boot up phase 523
Two-hook operation 1051 Walking and stepping surfaces 185
Two hook operation monitored 660 Walking on lattice sections or booms 83
Two hook operation monitored / Two hook operation Walking on the telescopic boom 83
not monitored 659 Warning display 275
Two hook operation not monitored 660 Warning mark „left“ (position 3) 157
Two hook operation on individual loads 659 Warning mark „left“ (position 98) 160
Two hook operation on joint load 658 Warning mark „right“ (position 4) 157
TY-boom combination 25 Warning mark „right“ (position 99) 160
TY frame angle 979 Warning of crushing danger (position 14) 149
TY-guying 1383 Warning of crushing danger for hands (position
Type of problem 1427 32) 150
Types of ladders 140 Warning of fatal electric shock (position 33) 150
TYSF-boom combination(0°) 27 Warning of high voltage (position 40) 151
TYSF-boom combination(20°) 27 Warning of rotating parts (position 31) 150
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
TYSF-boom combination (40°) 27 Warning of suspended load (position 11) 149

Warning signs 149
Warranted maximum sound output level (position
U 78) 160
Unpinning the counterweight on the counterweight Warranty and coverage 1255
frame 631 Wear 1599
Unpinning the lattice components 851 Weighing error 1607
Unpinning the luffing cylinder suspensions on the te- Weighing procedure for mobile cranes 1606
lescopic boom 1111 Weighing the mobile crane 1607
Unpinning the telescoping cylinder 581 Weighing the mobile crane with a one-part vehicle
Unpinning the telescoping section 579 scale 1612
Unpinning the TY frame with the telescopic Weighing the mobile crane with a two-part vehicle
boom 1007 scale 1611
copyright by
1646 LTM 1400-7-1-007
Index
Weight, figure 3 1097

Welding work on the load 126
Wheel hubs, illustration 8 1331
When entering the load chart 1239
Which data is required by Liebherr Service? 1430
Winch 1, 2 and 3, illustration 6 1367
Winch 3 1056
Winches 461
Wind influences during erection and take down 106
Wind influences for „Crane out of operation“ 108
Wind influences in crane operation 107
Wind speed, wind gust speed and wind direction 101
Wind speed charts for variable support 100
Wind speed sensor 537
Wind speed sensor * 889, 933
Wire break increase rate 1561
Wire ropes 583
Wire ropes and rope end connections 583, 1557
With flame start system at coolant temperature of
less than 20°C 251
Working in the vicinity of electricity transmission li-
nes 650
Working in the vicinity of transmitters 109
Working lengths 867, 907
Working on lattice sections or booms 83
Working on the crane superstructure or boom 86
Working on the telescopic boom head and / or auxili-
ary boom 82
Working ranges of several cranes overlap 112
Working with a load 638
Working with sliding beam monitoring 1239
Workplace-related emission value 46
Work station - Crane operator's cab 507
Work station - Driver's cab 229
„
„Control parameter“ program 457
„Power Plus“ rapid gear 551
„Set up“ program 381
„Set up“ program areas 383
„Tele guying*“ program 489
„Telescoping“ program 453
„Winch display“ icon 439
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
LTM 1400-7-1-007 1647
Index
LWE/LTM 1400-7-1-007/14626-02-02/en
copyright by
1648 LTM 1400-7-1-007

Bal - 14626-02-02 LTM 1400-7.1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bal - 14626-02-02 LTM 1400-7.1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

dummy

Mobile crane with telescopic boom

ORIGINAL OPERATING MANUAL

The operating manual is part of the crane!

It must always be available within reach!

Liebherr-Werk Ehingen GmbH

Data recording device

Safety and warning notes

Warn- Signal Explanation

CAUTION Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to slight or medium-grade

NOTICE Designates a dangerous situation, which can lead to property damage if it is

Sign Signal Explanation

The crane documentation is comprised of:

Using the crane documentation:

– avoids problems due to improper operation.

The CE marking is a mark according to EU laws:

Non-destined use is:

Equipment and spare parts

Definition of directional data for mobile cranes

Driving forwards: Driving with the driverʼs cab on the front.

Definition of directional data for crawler cranes

Optional equipment and functions

Unit of Measure Multiply by To optain

kilometer (km) 0.62137 mile (mi)

Unit of Measure Multiply by To optain

Conversion chart version 1

1.02 Product description 38

1.03 Technical data 44

2.01 Traffic regulations 56

2.01.10 General traffic regulations 58

2.01.20 National traffic regulations 62

2.02 Break-in instructions 64

2.03 Job planning 66

2.04 General safety technical guidelines 68

12 Selecting the location, illustrations 1 to 3 87

2.04.10 Ladders 132

2.05 Signs on the crane 148

2.06 Antifall guards on the crane 162

2.07 Access to the crane 172

3 Walking and stepping surfaces 185

3 Crane chassis operation 187

3.01 Operating and control instruments on the crane chassis 188

3.02 Before starting to travel 220

3.03 Axle suspension system 236

1 Axle suspension / axle locking system 237

3.04 Travel operation 246

3.05 Crane at the job site 310

3.07 Towing the crane 330

3.80 Transport of crane and crane components 334

4 Operation of crane superstructure 349

4.01 Operating and control instruments on the crane superstructure 350

4.02 LICCON computer system 370

10 The „Support“ program 467

4.04 Safety equipment 526

4.05 Crane operation 546

4.06 Rope reeving 582

4.07 Counterweight 608

4.08 Working with a load 638

4.12 Two hook operation 652

2 Hook operation 657

13 Auxiliary jib on luffing lattice jib 671

4.15 Reeving plans 676

4.20 Procedure for shut off of crane movements 724